Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   8071   04-3462475

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

201 Route 17 North 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, NJ 07070

(201) 528-9200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Panna L. Sharma

Chief Executive Officer

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, NJ 07070

(201) 528-9200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Alan Wovsaniker

Meredith Prithviraj

Andrea Schreiber

Lowenstein Sandler PC

65 Livingston Avenue

Roseland, NJ 07068

(973) 597-2564

 

Christopher D. Lueking

Roderick O. Branch

Latham & Watkins LLP

233 South Wacker Drive

Suite 5800

Chicago, IL 60606

(312) 876-7700

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $50,000,000   $5,730

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of underwriters’ over-allotment option. See “Underwriting.”

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 30, 2011

Preliminary Prospectus

Shares

LOGO

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of      shares of common stock by Cancer Genetics, Inc. No public market currently exists for our common stock.

 

 

We will apply to have our shares of common stock approved for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CGIX.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Public Offering Price

   $         $     

Discounts and commissions to underwriters

   $         $     

Offering Proceeds to Cancer Genetics, Inc., before expenses

   $         $     

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We have granted to the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional      shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $         and our total proceeds, before expenses, will be $        .

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

William Blair & Company    Baird

 

 

 

Needham & Company, LLC

 

First Analysis Securities Corporation

The date of this prospectus is             , 2012


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Information contained in our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

We use MatBA™, UroGenRA™, UGenRA™, LeukA™, FHACT™, FReCAD™, Expand DX™ and the Cancer Genetics logo as trademarks in the United States and elsewhere. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that they have gathered their information from sources they believe to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     6   

RISK FACTORS

     9   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     36   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     38   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     39   

CAPITALIZATION

     40   

DILUTION

     42   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

     44   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     46   

COMPANY OVERVIEW

     61   

MARKET OVERVIEW

     63   

OUR STRATEGY

     65   

MANAGEMENT

     96   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     103   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     123   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     125   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     131   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

     134   

UNDERWRITING

     138   

LEGAL MATTERS

     141   

EXPERTS

     141   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     141   


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus before making an investment decision.

Unless the context provides otherwise, all references in this prospectus to “Cancer Genetics,” “CGI,” “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” or similar terms, refer to Cancer Genetics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Cancer Genetics Italia, S.r.L.

Our Company

We are a diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing proprietary genomic tests and services to improve the diagnosis, prognosis and response to treatment (theranosis) of cancer. Our tests target cancers that are difficult to prognose and predict treatment outcomes for using currently available techniques. These cancers include hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. We provide our tests and services to oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers, and physician offices. We are currently offering our tests and laboratory services in our 17,936 square foot state-of-the-art laboratory located in Rutherford, New Jersey, which has been accredited under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”). Our proprietary tests are based principally on our expertise in specific cancer types, test development methodologies and proprietary algorithms correlating genetic events with disease specific information. During the first quarter of 2011, we commercially launched MatBA™-CLL, our first proprietary microarray test for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (“CLL”), and are developing a series of other proprietary genomic tests in our core oncology markets.

We have established collaborative relationships with key thought leaders in oncology, which enable us to develop and validate the effectiveness and utility of our tests in a clinical setting and which provide us access to clinically robust patient data, including Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“Mayo”) with whom we recently agreed to form a joint venture focused on developing oncology diagnostic services and tests utilizing next-generation sequencing.

We believe that providing cancer professionals with a fully-integrated offering of high-value, proprietary tests in cancers with significant unmet medical need, along with customized laboratory services, differentiates our approach. We believe our ability to rapidly translate research insights about the genetics and molecular mechanisms of cancer into the clinical setting will improve patient treatment and management and that this approach will become a key component in the standard of care for personalized cancer treatment.

Market Overview

Despite many advances in the treatment of cancer, it remains one of the greatest areas of unmet medical need. The World Health Organization attributed 7.6 million deaths worldwide to cancer-related causes in 2008. In addition to the human toll, the financial cost of cancer is overwhelming. An independent study published in 2010 and conducted jointly by the American Cancer Society and LIVESTRONG ranked cancer as the most economically devastating cause of death in the world - estimated to be as high as $895 billion globally in 2008.

Cancer constitutes a heterogeneous class of diseases characterized by uncontrollable cell growth and results from a combination of environmental and hereditary risk factors. It has only been in recent years that technology has sufficiently advanced to enable researchers to understand many cancers at a molecular level and attribute specific cancers to genetic mechanisms.

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

Limitations of Traditional Cancer Diagnostics.

Cancer is difficult to diagnose due to its varying morphology and genetic complexity. Traditional methods of diagnosis, routinely used as the initial step in cancer detection, involve a pathologist examining a thin slice of potentially cancerous tissue under a microscope. A relatively new tissue sample must be used along with chemical staining techniques to view the biopsy. Through visual inspection, the pathologist determines whether the biopsy contains normal or cancerous cells. Cells that are deemed cancerous are graded on a level of progression of disease and aggressiveness.

Use of Genomic-Based Analysis in Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment.

Molecular diagnostic tests for cancer aim to remove subjectivity from the diagnostic phase, and add prognostic information, thereby enabling personalized treatments based on cancer analysis at its most basic genetic level. These tests both define the cancer subtype and help determine the best course of treatment by detecting genetic mutations, gene fusions and DNA copy number changes, all of which are possible causes of or precursors to malignant growth. An important method of measuring changes in the genomic profile of cancer cells is copy number variation. This method measures the gain or loss of DNA within specific regions of chromosomes and is commonly performed using DNA microarrays and probes.

Our Proprietary Genomic Tests and Services

Our clinical laboratory is accredited under CLIA to perform our first proprietary test, MatBA TM -CLL, which is also, to our knowledge, the first oncology microarray to be approved by the New York State Department of Health, one of the only state governmental agencies that reviews the clinical utility of new laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”). The test has been validated in a clinical study using over 320 CLL specimens in conjunction with a leading CLL thought leader, Dr. Kanti Rai at Long Island Jewish / North Shore Hospital. Another data set of over 200 CLL specimens is being analyzed for additional biomarkers in conjunction with Dr. Julie Teruya-Feldstein at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. There are approximately 14,500 new cases of CLL diagnosed in the United States each year, and these cases require risk stratification and guidance on patient management and treatment issues at multiple points during the course of the disease. Prior to the introduction of MatBA™-CLL, clinicians had to rely on diagnostic tests that provided limited information on the genetic abnormalities associated with CLL. In contrast, MatBA™-CLL identifies a much broader range of genomic markers associated with CLL, providing improved diagnostic and prognostic value and critical information for clinicians to consider in planning patient treatment. The MatBA™ platform was developed by us under the guidance of Dr. Raju Chaganti, our Chairman and one of our founders. Dr. Chaganti founded one of the earliest comprehensive clinical cytogenetic laboratories focused on cancer in the United States at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, where he is on the faculty of the Department of Medicine and Cell Biology Program and the incumbent of the William E. Snee Chair of Cell Biology.

We are now in the final stages of validating MatBA TM -SLL for risk stratification in small lymphocytic lymphoma (“SLL”), a subset of CLL that presents as a mass, with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center and Long Island Jewish / North Shore Hospital. We are also internally clinically validating the MatBA TM microarray in a variety of additional lymphoma subtypes, including mantle-cell lymphoma (“MCL”), follicular lymphoma (“FL”), and diffuse large B cell lymphoma (“DLBCL”). Collectively, these lymphomas represent over 70% of the mature B cell cancers (neoplasms) and over 66,000 newly diagnosed cancer cases each year in the United States. Our MatBA TM array has been designed to measure genetic markers at 80 specific genomic sites where genetic alterations are associated with mature B cell neoplasms.

We are also developing microarray tests for the diagnosis, prognosis and theranosis of a range of urogenital cancers. These include the UroGenRA™ microarray for kidney, prostate and bladder cancers and the UGenRA™ microarray for endometrial (lining of the uterus), ovarian and cervical cancers. UroGenRA™ detects genomic changes in over 100 regions of the human genome with potential diagnostic and/or prognostic value in one or more of these types of cancer. We have initiated clinical validation for UroGenRA™ targeting kidney and prostate cancers in collaboration with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. Our UGenRA™ microarray has been designed as a platform to detect genomic changes

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

occurring in 83 regions of the human genome that have been linked to endometrial, ovarian and cervical cancers. In addition, we develop and manufacture a portfolio of fluorescence in situ hybridization (“FISH”) based DNA probes focused on blood-based and solid cancers that we sell outside the United States. We have filed two patent applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and one international (PCT) application covering our microarrays. We also have two issued U.S. patents, a U.S. patent application, a PCT application, a European application and a Canadian application (which has been allowed) covering our other proprietary probe products.

We currently offer our proprietary tests in conjunction with our comprehensive panel of laboratory services in our CLIA-accredited laboratory. Our current laboratory services include:

 

   

Proprietary Oncology Testing Services. These services are based on our proprietary microarray tests and are currently available only in our clinical laboratory.

 

   

Esoteric Oncology Testing Services. We offer a comprehensive suite of esoteric oncology testing services for hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers.

 

   

Clinical Trial Services. We also utilize our clinical laboratory to provide clinical trial services to biopharmaceutical companies and clinical research organizations to improve the efficiency and economic viability of their clinical trials.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to be a leader in the development and commercialization of proprietary genomic tests and services. We aim to provide a full service solution for oncology professionals to improve the diagnosis, prognosis, theranosis and treatment of hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. To achieve this objective, we intend to:

 

   

develop and commercialize additional proprietary genomic tests and services;

 

   

develop and expand our collaborations with leading universities and research centers;

 

   

continue to focus on rapidly applying genomic research to routine clinical cancer diagnostics (translational oncology) in order to expand and improve our proprietary genomic tests and services;

 

   

enhance our efforts in partnering with community hospitals in order to provide our tests to a broader patient base;

 

   

expand our scalable sales and marketing capabilities;

 

   

obtain protection for the intellectual property utilized in our proprietary tests and regulatory approvals and clearances required to sell our proprietary tests for use in other oncology testing centers; and

 

   

continue to reduce the costs associated with the development, manufacture and interpretation of our proprietary genomic tests and services by partnering with leading technology and service providers.

We will continue offering our proprietary tests in the United States as LDTs and internationally as CE-marked in vitro diagnostic products. In addition, we plan to seek Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) clearance or approval to expand the commercial use of our tests to other laboratories and testing sites. Our sales strategy is focused on direct sales to oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers and physician offices in the United States, and expanding our relationships with leading distributors and medical facilities in emerging markets. We intend to emphasize partnering with community hospitals,

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

where approximately 85% of all cancer patients in the United States are initially diagnosed, through our program called Expand Dx™, which was specifically designed to meet the needs of community hospitals. We believe our proprietary tests and services will enable community hospitals to optimize and expand their oncology services to better serve their cancer patients.

Risks That We Face

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. The risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

we are an early-stage company with a history of losses and we may never achieve sustained profitability;

 

   

our business depends upon our ability to increase sales of our laboratory tests and services;

 

   

we need to clinically validate our pipeline of microarray tests currently in development;

 

   

our business depends on our ability to continually develop and commercialize novel and innovative diagnostic cancer tests and services;

 

   

our business depends on executing on our sales and marketing strategy for our proprietary tests and gaining acceptance of our tests in the market;

 

   

our business depends on satisfying United States (including FDA) and international regulatory requirements with respect to our tests and services, many of which are new and still evolving;

 

   

our business depends on being able to obtain adequate reimbursement from governmental and other third-party payors for our tests and services;

 

   

our business depends on our ability to effectively compete with other genomic-based diagnostic tests and services that now exist or may hereafter be developed;

 

   

we need to maintain our clinical collaborations and enter into new collaboration agreements with highly regarded organizations in the cancer field in order to, among other things, have access to both thought leaders in the field and samples to validate our proprietary tests;

 

   

we depend on our ability to attract and retain scientists, clinicians and sales personnel with extensive experience in oncology, who are in short supply; and

 

   

we need to obtain or maintain patents or other appropriate protection for the intellectual property utilized in our proprietary tests and services.

Company Information

We maintain our principal executive offices at 201 Route 17 North, 2nd Floor, Rutherford, New Jersey 07070. Our telephone number is (201) 528-9200 and our website address is www.cancergenetics.com. The information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us   

shares

Over-allotment option    We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to      additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments.
Common stock outstanding after this offering   

shares

Use of proceeds    We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
  

•      to fund further research and development and commercialization of our proprietary genomic-based diagnostic tests, or sales and marketing activities;

  

•      to fund working capital for ongoing operations and expansion of the business and potential acquisitions and collaborations; and

  

•      to repay certain outstanding indebtedness.

Risk Factors    See the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol    CGIX

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 9,942,076 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011, assuming that all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock convert into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this initial public offering, and excludes:

 

   

2,792,392 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options as of September 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.45 per share, which includes 2,392,392 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued under our equity incentive plans and 400,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued outside of our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,249,662 additional shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of September 30, 2011, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.51 per share; and

 

   

1,107,608 additional shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of September 30, 2011.

Except for historical financial information or as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus, including the number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,584,674 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering if we raise at least $25.0 million in this offering;

 

   

the adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (“certificate of incorporation”) and our amended and restated by-laws, to be effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to      additional shares of our common stock from us in this offering.

In addition, we anticipate effecting a              -for-              stock split prior to the completion of this offering. This prospectus does not reflect the effects of this stock split.

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our summary statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary of our statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011 are derived from our unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This financial information is prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring accruals, which our management considers necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for those periods and as of such dates. Our financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The results indicated below are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. Our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of our results for the full fiscal year. Pro forma net loss per common share has been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,584,674 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data reflects the balance sheet data at September 30, 2011 as adjusted to reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale by us in this offering of      shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 3,584,674 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering. You should read this information together with the sections entitled “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Nine Months Ended     Year Ended  
     Sept 30,     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)    (unaudited)                    

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

          

Revenues

          

Revenue

   $ 2,144      $ 1,605      $ 2,522      $ 1,666      $ 1,680   

Cost of revenues

     2,385        2,566        3,516        2,532        2,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     (241     (961     (995     (866     (543

Operating Expenses

        

Research and development

     1,442        899        1,167        1,336        608   

General and administrative

     3,160        1,962        3,446        1,845        1,390   

Sales and marketing

     1,200        466        716        239        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,802        3,326        5,329        3,420        2,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (6,044     (4,287     (6,323     (4,286     (2,877

Total other income (expense)

     (10,799     (2,962     (2,084     (3,042     (248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (16,843     (7,249     (8,407     (7,328     (3,124

Reserve for income tax benefit

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

   $ (16,843   $ (7,249   $ (8,407   $ (7,328   $ (3,124
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic

   $ (2.65   $ (1.16   $ (1.34   $ (1.61   $ (0.83

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted

   $ (2.65   $ (1.16   $ (1.34   $ (1.61   $ (0.83

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net (loss) per share – basic

     6,357,402        6,237,015        6,266,155        4,554,009        3,782,596   

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net (loss) per share – diluted

     6,357,402        6,237,015        6,266,155        4,554,009        3,782,596   

Pro forma net (loss) income per share of common stock – basic

          

Pro forma net (loss) income per share of common stock – diluted

          

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net (loss) income per share – basic

          

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net (loss) income per share – diluted

          

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents
     As of Sept 30, 2011
(dollars in thousands)    Actual     Pro Forma
(unaudited)
   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
(unaudited)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 193        

Total Assets

     4,108        

Total Liabilities

     20,592        

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   $ (16,484     

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of our common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We are an early stage company with a history of net losses; we expect to incur net losses in the future, and we may never achieve sustained profitability.

We have historically incurred substantial net losses, including net losses of $8.4 million in 2010, $7.3 million in 2009 and $3.1 million in 2008. From our inception in April 1999 through September 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million. We expect our losses to continue as a result of ongoing research and development expenses and increased sales and marketing costs. These losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our working capital, total assets and stockholders’ equity. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our research, development and commercialization efforts, we are unable to predict when we will become profitable, and we may never become profitable. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our inability to achieve and then maintain profitability would negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may need to raise additional capital notwithstanding the proceeds from this offering.

Without the proceeds from this offering, our current cash resources are sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for the next twelve months. Notwithstanding the receipt of proceeds from this offering, we may need to raise additional capital to expand our business to meet our long-term business objectives. Additional financing, which is not in place at this time, may be from the sale of equity or convertible or other debt securities in a public or private offering, from an additional credit facility or strategic partnership coupled with an investment in us or a combination of both. We may be unable to raise sufficient additional financing on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all. Our failure to raise additional capital and in sufficient amounts may severely impact our ability to expand our business.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy

If we are unable to increase sales of our laboratory tests and services or to successfully develop and commercialize other proprietary tests, our revenues will be insufficient for us to achieve profitability.

We currently derive substantially all of our revenues from our laboratory testing services. We have only recently begun offering our MatBA-CLL™ microarray through our CLIA-accredited and state licensed laboratory. We are in varying stages of research and development for other diagnostic tests that we may offer. If we are unable to increase sales of our laboratory tests and services or to successfully develop and commercialize other diagnostic tests, we will not produce sufficient revenues to become profitable.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully develop and commercialize novel cancer diagnostic tests and services, which is time consuming and complex, and our development efforts may fail.

Our current business strategy focuses on discovering, developing and commercializing molecular diagnostic tests and services. We believe the success of our business depends on our ability to fully commercialize our existing diagnostic tests and services and to develop and commercialize new diagnostic tests. We have multiple tests in development, but research, development and commercialization of diagnostic tests is time-consuming, uncertain and complex. Our current diagnostic test pipeline includes: UroGenRA™ microarray, UGenRA™ microarray, LeukA™ microarray, FReCaD™ Renal Cancer Test, FHACT™ HPV-associated Cancer Test and expansion of the MatBA™ microarray as a prognostic tool in SLL, FL and DLBCL. Tests such as these, or any additional technologies that we may develop, may not succeed in reliably diagnosing or predicting the recurrence of cancers with the sensitivity and specificity necessary to be clinically useful, and thus may not succeed commercially.

 

-9-


Table of Contents

In addition, prior to commercializing our diagnostic tests, we must undertake time-consuming and costly development activities, sometimes including clinical studies, and obtain regulatory clearance or approval, which may be denied. This development process involves a high degree of risk, substantial expenditures and will occur over several years. Our development efforts may fail for many reasons, including:

 

   

failure of the tests at the research or development stage;

 

   

difficulty in accessing archival tissue samples, especially tissue samples with known clinical results; or

 

   

lack of clinical validation data to support the effectiveness of the test.

Tests that appear promising in early development may fail to be validated in subsequent studies, and even if we achieve positive results, we may ultimately fail to obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals. There is substantial risk that our research and development projects will not result in commercial tests, and that success in early clinical trials will not be replicated in later studies. At any point, we may abandon development of a test or be required to expend considerable resources repeating clinical trials, which would adversely impact the timing for generating potential revenues from that test. In addition, as we develop tests, we will have to make significant investments in research, development and marketing resources. If a clinical validation study of a particular test then fails to demonstrate the outlined goals of the study, we might choose to abandon the development of that test. Further, our ability to develop and launch diagnostic tests will likely depend on our receipt of additional funding. If our discovery and development programs yield fewer commercial tests than we expect, we may be unable to execute our business plan, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to obtain regulatory clearance or approvals in the United States, if we experience delays in receiving clearance or approvals, or if we do not gain acceptance from other laboratories of any cleared or approved diagnostic tests at their facilities, our growth strategy may not be successful.

We currently offer our proprietary tests in conjunction with our comprehensive panel of laboratory services in our CLIA-accredited laboratory. Because we currently offer these tests and services solely for use within our laboratory, we believe we may market the tests as LDTs. Under current FDA enforcement policies and guidance, LDTs generally do not require FDA premarket clearance or approval before commercialization, and we have marketed our LDTs on that basis. However, a key element of our strategy is to place molecular diagnostic tests on-site with other laboratories to broaden access to our technology and increase demand for our tests and any future diagnostic tests that we may develop. FDA regulates diagnostic kits sold and distributed through interstate commerce as medical devices. Unless an exemption applies, generally, before a new medical device or a new use for a medical device may be sold or distributed in the United States, the medical device must receive either FDA clearance of a 510(k) pre-market notification or pre-market approval. As a result, before we can market or distribute our DNA probes or microarray tests in the United States for use by other clinical testing laboratories, we must first obtain pre-market clearance or pre-market approval from FDA. We have not yet applied for clearance or approval from FDA. We may not receive FDA clearance or approval for the commercial use of our tests on a timely basis, or at all. If we are unable to achieve clearance or approval or if clinical diagnostic laboratories do not accept our tests, our ability to grow our business by deploying our tests could be compromised.

If we are unable to execute our marketing strategy for our cancer diagnostic tests and are unable to gain acceptance in the market, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to sustain our business.

We are an early-stage company and have engaged in only limited sales and marketing activities for the diagnostic tests and services offered in our clinical laboratory. To date, we have received very limited revenue from sales of our probes and microarrays. While we are in the process of launching several of our DNA probes outside of the United States, we have limited experience in marketing these probes and we need to develop relationships with third-party distributors in the emerging market countries where we are targeting our selling efforts.

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Although we believe that our diagnostic tests represent promising commercial opportunities, our tests may never gain significant acceptance in the marketplace and therefore may never generate substantial revenue or profits for us. We will need to establish a market for our diagnostic tests and build that market through physician education and awareness programs. Gaining acceptance in medical communities requires publication in leading peer-reviewed journals of results from studies using our tests. The process of publication in leading medical journals is subject to a peer review process and peer reviewers may not consider the results of our studies sufficiently novel or worthy of publication. Failure to have our studies published in peer-reviewed journals would limit the adoption of our tests.

Our ability to successfully market the diagnostic tests that we may develop will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

   

whether healthcare providers believe our diagnostic tests provide clinical utility;

 

   

whether the medical community accepts that our diagnostic tests are sufficiently sensitive and specific to be meaningful in patient care and treatment decisions; and

 

   

whether health insurers, government health programs and other third-party payors will cover and pay for our diagnostic tests and, if so, whether they will adequately reimburse us.

Failure to achieve widespread market acceptance of our diagnostic tests would materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot develop tests to keep pace with rapid advances in technology, medicine and science, our operating results and competitive position could be harmed.

In recent years, there have been numerous advances in technologies relating to the diagnosis and treatment of cancer. There are several new cancer drugs under development that may increase patient survival time. There have also been advances in methods used to analyze very large amounts of genomic information. We must continuously develop new tests and enhance our existing tests to keep pace with evolving standards of care. Our tests could become obsolete unless we continually innovate and expand them to demonstrate benefit in patients treated with new therapies. New cancer therapies typically have only a few years of clinical data associated with them, which limits our ability to perform clinical studies and correlate sets of genes to a new treatment’s effectiveness. If we cannot adequately demonstrate the applicability of our tests to new treatments, sales of our tests and services could decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our tests do not perform as expected, our operating results, reputation and business will suffer.

Our success depends on the market’s confidence that we can provide reliable, high-quality diagnostic tests. We believe that our customers are likely to be particularly sensitive to test defects and errors. As a result, the failure of our tests or services to perform as expected would significantly impair our reputation and the public image of our tests and services, and we may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors.

If our sole laboratory facility becomes damaged or inoperable, our ability to provide services and pursue our research and development efforts may be jeopardized.

We currently derive substantially all of our revenues from our laboratory testing services. We do not have any clinical reference laboratory facilities outside of our facility in Rutherford, New Jersey. Our facilities and equipment could be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including fire, flooding and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform

 

-11-


Table of Contents

our tests or provide laboratory services for some period of time. The inability to perform our tests or the backlog of tests that could develop if our facility is inoperable for even a short period of time may result in the loss of customers or harm to our reputation or relationships with collaborators, and we may be unable to regain those customers or repair our reputation in the future. Furthermore, our facilities and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work could be costly and time-consuming to repair or replace.

Additionally, a key component of our research and development process involves using biological samples and the resulting data sets and medical histories, as the basis for our diagnostic test development. In some cases, these samples are difficult to obtain. If the parts of our laboratory facility where we store these biological samples are damaged or compromised, our ability to pursue our research and development projects, as well as our reputation, could be jeopardized. We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

Further, if our laboratory became inoperable we may not be able to license or transfer our proprietary technology to a third-party, with established state licensure and CLIA accreditation under the scope of which our diagnostic tests could be performed following validation and other required procedures, to perform the tests. Even if we find a third-party with such qualifications to perform our tests, such party may not be willing to perform the tests for us on commercially reasonable terms.

If we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenues or achieve and sustain profitability.

Our principal competition comes from the existing diagnostic methods that pathologists and oncologists use and have used for many years. It may be difficult to change the methods or behavior of the referring pathologists and oncologists. We believe that we can introduce our diagnostic tests successfully due to their clinical utility and the desire of pathologists and oncologists to find solutions for more accurate diagnosis of and prognosis for cancer patients.

We also face competition from companies that currently offer or are developing products to profile genes, gene expression or protein biomarkers in various cancers, including public companies such as Abbott Laboratories, Inc., Johnson & Johnson, Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., bioTheranostics, Inc. (part of bioMérieux SA), Clarient, Inc. (a division of GE Healthcare, a unit of General Electric Company), Genoptix, Inc. (a Novartis AG company), Genomic Health, Inc., Myriad Genetics Inc., Qiagen N.V. and Response Genetics, Inc., and many private companies, including Agendia B.V., Pathwork Diagnostics, Inc. and Foundation Medicine, Inc. We expect that pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies will increasingly focus attention and resources on the personalized diagnostic sector as the potential and prevalence increases for molecularly targeted oncology therapies approved by FDA along with companion diagnostics. For example, FDA has recently approved two such agents – Xalkori crizotinib from Pfizer Inc. along with its companion anaplastic lymphoma kinase FISH test from Abbott Laboratories, Inc. and Zelboraf vemurafenib from Genentech USA Incorporated and Daiichi-Sankyo Inc. along with its companion B-RAF kinase V600 mutation test from Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. These two recent FDA approvals are only the second and third instances of simultaneous approvals of a drug and companion diagnostic, the first being the 1998 approval of Genentech, Inc.’s Herceptin trastuzumab for HER2 positive breast cancer along with the HercepTest from partner Dako A/S.

Many of our present and potential competitors have widespread brand recognition and substantially greater financial and technical resources and development, production and marketing capabilities than we do. Others may develop lower-priced, less complex tests that payors, pathologists and oncologists could view as functionally equivalent to our tests, which could force us to lower the list price of our tests and impact our operating margins and our ability to achieve profitability. In addition, technological innovations that result in the creation of enhanced diagnostic tools may enable other clinical laboratories, hospitals, physicians or medical providers to provide specialized diagnostic services similar to ours in a more patient-friendly, efficient or cost-effective manner than is currently possible. If we cannot compete successfully against current or future competitors, we may be unable to increase market

 

-12-


Table of Contents

acceptance and sales of our tests, which could prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues or achieving or sustaining profitability.

If pathologists and oncologists decide not to order our diagnostic tests, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to sustain our business.

To generate demand for our tests and services, we will need to educate oncologists and pathologists on the clinical utility, benefits and value of each type of test we provide through published papers, presentations at scientific conferences and one-on-one education sessions by members of our sales force. In addition, we will need to assure oncologists and pathologists of our ability to obtain and maintain adequate reimbursement coverage from third-party payors. We may need to hire additional commercial, scientific, technical and other personnel to support this process. If we cannot convince medical practitioners to order our diagnostic tests or other future tests we develop, we will likely be unable to create demand for our tests in sufficient volume for us to achieve sustained profitability.

A small number of test ordering sites account for most of the sales of our tests and services. If any of these sites orders fewer tests from us for any reason, our revenues could decline.

We have historically derived and expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of test ordering sites. Our test ordering sites are largely hospitals, cancer centers, reference laboratories and physician offices. Oncologists and pathologists at these sites order the tests on behalf of the needs of their oncology patients. Our top five test ordering sites during 2010 accounted for 60% of our clinical testing volumes, with approximately 15% of the volume coming from community hospitals. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our top five test ordering sites represented approximately 62% of our clinical testing volume, with approximately 28% of the volume coming from community hospitals. In particular, during the year ended December 31, 2010, there were three sites which each accounted for approximately 10% or more of our revenue: one community hospital accounted for approximately 12% of our revenue; a regional reference laboratory accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue and a community oncology practice also accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue. The same test ordering sites were approximately 13%, 8% and 9% of our revenues, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. During 2011 we generated revenue from three new test ordering sites that represented approximately 10% or more of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011: a community hospital accounted for approximately 12% of our revenue; a community oncology practice accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue and a research-oriented, academic and teaching hospital accounted for approximately 10% of our revenue. We generally do not enter into formal written agreements with such test ordering sites and, as a result, we may lose these significant test ordering sites at any time. The loss of any of these test ordering sites would adversely affect our results of operations.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses to develop and market our diagnostic tests, which could make it difficult for us to achieve and sustain profitability.

In recent years, we have incurred significant costs in connection with the development of our diagnostic tests. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our research and development expenses were $1.2 million, which was 48% of revenue, and our sales and marketing expenses were $716,000, which was 28% of revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our research and development expenses were $1.3 million, which was 80% of revenue, and our sales and marketing expenses were $239,000, which was 14% of revenue. We expect our expenses to continue to increase, in absolute dollars, for the foreseeable future as we seek to expand the clinical utility of our diagnostic tests, drive adoption of and reimbursement for our diagnostic tests and develop new tests. As a result, we will need to generate significant revenues in order to achieve sustained profitability.

We depend on certain collaborations with third parties for the supply of certain tissue samples and biological materials that we use in our research and development efforts. If the costs of such collaborations increase after we complete our initial public offering or our third party collaborators terminate their relationship with us, our business may be materially harmed.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Under standard clinical practice in the United States, tumor biopsies removed from patients are chemically preserved, embedded in paraffin wax and stored. Our clinical development relies on our ability to access these archived tumor biopsy samples, as well as information pertaining to their associated clinical outcomes. Other companies often compete with us for access. Additionally, the process of negotiating access to archived samples is lengthy, because it typically involves numerous parties and approvals to resolve complex issues such as usage rights, institutional review board approval, privacy rights, publication rights, intellectual property ownership and research parameters.

We have collaborative relationships with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, Mayo, North Shore - Long Island Jewish Health System, the National Cancer Institute and other institutions who provide us with tissue samples and other biological materials that we use in developing and validating our tests. We do not have any written arrangement with certain third party collaborators, and in many of the cases in which the arrangements are in writing, our collaborative relationships are terminable on 30 days notice or less. If one or more collaborators terminate their relationship with us, we will need to identify other third parties to provide us with tissue samples and biological materials, which could result in a delay in our research and development activities and negatively affect our business. In addition, as we grow, our collaborators that are research and academic institutions will begin to seek additional financial contributions from us, which may negatively affect our results of operations.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to fund operations, obtain additional financing and react to changes in our business.

We have substantial indebtedness for borrowed money. As of September 30, 2011, we had indebtedness for borrowed money in the aggregate principal amount of $9.0 million under our existing lines of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) and DAM Holdings, LLC (“DAM”), plus we have agreed to borrow in December 2011 an aggregate of $6.0 million under a secured term loan with European Trust Management and John Pappajohn, a member of our board of directors and a significant stockholder of which $3.0 million has been made available to date. Substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, are pledged as collateral under our existing lines of credit. Our significant debt could limit our ability to satisfy our obligations, limit our ability to operate our business and impair our competitive position. For example, it could:

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, reducing the availability of our cash flow from operations to fund working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry;

 

   

place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that may have proportionately less debt; and

 

   

increase our cost of borrowing.

We expect to use a significant portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay our outstanding indebtedness. For more information, see the section entitled “Use of Proceeds”.

Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms in the future may limit our ability to develop and commercialize new tests and technologies and expand our operations.

We expect capital outlays and operating expenditures to increase over the next several years as we expand our infrastructure, commercial operations and research and development activities. Specifically, we may need to raise capital to, among other things:

 

-14-


Table of Contents
   

increase our sales and marketing efforts to drive market adoption and address competitive developments;

 

   

fund development and marketing efforts of any future tests;

 

   

further expand our clinical laboratory operations;

 

   

expand our technologies into other types of cancer;

 

   

acquire, license or invest in technologies;

 

   

acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and

 

   

finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

our ability to achieve revenue growth;

 

   

our rate of progress in establishing reimbursement arrangements with domestic and international third-party payors;

 

   

the cost of expanding our laboratory operations and offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

our rate of progress in, and cost of the sales and marketing activities associated with, establishing adoption of and reimbursement for our microarray tests and probes;

 

   

our rate of progress in, and cost of research and development activities associated with, products in research and early development;

 

   

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

   

costs related to international expansion; and

 

   

the potential cost of and delays in test development as a result of any regulatory oversight applicable to our tests.

The various ways we could raise additional capital carry potential risks. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also could provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, those debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings pursuant to a credit agreement could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies or tests, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

The credit markets and the financial services industry have experienced a period of unprecedented turmoil and upheaval characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions and an unprecedented level of intervention from the United States federal government. These events have generally made equity and debt financing more difficult to obtain. Accordingly, additional equity or debt financing might not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we cannot secure additional funding when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate one or more research and development programs or sales and marketing initiatives. In addition, we may have to work with a partner

 

-15-


Table of Contents

on one or more of our development programs, which could lower the economic value of those programs to us.

The loss of our Chairman or key members of our executive management team could adversely affect our business.

Our success in implementing our business strategy depends largely on the skills, experience and performance of our Chairman of our board of directors, Dr. Raju Chaganti, key members of our executive management team and others in key management positions, including Panna L. Sharma, our Chief Executive Officer, Elizabeth A. Czerepak, our Chief Financial Officer, and Jane Houldsworth, Ph.D., our Vice President of Research and Development. The collective efforts of each of these persons working as a team will be critical to us as we continue to develop our technologies, tests and research and development and sales programs. As a result of the difficulty in locating qualified new management, the loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could adversely affect our operations. If we were to lose one or more of these key employees, we could experience difficulties in finding qualified successors, competing effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business strategy. Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Research and Development have employment agreements, however, the existence of an employment agreement does not guarantee retention of members of our executive management team and we may not be able to retain those individuals for the duration of or beyond the end of their respective terms. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our employees except our Chief Executive Officer.

In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us

There is a scarcity of experienced professionals in our industry. If we are not able to retain and recruit personnel with the requisite technical skills, we may be unable to successfully execute our business strategy.

The specialized nature of our industry results in an inherent scarcity of experienced personnel in the field. Our future success depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel (including medical, scientific, technical, commercial, business, regulatory and administrative personnel) necessary to support our anticipated growth, develop our business and perform certain contractual obligations. Given the scarcity of professionals with the scientific knowledge that we require and the competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses, we may not succeed in attracting or retaining the personnel we require to continue and grow our operations. The loss of a key employee, the failure of a key employee to perform in his or her current position or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees could result in our inability to continue to grow our business or to implement our business strategy.

Our inability to attract, hire and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales professionals would hamper our ability to increase demand for our tests, to expand geographically and to successfully commercialize any other diagnostic tests or products we may develop.

Our success in selling our clinical laboratory services, diagnostic tests and any other tests or products that we are able to develop will require us to expand our sales force in the United States and internationally by recruiting additional sales representatives with extensive experience in oncology and close relationships with medical oncologists, surgeons, pathologists and other hospital personnel. To achieve our marketing and sales goals, we will need to substantially expand our sales and commercial infrastructure, with which to date we have had little experience. Sales professionals with the necessary technical and business qualifications are in high demand, and there is a risk that we may be unable to attract, hire and retain the number of sales professionals with the right qualifications, scientific backgrounds and relationships with decision-makers at potential customers needed to achieve our sales goals. We may face competition from other companies in our industry, some of whom are much larger

 

-16-


Table of Contents

than us and who can pay greater compensation and benefits than we can, in seeking to attract and retain qualified sales and marketing employees. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified sales and marketing personnel, our business will suffer.

International expansion of our business exposes us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

Our business strategy incorporates international expansion, including establishing and maintaining clinician marketing and education capabilities outside of the United States and expanding our relationships with distributors and manufacturers. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

 

   

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

 

   

failure by us or our distributors to obtain regulatory approvals for the sale or use of our tests in various countries, including failure to achieve “CE Marking,” a conformity mark which is required to market in vitro diagnostic medical devices in the European Economic Area and which is broadly accepted in other international markets;

 

   

difficulties in managing foreign operations;

 

   

complexities associated with managing multiple payor-reimbursement regimes or self-pay systems;

 

   

logistics and regulations associated with shipping tissue samples, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;

 

   

limits on our ability to penetrate international markets if our diagnostic tests cannot be processed by an appropriately qualified local laboratory;

 

   

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and

 

   

failure to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, including its books and records provisions and its anti-bribery provisions, by maintaining accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities.

Any of these risks, if encountered, could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our dependence on distributors for foreign sales of our FISH-based DNA probes could limit or prevent us from selling our probes in foreign markets and from realizing long-term international revenue growth.

We intend to grow our business internationally, and to do so we must enter into agreements with local distributors to sell our FISH-based DNA probes. These agreements generally contain exclusivity provisions and generally cannot be terminated without cause during the term of the agreement. We may need to attract additional distributors to expand the territories in which we sell our probes. These

 

-17-


Table of Contents

distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our probes to the level of our expectations, and we may be unable to locate suitable alternatives should we terminate our agreement with such distributors or if such distributors terminate their agreement with us. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or we are unable to locate distributors in particular geographic areas, we may not realize long-term international revenue growth.

We rely on a single third-party to produce our microarrays and any problems experienced by this vendor could result in a delay or interruption in the supply of our microarrays to us until the problem is cured by such vendor or until we locate and qualify an alternative source of supply

The design of our microarrays is currently optimized on a family of instruments referred to as the Agilent Microarray Platform, which is currently produced solely by Agilent Technologies Inc. (“Agilent”). If Agilent were to delay or stop producing our microarrays, or if the business terms with Agilent were to change in a manner adverse to us, we would need to identify another supplier and optimize our microarrays on a new technology platform. We could experience delays in manufacturing the microarrays while finding another acceptable supplier, which could impact our results of operations. The changes could also result in increased costs associated with migrating to the new technology platform and in increased manufacturing costs. Further, any prolonged disruption in Agilent’s operations could have a significant negative impact on the supply of our microarrays.

If we were sued for product liability or professional liability, we could face substantial liabilities that exceed our resources.

The marketing, sale and use of our tests could lead to the filing of product liability claims were someone to allege that our tests failed to perform as designed. We may also be subject to liability for errors in the test results we provide to pathologists and oncologists or for a misunderstanding of, or inappropriate reliance upon, the information we provide. A product liability or professional liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend.

Although we believe that our existing product and professional liability insurance is adequate, our insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability or professional liability claims. Any product liability or professional liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could damage our reputation, result in the recall of our tests, or cause current clinical partners to terminate existing agreements and potential clinical partners to seek other partners, any of which could impact our results of operations.

If we use biological and hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury, we could be liable for damages.

Our activities currently require the controlled use of potentially harmful biological materials and hazardous materials and chemicals. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury to employees or third parties from the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have. Additionally, we are subject to, on an on going basis, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. The cost of compliance with these laws and regulations may become significant and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In the event of an accident or if we otherwise fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could lose our permits or approvals or be held liable for damages or penalized with fines.

We may acquire other businesses or form joint ventures or make investments in other companies or technologies that could harm our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of businesses and assets. We also may pursue strategic alliances and joint ventures that leverage our core technology and industry experience to expand our offerings or distribution. For example, we recently agreed to enter into a joint venture with Mayo Foundation for Education and Research. We have no experience with acquiring other companies and limited experience with forming strategic alliances and joint ventures. We may not be able to find suitable partners or acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. If we make any acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate these acquisitions successfully into our existing business, and we could assume unknown or contingent liabilities. Any future acquisitions also could result in significant write-offs or the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Integration of an acquired company also may disrupt ongoing operations and require management resources that would otherwise focus on developing our existing business. We may experience losses related to investments in other companies, which could have a material negative effect on our results of operations. We may not identify or complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, or at all, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, technology license, strategic alliance or joint venture.

To finance any acquisitions or joint ventures, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which would dilute the ownership of our stockholders. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire other companies or fund a joint venture project using our stock as consideration. Alternatively, it may be necessary for us to raise additional funds for acquisitions through public or private financings. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all.

If we cannot support demand for our tests, including successfully managing the evolution of our technology and manufacturing platforms, our business could suffer.

As our test volume grows, we will need to increase our testing capacity, implement increases in scale and related processing, customer service, billing, collection and systems process improvements and expand our internal quality assurance program and technology to support testing on a larger scale. We will also need additional certified laboratory scientists and other scientific and technical personnel to process these additional tests. Any increases in scale, related improvements and quality assurance may not be successfully implemented and appropriate personnel may not be available. As additional tests are commercialized, we will need to bring new equipment on line, implement new systems, technology, controls and procedures and hire personnel with different qualifications. Failure to implement necessary procedures or to hire the necessary personnel could result in a higher cost of processing or an inability to meet market demand. We cannot assure you that we will be able to perform tests on a timely basis at a level consistent with demand, that our efforts to scale our commercial operations will not negatively affect the quality of our test results or that we will respond successfully to the growing complexity of our testing operations. If we encounter difficulty meeting market demand or quality standards for our tests, our reputation could be harmed and our future prospects and business could suffer, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may encounter manufacturing problems or delays that could result in lost revenue.

We currently manufacture our proprietary DNA probes outside the United States at a third party fully compliant facility and intend to continue to manufacture our probes outside the United States. We currently have limited manufacturing capacity for our probes. If demand for our probes increases significantly, we will need to either expand our manufacturing capabilities or outsource to other manufacturers. If we or third party manufacturers engaged by us fail to manufacture and deliver our probes in a timely manner, our relationships with our customers could be seriously harmed. We cannot assure you that manufacturing or quality control problems will not arise as we attempt to increase the production of our probes or that we can increase our manufacturing capabilities and maintain quality control in a timely manner or at commercially reasonable costs. If we cannot manufacture our probes consistently on a timely basis because of these or other factors, it could have a significant negative impact on the supply of our DNA probes.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

Declining general economic or business conditions may have a negative impact on our business.

Continuing concerns over United States health care reform legislation and energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit and government stimulus programs in the United States and other countries have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the global economy. These factors, combined with low business and consumer confidence and high unemployment, precipitated an economic slowdown and recession. If the economic climate does not improve or continues to deteriorate, our business, including our access to patient samples and the addressable market for diagnostic tests that we may successfully develop, as well as the financial condition of our suppliers and our third-party payors, could be adversely affected, resulting in a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on our information technology and telecommunications systems, and any failure of these systems could harm our business.

We depend on information technology (“IT”) and telecommunications systems for significant aspects of our operations. In addition, our third-party billing and collections provider depends upon telecommunications and data systems provided by outside vendors and information we provide on a regular basis. These IT and telecommunications systems support a variety of functions, including test processing, sample tracking, quality control, customer service and support, billing and reimbursement, research and development activities and our general and administrative activities. IT and telecommunications systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and back-up measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our IT and telecommunications systems, failures or significant downtime of our IT or telecommunications systems or those used by our third-party service providers could prevent us from processing tests, providing test results to pathologists, oncologists, billing payors, processing reimbursement appeals, handling patient or physician inquiries, conducting research and development activities and managing the administrative aspects of our business. Any disruption or loss of IT or telecommunications systems on which critical aspects of our operations depend could have an adverse effect on our business.

Regulatory Risks Relating to Our Business

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. health care system, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2010, U.S. President Barack Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, “PPACA”), which makes a number of substantial changes in the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other things, the PPACA:

 

   

Requires each medical device manufacturer to pay a sales tax equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices, beginning in 2013. This tax may apply to some or all of our current products and products which are in development.

 

   

Mandates a reduction in payments for clinical laboratory services paid under the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule of 1.75% for the years 2011 through 2015. In addition, a productivity adjustment is made to the fee schedule payment amount. These changes in payments apply to some or all of the clinical laboratory test services we furnish to Medicare beneficiaries.

 

   

Establishes an Independent Payment Advisory Board (“IPAB”) to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending. The IPAB has broad discretion to propose policies, which may

 

-20-


Table of Contents
 

have a negative impact on payment rates for services, including clinical laboratory services, beginning in 2016, and for hospital services beginning in 2020.

Although some of these provisions may negatively impact payment rates for clinical laboratory services, the PPACA also extends coverage to approximately 32 million previously uninsured people, which may result in an increase in the demand for our tests and services. The mandatory purchase of insurance has been strenuously opposed by a number of state governors, resulting in lawsuits challenging the constitutionality of certain provisions of the PPACA. Many of these court challenges are still pending final adjudication in several jurisdictions, including the United States Supreme Court. Congress has also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the PPACA. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the PPACA, whether to certain provisions or its entirety.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. Most recently, on August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, creates the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals in spending reductions to Congress. In the event that the Joint Select Committee is unable to achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021 before November 23, 2011, or Congress does not act on the committee’s recommendation, without amendment, by December 23, 2011, an automatic reduction is triggered. These automatic cuts would be made to several government programs and, with respect to Medicare, would include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. On November 21, 2011, the Joint Select Committee announced that it would not reach a bipartisan agreement before the deadline and, accordingly, the automatic deficit cuts were triggered. The full impact on our business of the PPACA and the new law is uncertain. Nor is it clear whether other legislative changes will be adopted, if any, or how such changes would affect the demand for our products and services.

Certain of our laboratory services are paid under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule and, under the current statutory formula, the rates for these services are updated annually. For the past several years, the application of the statutory formula would have resulted in substantial payment reductions if Congress failed to intervene. In the past, Congress passed interim legislation to prevent the decreases. Most recently, the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 froze the 2010 update through 2011. For 2012, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) project a rate reduction of 27.4% from 2011 rates. President Obama’s budget for fiscal year 2012 includes measures that would freeze the update factor for an additional two years, and in its March 2011 report to Congress, the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission recommended an increase of 1% for 2012. On December 23, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011, which replaced the Medicare physician payment cut scheduled to take place on January 1, 2012, with a 0% update for two months, thereby allowing for continuation of current physician payment levels until February 29, 2012. However, if Congress fails to act prior to February 29, or in future years, the resulting decrease in payment, effective March 1, 2012, will adversely impact our revenues and results of operations.

We cannot predict whether future health care initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level, or how any future legislation or regulation may affect us. The taxes imposed by the new federal legislation and the expansion of government’s role in the U.S. health care industry as well as changes to the reimbursement amounts paid by payors for our products or our medical procedure volumes may reduce our profits and have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Moreover, Congress has proposed on several occasions to impose a 20% coinsurance on patients for clinical laboratory tests reimbursed under the clinical laboratory fee schedule, which would require us to bill patients for these amounts. Because of the relatively low reimbursement for many clinical laboratory tests, in the event that Congress were to ever enact such legislation, the cost of billing and collecting for these services would often exceed the amount actually received from the patient and effectively increase our costs of billing and collecting

Our commercial success could be compromised if third-party payors, including managed care organizations and Medicare, do not provide coverage and reimbursement, breach, rescind or modify their contracts or reimbursement policies or delay payments for our molecular diagnostic tests.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

Pathologists and oncologists may not order our molecular diagnostic tests unless third-party payors, such as managed care organizations and government payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, pay a substantial portion of the test price. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend on a number of factors, including a payor’s determination that tests using our technologies are:

 

   

Not experimental or investigational;

 

   

Medically necessary;

 

   

Appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

Cost-effective;

 

   

Supported by peer-reviewed publications; and

 

   

Included in clinical practice guidelines.

Uncertainty surrounds third-party payor reimbursement of any test incorporating new technology, including tests developed using our DNA probes and microarrays. Technology assessments of new medical tests and devices conducted by research centers and other entities may be disseminated to interested parties for informational purposes. Third-party payors and health care providers may use such technology assessments as grounds to deny coverage for a test or procedure. No technology assessments have been performed on our tests to date.

Because each payor generally determines for its own enrollees or insured patients whether to cover or otherwise establish a policy to reimburse our diagnostic tests, seeking payor approvals is a time-consuming and costly process. We cannot be certain that coverage for our tests will be provided in the future by additional third-party payors or that existing contracts, agreements or policy decisions or reimbursement levels will remain in place or be fulfilled under existing terms and provisions. If we cannot obtain coverage and reimbursement from private and governmental payors such as Medicare and Medicaid for our current tests, or new tests or test enhancements that we may develop in the future, our ability to generate revenues could be limited, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Further, we have experienced in the past, and will likely experience in the future, delays and temporary interruptions in the receipt of payments from third-party payors due to missing documentation and other issues, which could cause delay in collecting our revenue.

We depend on Medicare and a limited number of private payors for a significant portion of our revenues and if these or other payors stop providing reimbursement or decrease the amount of reimbursement for our tests, our revenues could decline.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we derived approximately 55% of our total revenue from private insurance, including managed care organizations and other health care insurance providers, 24% from government payor programs, most of which was derived from Medicare, 16% from direct-bill customers, including hospitals and other laboratories and less than 5% from other sources. Medicare and other third-party payors may withdraw their coverage policies or cancel their contracts with us at any time, review and adjust the rate of reimbursement or stop paying for our tests altogether, which would reduce our total revenues.

Payors have increased their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of health care services. In the past, measures have been undertaken to reduce payment rates for and decrease utilization of the clinical laboratory industry generally. Because of the cost-trimming trends, third-party payors that currently cover and provide reimbursement for our tests may suspend, revoke or discontinue coverage at any time, or may reduce the reimbursement rates payable to us. Any such action could have a negative impact on our revenues, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

In addition, we are currently considered a “non-contracting provider” by a number of private third-party payors because we have not entered into a specific contract to provide our specialized diagnostic services to their insured patients at specified rates of reimbursement. If we were to become a contracting provider in the future, the amount of overall reimbursement we receive is likely to decrease because we will be reimbursed less money per test performed at a contracted rate than at a non-contracted rate, which could have a negative impact on our revenues. Further, we typically are unable to collect payments from patients beyond that which is paid by their insurance and will continue to experience lost revenue as a result.

Because of certain Medicare billing rules, we may not receive reimbursement for all tests provided to Medicare patients.

Under current Medicare billing rules, claims for our tests performed on Medicare beneficiaries who were hospital inpatients when the tumor tissue samples were obtained and whose tests were ordered less than 14 days from discharge must be incorporated in the payment that the hospital receives for the inpatient services provided. Accordingly, we must bill individual hospitals for tests performed on Medicare beneficiaries during these timeframes in order to receive payment for our tests. Because we generally do not have a written agreement in place with these hospitals that purchase these tests, we may not be paid for our tests or may have to pursue payment from the hospital on a case-by-case basis. In addition, currently we are permitted to bill globally for anatomic pathology services furnished to certain grandfathered hospitals, i.e. we bill both the technical component and the professional component to Medicare; however, the special exemption that permits us to bill in this way will expire at the end of 2011, unless Congress extends it. If it fails to do so, then we would be required to bill the technical component to the hospital, which may be difficult or costly for us to collect.

Further, the Medicare Administrative Contractors (“MACs”) who process claims for Medicare also can impose their own rules related to coverage and payment for laboratory services provided in their jurisdiction. Recently, Palmetto GBA, the MAC for California and surrounding areas, announced a comprehensive new billing policy and a draft coverage policy applicable to molecular diagnostic tests, such as ours. Under the draft coverage policy, currently scheduled to go into effect February 27, 2012, Palmetto would deny payment for molecular diagnostic tests, unless it had issued a positive coverage determination for the test. If Palmetto finalizes the policy and we do not obtain a positive coverage determination, and/or the Palmetto policy is adopted by other contractors that process claims with hospitals or laboratories that purchase and bill for our tests, our business could be adversely impacted.

Complying with numerous regulations pertaining to our business is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.

We are subject to CLIA, a federal law regulating clinical laboratories that perform testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and reliability of clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration, and participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality control, quality assurance and inspections. We have a current certificate of accreditation under CLIA to perform high complexity testing and our laboratory is accredited by the College of American Pathologists (“CAP”), one of six CLIA-approved accreditation organizations. To renew this certificate, we are subject to survey and inspection every two years. Moreover, CLIA inspectors may make periodic inspections of our clinical reference laboratory outside of the renewal process.

The law also requires us to maintain a state laboratory license to conduct testing in that state. As we expand our geographic focus, we may need to obtain laboratory licenses from additional states. New Jersey laws establish standards for day-to-day operation of our clinical reference laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control. In addition, several other states require that we hold licenses to test specimens from patients in those states. Other states may have similar

 

-23-


Table of Contents

requirements or may adopt similar requirements in the future. Finally, we may be subject to regulation in foreign jurisdictions as we seek to expand international distribution of our tests.

If we were to lose our CLIA accreditation or New Jersey laboratory license, whether as a result of a revocation, suspension or limitation, we would no longer be able to offer our tests, which would limit our revenues and harm our business. If we were to lose our license in other states where we are required to hold licenses, we would not be able to test specimens from those states.

If FDA were to begin requiring approval or clearance of our tests, we could incur substantial costs and time delays associated with meeting requirements for pre-market clearance or approval or we could experience decreased demand for, or reimbursement of, our tests.

Although FDA maintains that it has authority to regulate the development and use of LDTs, such as ours as medical devices, it has not exercised its authority with respect to most LDTs as a matter of enforcement discretion. FDA does not generally extend its enforcement discretion to reagents or software provided by third parties and used to perform LDTs, and therefore these products must typically comply with FDA medical device regulations which are wide-ranging and govern, among other things: product design and development, product testing, product labeling, product storage, pre-market clearance or approval, advertising and promotion and product sales and distribution.

We believe that our DNA probe and microarray tests, as utilized in our laboratory testing, are LDTs. As a result, we believe that pursuant to FDA’s current policies and guidance that FDA does not require that we obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our LDTs. The container we provide for collection and transport of tumor samples from a pathology laboratory to our clinical reference laboratory may be a medical device subject to FDA regulation but is currently exempt from pre-market review by FDA. While we believe that we are currently in material compliance with applicable laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that FDA or other regulatory agencies would agree with our determination, and a determination that we have violated these laws, or a public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations of these laws, could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

Moreover, FDA guidance and policy pertaining to diagnostic testing is continuing to evolve and is subject to ongoing review and revision. A significant change in any of the laws, regulations or policies may require us to change our business model in order to maintain regulatory compliance. At various times since 2006, FDA has issued guidance documents or announced draft guidance regarding initiatives that may require varying levels of FDA oversight of our tests. For example, in June 2010, FDA announced a public meeting to discuss the agency’s oversight of LDTs prompted by the increased complexity of LDTs and their increasingly important role in clinical decision-making and disease management, particularly in the context of personalized medicine. FDA indicated that it was considering a risk-based application of oversight to LDTs and that, following public input and discussion, it might issue separate draft guidance on the regulation of LDTs which ultimately could require that we seek and obtain either pre-market clearance or approval of LDTs, depending upon the risk-based approach FDA adopts. The public meeting was held in July 2010 and further public comments were submitted to FDA through September 2010. FDA has stated it is continuing to develop draft guidance in this area.

We cannot provide any assurance that FDA regulation, including pre-market review, will not be required in the future for our tests, whether through additional guidance issued by FDA, new enforcement policies adopted by FDA or new legislation enacted by Congress. We believe it is possible that legislation will be enacted into law or guidance could be issued by FDA which may result in increased regulatory burdens for us to continue to offer our tests or to develop and introduce new tests. Given the attention Congress continues to give to these issues, legislation affecting this area may be enacted into law and may result in increased regulatory burdens on us as we continue to offer our tests and to develop and introduce new tests.

In addition, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services requested that its Advisory Committee on Genetics, Health and Society make recommendations about the oversight of

 

-24-


Table of Contents

genetic testing. A final report was published in April 2008. If the report’s recommendations for increased oversight of genetic testing were to result in further regulatory burdens, they could negatively affect our business and delay the commercialization of tests in development.

The requirement of pre-market review could negatively affect our business until such review is completed and clearance to market or approval is obtained FDA could require that we stop selling our tests pending pre-market clearance or approval. If FDA allows our tests to remain on the market but there is uncertainty about our tests, if they are labeled investigational by FDA or if labeling claims FDA allows us to make are very limited, orders or reimbursement may decline. The regulatory approval process may involve, among other things, successfully completing additional clinical trials and making a 510(k) submission, or filing a pre-market approval application with FDA. If FDA requires pre-market review, our tests may not be cleared or approved on a timely basis, if at all. We may also decide voluntarily to pursue FDA pre-market review of our tests if we determine that doing so would be appropriate.

Additionally, should future regulatory actions affect any of the reagents we obtain from vendors and use in conducting our tests, our business could be adversely affected in the form of increased costs of testing or delays, limits or prohibitions on the purchase of reagents necessary to perform our testing.

If we were required to conduct additional clinical trials prior to continuing to sell our diagnostic tests or any other tests that we may develop, those trials could lead to delays or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approval, which could cause significant delays in commercializing any future products and harm our ability to achieve sustained profitability.

If FDA decides to require that we obtain clearance or approvals to commercialize our diagnostic tests, we may be required to conduct additional pre-market clinical testing prior to submitting a regulatory notification or application for commercial sales. Clinical trials must be conducted in compliance with FDA regulations or FDA may take enforcement action or reject the data. The data collected from these clinical trials may ultimately be used to support market clearance or approval for our tests. Even if our clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our test claims or that FDA or foreign authorities will agree with our conclusions regarding our test results. Success in early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and we cannot be sure that the later trials will replicate the results of prior trials and studies. If we are required to conduct pre-market clinical trials, whether using prospectively acquired samples or archival samples, delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly increase our test development costs and delay commercialization. Many of the factors that may cause or lead to a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to delay or denial of regulatory clearance or approval. The commencement of clinical trials may be delayed due to insufficient patient enrollment, which is a function of many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites and the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial. Moreover, the clinical trial process may fail to demonstrate that our tests are effective for the proposed indicated uses, which could cause us to abandon a test candidate and may delay development of other tests.

We may find it necessary to engage contract research organizations to perform data collection and analysis and other aspects of our clinical trials, which might increase the cost and complexity of our trials. We may also depend on clinical investigators, medical institutions and contract research organizations to perform the trials properly. If these parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, or if the quality, completeness or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or for other reasons, our clinical trials may have to be extended, delayed or terminated. Many of these factors would be beyond our control. We may not be able to enter into replacement arrangements without undue delays or considerable expenditures. If there are delays in testing or approvals as a result of the failure to perform by third parties, our research and development costs would increase, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for our tests. In addition, we may not be able to establish or maintain relationships with these parties on favorable terms, if at all. Each of these outcomes would harm our ability to market our tests or to achieve sustained profitability.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

We are subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

We are subject to health care fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. These health care laws and regulations include, for example:

 

   

the federal Anti-kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase order or recommendation of, any item or services for which payment may be made under a federal health care program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

the federal physician self-referral prohibition, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to providers of “designated health services” with whom the physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has an ownership interest or compensation arrangement, unless a statutory or regulatory exception applies;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which established federal crimes for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program or making false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services;

 

   

federal false claims laws, which, prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent, and which may apply to entities like us to the extent that our interactions with customers may affect their billing or coding practices; and

 

   

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

We have adopted policies and procedures designed to comply with these laws, including policies and procedures relating to financial arrangements between us and physicians who refer patients to us. In the ordinary course of our business, we conduct internal reviews of our compliance with these laws. Our compliance is also subject to governmental review. The government alleged that we engaged in improper billing practices in the past and we may be the subject of such allegations in the future as the growth of our business and sales organization may increase the potential of violating these laws or our internal policies and procedures. See the section entitled “Legal Proceedings” for a detailed description of the government’s prior allegations. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is further increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Further, the PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal health care fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. Any action brought against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws and regulations, we may be subject to any applicable penalty associated with the violation, including civil and criminal penalties, damages and fines, and/or exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medi-Cal or other state or federal health care programs, we could be required to refund payments received by us, and we

 

-26-


Table of Contents

could be required to curtail or cease our operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.

We may be subject to liability to the government for operations at our former Milford, Massachusetts laboratory from 2003 to 2004.

From 2000 to 2004, we operated a clinical laboratory in Milford, Massachusetts providing cancer screening services, principally chromosome karyotyping. The clinical laboratory participated in the Medicare program. The Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) and the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ,” together with the OIG, “Government”) informed us in February 2009 that they were contemplating commencing a civil False Claims Act action against us with respect to certain alleged improper billing practices and overpayments relating to operations at the Milford, Massachusetts clinical laboratory. Although no action has been commenced to date, we could be subject to liability claimed by the Government of $1.6 million in damages, plus interest, costs, significant penalties, and potential trebling. We could also be subject to other administrative sanctions, including additional reporting requirements under a Corporate Integrity Agreement. While we dispute any allegation that our former Milford laboratory engaged in improper billing practices or otherwise was unjustly enriched, no assurance can be given that we will not be required to make a substantial payment to the Government and or be subjected to additional reporting, training or other requirements under a Corporate Integrity Agreement as a result of the activities in our former Milford, Massachusetts clinical laboratory.

We are required to comply with laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of health information that require significant compliance costs, and any failure to comply with these laws could result in material criminal and civil penalties.

Under the administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations which establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protecting the privacy and security of Protected Health Information used or disclosed by health care providers and other covered entities. Three principal regulations with which we are currently required to comply have been issued in final form under HIPAA: privacy regulations, security regulations and standards for electronic transactions.

The privacy regulations cover the use and disclosure of Protected Health Information (“PHI”) by health care providers. It also sets forth certain rights that an individual has with respect to his or her Protected Health Information maintained by a health care provider, including the right to access or amend certain records containing Protected Health Information or to request restrictions on the use or disclosure of Protected Health Information. We have also implemented policies, procedures and standards to comply appropriately with the final HIPAA security regulations, which establish requirements for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity and availability of PHI, which is electronically transmitted or electronically stored. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations establish a uniform federal “floor” and do not supersede state laws that are more stringent or provide individuals with greater rights with respect to the privacy or security of, and access to, their records containing PHI. As a result, we are required to comply with both HIPAA privacy regulations and varying state privacy and security laws.

Moreover, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), among other things, established certain health information security breach notification requirements. A covered entity must notify any individual whose protected health information is breached.

These laws contain significant fines and other penalties for wrongful use or disclosure of PHI. We have implemented practices and procedures to meet the requirements of the HIPAA privacy regulations and state privacy laws. In addition, we are in the process of taking necessary steps to comply with HIPAA’s standards for electronic transactions, which establish standards for common health care transactions. Given the complexity of the HIPAA, HITECH and state privacy restrictions, the possibility that the regulations may change, and the fact that the regulations are subject to changing and potentially conflicting interpretation, our ability to comply with the HIPAA, HITECH and state privacy requirements is uncertain and the costs of compliance are significant. To the extent that we submit electronic health care claims and

 

-27-


Table of Contents

payment transactions that do not comply with the electronic data transmission standards established under HIPAA and HITECH, payments to us may be delayed or denied. Additionally, the costs of complying with any changes to the HIPAA, HITECH and state privacy restrictions may have a negative impact on our operations. We could be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions for failing to comply with the HIPAA, HITECH and state privacy restrictions, which could result in the incurrence of significant monetary penalties.

Intellectual Property Risks Related to Our Business

Our rights to use technologies licensed from third parties are not within our control, and we may not be able to sell our products if we lose our existing rights or cannot obtain new rights on reasonable terms.

Our ability to market certain of our tests and services, domestically and/or internationally, is in part derived from licenses to intellectual property which is owned by third parties. As such, we may not be able to continue selling our tests and services if we lose our existing licensed rights or sell new tests and services if we cannot obtain such licensed rights on reasonable terms.

We may also need to license other technologies to commercialize future products. As may be expected, our business may suffer if (i) these licenses terminate; (ii) if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license, properly maintain the licensed intellectual property or fail to prevent infringement of such intellectual property by third parties; (iii) if the licensed patents or other intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or (iv) if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on reasonable terms or at all. In return for the use of a third-party’s technology, we may agree to pay the licensor royalties based on sales of our products as well as other fees. Such royalties and fees are a component of cost of product revenues and will impact the margins on our tests.

We cannot sell our probes or any other tests that we may develop using blocking DNA in the United States until patents held by third parties expire.

Vysis, a division of Abbott Laboratories, Inc., possesses an exclusive license from the University of California for a family of patents in the United States (“Abbott patents”) directed broadly to the usage of blocking DNA. The Abbott patents present a barrier to our penetrating the United States market with certain of our probe-related tests because our probes are configured to use blocking DNA. The Abbott patents are due to expire in or about 2017. Unless we obtain a license from Abbott Laboratories, Inc. for use of blocking DNA, we will not be able to sell our probes in the United States until the Abbott patents expire.

Our collaborators may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions we develop from our use of the biological materials which they provide to us.

We rely on certain third parties to provide us with tissue samples and biological materials that we use to develop our tests. In some cases we have written agreements with collaborators that provide that we must negotiate ownership and commercial rights with the third party collaborator if our use of such collaborator’s materials results in an invention, or that limit our use of those materials to research/not for profit use. In other cases, we do not have written agreements, or the written agreements we have do not clearly deal with intellectual property rights. If we cannot successfully negotiate sufficient ownership and commercial rights to the inventions that result from our use of a third party collaborator’s materials where required, or if disputes otherwise arise with respect to the intellectual property developed with the use of a collaborator’s samples, we may be limited in our ability to capitalize on the market potential of these inventions.

The U.S. government may have “march-in rights” to certain of our probe related intellectual property.

Because federal grant monies were used in support of the research and development activities that resulted in our two issued U.S. patents, the federal government retains what are referred to as “march-in rights” to these patents.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

In particular, the National Cancer Institute and the National Institutes of Health, each of which administered grant monies to us, technically retain the right to require us, under certain specific circumstances, to grant the U.S. government either a nonexclusive, partially exclusive or exclusive license to the patented invention in any field of use, upon terms that are reasonable for a particular situation. Circumstances that trigger march-in rights include, for example, failure to take, within a reasonable time, effective steps to achieve practical application of the invention in a field of use, failure to satisfy the health and safety needs of the public and failure to meet requirements of public use specified by federal regulations. National Cancer Institute and the National Institutes of Health can elect to exercise these march-in rights on their own initiative or at the request of a third-party.

If we are unable to maintain intellectual property protection, our competitive position could be harmed.

Our ability to protect our proprietary discoveries and technologies affects our ability to compete and to achieve sustained profitability. Currently, we rely on a combination of U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, copyrights, trademarks and trademark applications, confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements, material transfer agreements, licenses, work-for-hire agreements and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. We also maintain certain company know-how, trade secrets and technological innovations designed to provide us with a competitive advantage in the market place as trade secrets. Currently, we have only two issued U.S. patents and seven pending patent applications, which includes both U.S. and foreign patent applications, relating to various aspects of our technology. While we intend to pursue additional patent applications, it is possible that our pending patent applications and any future applications may not result in issued patents. Even if patents are issued, third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids our patents. Further, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation of our trade secrets and other confidential information as well as the misuse of our patents and other intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where we have not filed for patent protection.

From time to time the U.S. Supreme Court, other federal courts, the U.S. Congress or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) may change the standards of patentability and any such changes could have a negative impact on our business. For instance, on October 30, 2008, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a decision that methods or processes cannot be patented unless they are tied to a machine or involve a physical transformation. The U.S. Supreme Court recently reversed that decision, finding that the “machine-or-transformation” test is not the only test for determining patent eligibility. The Court, however, declined to specify how and when processes are patentable. It is unclear at this time whether the USPTO will amend its patent prosecution guidelines for determining patentability. Some aspects of our technology involve processes that may be subject to this evolving standard and we can not guarantee that any of our pending process claims will be patentable as a result of such evolving standards.

More recently a suit brought in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by multiple plaintiffs, including the American Civil Liberties Union, against Myriad Genetics, Inc. and the USPTO may have an impact on the biotechnology industry. Specifically, the case involves certain of Myriad Genetics, Inc.’s U.S. patents related to the breast cancer susceptibility genes BRCA1 and BRCA2. Plaintiffs allege, among other things, that gene-related patents (as a whole) stifle diagnostic testing and research that could lead to cures in the future. In that regard, plaintiffs filed motions for summary judgment alleging, among other things, that breast cancer genes are not patentable subject matter. On March 29, 2010, the court granted summary judgment finding that BRCA1 and BRACA2 patents are invalid under the “machine or transformation” test discussed above. On July 29, 2011, the Federal Circuit upheld the lower court on the invalidity of all but one of the process claims as failing the “machine or transformation” test, but reversed the lower court’s decision as to isolated genes, holding them patentable. While this decision may provide more clarity on certain aspects of the patentability of isolated genes and related processes, the case may be appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court and overturned or further modified.

In addition, on February 5, 2010, the Secretary’s Advisory Committee on Genetics, Health and Society voted to approve a report entitled “Gene Patents and Licensing Practices and Their Impact on

 

-29-


Table of Contents

Patient Access to Genetic Tests.” That report defines “patent claims on genes” broadly to include claims to isolated nucleic acid molecules as well as methods of detecting particular sequences or mutations. The report also contains six recommendations, including the creation of an exemption from liability for infringement of patent claims on genes for anyone making, using, ordering, offering for sale or selling a test developed under the patent for patient care purposes, or for anyone using the patent-protected genes in the pursuit of research. The report also recommended that the Secretary should explore, identify and implement mechanisms that will encourage more voluntary adherence to current guidelines that promote nonexclusive in-licensing of diagnostic genetic and genomic technologies. It is unclear whether the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services will act upon these recommendations, or if the recommendations would result in a change in law or process that could negatively impact our patent portfolio or future research and development efforts.

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that could be time-consuming and costly to defend, and could result in our loss of significant rights and the assessment of treble damages.

From time to time we may face intellectual property infringement (or misappropriation) claims from third parties. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. The outcome of any such litigation can never be guaranteed, and an adverse outcome could affect us negatively. For example, were a third-party to succeed on an infringement claim against us, we may be required to pay substantial damages (including up to treble damages if such infringement were found to be willful). In addition, we could face an injunction, barring us from conducting the allegedly infringing activity. The outcome of the litigation could require us to enter into a license agreement which may not be pursuant to acceptable or commercially reasonable or practical terms or which may not be available at all.

It is also possible that an adverse finding of infringement against us may require us to dedicate substantial resources and time in developing non-infringing alternatives, which may or may not be possible. In the case of diagnostic tests, we would also need to include non-infringing technologies which would require us to re-validate our tests. Any such re-validation, in addition to being costly and time consuming, may be unsuccessful.

Finally, we may initiate claims to assert or defend our own intellectual property against third parties. Any intellectual property litigation, irrespective of whether we are the plaintiff or the defendant, and regardless of the outcome, is expensive and time-consuming, and could divert our management’s attention from our business and negatively affect our operating results or financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

The initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. If an active market for our stock develops and continues, our stock price nevertheless may be volatile. Market prices for securities of early-stage life sciences companies have historically been particularly volatile. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include, but are not limited to:

 

   

progress, or lack of progress, in developing and commercializing our proprietary tests;

 

   

favorable or unfavorable decisions about our tests or services from government regulators, insurance companies or other third-party payors;

 

   

our ability to recruit and retain qualified regulatory and research and development personnel;

 

-30-


Table of Contents
   

changes in investors’ and securities analysts’ perception of the business risks and conditions of our business;

 

   

changes in our relationship with key collaborators;

 

   

changes in the market valuation or earnings of our competitors or companies viewed as similar to us;

 

   

changes in key personnel;

 

   

depth of the trading market in our common stock;

 

   

termination of the lock-up agreement or other restrictions on the ability of our existing stockholders to sell shares after this offering;

 

   

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

   

the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other equity awards;

 

   

realization of any of the risks described under this section entitled “Risk Factors”; and

 

   

general market and economic conditions.

In addition, the equity markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices for the securities of newly public companies for a number of reasons, including reasons that may be unrelated to our business or operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may result in a material decline in the market price of our common stock and you may not be able to sell your shares at prices you deem acceptable. In the past, following periods of volatility in the equity markets, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against public companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial cost and the diversion of management attention.

The shares you purchase in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. At an initial public offering price of $          per share, purchasers of our common stock will effectively incur dilution of $          per share in the net tangible book value of their purchased shares. Conversely, the shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders currently own will receive a material increase in net tangible book value per share. The exercise of outstanding options will result in further dilution of your investment. In addition, you may experience additional dilution if we issue common stock in the future. As a result of this dilution, you may receive significantly less than the full purchase price you paid for the shares in the event of liquidation.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception that future sales may occur, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. The shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market, except for any shares sold to our affiliates.

In connection with this offering, we, along with our officers, directors and certain stockholders, have agreed prior to the commencement of this offering, subject to limited exceptions, not to sell or transfer

 

-31-


Table of Contents

any shares of common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C. However, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. may release these shares from any restrictions at any time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares held by any stockholder or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock.

A total of              million shares of common stock may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders on or about 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other limitations imposed under the federal securities laws. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through offerings of our common stock. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

In addition, as of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding options to purchase 2,792,392 shares of our common stock. We plan to register for offer and sale the shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding options. Shares covered by such registration statements upon the exercise of stock options generally will be eligible for sale in the public market, except that affiliates will continue to be subject to volume limitations and other requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The issuance or sale of such shares could depress the market price of our common stock.

An active trading market may not develop for our common stock, and you may not be able to sell your stock at or above the initial public offering price.

There is no established trading market for our common stock, and the market for our common stock may be highly volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance. Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our equity publicly. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might become. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at the time you wish to sell them, at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

The initial public offering price has been determined through negotiation between us and representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market price for our common stock after this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Reports published by securities or industry analysts, including projections in those reports that exceed our actual results, could adversely affect our common stock price and trading volume.

We currently expect that securities research analysts, including those affiliated with our underwriters, will establish and publish their own periodic projections for our business. These projections may vary widely from one another and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our stock price may decline if our actual results do not match securities research analysts’ projections. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who writes reports on us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our stock price or trading volume could decline. While we expect securities research analyst coverage, if no securities or industry analysts begin to cover us, the trading price for our stock and the trading volume could be adversely affected.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders and their respective affiliates will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

Our directors, executive officers and the holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, beneficially own approximately 63% of our outstanding common stock-based on the

 

-32-


Table of Contents

number of shares outstanding on October 31, 2011 and, upon the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will beneficially own approximately % of our outstanding shares of common stock. These stockholders, acting together, have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, have significant influence over our management and affairs. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might harm the market price of our common stock by:

 

   

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control;

 

   

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

   

discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

If we are unable to favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is not able to provide an unqualified attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price could be materially adversely affected.

As a private company, we were not subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. After completion of this offering, we will be required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, our independent registered public accounting firm identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting: (i) lack of sufficient segregation of duties within accounting functions; (ii) lack of sufficient, qualified accounting personnel to accurately and timely record and report our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) insufficient corporate record keeping related to equity transactions and contractual arrangements. If we fail to remediate the material weaknesses identified or to remediate any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses that may be identified in the future, we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to provide an attestation reporting on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if we require an attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm and that firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investor confidence and, in turn, our stock price could be materially adversely affected.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering, and may not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, we estimate that net proceeds of the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $              million. Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Although we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for research, development and commercialization of our proprietary tests and service offerings and payment of outstanding indebtedness, because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we cannot specify with certainty the particular use of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering, and we cannot assure you that we will use the proceeds in a manner that will increase the value of your investment or of which you would approve. Moreover, you will not have the opportunity to influence our decision on how to use the proceeds from this offering. We may use the proceeds for corporate purposes that do not immediately enhance our prospects for the future or increase the value of your investment. See the Section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

 

-33-


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove the current members of our board and management.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change of control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. These provisions, among other things:

 

   

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock, the rights of which will be determined at the discretion of the board of directors and that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that our board of directors does not approve;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our board of directors or for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings; and

 

   

limit who may call a stockholder meeting.

In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which may, unless certain criteria are met, prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of the voting rights on our common stock, from merging or combining with us for a prescribed period of time.

Because we do not expect to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future, you must rely on appreciation of our common stock price for any return on your investment. Even if we change that policy, we may be restricted from paying dividends on our common stock.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial performance, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, you will have to rely on capital appreciation, if any, to earn a return on your investment in our common stock. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss, carryforwards and federal tax credit may be limited under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The limitations apply if an “ownership change,” as defined by Section 382, occurs. Generally, an ownership change occurs if the percentage of the value of the stock that is owned by one or more direct or indirect “five percent shareholders” increases by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage at any time during the applicable testing period (typically three years). If we have experienced an “ownership change” at any time since our formation, we may already be subject to limitations on our ability to utilize our existing net operating losses and other tax attributes to offset taxable income. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an “ownership change” and, consequently, Section 382 and 383 limitations. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset United States federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the progress and timing of our product development, the goals of our development activities, estimates of the potential markets for our product candidates, estimates of the capacity of manufacturing and other facilities to support our products, our expected further revenues, operations and expenditures and projected cash needs. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events of our financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievement to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Those risks and uncertainties include, among others:

 

   

our ability to achieve profitability by increasing sales of our laboratory tests and services and to continually develop and commercialize novel and innovative genomic-based diagnostic tests and services for cancer patients;

 

   

our ability to clinically validate our pipeline of genomic microarray tests currently in development;

 

   

our ability to execute on our marketing and sales strategy for our genomic tests and gain acceptance of our tests in the market;

 

   

our ability to keep pace with a rapidly advancing market;

 

   

our ability to satisfy U.S. (including FDA) and international regulatory requirements with respect to our tests and services, many of which are new and still evolving;

 

   

our ability to obtain reimbursement from governmental and other third-party payors for our tests and services;

 

   

competition from clinical laboratory services companies, genomic-based diagnostic tests currently available or new tests that may emerge;

 

   

our ability to maintain our clinical collaborations and enter into new collaboration agreements with highly regarded organizations in the cancer field so that, among other things, have access to thought leaders in the field and to a robust number of samples to validate our genomic tests;

 

   

our ability to maintain our present customer base and retain new customers;

 

   

potential product liability or intellectual property infringement claims;

 

   

our dependency on third-party manufacturers to supply or manufacture our products;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of scientists, clinicians, sales personnel and other key personnel with extensive experience in oncology, who are in short supply;

 

   

our ability to obtain or maintain patents or other appropriate protection for the intellectual property in our proprietary tests and services;

 

   

our dependency on the intellectual property licensed to us or possessed by third parties;

 

   

our ability to expand internationally and launch our tests in emerging markets, such as India and Brazil; and

 

-36-


Table of Contents
   

our ability to adequately support future growth.

Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “predicts,” “potential,” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions and comparable terminology intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or review publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents referenced in this prospectus and filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $              million from the sale of shares of common stock offered in this offering, or approximately $              million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $              million, assuming the initial public offering price stays the same. An increase of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price per share, would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $              million. A decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $              million. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds of the offering as follows:

 

   

to fund further research and development and commercialization of our proprietary genomic-based diagnostic tests, sales and marketing activities;

 

   

to fund ongoing operations and expansion of the business and potential acquisitions and collaborations; and

 

   

to repay certain outstanding indebtedness owed to Wells Fargo, DAM, John Pappajohn and European Trust Management, LLC in the aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million.

The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plan and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

As of September 30, 2011, an aggregate of $6.0 million in principal remained outstanding under the Wells Fargo Line of Credit and an aggregate of $3.0 million in principal remained outstanding under the DAM credit facility. The Wells Fargo Line of Credit is due on July 31, 2012; however, pursuant to an intercreditor agreement we entered into on March 23, 2011 with John Pappajohn, a member of our board of directors, and DAM (“Intercreditor Agreement”), we are required to use the proceeds from this offering to repay the full amounts outstanding under both the Wells Fargo Line of Credit and the DAM credit facility. If the proceeds from this offering are insufficient to repay the full amount outstanding under both the Wells Fargo Line of Credit and the DAM credit facility, we are required, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, to use the proceeds to repay the debt outstanding under the DAM credit facility before any proceeds can be used to repay any debt outstanding under the Wells Fargo Line of Credit. The Wells Fargo debt bears

 

-38-


Table of Contents

annual interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.75%, payable in equal monthly installments. The DAM debt bears an initial annual interest at a rate of 3.0%, payable in equal monthly installments. If certain maturity events, as defined in the credit agreement, do not occur prior to January 1, 2012, then the interest rate on the DAM debt will increase to 10% per annum. In addition, if certain maturity events do not occur prior to April 1, 2012 then the interest rate will increase to 15% per annum.

As of December 21, 2011, we entered into a Credit Agreement with European Trust Management, LLC (“ETM”) and John Pappajohn, a member of our board of directors and a stockholder, for a $6.0 million secured term loan. Each lender is providing $3.0 million of financing, of which we drew $3.0 million from Mr. Pappajohn on December 22, 2011 and we expect to draw funds from ETM in January 2012. We paid ETM $50,000 to cover certain fees and expenses incurred by ETM in connection with this transaction.

The loan bears an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 6.25% (9.50% at December 21, 2011) and matures in twelve months, with an option at our election, if there has been no event of default, to extend the loan term for an additional six months. The term loan due to ETM has a prepayment penalty in the amount of $285,000, less interest previously paid, if we elect to prepay the loan during the first year. ETM may require that the loan be repaid within 30 days should we complete our IPO and receive gross proceeds of at least $15 million. In the event that ETM requires payment upon completion of our IPO and certain other maturity events, the annual interest rate shall increase to 12%. The loan is secured by all of our assets, including our intellectual property, subject to prior first and second liens in favor of Wells Fargo and DAM. Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the lenders have agreed that all amounts due to DAM are to be paid prior to payment to the lenders under the Credit Agreement with ETM, but that as between such lenders, following an event of default, all of the security granted by us is to be applied first to repay obligations due to ETM, and then to Mr. Pappajohn after ETM has been paid in full.

The lenders will receive five-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 423,528 shares of our common stock at the lower of $8.50 per share and a 20% discount to the initial public offering price if the initial public offering price is less than $10.625 per share. The lenders will receive additional warrants on the same terms to purchase an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 91 days of closing the loans and an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 181 days of closing the loans. The warrant exercise price is subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection in the event of issuances of more than $5 million of securities at prices below the exercise price prior to the completion of our IPO. The lenders may elect to net exercise their warrants. The lenders also have the option, exercisable up to two hours after they receive notice of the completion of our IPO, to convert the outstanding principal amount of their debt into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to $8.50 per share or at a 20% discount to our initial public offering price, whichever is lower. The conversion price of the notes and the exercise price of the warrants are subject to standard anti-dilution protection in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, reclassifications and the like.

Shares that the lenders receive are subject to a lock up agreement for 180 days after the consummation of our IPO on the same terms as other lock up agreements in favor of the underwriters of this offering, but otherwise have registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into simultaneously with the Credit Agreement.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared dividends on our equity securities, and currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Subject to the foregoing, the payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2011:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2011, to reflect the automatic conversion prior to the closing of this offering of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 3,584,674 shares of common stock; and

 

   

on an as-adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of shares of the common stock we are offering at the initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public price. You should read this table together with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as our financial statements and the related notes, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

     As of September 30, 2011  
     (unaudited)  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
     Pro
Forma As
Adjusted (1)
 
($ in thousands)                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 193      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long term debt

   $ 100      $         $     

Convertible preferred stock, Series A

     —        $         $     

Convertible preferred stock, Series B

     —        $         $     

Common stock, additional paid-in capital and treasury stock

   $ 22,741      $         $     

Accumulated deficit

   $ (39,225   $         $     

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (16,484   $         $     

Total capitalization

   $ (16,384   $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share of our common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, in this offering would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2011, and excludes:

 

   

2,792,392 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options as of September 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.45 per share, which includes 2,392,392 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock

 

-40-


Table of Contents
 

options issued under our equity incentive plans and 400,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued outside of our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,249,662 additional shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of September 30, 2011, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.51 per share; and

 

   

1,107,608 additional shares of our common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of September 30, 2011.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. We calculate net tangible book value per share by dividing our net tangible book value, which is tangible assets less total liabilities, by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock. Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011, was approximately $              million, or approximately $          per share. After giving effect to the automatic conversion of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock and our Series B preferred stock into 3,584,674 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 was approximately $              million, or approximately $          per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $          per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $          per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011

      $     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro form net tangible book value by approximately $          million, the pro forma net tangible book value per share by approximately $          per share and the dilution to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering by approximately $          per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information above assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $          per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $          per share and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors. If any shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, new investors will experience further dilution.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2011, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

     Shares
Purchased
    Total
Consideration
    Average
Price
       Number    %     Amount    %     Per Share

Existing stockholders

            

New investors

            

Total

        100        100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

The number of shares purchased from us by existing stockholders is based on 9,942,076 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011 after giving effect to the automatic conversion

 

-42-


Table of Contents

of all of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering. This number excludes:

 

   

2,792,392 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $2.45 per share;

 

   

4,249,662 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $3.51 per share; and

 

   

1,107,608 shares available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to , or % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and the shares held by existing stockholders will decrease to , or % of the total shares outstanding.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. Our selected statements of operations data for each of the years in the periods ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and their related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2007, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2006, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year. Our selected consolidated financial data should be read together with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and their related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Nine Months Ended     Year-ended  
(dollars in thousands, except for share and
per share data)
   Sept 30,     December 31,  
   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (unaudited)                                

Statements of Operations Data:

              

Net Revenues

   $ 2,144      $ 1,605      $ 2,522      $ 1,666      $ 1,680      $ 2,343      $ 826   

Cost of revenues

     2,385        2,566        3,516        2,532        2,223        2,128        977   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     (241     (961     995        (866     (543     215        (151

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development

     1,442        899        1,167        1,336        608        254        245   

General and administrative

     3,160        1,962        3,446        1,845        1,390        1,642        663   

Sales and marketing

     1,201        465        716        239        336        274        231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,803        3,326        5,329        3,420        2,334        2,170        1,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (6,044     (4,287     (6,323     (4,286     (2,877     (1,955     (1,290

Interest expense

     (918     (650     (792     (2,092     (266     (77     (101

Interest and other income (expense)

     —          1        734        3        18        16        332   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (9,881     (2,313     (2,026     (953     —          —          —     

Tax benefit (expense)

     —          —          —          —          —          (286     91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

   $ (16,843   $ (7,249   $ (8,407   $ (7,328   $ (3,124   $ (2,302   $ (967
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (2.65   $ (1.16   $ (1.34   $ (1.61   $ (0.83    

Weighed-average common shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     6,357,402        6,237,015        6,266,155        4,554,009        3,782,596       

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

              

 

(1) Gives effect to the conversion of our Series A and Series B preferred stock into 3,584,674 shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering, assuming that the conversion occurred on the first day of the period presented.

 

-44-


Table of Contents
     As of     As of  
(dollars in thousands)    September 30,     December 31,  
   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (unaudited)                                

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 193     $ 1,779      $ 30      $ 28      $ 1,068      $ 59   

Working capital

     (9,499     1,785        (1,303     153        787        (841

Total assets

     4,108        5,302        2,590        2,525        2,768        1,424   

Current and long-term notes payable

     100        100        245        140        140        546   

Line of credit and long-term

     8,334        6,000        6,410        2,850        —          —     

Warrant liability

     9,655        4,270        1,436        —          —          —     

Accumulated deficit

     (39,225     (22,382     (13,974     (6,408     (3,312     (1,010

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

   $ (16,484   $ (6,736   $ (6,711   $ (1,268   $ 1,488      $ (339

 

-45-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in the prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon our current plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing proprietary genomic tests and services to improve the diagnosis, prognosis and response to treatment (theranosis) of cancer. Our tests target cancers that are complicated to prognose and for which it is difficult to predict treatment outcomes using currently available techniques. These cancers include hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. We provide our tests and services to oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers, reference laboratories and physician offices. We are currently offering our tests and laboratory services in our 17,936 square foot state-of-the-art laboratory located in Rutherford, New Jersey, which has been accredited under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”). Our proprietary tests are based principally on our expertise in specific cancer types, test development methodologies and proprietary algorithms correlating genetic events with disease specific information. We have commercially launched MatBA -CLL, our first proprietary microarray test for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (“CLL”), and are developing a series of other proprietary genomic tests in our core oncology markets.

We have established collaborative relationships with key thought leaders in oncology, which enable us to develop and validate the effectiveness and utility of our tests in a clinical setting and which provide us access to clinically-robust patient data, including Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research with whom we recently agreed to form a joint venture in 2012 focused on developing oncology diagnostic services and tests utilizing next-generation sequencing.

We believe that providing cancer professionals with a fully-integrated offering of high-value, proprietary tests in cancers with significant unmet medical need, along with customized laboratory services, differentiates our approach. We believe our ability to rapidly translate research insights about the genetics and molecular mechanisms of cancer into the clinical setting will improve patient treatment and management and that this approach will become a key component in the standard of care for personalized cancer treatment.

We will offer our proprietary tests in the United States as laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”) and internationally as CE-marked in vitro diagnostic products. In addition, we plan to seek Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) clearance or approval to expand the commercial use of our tests to other laboratories and testing sites. Our sales strategy is focused on direct sales to oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers, and physician offices in the United States and expanding our relationships with leading distributors and medical facilities in emerging markets. We intend to emphasize partnering with community hospitals, where nearly 85% of all cancers are initially diagnosed, through our program called Expand Dx , which was specifically designed to meet the needs of community hospitals. We believe our proprietary tests and services will enable community hospitals to optimize and expand their oncology services to better serve their cancer patients.

We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the near future. We incurred net losses of $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, and $16.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Changes in the fair value of some of our common stock warrants accounted for a large portion of the losses in the most recent periods. As of September 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Our overall growth plan is predicated on our ability to develop and commercialize our proprietary tests outside of our clinical laboratory. We launched MatBA -CLL in the first quarter 2011 for use in our clinical laboratory and are developing additional proprietary tests. In order to market our tests to independent laboratories and testing facilities, we believe we will need to obtain approvals or clearances from the appropriate regulatory authorities, including FDA. Without these approvals, the success of these commercialization efforts will be limited. To obtain these approvals and facilitate market adoption of our tests, we anticipate having to successfully complete additional studies with clinical samples and publish our results in peer-reviewed scientific journals. Our ability to complete such studies is dependent upon our ability to leverage our collaborative relationships with leading institutions to facilitate our research and obtain data for our quality assurance and test validation efforts.

We believe that the factors discussed in the following paragraphs have had and are expected to continue to have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Revenues

Our revenue in 2010 was generated principally through our clinical laboratory services, with approximately 4% of our revenue from government research grants such as the National Cancer Institute, and approximately 1% of our revenue from sales of our DNA probes, which are only sold outside the United States. The clinical laboratory industry is highly competitive, and our relationship with the decision-maker at hospitals, cancer centers or physician offices is a critical component of securing their business. Consequently, our ability to attract and maintain productive sales personnel that have and can grow these relationships will largely determine our ability to grow our clinical services revenue. In order to grow our clinical laboratory revenue, we must continue to pursue validation studies and work with oncology thought leaders to develop data that is helpful in supporting the need for our tests and services.

We have historically derived and expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of test ordering sites. Our test ordering sites are largely hospitals, cancer centers, reference laboratories and physician offices. Oncologists and pathologists at these sites order the tests on behalf of the needs of their oncology patients. Our top five test ordering sites during 2010 accounted for 60% of our clinical testing volumes, with approximately 15% of the volume coming from community hospitals. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our top five test ordering sites represented approximately 62% of our clinical testing volume, with approximately 28% of the volume coming from community hospitals. In particular, during the year ended December 31, 2010, there were three sites which each accounted for approximately 10% or more of our revenue: one community hospital accounted for approximately 12% of our revenue; a regional reference laboratory accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue and a community oncology practice accounted for another approximately 11% of our revenue. The same test ordering sites were approximately 13%, 8% and 9% of our revenues, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. During 2011 we generated revenue from three new test ordering sites that represented approximately 10% or more of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011: a community hospital accounted for approximately 12% of our revenue; a community oncology practice accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue, and a research-oriented, academic and teaching hospital accounted for approximately 10% of our revenue. We generally do not enter into formal written agreements with such test ordering sites and, as a result, we may lose these significant test ordering sites at any time. The loss of any of these test ordering sites would adversely affect our results of operations.

We receive revenue for our clinical lab services from private insurance carriers, Medicare, “direct-bill” customers and grants. In 2010, private insurance accounted for approximately 55% of our total revenues, Medicare accounted for approximately 24% of our total revenues, direct-bill clients comprised approximately 16% of our total revenues and the balance of our revenues were attributable to grants and DNA probe sales. As we expand our portfolio of tests and services through normal sales operations and our Expand Dx program, and add more non-direct-bill customers to our customer base, we expect the percentage of revenue from direct-bill customers to decrease over time. We expect that our average revenue per test will increase as our customer mix shifts away from direct bill customers and towards private payors. On average, we generate less revenue per test from direct-bill customers than from other third-party payors. As our revenue shifts more toward private payors we expect to have greater collection risk, which may result in lower collection percentages and slower collections.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues consists principally of internal personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, laboratory consumables, shipping costs, overhead and other direct expenses, such as specimen procurement and third party validation studies. We are pursuing various strategies to reduce and control our cost of revenues, including automating our processes through more efficient technology, attempting to negotiate improved terms with our suppliers and exploring relocating our manufacturing operations to a lower cost-base country.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses into three categories: research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative. Our operating expenses principally consist of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, outside services, laboratory consumables and overhead, development costs, marketing program costs and legal and accounting fees.

Research and Development Expenses. We incur research and development expenses principally in connection with our efforts to develop our proprietary tests. Our primary research and development expenses consist of direct personnel costs, laboratory equipment and consumables and overhead expenses. We anticipate that research and development expenses will increase in the near-term, principally as a result of hiring additional personnel to develop and validate tests in our pipeline and to perform work associated with our research collaborations. In addition, we expect that our costs related to collaborations with research and academic institutions will increase. For example, we recently entered into an affiliation agreement to form a joint venture with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research. All research and development expenses are charged to operations in the periods they are incurred.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses consist principally of personnel and related overhead costs for our sales team and their support personnel, travel and entertainment expenses, and other selling costs including sales collaterals and trade shows. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase significantly after we complete our initial public offering as we expand into new geographies and add new clinical tests and services.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses consist principally of personnel-related expenses, professional fees, such as legal, accounting and business consultants, occupancy costs, bad debt and other general expenses. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase as we expand our business operations. We further expect that general and administrative expenses will increase significantly due to increased information technology (“IT”), legal, insurance, accounting and financial reporting expenses associated with being a public company.

Seasonality

Our business experiences decreased demand during spring vacation season, summer months and the December holiday season when patients are less likely to visit their health care providers. We expect this trend in seasonality to continue for the foreseeable future.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates based on historical experience and make various assumptions, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, which form the basis for judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

The notes to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, contain a summary of our significant accounting policies. We consider the following accounting policies critical to the understanding of the results of our operations:

 

   

Revenue recognition;

 

   

Accounts receivable and bad debts;

 

   

Stock-based compensation; and

 

   

Warrant liability.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in the period in which the service is provided. Once clinical testing procedures for a patient are complete, we submit the appropriate documentation to the revenue cycle management partner and record revenue for each test performed. We are subject to payment limits imposed by insurance carriers and Medicare, and therefore, the amount of revenue recorded takes into account the historical percentage of revenue we have collected for each type of test from each payor category and other pertinent data. Periodically, an adjustment is made to revenue to record differences between our anticipated cash receipts from insurance carriers and Medicare and actual receipts from such payors. Sales of probes are recorded on the delivery date. Grant income is recognized after the grants have been approved and once the qualifying reimbursable expenditures have been incurred.

Accounts Receivable and Bad Debts

Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate for contractual adjustments and doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts on a periodic basis. The estimate for doubtful receivables is based on our management’s analysis of current and past due accounts, collection experience from each payor class, and any other specific customer collection issues. The provision for bad debts is recorded as bad debt expense within general and administrative expenses. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible and recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded when received.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

We account for stock-based compensation under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718,  Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values on the grant date. We estimate the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (“Black Scholes valuation model”). The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods using the straight-line method. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. At September 30, 2011, we had unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested employee stock options of approximately $1,016,338, which amount is expected to be recognized over the next 3.3 years.

We account for stock-based compensation awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505-50”). Under ASC 505-50, we determine the fair value of the warrants or stock-based compensation awards granted as either the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. All issuances of equity instruments issued to non-employees as consideration for goods or services received by us are accounted for based on the fair value of the equity instruments issued. These awards are recorded in expense and additional paid-in capital in stockholders’ equity over the applicable service periods based on the fair value of the options at the end of each period. As of September 30, 2011, we had total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted to non-employees of approximately $1,232,080, which amount is expected to be recognized over the

 

-49-


Table of Contents

next 1.6 years. The estimate of unrecognized non-employee compensation is based on the fair value of the nonvested options as of September 30, 2011.

Calculating the fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of highly subjective assumptions into the Black Scholes valuation model. Stock-based compensation expense is significant to our financial statements and is calculated using our best estimate, which involves inherent uncertainties, and the application of our management’s judgment. Significant estimates include the fair value of our common stock at the date of grant, the expected life of the stock option, stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and forfeiture rates.

In the absence of a public trading market, we determined a reasonable estimate of the then-current fair value of our common stock for purposes of granting stock-based compensation based on multiple criteria. We determined the fair value of our common stock utilizing methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation” . In addition, we exercised judgment in evaluating and assessing the foregoing based on several factors including:

 

   

the nature and history of our business;

 

   

our historical operating and financial results;

 

   

the market value of companies that are engaged in a similar business to ours;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

the price at which shares of our equity instruments have been sold;

 

   

our progress in developing our technology;

 

   

the overall inherent risks associated with our business at the time stock option grants or warrants were approved; and

 

   

the overall equity market conditions and general economic trends.

The expected life of a stock option represents the weighted average period over which we expect our stock options to remain outstanding. The expected life assumption is based on the Staff Accounting Bulletin 107 (“SAB 107”), simplified method. SAB 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, and valuation methods, including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term. As we have been operating as a private company since inception with no active market for our stock or stock options, it is not possible to use actual price volatility data. Therefore, we estimated the volatility of our common stock-based on the historical volatility of entities in our industry that have been public for a period of time and are comparable to us in terms of market capitalization and financial position. Using an expected volatility based on the average historical volatility of other entities may result in variability when compared to actual historical volatility once we have a public market for our common stock. We base the risk-free interest rate that we use in the option pricing model on the U.S. Treasury Yield Curve in effect at the time of grant. We have never paid and do not anticipate paying in the foreseeable future any cash dividends and therefore use an expected dividend yield of zero in the option pricing model. In order to properly attribute compensation expense, we estimate pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. Due to the small number of employees and design of our option plan, we have used a forfeiture assumption of zero. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, our stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what has been recorded. For stock options granted to employees, we allocate expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Because other companies use different models, methods and assumptions, our comparisons to them may be of limited use. If factors change and we employ different assumptions than those described above in future periods,

 

-50-


Table of Contents

or if we decide to use a different valuation model, the stock-based compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we have recorded and could materially affect our operating results.

Warrant Liability

We have issued certain warrants that include an exercise price adjustment feature in the event that we issue securities for consideration less than the warrants’ exercise price (referred to as “derivative warrants”). Effective January 1, 2009, the accounting guidance regarding derivative warrants changed and required that certain of our warrants be recorded as a liability and measured at fair value each quarter with changes in that value recorded in earnings. We record changes in the fair value of these warrants in our statement of operations in the line “change in fair value of warrant liability”. We measure the fair value of these warrants using the lattice-based binomial valuation model (the “Lattice valuation model”), using similar assumptions to those described above in the section entitled “Stock-Based Compensation Expense.” At September 30, 2011, there were exercisable warrants to purchase 4,249,662 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 2,450,095 contain an exercise price adjustment feature in the event that we issue securities for consideration less than the warrants’ exercise price. The average remaining life of all of our outstanding common stock warrants as of September 30, 2011 is approximately 2 years and 11 months.

We compute the fair value of the warrant liability at each reporting period and the change in the fair value is recorded as non-cash expense or non-cash income. The key component in the value of the warrant liability is our stock price, which is subject to significant fluctuation and is not under our control. The resulting effect on our net loss is therefore subject to significant fluctuation and will continue to be so until the warrants are exercised, amended or expire. Assuming all other fair value inputs remain constant, we will record non-cash expense when our stock price increases and non-cash income when our stock price decreases.

The assumptions used in determining fair value represent our management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of our management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change, including changes in the fair value of our common stock, our fair value estimates could be materially different in the future.

Results of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our results of operations for the periods shown:

 

     Nine Months Ended        
     September 30,     Change  
     2011     2010     $     %  
(dollars in thousands)    (unaudited)              

Revenue

   $ 2,144      $ 1,605      $ 539        34

Cost of revenues

     2,385        2,566        (181     (7 )% 

Research and development expenses

     1,442        899        543        60

Sales and marketing expenses

     1,200        466        734        158

General and administrative expenses

     3,160        1,962        1,198        61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Loss

     (6,044     (4,287     (1,757     (41 )% 

Interest income (expense)

     (918     (650     (268     (41 )% 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (9,881     (2,313     (7,568     (327 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (16,843   $ (7,249   $ (9,594     (132 )% 

 

-51-


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue increased 34%, or $539,000, to $2.14 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $1.61 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 principally due to a change in mix of tests sold and a reduction in price of one of our tests. The increased sales are a result of new customer additions in the northeastern United States, new territory development in the southeastern United States, an increase in orders from certain of our existing test ordering sites, an additional $165,000 in grant revenue from National Institutes of Health and Small Business Innovation Research and $50,000 of revenue from probes sales.

Our average revenue (excluding grant revenue and probe revenue) per test decreased by 8% to $682 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $740 per test for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Our test volume increased by 33% to 2,749 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from 2,064 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues decreased by 7%, or $181,000, to $2.39 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $2.57 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Even though revenue increased, the cost of revenues remained relatively constant as a result of operational efficiencies achieved during 2011.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses increased by 60%, or $543,000, to $1.44 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $899,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, principally as a result of increased headcount for additional research and development efforts related to our microarray and DNA probe pipeline.

Sales and Marketing Expenses . Sales and marketing expenses increased by 158%, or $734,000, to $1.20 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $466,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The increase in our sales and marketing expenses was principally due to the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, including hiring additional sales and marketing personnel and utilizing consultants in connection with the launch of our MatBA -CLL, and the introduction of new fluorescence in situ hybridization-based DNA probes outside the United States.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses increased by 61%, or $1.20 million, to $3.16 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $1.96 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. This increase was principally due to the recruiting and hiring of additional personnel, including a Chief Financial Officer, Controller, and Director of IT, and a significant increase in professional fees as we prepare for our initial public offering. Bad debt expense was $341,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $19,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. This increase of $322,000 is due to a write down in receivables resulting from a changeover in our billing providers and resulting collection problems during third quarter 2011.

Interest Income and Expense

Interest expense increased by 41%, or $268,000, to $918,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $650,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, due to amortization of the consideration paid to John Pappajohn for the guarantee of our loan from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) and interest related to the March 2011 loan from DAM Holdings, LLC (“DAM”).

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

The expense we booked for the change in the fair value of our warrant liability increased by 327%, or $7.57 million to $9.88 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $2.31 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, due to an increase in the fair market value of certain of our outstanding common stock

 

-52-


Table of Contents

warrants that we are required to account for as liabilities, which is principally the result of an increase in our stock price.

Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our results of operations for the periods shown:

 

     Year Ended December     Change  
     2010     2009     $     %  

(dollars in thousands)

  

Revenue

   $ 2,522      $ 1,666      $ 856        51

Cost of revenues

     3,516        2,532        984        39

Research and development expenses

     1,167        1,336        (169     (13 )% 

Sales and marketing expenses

     716        239        477        200

General and administrative expenses

     3,446        1,845        1,601        87
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Loss

     (6,323     (4,286     (2,037     (48 )% 

Interest expense

     (792     (2,089     1,297        62

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,026     (953     (1,073     (113 )% 

Therapeutic Tax Credits

     733        —          733        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (8,407   $ (7,328   $ (1,079     (15 )% 

Revenue

Revenue increased by 51%, or $856,000, to $2.52 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $1.67 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was principally driven by an increased focus on sales and marketing activities. In 2010 we built a direct sales force focused on the northeastern and southeastern United States, with particular emphasis on oncology practices in New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Georgia, and Florida, which resulted in new customers.

Average revenue (excluding grant revenue and probe revenue) per test increased by 14% to $758 for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $667 for the year ended December 31, 2009. A shift in test ordering site mix away from direct-bill customers and a shift to more comprehensive testing contributed to the increase in average revenue per test. Our test volume increased by 36% to 3,146 for the year ended December 31, 2010, from 2,321 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in test volume was principally driven by improved sales and marketing activities and increased clinical laboratory capabilities, which allowed us to offer a broader range of testing services. As a result of our ability to offer a broader range of testing services, we were able to get additional business from existing test ordering sites and attract new physicians and clinical groups.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues increased by 39%, or $984,000, to $3.52 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $2.53 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was largely a result of the increased headcount and testing supplies required to meet increased demand for our clinical laboratory services and an increase in test volume.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses decreased by 13%, or $169,000, to $1.17 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $1.34 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, principally due to adjustments to and timing of our research and development activities.

Sales and Marketing Expenses . Sales and marketing expenses increased by 200%, or $477,000, to $716,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $239,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was principally driven by our hiring of additional sales personnel.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses increased by 87%, or $1.60 million, to $3.45 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $1.85 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 included one-time and non-recurring expenses of approximately $1.1 million, including an accrual related to a potential litigation liability with respect to our former operations in Massachusetts, severance expenses, and other expenses related to recruitment of our new Chief Executive Officer and of other staff, including sales and IT directors. Bad debt expense was $46,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $23,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased by 62%, or $1.30 million, to $792,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $2.09 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to a decrease in the consideration payable by us to extend certain guarantees of our Wells Fargo loan.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

The expense we booked for the change in fair value of our warrant liability increased by 113%, or $1.07 million to $2.03 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $953,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to an increase in the fair market value of certain of our outstanding common stock warrants that we are required to account for as liabilities, which is principally the result of an increase in our stock price.

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our results of operations for the periods shown:

 

     Year Ended December     Change  
     2009     2008     $     %  

(dollars in thousands)

  

Revenue

   $ 1,666      $ 1,680      $ (14     (1 )% 

Cost of revenues

     2,532        2,223        309        14

Research and development expenses

     1,336        608        728        120

Sales and marketing expenses

     239        336        (97     (29 )% 

General and administrative expenses

     1,845        1,390        455        33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Loss

     (4,286     (2,877     (1,409     (49 )% 

Interest expense

     (2,089     (248     (1,841     (742 )% 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (953     —          (953     (100 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (7,328   $ (3,124   $ (4,204     (135 )% 

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue decreased by 0.83%, or $14,000, to approximately $1.67 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from approximately $1.68 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Average revenue (excluding grant revenue and probe revenue) per test increased by 57% to $667 for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $426 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in average revenue per test was principally caused by a shift in customer mix away from direct-bill test ordering sites. The test volume decreased by 35% to 2,321 for the year ended December 31, 2009, from 3,579 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The loss of a significant test ordering site led to decreased volume in 2009, which was offset by an increase in average revenue per test.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues increased by 14% or $309,000, to $2.53 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $2.22 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Even though we experienced a 35% decrease in the number of tests performed during the period, cost of revenues increased principally due to a full year of depreciation expense recorded on the 2008 laboratory construction.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses increased by 120%, or $728,000, to $1.34 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $608,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was principally due to the increased activities and personnel-related costs associated with our research related to DNA probe manufacturing.

Sales and Marketing Expenses . Sales and marketing expenses decreased by 29%, or $97,000, to $239,000, from $336,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008, as we reduced the number of sales personnel and decreased marketing activities.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses increased by 33%, or $455,000, to $1.85 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from the $1.39 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. General and administrative expenses remained relatively flat year over year except for a one time reduction in general and administrative expenses of $391,000 in 2008 resulting from a legal settlement.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by 742%, or $1.84 million, to $2.09 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $248,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008, due to additional debt outstanding under our Wells Fargo line of credit and an increase in the consideration payable by us to extend certain guarantees of our Wells Fargo loan.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

The expense we booked for the change in fair value of warrant liability increased by $953,000, to $953,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $0 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The expense of $953,000 reflects the change in the fair value of the warrant liability in 2009. On January 1, 2009, due to newly enacted accounting guidance, we recorded a cumulative adjustment of $921,000 to reclassify the fair value of certain of our outstanding common stock warrants from equity to a long-term liability.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity have been funds generated from our equity financings, which have included (i) the sale of shares of our common stock and preferred stock; (ii) debt financings; (iii) grants in lieu of federal income tax credits; (iv) grants from the National Institutes of Health and (v) cash payments generated from operations.

Series-A Preferred Stock . In 2007, we completed an offering of our Series A preferred stock, pursuant to which we received gross proceeds of $4,971,866 on the sale of 587,691 shares.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

After payment of offering expenses, the net proceeds to us were approximately $4.0 million. In addition, we issued warrants to acquire an aggregate of 1,653,570 shares of our common stock to certain third parties in connection with the Series A preferred stock offering and other matters. The Series A preferred stock was sold at a purchase price of $8.46 per share. The conversion price of the Series A preferred stock has been adjusted to $2.82 per share as a result of a three-for-one forward stock split since issuance.

Series-B Preferred Stock . In seven closings from April 2010 to November 2010, we raised aggregate gross proceeds of $9.1 million through an offering of our Series B preferred stock. We sold an aggregate of 1,821,600 shares of Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share. We realized $8,281,138 in net proceeds from the offering after payment of stock issuance costs. In addition, we issued warrants to acquire an aggregate of 262,320 shares of our common stock to certain third parties in connection with the Series B preferred stock offering. The Series B preferred stock has the same rights, privileges and preferences as our Series A preferred stock.

Wells Fargo Line of Credit . In April 2008, we entered into and thereafter fully utilized a line of credit with Wells Fargo in the amount of $1.5 million for the purposes of meeting operating expenses and working capital needs. In July 2008, we increased the line of credit with Wells Fargo to $3.5 million. In March 2009, we increased the facility to $4.5 million. In July 2009, we increased the facility to $5.5 million and in October 2009, we increased the facility to $6.0 million, which we have fully utilized. In July 2010, we extended the maturity date of the facility from July 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011. In June 2011, we extended the maturity date on the facility to July 31, 2012. The interest is computed at LIBOR + 1.75%. Mr. Pappajohn, a member of our board of directors, has guaranteed the Wells Fargo Line of Credit.

DAM Line of Credit . In March 2011, we entered into, and since have fully utilized, a line of credit with DAM in the amount of $3.0 million for the purposes of meeting operating expenses, including expenses related to our initial public offering process. As consideration, we pay an annual interest rate of 3% on the borrowed funds on a monthly basis and issued DAM warrants to purchase an aggregate of 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. Pursuant to our credit agreement entered into in connection with our line of credit with DAM, we are required to pay back the full amount outstanding under this line of credit upon certain enumerated maturity events, including the completion of an initial public offering that generates gross proceeds of $10 million or more. Our interest rate under this line of credit increases to 10% per annum if such a maturity event does not occur before January 1, 2012, and increases to 15% per annum if no maturity event occurs before April 1, 2012. After a maturity event occurs, interest begins to compound at a rate of 18% per annum until the balance is paid in full.

December 2011 Financing Transaction

As of December 21, 2011, we entered into a Credit Agreement with European Trust Management, LLC (“ETM”) and John Pappajohn, a member of our board of directors and a stockholder, for a $6.0 million secured term loan. Each lender is providing $3.0 million of financing, of which we drew $3.0 million from Mr. Pappajohn on December 22, 2011 and we expect to draw funds from ETM in January 2012. We paid ETM $50,000 to cover certain fees and expenses incurred by ETM in connection with this transaction.

The loan bears an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 6.25% (9.50% at December 21, 2011) and matures in twelve months, with an option at our election, if there has been no event of default, to extend the loan term for an additional six months. The term loan due to ETM has a prepayment penalty in the amount of $285,000, less interest previously paid, if we elect to prepay the loan during the first year. ETM may require that the loan be repaid within 30 days should we complete our IPO and receive gross proceeds of at least $15 million. In the event that ETM requires payment upon completion of our IPO and certain other maturity events, the annual interest rate shall increase to 12%. The loan is secured by all of our assets, including our intellectual property, subject to prior first and second liens in favor of Wells Fargo Bank and DAM Holdings, LLC (“DAM”). Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the lenders have agreed that all amounts due to DAM are to be paid prior to payment to the lenders under the Credit Agreement with ETM, but that as between such lenders, following an event of default, all of the security granted by us is to be applied first to repay obligations due to ETM, and then to Mr. Pappajohn after ETM has been paid in full.

The lenders will receive five-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 423,528 shares of our common stock at the lower of $8.50 per share and a 20% discount to the initial public offering price if the initial public offering price is less than $10.625 per share. The lenders will receive additional warrants on the same terms to purchase an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 91 days of closing the loans and an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 181 days of closing the loans. The warrant exercise price is subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection in the event of issuances of more than $5 million of securities at prices below the exercise price prior to the completion of our IPO. The lenders may elect to net exercise their warrants. The lenders also have the option, exercisable up to two hours after they receive notice of the completion of our IPO, to convert the outstanding principal amount of their debt into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to $8.50 per share or at a 20% discount to our initial public offering price, whichever is lower. The conversion price of the notes and the exercise price of the warrants are subject to standard anti-dilution protection in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, reclassifications and the like.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Shares that the lenders receive are subject to a lock up agreement for 180 days after the consummation of our IPO on the same terms as other lock up agreements in favor of the underwriters of this offering, but otherwise have registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into simultaneously with the Credit Agreement.

Cash Flows

Our net cash flow from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods below were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended     Year Ended  
     September 30,     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  
(dollars in thousands)    (unaudited)                    

Cash provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ (4,442   $ (4,373   $ (5,731   $ (3,335   $ (2,534

Investing activities

     31        (215     (168     (191     (1,124

Financing activities

     2,825        5,283        7,648        3,528        2,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (1,586   $ 696      $ 1,749      $ 2      $ (1,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We had cash and cash equivalents of $193,000 at September 30, 2011, $1.78 million at December 31, 2010, and $29,891 at December 31, 2009. The 89% decrease in cash and cash equivalents from December 31, 2010 to September 30, 2011 principally was the result of our $16.8 million net loss during the period, offset by $12.0 million in noncash expenses (principally change in value of derivate warrants) and $3.0 million in proceeds from our line of credit with DAM and $733,000 in federal grants received under the Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Project Program. The $1.75 million increase in our cash and cash equivalents from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 resulted principally from our $8.4 million net loss during the year, offset by approximately $3.5 million in noncash expenses, principally due to the change in value of derivative warrants, and $8.28 million in net proceeds from the issuance of the Series B preferred stock. We have no agreements with investors, commercial banks or other entities to provide new sources of funding other than the December 2011 financing transaction described above.

Net cash used in operating activities was $4.44 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $4.37 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Net cash used in operating activities was $5.73 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, $3.34 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, and $2.53 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Net cash used during these periods principally reflected our net losses, partially offset by noncash expenses due to change in the fair value of the warrant liability, and changes in working capital during the periods.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $31,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Net cash used in investing activities was $215,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Net cash used in investing activities was $168,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, $191,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $1.12 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Net cash used in investing activities during these periods principally related to our purchase of property and equipment including computer and laboratory equipment and leasehold improvements for the expansion of our facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.83 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $5.28 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Net cash provided by financing activities was $7.65 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, $3.53 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, and $2.62 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 principally related to the proceeds received from our Series B offering, which was completed in November 2010. Net cash provided by financing for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 principally related to the debt financing under our DAM line of credit. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended

 

-57-


Table of Contents

December 31, 2009 principally related to financing under the Wells Fargo line of credit. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 principally related to the debt financing under our Wells Fargo line of credit.

Capital Resources and Expenditure Requirements

We expect to continue to incur substantial operating losses in the future. It may take several years, if ever, to achieve positive operational cash flow. We expect that we will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, our revenues from operations and our existing cash and cash equivalents to finance further research and development and commercialization of our technology and tests, to expand our clinical laboratory, to fund collaborations, to repay existing indebtedness and for general working capital and other corporate purposes, including the increased costs associated with being a public company. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire or invest in businesses, technologies, services or products, although we do not have any current plans to do so.

Without the proceeds from this offering, our current cash resources are sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for the next twelve months. Notwithstanding the receipt of proceeds from this offering, we may need to raise additional capital to expand our business to meet our long-term business objectives. Our forecast of the period of time through which our current financial resources will be adequate to support our operations and the costs to support our general and administrative, sales and marketing and research and development activities are forward-looking statements and involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could vary materially and negatively as a result of a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of and the costs involved in obtaining regulatory approvals and clearances for our tests;

 

   

the costs of operating and enhancing our laboratory facilities;

 

   

if our new diagnostic tests are approved, our commercialization activities;

 

   

the scope, progress and results of our research and development programs;

 

   

the scope, progress, results, costs, timing and outcomes of the clinical trials of our diagnostic tests;

 

   

our ability to manage the costs for manufacturing our microarrays and probes;

 

   

the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio, including potential litigation costs and liabilities;

 

   

our ability to obtain adequate reimbursement from governmental and other third-party payors for our tests and services;

 

   

revenues received from sales of our tests, if approved by FDA and accepted by the market;

 

   

the costs of additional general and administrative personnel, including accounting and finance, legal and human resources, as a result of becoming a public company;

 

   

the costs of developing our anticipated internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

 

   

ability to collect revenues; and

 

   

other risks discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors”.

Until we obtain regulatory approval to market our tests, if ever, and can generate a sufficient amount of revenues to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we may seek to finance future cash needs

 

-58-


Table of Contents

through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, borrowings or strategic partnerships coupled with an investment in our company or a combination thereof. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, or other debt securities, these securities could be secured and could have rights senior to those of our common stock. In addition, any new debt incurred by the Company could impose covenants that restrict our operations. The issuance of any new equity securities will also dilute the interest of our current stockholders. Given the risks associated with our business, including our unprofitable operating history and our ability to develop additional proprietary tests, additional capital may not be available when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our research and development activities, which would have a material adverse impact on our business prospects and results of operations. For further discussion of the impact of our present indebtedness and access to future financing on our business, see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy—We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to fund operations, obtain additional financing and react to changes in our business.”

Future Contractual Obligations

The following table reflects a summary of our estimates of future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010. The information in the table reflects future unconditional payments and is based on the terms of the relevant agreements, appropriate classification of items under U.S. GAAP as currently in effect and certain assumptions, such as the interest rate on our variable debt that was in effect as of December 31, 2010. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these amounts.

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years     More than
5 Years
 
(dollars in thousands)                                  

Principal and interest under promissory notes

   $ 9,706       $ 251       $ 9,429       $ 17      $ 8   

Capital Lease obligations, including interest, for equipment

     184         55         121         8        —     

Operating lease obligations relating to corporate headquarters and clinical laboratory

     4,857         502         2,070         1,108        1,177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,747       $ 808       $ 11,620       $ 1,133      $ 1,185   

Income Taxes

Over the past several years we have generated operating losses in all jurisdictions in which we may be subject to income taxes. As a result, we have accumulated significant net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. Because of our history of losses and the uncertainty as to the realization of those deferred tax assets, a full valuation allowance has been recognized. We do not expect to report a provision for income taxes until we have a history of earnings, if ever, that would support the realization of our deferred tax assets.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Since inception, we have not engaged in any off balance sheet activities as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our exposure to market risk is limited to our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, all of which have maturities of one year or less. The goals of our investment policy are preservation of capital, fulfillment of liquidity needs and fiduciary control of cash and investments. We also seek to maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. To achieve our goals, we maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of securities that management believes to be of high credit quality. The securities in our investment portfolio are not leveraged, are classified as available for sale and are, due to their short-term nature, subject to minimal interest rate risk. We currently do not hedge interest rate exposure. Because of the short-term

 

-59-


Table of Contents

maturities of our investments, we do not believe that an increase in market rates would have a material negative impact on the value of our investment portfolio.

We do not have any material foreign currency exposure.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing proprietary genomic tests and services to improve the diagnosis, prognosis and response to treatment (theranosis) of cancer. Our tests target cancers that are difficult to prognose and predict treatment outcomes for using currently available techniques. These cancers include hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. We provide our tests and services to oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers, and physician offices. We are currently offering our tests and laboratory services from our 17,936 square foot state-of-the-art laboratory located in Rutherford, New Jersey, which has been accredited under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”). Our proprietary tests are based principally on our expertise in specific cancer types, test development methodologies and proprietary algorithms correlating genetic events with disease specific information. During the first quarter of 2011, we commercially launched MatBA -CLL, our first proprietary microarray test for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (“CLL”), and are developing a series of other proprietary genomic tests in our core oncology markets.

We have established collaborative relationships with key thought leaders in oncology, which enable us to develop and validate the effectiveness and utility of our tests in a clinical setting and which provide us access to clinically robust patient data, including Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“Mayo”) with whom we recently agreed to form a joint venture focused on developing oncology diagnostic services and tests utilizing next-generation sequencing.

We believe that providing cancer professionals with a fully-integrated offering of high-value, proprietary tests in cancers with significant unmet medical need, along with customized laboratory services, differentiates our approach. We believe our ability to rapidly translate research insights about the genetics and molecular mechanisms of cancer into the clinical setting will improve patient treatment and management and that this approach will become a key component in the standard of care for personalized cancer treatment.

MatBA -CLL is unique in its targeted, proprietary design and has been validated in two independent, clinically robust data sets of specimens, in collaboration with Dr. Kanti R. Rai, a renowned CLL oncologist and Chief of the Division of Hematology and Oncology at Long Island Jewish / North Shore Hospital. Our clinical laboratory is accredited under CLIA to perform our first proprietary test, MatBA -CLL, which is also, to our knowledge, the first oncology microarray to be approved by the New York State Department of Health, one of the only state governmental agencies that reviews the performance characteristics and clinical utility of new laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”).

There are approximately 14,500 new cases of CLL diagnosed in the United States each year, and these cases require risk stratification and guidance on patient management and treatment issues at multiple points during the course of the disease. Prior to the introduction of MatBA -CLL, clinicians had to rely on diagnostic tests that provided limited information on the genetic abnormalities associated with CLL. In contrast, MatBA -CLL identifies a much broader range of genomic markers associated with CLL, providing improved diagnostic and prognostic value, as well as critical information about how to best structure a treatment regimen for a patient. We developed the MatBA platform under the guidance of Dr. Raju Chaganti, our Chairman and one of our founders. Dr. Chaganti founded one of the earliest comprehensive clinical cytogenetic laboratories focused on cancer in the United States at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, where he is on the faculty of the Department of Medicine and is William E. Snee Chair of Cell Biology.

We are now in the final stages of validating MatBA -SLL for risk stratification in small lymphocytic lymphoma (“SLL”), a subset of CLL that presents as a mass, with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center and Long Island Jewish / North Shore Hospital. We believe that MatBA -SLL is the only microarray that will permit risk-stratification in this previously underserved cancer subtype. This adaptation of MatBA for SLL has allowed us to develop a robust mechanism to analyze DNA that is derived from formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) biopsy material. This adaptation has been a critical development which will accelerate the development of our microarrays for other solid tumors or cancers that present themselves as a mass.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

We are also in advanced stages of internally clinically validating the MatBA array for prognostic utilization in the two predominant types of mature B cell neoplasms, diffuse large B cell lymphoma (“DLBCL”) and follicular lymphoma (“FL”). Collectively, these lymphomas represent over 70% of the mature B cell cancers (neoplasms) and over 66,000 newly diagnosed cancer cases each year in the United States. Our MatBA array has been designed to measure genetic markers at 80 specific genomic sites where genetic alterations are associated with mature B cell neoplasms. We have initiated a 200 specimen clinical validation study with Dr. Julie Teruya-Feldstein, Director of Memorial Sloan-Kettering’s Immunohistochemisty Laboratory and a member of that hospital’s Institutional Review Board. Clinical validations are also underway for mantle-cell lymphoma (“MCL”), which is an aggressive sub-type of lymphoma.

We are developing microarray tests for the diagnosis, prognosis and theranosis of a range of urogenital cancers. These include the UroGenRA microarray for kidney, prostate and bladder cancers and the UGenRA microarray for endometrial, ovarian and cervical cancers. UroGenRA detects genomic changes in over 100 regions of the human genome with potential diagnostic and/or prognostic value in one or more of these types of cancer. These microarrays have been designed to address specific needs associated with the management of each urogenital cancer. For example, UGenRA Ovarian is designed to address the critical issue of chemotherapeutic resistance while UGenRA Endometrial is designed to distinguish hyperplastic lesions that have a high risk of progression. We have initiated clinical validation for UroGenRA targeting kidney and prostate cancers in collaboration with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. Our UGenRA microarray has been designed as a platform to detect genomic changes occurring in 83 regions of the human genome that have been linked to endometrial, ovarian and cervical cancers.

Additionally, we develop and manufacture a portfolio of fluorescence in situ hybridization (“FISH”) based DNA probes focused on blood-based and solid cancers. We currently offer 12 CE marked probes, two proprietary probes and we have another 19 probes in development, which are being prepared for CE marking.

We currently offer our proprietary tests in conjunction with our comprehensive panel of laboratory services in our CLIA-accredited laboratory. Our current laboratory services include:

 

   

Proprietary Oncology Testing Services . These services are based on our proprietary microarray tests and are currently available only in our clinical laboratory. After completing the testing, we provide our customers with a comprehensive analysis of all tests performed for a specific patient, designed to help the physician make an informed and definitive diagnosis and guide the treatment of the patient.

 

   

Esoteric Oncology Testing Services. We offer a comprehensive suite of esoteric oncology testing services for hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers, including conventional and molecular cytogenetic techniques such as G-banding and FISH, mutation and sequencing analysis, flow-cytometry and immunohistochemistry (“IHC”).

 

   

Clinical Trial Services. We also utilize our clinical laboratory to provide clinical trial services to biopharmaceutical companies and clinical research organizations to improve the efficiency and economic viability of clinical trials. Our clinical trials services leverage our knowledge of clinical oncology and molecular diagnostics and our laboratory’s fully integrated capabilities. By utilizing biomarkers, we intend to optimize the clinical trial patient selection. This may result in an improved success rate of the clinical trial and may eventually help biopharmaceutical companies to select patients that are most likely to benefit from a therapy based on their genetic profile.

We intend to continue offering our proprietary tests in the United States as LDTs offered in our laboratory and internationally as CE-marked in vitro diagnostic medical devices. In addition, we plan to seek Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) clearance or approval to expand the commercial use of our tests to other laboratories and testing sites. Our sales strategy is focused on direct sales to oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers, and physician offices in the United States, and expanding our relationships with leading distributors and medical facilities in emerging markets. We intend to continue to focus on partnering with community hospitals, where nearly 85% of all cancers are initially diagnosed, through our program called Expand Dx , which was specifically

 

-62-


Table of Contents

designed to meet the needs of community hospitals. We believe our proprietary tests and services will enable community hospitals to optimize and expand their oncology services to better serve their cancer patients.

Market Overview

Cancer Market Overview

Despite many advances in the treatment of cancer, it remains one of the greatest areas of unmet medical need. In 2008, the World Health Organization attributed 7.6 million deaths worldwide to cancer-related causes. The World Health Organization projects that by 2030 this number will rise to 11 million deaths per year. Within the United States, the North Carolina Central Cancer Registry projects cancer to surpass cardiovascular disease as the leading cause of death by 2015. The incidence and deaths caused by the major cancers are staggering. The following table published by The American Cancer Society in 2011 shows estimated new cases and deaths that occurred in 2010 in the United States for the major cancers:

 

Cancer Type

 

Estimated New Cases Per Year

 

Estimated Deaths Per Year

Bladder*

  69,250   14,990

Breast

  232,620   39,970

Cervical*

  11,270   4,290

Colorectal

  141,210   49,380

Endometrial*

  46,470   8,120

Kidney*

  56,046   12,070

Leukemia*

  44,600   21,780

Lung

  221,130   156,940

Melanoma

  70,230   8,790

Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphomas*

  66,360   19,320

Ovarian*

  21,550   15,460

Pancreatic

  44,030   37,660

Prostate*

  240,890   33,720

Thyroid

  48,020   1,740

 

* Areas where we currently have active development programs.

In addition to the human toll, the financial cost of cancer is overwhelming. An independent study published in 2010 and conducted jointly by the American Cancer Society and LIVESTRONG ranked cancer as the most economically devastating cause of death in the world—estimated to be as high as $895 billion globally in 2008. According to the National Institutes of Health, the direct cost of cancer care in the United States was approximately $125 billion in 2010.

Cancer is a Genetically Driven Disease

Cancer constitutes a heterogeneous class of diseases characterized by uncontrollable cell growth, and results from a combination of both environmental and hereditary risk factors. It has only been in recent years that technology has progressed far enough to enable researchers to understand many cancers at a molecular level and attribute specific cancers to genetic bases.

Cancer cells contain modified genetic material compared to normal human cells. Common genetic abnormalities correlated to cancer include gains or losses of genetic material on specific chromosomal regions (loci) or changes in specific genes (mutations) that ultimately result in detrimental cellular changes followed by cancerous or pre-cancerous conditions. For example, multiple gains or losses on various chromosomes and movement of genetic material among chromosomes (chromosomal translocations), collectively, copy number variation, have been often observed in various lymphomas and leukemias. Such genetic alterations can be caused by multiple factors, including genetic predisposition, environmental or lifestyle factors or viral infections, such as with HPV-associated

 

-63-


Table of Contents

cancers. Understanding the differences in these genomic changes helps clinicians to identify and stratify different forms of cancer in order to optimize patient treatment and patient management. Therefore, understanding and analysis of cancer at the molecular level is not only useful for diagnostic purposes, but also plays an important role in prognosis and disease management. Technology that can apply this predictive information has the potential to dramatically improve treatment outcomes for patients suffering from cancer.

Limitations of Traditional Cancer Diagnostic Approaches

Cancer is difficult to diagnose due to its heterogeneity at morphologic, genetic and clinical levels. Traditional methods of diagnosis, routinely used as the initial step in cancer detection, involve a pathologist examining a thin slice of potentially cancerous tissue under a microscope or smear of blood or bone marrow. A relatively new tissue sample must be used along with chemical staining techniques to view the biopsy. Through visual inspection, the pathologist determines whether the biopsy contains normal or cancerous cells; those that are deemed cancerous are graded on a level of aggressiveness. After the diagnosis, a clinical workup is performed according to established guidelines for the specific cancer type. From there, the physician determines the stage of progression of the cancer based on a series of clinical measures (i.e., size, grade, metastasis rates, symptoms and patient history) and decides on a treatment plan (i.e. surgery, watchful waiting, chemotherapy, stem cell transplant).

When deciding treatment and management options for the particular cancer, the physician uses a combination of clinical and pathological features (i.e. the tumor’s assigned grade and stage) which depend heavily upon human interpretation and can suffer from inter-institutional variability. Due to the relatively subjective nature of this diagnostic process, the qualitative results of the analysis may not correlate well to the molecular structure and individual nature of the patient’s cancer. This subjectivity creates a high risk situation of misclassification that can ultimately prove dangerous or deadly, resulting in over-treatment for some patients and under-treatment for others. For example, a patient with a mild form of cancer may be mistakenly assigned to highly aggressive treatment. Side effects associated with such misaligned treatment can result in detrimental side effects or risks more significant than those posed by the original tumor. In addition, it is now well established that patients respond differently to the same medication, and multiple studies have linked the differences in patients’ response to various cancer drugs to differences at the genetic level. As such, the level of personalized treatment required to optimize a patient’s treatment regimen is only possible through the use of biomarker analysis and molecular diagnostics.

With the trend in medical practice for less invasive procedures, overall less specimen material is routinely available for diagnostic purposes and often the specimen type for analysis is restricted to that used for morphologic analysis (formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded material). For leukemias, where the specimen type is usually blood or bone marrow, this does not present a problem, but enrichment for the cells of interest for analysis is a challenge. Several adaptations of current procedures are being undertaken to improve diagnostic procedures for these cancer types to allow maximum sensitivity and specificity. For solid tissue specimens, the formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) diagnostic material is often the only tissue available for study and recent technologies, including MatBA , have had to accommodate such limitations previously not encountered. Another trend in medical practice is the increased use of fine needle aspiration or core biopsy for diagnostic purposes, often requiring image guidance. Morphologic analysis of such specimens is challenging especially where the architecture of the specimen has been damaged. Genome-based analysis of such specimens is one method by which diagnostic results can be obtained.

Use of Genomic-Based Analysis in Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment

Molecular diagnostic tests for cancer aim to remove subjectivity from the diagnostic phase, and add prognostic information, thus enabling personalized treatments based on cancer analysis at its most basic genetic level. To date, genomic-based testing has produced higher value and more accurate cancer diagnostic information than traditional analytical methods. These tests create a data set that can both define the cancer subtype and help determine the best course of treatment by detecting mutations, gene fusions and DNA copy number changes, all of which are possible causes of or precursors to malignant growth. As a result of the ability to produce such genomic data and increased adoption of molecular testing, we believe that genomic-based analysis is becoming the fastest growing segment within oncology testing.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

An important method of measuring changes in the genomic profile of cancer cells is copy number variation. This method measures the gain or loss of DNA within specific regions of chromosomes. Three primary techniques for quantifying copy number variations include the following:

 

   

Oligonucleotide-based microarrays are a multiplex technology that allow the attachment of thousands of microscopic spots of DNA onto a surface. The DNA sequences on the microarray can read multiple genetic aberrations in more than one cancer type following hybridization with DNA from a specific cancer sample and can yield diagnostic and prognostic information of importance to the treatment of the patient. Microarrays provide a powerful approach to distinguishing cancer types and those more or less likely to recur, progress or respond to specific treatments based upon comprehensive sequence analysis and the ability of one microarray to interrogate multiple cancer types in parallel. Because of the large number of DNA sequences being tested by the microarray, analysis involves bioinformatics-based algorithms. Considering the current clinical and societal demand for minimally invasive procedures, the diagnostic and prognostic applications of microarrays are highly desirable.

 

   

FISH-based DNA probes are fluorescently labeled sequences of DNA complementary to a genomic region of interest, which when hybridized to chromosomes, give rise to signals revealing the presence or absence of a specific genomic abnormality with high sensitivity. One probe identifies one specific genomic region. To create higher levels of specificity, multiple probes may be required to identify multiple genomic aberrations in the same cancer cell. Depending on the color scheme and custom design of each FISH-based DNA probe, genomic gain/loss and rearrangements can be detected in cancer specimens of multiple tissue types.

 

   

Next-Generation Sequencing performs massively parallel sequencing of human cancers effectively permitting a highly sensitive analysis of not only the sequence of the genome in cancer cells to reveal mutations and other aberrations associated with a cancer, but can also reveal other genomic rearrangements previously unknown to occur in the cancer genome. Translation of these findings for clinical implementation can also be achieved with a high degree of sensitivity using deep-sequencing at specific nucleotide sequences and can be translated where applicable into FISH or microarray-based assays depending on the aberrations that need to be detected.

To date molecular and genetic detection methods have been successfully utilized to provide diagnostic, prognostic and theranostic information for several cancers, including breast and colon. The discovery of breast cancer genes BRCA-1 , BRCA-2 and TP53 and colon cancer genes AXIN2 and APC have highlighted cancer’s underlying genetic component. With the prognostic nature of next generation genomic tests, physicians and researchers have begun to optimize patient treatment, increase survival rates and reduce healthcare costs in these cancer categories. Meanwhile, an unmet medical need remains in many other forms of cancer, including lymphomas, leukemias, and urogenital and HPV-associated cancers.

Our Strategy

We seek to provide the cancer professional and cancer patient a fully integrated offering of high-value, proprietary tests and customized services in cancers with significant unmet medical need. We believe that our integrated approach combined with our ability to rapidly translate research insights about the genetics and molecular mechanisms of cancer into the clinical setting will improve patient treatment and management and will become a key component in the standard of care for personalized cancer treatment.

Our approach is to develop and commercialize proprietary genomic tests and services to enable us to provide a full service solution to improve the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. To achieve this, we intend to:

Develop and commercialize additional proprietary genomic tests and services. We intend to continue the development of additional proprietary diagnostic and prognostic tests and services to provide information that is essential to personalized cancer treatment. We have launched our first proprietary genomic-based test, MatBA - CLL, for use in our CLIA-accredited facility.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

We are also developing a number of other microarray-based tests, including additional MatBA -based tests for additional hematological malignancies, as well as UroGenRA and UGenRA microarray platforms for urogenital cancers. We plan to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals to allow us to commercialize these microarray tests for use outside of our clinical laboratory.

Develop and expand our collaborations with leading universities and research centers. We have established research collaborations and joint research initiatives with key thought leaders and clinical research facilities, including Mayo, the National Cancer Institute, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center and the University of Iowa Cancer Center. Our collaborations enable us to validate the effectiveness and utility of our proprietary tests and service offerings in a clinical setting and provide us access to clinically well characterized and highly annotated patient data. These data accelerate our validation process and facilitate the testing and refinement of our microarray algorithms.

Continue our unique focus on translational oncology. Translational oncology refers to our focus on bringing novel research insights that characterize cancer at the genomic level directly and rapidly into the clinical setting with the overall goal of improving value to patients in the treatment and management of disease. We actively integrate the dual disciplines of clinical diagnosis and fundamental research to foster a unique, interdisciplinary approach. This interdisciplinary approach enables us to design our research programs with a clinical outcome in mind, allowing for the rapid deployment of our proprietary microarrays and DNA probes into a clinical setting. We believe that our unique multidisciplinary approach allows us to rapidly expand our test and service offerings, and differentiates us from other diagnostics and laboratory services providers in the marketplace.

Enhance our efforts in partnering with community hospitals. Community hospitals represent a large target market for our genomic tests and services because approximately 85% of cancer patients in the United States are initially diagnosed in such hospitals as reported to the National Cancer Database. We intend to continue to focus on partnering with such hospitals by targeting our sales and marketing efforts on this important customer segment. Our branded Expand Dx program is a suite of diagnostic and consultative services offered on a collaborative basis. Expand Dx is intended to expand and optimize the oncology diagnostics services and personalization of cancer treatment provided by community hospitals so that such hospitals can optimize and expand their oncology services to better serve their cancer patients.

Expand our scalable sales and marketing capabilities. We currently have a specialized team of sales professionals with backgrounds in hematology, pathology, and laboratory services. We intend to expand our sales force in order to provide geographic coverage throughout the United States. Additionally, we intend to expand internationally, particularly in emerging markets, by seeking leading local partners to market and sell our tests and services.

Continue to integrate the insights and experience obtained from our reference laboratory to expand and improve our proprietary genomic tests and services. Our laboratory provides us with unique access to patient cases and clinician issues as well as the challenges that arise from current laboratory operations. Such insights obtained from clinical operations inform and often guide strategic decisions for our microarray and DNA probe development.

Continue to reduce the costs associated with the development, manufacture, and interpretation of our proprietary genomic tests and services by partnering with leading technology and service providers. We intend to work closely with select key suppliers and partners to reduce the costs associated with key material components of our microarrays and DNA probes. We initiated a program in December 2010 to identify key material components and labor processes involved in the manufacturing of our DNA probes and to date have significantly reduced our overall costs while increasing manufacturing yields and flexibility.

Our Competitive Advantages

We believe that our competitive advantages are as follows:

Our proprietary and clinically relevant genetic tests are the first to address several complex cancers that are difficult to prognose and where it is difficult to predict treatment outcomes using currently available

 

-66-


Table of Contents

technologies . Our two marketed tests are the first to address several underserved, complex cancers. MatBA -CLL is, to our knowledge, the only microarray that has been approved by the New York State Department of Health for diagnostic treatment and management of CLL. FHACT, our HPV-associated cancer test, is the first multi-region DNA probe to identify and stage HPV-associated cancers, which includes cervical, anal and oropharyngeal cancers.

Collaborative relationships with Mayo and other leading research centers, medical centers and oncology groups. Our collaborations with leading cancer centers provide us with a number of benefits, including valuable access to patient samples. In particular, we recently entered into an agreement with Mayo whereby we agreed to form a joint venture with Mayo in 2012 focused on developing oncology diagnostic services and tests utilizing next-generation sequencing. With respect to marketing, we can leverage the brand name recognition of our collaborators when selling to our customers. With regard to research, our collaborations provide us with the fundamental science and research that underpin the development of our diagnostic tests. Additionally, these collaborations provide us with insight to maximize the utility of our tests in the clinical setting.

Our tests provide more information than existing tests to enable a more personalized treatment plan. Our tests are designed to provide an earlier, more accurate and more complete diagnosis, which potentially leads to better treatment and lower healthcare costs. For example, MatBA -CLL evaluates a set of five biomarkers not previously assessed in CLL and also allows a more accurate interpretation of the loss at chromosome 13q as a sole abnormality than previously possible.

Our tests are designed for a wide range of sample types and sample preparation methods. We can currently process specimen types that include blood, bone marrow and tissue, including fresh, frozen and FFPE tissue samples. The ability to interrogate a wide variety of sample types increases clinical adoption of our tests and allows the health care provider to quickly and efficiently integrate our tests into its established workflow. This integration with existing oncology and pathology workflow and tissue analysis methods is integral to ensuring near term adoption.

Ability to test on FFPE tissue samples accelerates the time required to validate, develop and patent new tests. For several reasons, we have designed our tests for FFPE tissue samples. For decades, Archival FFPE has routinely been used to preserve cancer samples and offers a wealth of information and collaboration potential in comparison with fresh or freshly prepared samples. Our use of FFPE has three important consequences. First, it significantly increases the datasets of samples that can be used to validate our products, leading to more robust and reliable diagnostic tools. Second, it permits utilization of FFPE in a clinical setting, where often it is the only specimen available for study. This is of particular importance to tumors diagnosed using minimally invasive technologies where often very small biopsy material is available for diagnostic and prognostic studies. Third, it affords enrichment of the sample to be analyzed, increasing the probability with which genomic aberrations will be detected for any given specimen.

Our genomic tests are not platform dependent. The biology and algorithms behind our tests are adaptable to multiple instrumentation platforms, allowing us to incorporate our tests into a variety of existing clinical laboratory infrastructures without additional capital investment. We have currently optimized our tests for the Agilent platform. However, we believe that we can migrate to other similar platforms without significant modification.

Consultative, oncology-centered laboratory services. Our specimens are tested and interpreted by highly qualified oncology-focused laboratory professional, many of whom hold MDs and PhDs. Because our clinical staff is highly specialized in oncology, we are better positioned to consult with our oncologist customers to help them derive maximum value from the diagnostic and prognostic data generated by our tests.

Focus on servicing the comprehensive needs of community hospitals, where approximately 85% of all cancer patients in the United States are initially diagnosed. Through our Expand Dx program, we work with community hospitals to better service their oncology patients. Our proprietary tests, as well as our comprehensive cancer diagnostic testing services, are fully integrated into the Expand Dx program and help the community hospitals deliver a higher value of service to their cancer patients.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Our Proprietary Genomic Tests and Services

We currently develop and produce two types of DNA-based genomic tests: microarrays and probes. Both are directed at identifying specific genetic aberrations in cancer cells that serve as markers for diagnosis, prognosis and prediction of treatment outcomes (called theranosis). In addition, we recently agreed to form a joint venture with Mayo in 2012 that will focus on developing oncology diagnostic services and tests utilizing next-generation sequencing.

We offer both microarrays and probes as tests because each serves a unique diagnostic or prognostic function. FISH-based tests offer great sensitivity while microarrays provides a more comprehensive analysis of the cancer genome. While we expect both platforms to be utilized in cancer diagnostics for the foreseeable future, we believe microarrays will become a significant factor in our growth as they offer a broader range of genomic information, are of a higher resolution and lend themselves to automation. Beyond microarrays, we believe that next generation sequencing will rapidly become a powerful tool for the personalized diagnosis and management of cancer.

FDA clearance or approval is not currently required to offer these tests in our laboratory once they have been clinically and analytically validated and approved by the appropriate regulatory bodies. We seek licenses and approvals for our laboratory facility and for our LDTs from the appropriate regulatory authorities, such as the CMS, which oversees CLIA, and various state regulatory bodies, including the New York State Department of Health. Through our subsidiary, Cancer Genetics Italia, S.r.l. (“CGI Italia”), based in Milan, Italy, we have obtained CE marking for 12 of our DNA probes, which entitles us to market these probes in the European Economic Area (which includes the 27 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland). We anticipate that we will need to conduct additional developmental activities for each of these tests and to submit these tests for regulatory clearance or approval by FDA or other regulatory agencies prior to commercialization outside of our reference laboratory in each of the markets where we plan to introduce them.

The following diagram portrays our current tests as well as those tests in development:

LOGO

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Hematological Cancer Arrays: MatBA -CLL/SLL, Other Mat-BA and LeukA

MatBA is the first targeted oligonucleotide-based microarray we developed for the analysis of genomic alterations in mature B-cell neoplasms to determine prognosis and theranosis. MatBA incorporates a common architecture of specific genomic regions that can be applied across the seven major mature B-cell neoplasms. Mature B-cell neoplasms account for approximately 7% of all cancers diagnosed in the United States annually (110,280 expected in 2011) and for approximately 6% of all estimated cancer-related deaths (35,610 expected in 2011). They are the fifth most common malignancy in both males and females, and the incidence is rising.

As a group, hematologic cancers (cancers of the blood, bone marrow or lymph nodes) display significant clinical, pathologic and genetic complexity. Current diagnosis relies mostly on pathologic examination, flow cytometry and detection of only a few genetic markers. Importantly, the clinical course of the six main subtypes of these neoplasms ranges from indolent (follicular lymphoma) to aggressive (diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma and multiple myeloma), or mixed (chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma, or CLL/SLL). Currently most risk-stratification for treatment decisions is based on clinical features of the disease. Few molecular prognostic biomarkers are utilized in a clinical setting. There is unmet medical need for robust biomarkers for the diagnosis, prognosis, theranosis and overall patient management in B-cell cancers. Given the higher frequency of these malignancies in the United States than in other countries, we expect significant clinical demand for MatBA .

MatBA is designed to detect genomic copy number changes in mature B-cell neoplasms either solely or in a unique combination, thus assisting the clinician in the management of a patient’s disease. The test relies on the comparative genomic hybridization of fluorescently differentially-labeled normal DNA and DNA extracted from the

 

-69-


Table of Contents

cancer specimen (array-CGH). Array-CGH utilizes minimal biopsy material and uses DNA as the analyte (the component whose properties are being measured), which is more stable, as compared to RNA used in other array detection methodologies. Both are important considerations for the ever increasing demand for less invasive procedures for diagnostic and prognostic purposes. Additionally, we have optimized the utility of the MatBA array-CGH so that it can be routinely applied to the study of a range of specimen types including blood and bone marrow and FFPE biopsy specimens, which is often the only specimen available for analysis of FL, DLBCL and MCL. With the exception of CLL, biopsy/surgical procedures are rarely performed for B-cell neoplasms prior to the initiation of treatment, thus limiting the amount of tissue available for testing prior to deciding on the initial treatment regimen.

MatBA was custom-designed to represent 80 regions of the human genome which have diagnostic and/or prognostic value in one or more of the mature B-cell neoplasm subtypes as identified through our research and analysis efforts. Unlike other technologies such as FISH, array-CGH using MatBA simultaneously permits the detection of genomic gains and losses at multiple locations on a chromosome (loci) that characterize the mature B-cell neoplasm subtypes. For each subtype of B-cell neoplasm, cohorts of specimens with full clinical annotation are evaluated using MatBA to identify novel associations between single and weighted combinations of genomic gains/losses and clinically relevant endpoints, including time to first treatment, treatment response, progression-free survival and overall survival, and to validate previously known associations. It is these associations, we believe, that provide valuable assistance to clinicians in risk stratification and guiding treatment plans for patients with these cancers.

MatBA -CLL and SLL

We offer the first application of MatBA for prognostication in one subtype of mature B-cell neoplasm, CLL, where about half of patients experience indolent disease, or slow progression, and the remaining half, a relatively aggressive progression. MatBA -CLL provides important genetic-based information to guide clinical management of this disease. The test results are reported out in a unique format that allows ease of interpretation by the hematologist or oncologist. MatBA -CLL is included in the tests we can provide under our New York laboratory and CLIA licenses, effective April 2011. New York is one of only a few states that separately and rigorously reviews LDTs for clinical and analytical validity. To date there are only a few companies that have commercially available oncology microarrays and, to our knowledge, no other company has had an oncology microarray approved for commercial use by the New York State Department of Health. We are designing a study to support an application for CE approval of MatBA -CLL.

Approximately 14,500 new cases of CLL are expected to be diagnosed in the United States this year, and importantly, over time these cases undergo evolution, requiring risk stratification and guidance on patient management issues at multiple points during the course of the disease. Prior to the introduction of MatBA , clinicians relied on the assessment of the gain or loss on only four chromosomal regions and potentially one gene mutation when testing for and stratifying a CLL patient. MatBA improves on this by identifying information on five additional chromosomal regions, providing more valuable diagnostic data and critical information about the risk of progression and overall prognosis of the patient. In particular, because MatBA has greater resolution than that available with prior tests, we can interrogate two different regions or loci on the 13q chromosome. We believe this type of genomic assessment of the patient’s cancer also saves the health care system thousands of dollars per year per patient as a result of improved patient management and more targeted therapeutic intervention. Loss of one specific locus or loss of both loci are in some circumstances believed to have differing prognostic value, hence the importance of being able to evaluate both loci. Also, loss of 13q as a sole abnormality is associated with a lower risk of progression and overall favorable outcome. With the increased capacity of MatBA to assess abnormalities in multiple regions of the genome not usually assessed by other technologies, our studies have indicated that up to 23% of cases that would have shown 13q loss as a sole abnormality when assessed by FISH technologies do in fact have additional abnormalities. For these cases, the “favorable outcome” that would have been reported to the clinician was not accurate, leading to a change in the prognosis and consequently decision-making by the clinician regarding the management of these patients.

We performed validation of these important new biomarkers in 317 CLL specimens in conjunction with Dr. Kanti Rai at Long Island Jewish / North Shore Hospital. We presented this data at the 2011 International Workshop on Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemiais and the American Society of Hematology’s 2011 Annual Meeting and Exposition. We have also presented in 2011 a poster on the key methods involved in enabling the usage of DNA

 

-70-


Table of Contents

from FFPE material involved in certain sub-types of MatBA at the Association for Molecular Pathology. In the poster, results from over 360 samples were reviewed and demonstrated highly accurate aberration detection as confirmed using Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction, an industry standard in molecular diagnostic measurement.

In addition we have identified novel biomarkers using MatBA that are associated with a poor outcome in CLL. These include gains at 2p, 3q and 8q and a loss at 8p. Additional prognostic regions have been identified and are undergoing validation. These will be reported, further driving the value of more comprehensive genomic assessment of the patient’s cancer.

We are also now in the final stages of validating MatBA -SLL for risk stratification in SLL. This adaptation of MatBA for SLL has allowed us to develop a robust mechanism to analyze DNA that is derived from FFPE biopsy material and has been a critical development that we believe will accelerate the development of our microarrays for other solid tumors or cancers that present themselves as a mass.

Other MatBA Microarrays in Development

We are now undergoing similar development of MatBA as a prognostic tool in two of the other main subtypes of mature B-cell lymphomas, namely DLBCL and FL. FL is characterized by a slow progression that in up to approximately 60% of cases transforms to DLBCL, an aggressive lymphoma. Prognostic and theranostic biomarkers of therapeutic options are required for these diseases. We have identified several additional loci which we believe are relevant to the prognosis of DLBCL and FL and which cannot be assessed by currently available FISH tests alone. We are currently validating these extensions of MatBA . MCL is another mature B-cell lymphoma for which MatBA is in the clinical development stage. We believe MatBA will provide increased management insight for patients with this type of lymphoma based on a more complete genomic assessment of the lymphoma.

LeukA Microarray

We are developing a proprietary leukemia microarray, LeukA , for the diagnostic and prognostic evaluation of different types of leukemia. The microarray will detect genomic gains and losses in patient specimens using DNA extracted from blood and/or bone marrow. We are in the preliminary research and discovery stage with respect to this test with the potential inclusion of uniparental disomy assessment.

Urogenital cancer arrays: UroGenRA , UGenRA

There is a significant unmet clinical and patient need for improved diagnosis, prognosis and theranosis, including more detailed and staging information, in urogenital cancers, where biopsy materials are increasingly scarce. The cumulative number of annual new reported cases for kidney, prostate and bladder cancers is estimated to exceed 320,000 in 2011 according to the American Cancer Society. Gynecologic neoplasms contribute substantially to female mortality and morbidity in the United States and are an area where nearly 80,000 new cases are diagnosed each year. Although generally characterized by early stage detections, these cancers still represent a major health risk, a significant variability in patient outcome, which can be better managed through genomic assessment of the tumor(s), and a substantial medical cost burden to the public with the high rates of incidence and ongoing patient management needs.

Developing sophisticated, state-of-the-art molecular tests that enable more accurate diagnosis and/or prognosis of these cancers will not only benefit the patients by offering more appropriate treatments, but also effectively reduce the unnecessary medical cost associated with surgery, long-term follow-up surveillance, or therapy after the treatment.

The UroGenRA microarray, which is being validated in collaboration with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, will provide diagnostic and prognostic analysis for kidney, bladder and prostate cancer. Our initial launch, UroGenRA -Kidney, will target kidney cancer. We are also developing extensions of UroGenRA for bladder and prostate cancers. UGenRA will provide diagnostic, prognostic and theranostic information for the primary gynecological cancers, cervical, ovarian and endometrial.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

UroGenRA™ for Kidney, Prostate and Bladder Cancers

UroGenRA is a proprietary CGH-based array which will serve as a platform for the diagnosis, prognosis and theranosis of kidney, prostate and bladder cancers. It was designed to detect gains and losses that frequently occur in genetic material in these three cancer types and has the potential to differentially diagnose and/or stratify patients to assist and guide clinical management. It represents 101 regions of the human genome potentially with diagnostic, prognostic and/or theranostic value in one or more of these types of cancers.

UroGenRA -Kidney For kidney cancer, UroGenRA is specifically designed to classify renal tumors into the four main subtypes (clear cell, papillary, chromophobe and oncocytoma), which is critical to patient management and treatment protocols. This allows the clinician, especially in cases where there is limited biopsy material, to (i) diagnose renal cancer and accurately classify it into the correct subtype, (ii) provide rationale for selection among surgical and non-surgical intervention or ablation, (iii) stratify patients based on prognostic information for the advancement of renal cancer into local or regional cancer which then guides decisions on surgical intervention, (iv) guide drug trial decisions in those with metastatic disease or “unclassified” renal cancers.

We are in the early stages of developing a study for which we hope to obtain and use a group of 200 specimens comprising four kidney cancer subtypes to further develop and validate the algorithm of copy number variation known to be associated with these tumors that gives the best ability to differentiate among these four subtypes. These copy number changes are already known to minimally include loss in six regions of chromosomes among these four types and gain in three other regions, but we believe we will define additional and specific regional copy number variations. The derived proprietary renal cancer diagnostic algorithm or decision tree based on UroGenRA copy number alterations is to be validated for diagnostic potential in the IRB-approved study of over 50 image-guided needle biopsies and compared with the sensitivity and specificity obtained by our proprietary FISH-based assay, FReCaD .

UroGenRA -Kidney is in the commercial development stage. At the current time, validation of the clinical utility of UroGenRA is further advanced for kidney cancers than for prostate and bladder cancers, because we are able to leverage research and insights used in the clinical validation of FReCaD in our development activity for the UroGenRA indication for kidney cancer.

UroGenRA -Prostate For prostate cancer, UroGenRA has the potential to use prostate core/needle biopsy to assess genomic variability of the cancer and help in the identification of biomarkers for assessment of the risk of recurrence, to assess treatment options for intermediate risk patients, and to explore the genomic aberrations of circulating tumor cells. In the case of recurrence, gain or loss in a limited number of regions represented on UroGenRA is considered informative. Application of the UroGenRA to circulating tumor cell genome scanning would require a modified version of the regions represented on UroGenRA , but we believe it could be implemented considering the plasticity of the array platform. UroGenRA -Prostate is in the commercial development stage.

UroGenRA -Bladder Newly diagnosed bladder cancers are defined by the fact or extent of invasion of the muscle. For non-muscle invasive bladder cancers, there is clinical need to identify the high proportion of patients in which the cancer will recur. The need in muscle-invasive tumors is to identify those patients most likely to benefit from treatment, considering that the survival benefit of peri-operative chemotherapy for such patients is only 5-10%. Genomic copy number alterations likely to be involved in the response of tumor cells to such therapy have been incorporated in UroGenRA for this specific application, and we are currently attempting to validate this microarray for this use. UroGenRA -Bladder is in the clinical development stage.

UGenRA for Endometrial, Ovarian and Cervical Cancers

UGenRA was designed as a platform to detect gains and losses of genomic material in 83 regions of the chromosome associated with responses to particular therapies in patients with endometrial, ovarian and cervical

 

-72-


Table of Contents

cancers. We are committed to the development of UGenRA as a diagnostic tool that will assist in the screening, diagnosis and/or prognosis of these cancers. The use of UGenRA can be easily integrated into current clinical management protocols because it requires only small amounts of genetic material to test and can be performed on FFPE specimens.

UGenRA -Endometrial Endometrial cancer is the fourth most common cancer in women in the United States representing 6% of all newly diagnosed cancers in women expected in 2011. In this disease, endometrial hyperplasia is a precursor lesion of endometrioid endometrial carcinoma (“EEC”) and since about 50% of women with atypical hyperplasia also have concurrent EEC, it is important to identify those precursor lesions more likely to progress to cancer. UGenRA offers the opportunity to identify such specimens and potentially guide clinical management. Five regions of the chromosome interrogated by UGenRA have already been implicated to harbor gains and losses that, if detected in hyperplastic lesions, have a high likelihood of progression to cancer. We are in the process of clinically validating the use of UGenRA for these purposes, along with any novel regions that may be identified in the planned studies. Another potential application in endometrial cancer is to stratify those tumors likely to recur, permitting the identification of patients most likely to benefit from therapy. UGenRA Endometrial is in the clinical development stage.

UGenRA -Ovarian There are approximately 21,550 cases of ovarian cancer diagnosed in the United States each year and approximately 15,460 people die from ovarian cancer each year in the United States. Risk-stratification of stage III/IV ovarian cancer patients after cytoreductive surgery (involving removal of only part of a malignant tumor) for a certain type of chemotherapy is a potential application for UGenRA , and the design of UGenRA currently contains the sites of genomic gain/loss with such prognostic value. We believe we can validate these regions using the publicly available data copy number information from the Center for Applied Genomes for over 300 ovarian cancers with known response and overall outcome. This is a powerful resource for validation and would serve to confirm our test in a different cohort of patients than those used in the preliminary validations performed at our laboratory. UGenRA Ovarian is in the clinical development stage.

UGenRA -Cervical There are approximately 11,270 cases of cervical cancer diagnosed and approximately 4,290 deaths from cervical cancer each year in the United States. With respect to cervical cancer, current clinical tests are unable to distinguish regressive cervical lesions from progressive lesions. Hence low-risk patients are treated the same way as high-risk patients, which increases health care costs. There is a great need for molecular-based diagnostic assays to address these questions, so that physicians can plan appropriate treatment strategies. We have designed UGenRA-Cervical to distinguish among lesions which have a high likelihood of progression into cervical cancer versus those that do not have the genomic abnormalities related to progression to cervical cancer. UGenRA Cervical is in the clinical development stage.

Proprietary FISH-based DNA Probes

FHACT HPV-Associated Cancer Test

We have developed a proprietary, 4-color FISH-based DNA probe designed to identify the gain of the three most important chromosomal regions that have been implicated in cancers associated with HPV: cervical, anal and oropharyngeal. According to the National Cancer Institute, about 55 million PAP smear tests to detect HPV are performed in the United States each year. It is estimated that approximately 2 million patients have abnormal PAP smear test results and are referred for biopsy/colposcopy as a result of such tests. However, only 0.6%, or approximately 12,000, of these patients will develop cancer. It is believed that early detection of HPV-associated cancers could eliminate unnecessary biopsies/colposcopies and thereby reduce health care costs.

FHACT is designed to determine copy number changes of four particular genomic regions by FISH. These regions of DNA give specific information about the progression from HPV infection to cervical cancer, in particular the stage and subtype of disease. FHACT is designed to enable earlier detection of abnormal cells and can identify the additional biomarkers that allow for the prediction of cancer progression. FHACT is designed to leverage the same PAP smear sample taken from the patient during routine screening, thus reducing the burden on the patient while delivering greater genomic-based information to the clinician.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

In conjunction with the NCI, we have begun a blinded study to evaluate the effectiveness of FHACT for both anal and cervical cancers associated with the HPV virus that will involve over 1,000 specimens. The FHACT study is ongoing. We have completed a blinded study of over 300 cervical specimens and the data has been provided to NCI. This has been used for validation of the assay and development of automatic analysis for the FHACT probe. Upon review, NCI will provide the remaining samples. We have yet to begin work with anal samples. We continue further clinical validations in collaborations that have been established with the University of Iowa and with Kamineni Hospital in Hyderabad, India to further strengthen the claims and data for use of FHACT as a staging and prognostic tool for cervical cancer in both the United States and in emerging markets. The sensitivity of FHACT was presented as a poster at the 27th International Pappillomavirus Conference in Berlin, Germany in September 2011. The publication demonstrated that by using FHACT over 90.9% sensitivity can be achieved as a screening tool for cervical intraepithelial neoplasia of 2nd degree or higher (known as CIN2+), which is a critical milestone in the development of cervical cancer.

In 2012, we expect to make FHACT available outside the United States as a diagnostic tool in certain emerging market countries, including India and Brazil. This initial launch is applicable for detection and staging of cervical cancer, which is the third most common cancer among women worldwide, with one-fifth of the cases originating in India. The World Health Organization projects that cervical cancer deaths will rise to 320,000 in 2015 and 435,000 in 2030. In many emerging economies, cervical cancer is the most common cancer that affects women, and 80% of deaths from cervical cancer occur in these developing countries.

We continue to validate FHACT for anal and oropharyngeal cancers using specimens from NCI and are actively seeking collaborations to further validate the clinical utility of FHACT for anal and head and neck cancers.

Research for FHACT was funded in 2009 through a $763,958 grant from the National Cancer Institute. In October 2010, we were awarded a grant from the IRS under the Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Project Program for approximately $244,500 to help in the further validation and commercialization of FHACT .

FReCaD Renal Cancer Detection Test

We have developed a proprietary, novel and highly sensitive panel comprised of 20 FISH-based DNA probes for the detection of genomic abnormalities that differentially diagnose the four main subtypes of renal cell carcinoma (“RCC”)—papillary, clear cell, chromophobe and oncocytoma. Our FReCaD panel provides precise classification of the subtypes of RCC using minimal biopsy material. The test detects chromosomal aberrations as molecular factors that are differentially observed in each of the four main subtypes of renal cancer. Differentiation between benign and malignant, and furthermore between the three malignant subtypes, is essential in treatment management for patients with suspect renal masses.

FReCaD is based on the inherent differential genetic rearrangements of RCC rather than the form or structure of the cells (cell morphology). By detecting the inherent genomic rearrangements specific to renal cancer subtypes, we believe, the FReCaD panel allows a more accurate diagnosis. This results in better treatment decisions, higher remission rates and the prevention of disease progression among patients. A study of 145 ex-vivo core biopsies performed at our research laboratory clearly indicated the FReCaD panel combined with morphology improved the classification of renal needle biopsies by 16% above that of morphology alone and together the morphology and the FReCaD panel allowed the accurate detection of RCC in 89% of renal needle biopsies. FReCaD is in the commercial development stage.

FISH-based DNA Probes

We also develop FISH-based DNA probes for sale outside the United States. Our portfolio includes 12 CE-marked probes for hematopoietic neoplasms, and solid tumors. Another 19 oncology probes are in development and we will seek the CE mark for these probes.

Our strategy is to sell conventional probes into emerging markets through Cancer Genetics Italia and local or regional partners. We have entered into an agreement with Labomics S.A., based near Brussels, Belgium, which

 

-74-


Table of Contents

will provide us with the manufacturing support, storage facilities, and fulfillment management of our FISH-based DNA probes to better serve European and global demand.

We plan for all of our probes to conform to the requirements of the European In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices Directive (98/79/EC IVDD). This entitles them to bear the CE marking, which enables us to market them in the European Economic Area and provides for clinical acceptance in other countries where the CE mark is valued.

Laboratory Services

We provide our complete suite of oncology-focused laboratory services to hospitals, cancer centers, oncologists and pathologists from our 17,936 square foot state-of-the-art, CLIA-accredited laboratory in Rutherford, NJ. Our laboratory is also accredited by the College of American Pathology (“CAP”). We hold clinical laboratory licenses from the New Jersey Department of Health, New York Department of Health, Florida Department of Health, Maryland Department of Health, Rhode Island Department of Health and Pennsylvania Department of Health for all of our clinical departments and are qualified to accept specimens from all states in the continental United States.

Our comprehensive oncology-focused testing services for hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers are utilized in the diagnosis, prognosis and theranosis in cancer patients and are growing rapidly as clinicians demand more precise and more comprehensive diagnostic evaluation of their patients. We utilize highly skilled scientists, pathologists and hematologists in our laboratory, including 14 individuals with doctorate degrees. These individuals assist our customers in integrating and technically assessing the testing results for their patients.

We currently offer a range of services in the following areas:

 

   

Microarray based testing (MatBA -CLL) : our proprietary microarray test for the detection of chromosomal abnormalities observed in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia;

 

   

Molecular testing : using quantitative methods, such as polymerase chain reaction and sequencing, to analyze DNA and RNA to follow progression of disease and response to therapy at the genetic level;

 

   

Cytogenetics testing : a series of methods that analyze human chromosomes in order to identify malignancy;

 

   

FISH testing : analysis of abnormalities at the chromosomal and gene levels using analyte specific reagents (“ASR”) and FDA-cleared probes obtained from third parties;

 

   

Flow cytometry testing : analysis of gene expression of specific markers inside cells and on cell surfaces;

 

   

Histology testing : microscopic examination of stained tissue sections using various special staining techniques;

 

   

Cytology testing : non-gynecological fluid preparation for microscopic evaluations by a pathologist; and

 

   

IHC testing : analysis of the distribution of tumor antigens in specific cell and tissue types.

We have developed the Summation Report which, we believe, provides an integrated view of a patient’s test results and diagnosis in a user-friendly, visually appealing format for clinicians. Our hematopathologists and laboratory directors prepare these Summation Reports based on the clinical information and diagnosis provided

 

-75-


Table of Contents

by our laboratory professionals. All our testing technologies are integrated into a Summation Report to allow oncologists to efficiently arrive at a definitive diagnosis and drive complete and effective decisions.

We expect to offer additional proprietary tests as LDTs in other areas of oncology and will seek the required CLIA and state approvals for these tests.

Clinical Trials Services

Industry research has shown many promising drugs have produced disappointing results in clinical trials. For example, a study by Princess Margaret Hospital in Toronto estimated that 85% of the phase III trials testing new therapies for solid tumors studied over a five-year period failed to meet their primary endpoint. Given such a high failure rate of oncology drugs under development, combined with constrained budgets for biopharmaceutical companies, there is a significant need for drug developers to utilize molecular diagnostics to decrease these failure rates. For specific molecular-targeted therapeutics, the identification of appropriate biomarkers potentially may help to optimize clinical trial patient selection and success rates by helping clinicians identify patients that are most likely to benefit from a therapy based on their individual genetic profile.

We recently launched our clinical trials services to help increase the efficiency and economic viability of clinical trials for biopharmaceutical companies and clinical research organizations. Our clinical trials services leverages our knowledge of clinical oncology and molecular diagnostics and our laboratory’s fully integrated capabilities. Our clinical trial services are aimed at developing customizable tests and techniques utilizing our proprietary microarrays and laboratory services to provide enhanced genetic signature and more comprehensive understanding of complex diseases at earlier stages. We leverage our knowledge of clinical oncology and molecular diagnostics and provide access to our genomic database and assay development capabilities for the development and validation of companion diagnostics. This enables companies to reduce the costs associated with development by determining earlier in the development process if they should proceed with additional clinical studies. We believe our clinical trial services may improve patient responder selection, thereby potentially increasing the likelihood our customer’s product is approved by FDA. Additionally, through our services we gain further insights into disease progression and the latest drug development that we can incorporate into our proprietary tests and services.

In March 2011, we initiated a strategic relationship with Aptiv Solutions that combines our disease-specific biomarker knowledge, proprietary molecular testing and oncology laboratory services with Aptiv Solutions’ clinical trials knowledge and capabilities in order to bring oncology therapeutics to market faster and at a reduced cost. Aptiv Solutions is a global development services organization that is focused on delivering comprehensive clinical trial solutions to pharmaceutical, biotech and medical device companies. We continue to explore partnership opportunities with other clinical research organizations and biopharmaceutical companies to expand our market access.

Test Development Process

Our proprietary microarrays and DNA probes have been, and continue to be, developed in conjunction with leading academic and clinical research centers to ensure that the needs of the clinical community are being met with the latest research on genomic alterations that cause, lead to, or are related to the development of cancer. We undergo a thorough research and validation process to ensure we are providing diagnostic and prognostic information that is clinically relevant and accurate. In our experience the time-frame for this process from design through development and market launch can be between 18 to 40 months based on complexity of the disease, the specific clinical claims being pursued and the availability of high quality samples with strong clinical correlations. We monitor and review the process in four stages as detailed below:

 

   

Stage 1, Research and Discovery . We conduct extensive research of peer-reviewed publications, and other disease-specific literature and public information databases. We gather the public information regarding genomic abnormalities as hallmarks and references for particular cancers and clinical correlations. Within a cancer type, the observed gains, losses or other aberrations and rearrangements of genetic material are recorded and noted, when reported to have diagnostic or prognostic potential.

 

-76-


Table of Contents
  During this process, which is technology and platform agnostic, we extensively cross-analyze our findings in the literature with published data sets across a variety of technologies. Finally, we assess the merits of these findings internally with our research and development teams and with our scientific advisory board, when applicable, so that we can assure robust genomic coverage as we proceed into clinical development.

 

   

Stage 2, Clinical Development . We design a targeted array or probe panel based on the information gathered from the literature and database searches and review. A team of our scientists then seeks to refute the evidence compiled in the literature search process, serving as a system of checks and balances. Once that process is complete, we design an array based on its application within a particular cancer. For example, the kidney array is designed to subtype among the four main types of kidney cancers, at various stages in the treatment of the patient. Within one array, we may be assessing three to four different subtypes of a cancer and for different applications, ranging from differential diagnosis to prognosis to prediction of therapeutic response. During this stage we select and refine the targeted regions and their potential suitability for analysis on the microarray.

 

   

Stage 3, Commercial Development . This process involves validating the performance characteristics of the microarray, as well as developing protocols for the use of the array or the DNA probe for the intended specimen. This quality assurance process notes reproducibility, accuracy, sensitivity, and specificity, and potential compliance to ranges of normalcy and reportability. We also compare data obtained for specimens and cell lines across different technology platforms to ensure accuracy of our processes. In this process, we confirm and validate the genomic biomarkers in independent clinically relevant datasets. During this process we also begin to develop the decision trees and algorithms, which are core to our intellectual property that guide the diagnostic and prognostic value of the microarray or other DNA probe. Once the initial decision tree and algorithm for the microarray and its use have begun development, we conduct trials which help to validate the design and usage of the tests. For this validation process, we partner with leading cancer institutions and regional cancer centers.

 

   

Stage 4, Marketing and Launch . After commercial development is completed and prior to launch, we take several steps to prepare for marketing our tests as LDTs. We create standard operating procedures and quality assurance and quality control (“QC”) measures to ensure repeatability and high standards of quality. We train both our staff and the laboratory staff on the interpretation and use of the data. Licenses and approvals for our laboratory to use LDTs are obtained from the appropriate regulatory authorities, such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), which oversees CLIA and different state regulatory bodies. Before we CE mark our tests we also need to assess the conformity of our tests with the essential requirements of the European In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices Directive. We plan to seek FDA clearance or approval to expand the commercial use of our tests to other laboratories and testing sites in the United States. We will also need to complete additional activities to submit each of these tests for regulatory clearance or approval prior to commercialization in each of the international markets where we plan to introduce them.

Research and Development Expenses

We incurred research and development expenses of $1.2 million, which represents 48% of our net revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010; $1.3 million, which represents 80% of our net revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2009; and $608,000, which represents 36% of our net revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2008. Research and development expenses represented 23% of our total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010, 39% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 26% for the year ended December 31, 2008. Major components of the research and development expenses included direct personnel costs, laboratory equipment and consumables and overhead expenses.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts consist of (i) a direct sales force in the United States focused on developing direct channels to hospitals, cancer centers, pathologists and oncologists; and (ii) a channel approach outside the United States, specifically in the emerging markets, that is focused on partnering with leading distributors, medical facilities or medical service operators to develop and serve such regional oncology markets. We also use a channel approach to sell our clinical trial services to biopharmaceutical companies and research organizations.

We currently have a dedicated and direct sales force consisting of four sales professionals focused on the eastern United States with backgrounds in hematology, pathology, and laboratory services. Our sales professionals have an average of 20 years of experience in clinical oncology sales, esoteric laboratory sales from leading biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical or specialty reference laboratory companies, including Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, US LABS, Inc., Celgene Corporation and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., among others. We plan on growing this specialized, oncology-focused sales force and supporting it with clinical specialists who bring deep domain knowledge in the design and use of the microarrays that we plan on offering in the United States as LDTs.

Our sales and marketing efforts are based on a three part go-to-market strategy:

 

   

Collaborate with leading research universities and institutions that enable the validation of our new tests;

 

   

Work with community hospitals and community-based cancer centers that need a reliable and collaborative partner for genomic-based cancer testing; and

 

   

Build relationships with individual thought leaders in oncology, hematology and pathology to provide services that provide value to their patients.

We also promote our tests and services through marketing channels commonly used by the biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical industries, such as internet, medical meetings and broad-based publication of our scientific and economic data. In addition, we provide easy-to-access information to our customers through www.cgireports.com, cgimatba.com and cgiexpanddx.com. Our customers value easily accessible information in order to quickly review their patients’ information and begin developing a treatment protocol.

Expand Dx Program

According to American Hospital Association’s 2011 data, there are over 5,000 community hospitals registered in the United States, 998 of which are for profit. These hospitals are under pressure to create profitable cancer testing centers. However, community hospitals face numerous barriers, including rising costs of diagnostic technologies and treatments, complexity of new test validations and laboratory licensing requirements, difficulty in hiring, training and retaining qualified personnel and challenges in integrating new information technology systems. In particular, they generally do not have a dedicated pathologist or hematopathologist, and are not able to perform tests that provide an understanding of the genetic features of the tumor. Without this information, cancer specialists at these institutions are unable to plan an adequate course of treatment, which then limits the community hospital’s ability to adequately service their cancer patients. While nearly 85% of cancer patients in the United States are initially diagnosed in community hospitals, over half of these cancer patients are referred out to specialized cancer centers because community hospitals currently lack state-of-the-art oncology and pathology testing capabilities.

Our Expand Dx program for community hospitals is a suite of diagnostic and consultative services offered on a collaborative basis to expand and optimize the oncology diagnostics services and personalized cancer treatment provided by community hospitals so that such hospitals can retain their cancer patients. Our Expand Dx

 

-78-


Table of Contents

program focuses on enhancing the quality and increasing the efficiency of the community hospital’s oncology diagnostic process, including billing, turn around time for diagnostic tests, diagnostic procedures and training and assistance in the use of additional biomarkers for their routine cancer testing. We believe that through our Expand Dx solution, community hospitals and laboratories can get cost-effective access to leading-edge diagnostic tests and specialized testing capabilities of our clinical reference laboratory. Our Expand Dx solution provides the community hospitals with the necessary skills and services needed for comprehensive management of patients and their treatment while allowing laboratories to focus on efficient delivery of individual tests rather than comprehensive interpretation of specialized cases. Our focus on oncology allows the Expand Dx customers to intervene earlier and more comprehensively with their patients, thereby improving testing and treatment revenue.

Our sales force works with our laboratory directors as a team to market our Expand Dx solution to community hospitals, initially geographically focused on the east coast of the United States.

Emerging Markets

We are initially targeting certain emerging markets, including India, Brazil, Turkey and Mexico, as an area of expansion of sales of our proprietary tests and probes. We sell in these countries through regional partners that have the ability to service both the cancer laboratories and doctors in that country.

In the first quarter of 2012, we plan to launch FHACT in certain emerging markets, including India, as a tool to provide specific information about the progression from HPV infection to cervical cancer. Cervical cancer is the third most common cancer among women worldwide, with more than 85% of cervical cancers and related deaths occurring in developing countries. Deaths from cervical cancer in India account for 27% of all deaths from cancer globally.

Key Research and Development Collaborations

We formally and informally collaborate with leading oncology centers and community-based hospitals to develop our proprietary diagnostic tests, and we work closely with leading cancer researchers at these institutions to develop proprietary tests tailored to their needs and specifications. Additionally, many of these centers have obtained Specialized Programs of Research Excellence status, as designated by the National Cancer Institute. Our collaborations with these centers give us access to large datasets of information that we use to develop our proprietary tests.

Below is a summary of our active key collaborations. In certain cases we have formal written agreements with collaborators and in other cases we have no written agreement with our collaborators or only informal written arrangements.

Joint Venture with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research Focused on Next-Generation Sequencing and Oncology

On November 7, 2011, we entered into an affiliation agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, pursuant to which we agreed to form a joint venture with Mayo on August 1, 2012, or such earlier date as mutually agreed upon by Mayo and us (the “Closing Date”). The objectives of the joint venture entity will be to try to discover and validate biomarkers in specific hematologic and urogenital disorders utilizing next-generation sequencing with a possible expansion into other solid tumors, such as esophageal, head and neck, breast and lung cancers. Additionally, the joint venture entity would engage in biomarker discovery utilizing Mayo’s next-generation sequencing facility and the development of commercial products in the form of diagnostic products and services, as well as early stage therapeutic markers.

The joint venture entity will take the form of a limited liability company and will be governed by a board of governors consisting of six members, with three members to be appointed by us and three members to be appointed by Mayo. Initially, we will hold fifty percent of the issued and outstanding membership interests and Mayo will hold fifty percent of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the new entity. In exchange for our membership interests in the joint venture entity, we will make a capital contribution, to be paid in three equal

 

-79-


Table of Contents

installments with the first installment due on the Closing Date, and the second and third installments due on the first and second anniversaries of the Closing Date, respectively, subject to the joint venture entity’s achievement of certain operational milestones agreed upon by the board of governors of the joint venture entity (the “Milestones”). In addition, on November 14, 2011, we granted Mayo 100,000 shares of common stock, 66,000 of which are subject to certain forfeiture restrictions if the joint venture does not meet certain of the Milestones.

On the Closing Date, we will enter into a three-year joint development intellectual property agreement with Mayo and the joint venture entity, pursuant to which we and Mayo will grant each other non-exclusive, non-transferable licenses to use certain intellectual property required for the performance of statements of work to be issued under such agreement. Also pursuant to the joint development intellectual property agreement, we, Mayo and the joint venture entity will agree that any intellectual property created by the joint venture entity shall be the property of the joint venture entity; however, the joint venture entity will grant us and Mayo licenses to commercialize such intellectual property in the form of diagnostic products and diagnostic lab services, respectively, at prices to be determined by the board of governors of the joint venture entity.

The board of governors will be advised by a six-member scientific review committee, which will also be composed of three members selected by us and three members selected by Mayo. The affiliation agreement may be terminated by mutual consent of the parties or by the non-breaching party upon a material breach of the affiliation agreement that remains uncured for a period of 90 days. Although we entered into the affiliation agreement with Mayo to form a joint venture in 2012, for a variety of reasons, including a mutual decision by the parties to terminate the affiliation agreement, the joint venture entity may never be formed or, if formed, may never achieve the anticipated research, development and commercial objectives currently contemplated by us and Mayo.

North Shore-Long Island Jewish Health System

In 2007, we started working with Drs. Kanti Rai and Nicholas Chiorazzi at the Feinstein Institute for Medical Research at the North Shore-Long Island Jewish Health System. Drs. Rai and Chiorazzi are leading clinicians and scientists in the study of chronic lymphocytic leukemia (“CLL”) and have provided over 300 clinical specimens and associated clinical and laboratory data for panels of CLL specimens that were used for clinical validation of MatBA -CLL. We analyzed these samples at our clinical laboratory and published the resulting data jointly with Drs. Rai and Chiorazzi. We will use the same samples for additional collaborative studies involving the search for additional genomic-based biomarkers of CLL. This collaboration is not governed by a formal written agreement.

Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center

We have multiple research collaborations with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center including

 

   

In March 2008, we entered into a Biological Material Transfer Agreement with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, pursuant to which Dr. Victor Reuter at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center provided us with slides of cells of over 140 renal tumor ex vivo core biopsies. These samples were used for validation of our FReCaD assay to evaluate the ability of the FISH-based assay to classify renal cortical neoplasms. In this study, we calculated the sensitivity and specificity of the core biopsy relative to that obtained by routine pathology of the core biopsy and the specimen proper. These studies are currently being written for joint publication.

 

   

In October 2009, we entered into a Biological Material Transfer Agreement with Dr. Julie Teruya-Feldstein at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, whereby Dr. Teruya-Feldstein provided us with 1,000 lymphoma specimens of varying histologies and with known clinical outcomes for clinical validations of MatBA in all subtypes of mature B cell neoplasms. Dr. Teruya-Feldstein has provided cores of FFPE tumor material spear-heading and providing justification for the use of this tissue type in array-CGH. We evaluate the genomic gain or loss using MatBA at our clinical reference laboratory and we are in the process of analyzing these

 

-80-


Table of Contents
 

specimens for clinical correlations. We will jointly publish the results of this collaboration with Dr. Teruya-Feldstein.

 

   

In June 2009 and March 2010, we entered into separate Biological Material Transfer Agreements with Dr. Raju S.K. Chaganti of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. Pursuant to the June 2009 agreement, Dr. Chaganti provided us with 50 follicular lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell lymphoma specimens. We used the specimens for purposes of validating a comparative genomic hybridization microarray-based assay in the diagnosis and prognosis of mature B-cell neoplasms. Pursuant to the March 2010, agreement, Dr. Chaganti provided us with 30 DNA samples. We used the samples for purposes of validating a comparative genomic hybridization microarray-based assay in the diagnosis and prognosis of genitourinary cancers.

 

   

In January 2011, we entered into a Biological Material Transfer Agreement with Dr. Jonathan Coleman at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center to evaluate FISH-based and array-CGH tests in the diagnosis of renal mass aspirates/core biopsies. Dr. Coleman provided us with approximately 50 needle biopsy specimens. We will use the specimens to perform assays of prostate, bladder and kidney specimens using FReCaD and UroGenRA and compare the classification with that obtained by routine pathology. Any resulting data could be prepared for joint publication.

National Cancer Institute

In July 2009 and December 2009, we entered into Simple Letter Agreements for the Transfer of Materials with the National Cancer Institute and began our collaboration with Dr. Nicolas Wentzensen at NCI, an Institute of the National Institutes of Health, to interrogate the potential role of identification of host genomic abnormalities by FISH as a screening tool for the detection of HPV-associated pre-cancerous cells and cancerous cells. Dr. Wentzensen has provided us with liquid biopsy specimens for analysis by FISH using the FHACT DNA-FISH probe. In our first project together, National Cancer Institute provided cervical LBS and in later collaborations, National Cancer Institute provided anal liquid biopsy specimens.

Kamineni Hospital

In November 2010, we began collaborating with Dr. Annie Hasan at the Kamineni Hospital in Hyderabad, India, to evaluate the FHACT DNA-FISH Probe as a screening tool for the identification of pre-cancerous and cancerous cervical cells. In this collaboration, we provide the FHACT DNA-FISH Probe to Dr. Hasan’s laboratory where the assay is performed on Pap smears obtained during routine health visits. We are analyzing the data from this collaboration jointly with Dr. Hasan and any resulting publications will be jointly produced. We anticipate providing Dr. Hasan with FReCaD for use as a screening tool in renal cancers to be performed on specimens obtained in Kamineni Hospital. This collaboration is not governed by a formal written agreement.

University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics

In 2011, we entered into a Material Transfer Agreement with the University of Iowa Research Foundation, whereby Dr. Aaron Bossler will provide specimens useful to our studies evaluating the FHACT assay in cervical LBS with known HPV type and clinical follow-up. In this study, specimens will be sent to us for FISH-based assays and the data analyzed jointly.

Aptiv Solutions

We recently developed a strategic relationship with Aptiv Solutions in order to deliver comprehensive solutions to biopharmaceutical and medical device firms conducting clinical trials for oncology therapeutics. Aptiv Solutions is a full-service clinical research organization that provides a portfolio of innovative services including adaptive trial design, early phase product strategy, regulatory services, pharmacovigilance, and the operational

 

-81-


Table of Contents

support of a global clinical research organization. We believe that together, we can provide biopharmaceutical firms with a better understanding of modes of action of a variety of therapeutics and the role biomarkers play in the oncology drug development process. We believe that this new relationship will provide biopharma companies with the insights and services necessary to bring oncology therapeutics to their patients faster and more efficiently. This relationship is not governed by a formal written agreement.

Scientific Advisory Board

Our Scientific Advisory Board (“SAB”) is comprised of many preeminent scientists and physicians from the fields of cancer biology, cancer pathology, cancer medicine and molecular genetics. We have scientists and clinicians from leading cancer centers, including Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, Mt. Sinai and the Institute for Cancer Genetics at Columbia University. These distinguished scientists and clinicians help oversee and review the scientific innovation, integrity and clinical relevancy of our program. The board of directors appoints members to the SAB for terms of one year. Please see the section entitled “Management—Scientific Advisory Board” for the biographies of each member of our SAB.

Competition

As a provider of personalized diagnostic and prognostic information for genomic-based tests and services for hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers, we rely extensively on our ability to combine research insights with high-quality, state-of-the art clinical laboratory testing. We believe that we compete principally on the basis of:

 

   

our ability to address complex cancers that are currently difficult to prognose and challenging to predict treatment outcomes using currently available technologies;

 

   

the ability of our proprietary tests and services to provide more information than existing tests with respect to the cancers we address;

 

   

our ability to utilize a wide variety of sample types, accelerating the time-frame for clinical validation of our tests and allowing health care providers to readily integrate our tests into their established workflow;

 

   

our ability to perform clinical studies using FFPE samples to either validate or develop novel insights for our proprietary programs;

 

   

the quality of our services and our ability to collaborate with our customers on a consultative basis;

 

   

our research and clinical collaborations with key academic and clinical study groups;

 

   

the quality of our clinical reference laboratory, which enables consistent, comprehensive and reproducible results;

 

   

the level of disease specific knowledge and customer service we provide, both to academic centers and community based health care professionals; and

 

   

our workplace environment, recognized by being named #20 nationwide by The Scientist in “Best Places to Work Industry, 2011”, which increases our ability to attract both clinical and research talent.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors, although we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to do so in the future or that new products or tests that perform better than our proprietary tests and services will be introduced. We believe that our continued success depends on our ability to:

 

   

expand and enhance our MatBA tests to provide clinically meaningful information in additional indications;

 

-82-


Table of Contents
   

continue to innovate and maintain scientifically advanced technology;

 

   

successfully market and sell our proprietary tests in the United States;

 

   

continue to obtain appropriate regulatory approvals in the United States and abroad;

 

   

continue to validate our pipeline of microarray tests and DNA probes;

 

   

continue to obtain positive reimbursement decisions from payors and from CMS;

 

   

continue to enter into partnerships with local distributors and/or manufacturers to expand into emerging markets, including India, Mexico and Brazil;

 

   

maintain existing and enter into new research and clinical collaborations with key academic and clinical study groups;

 

   

continue to attract and retain skilled scientific and clinical personnel;

 

   

obtain patents or other protection for our proprietary tests and services; and

 

   

obtain and maintain our clinical reference laboratory accreditations and licenses.

Our principal competition comes from existing diagnostic methods used by pathologists and oncologists. These methods have been used for many years and can therefore be difficult to change or supplement. In addition, companies offering capital equipment and kits or reagents to local pathology laboratories represent another source of potential competition. These kits are used directly by the pathologist, which can facilitate adoption.

We also face competition from companies that offer products or have conducted research to profile genes, gene expression or protein biomarkers in various cancers, including public companies such as Abbott Laboratories, Inc., Johnson & Johnson, Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., bioTheranostics, Inc. (part of the bioMérieux SA), Clarient, Inc. (a division of GE Healthcare, a unit of General Electric Company), Genoptix, Inc. (a Novartis AG company), Genomic Health, Inc., Myriad Genetics, Inc., Qiagen N.V. and Response Genetics, Inc. and many private companies, including Agendia B.V., Pathwork Diagnostics, Inc. and Foundation Medicine, Inc. We expect that pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies will increasingly focus attention and resources on the personalized diagnostic sector as the potential and prevalence increases of molecularly targeted oncology therapies approved by FDA along with companion diagnostics. For example, FDA has recently approved two such agents—Xalkori crizotinib from Pfizer Inc. along with its companion anaplastic lymphoma kinase FISH test from Abbott Laboratories, Inc. and Zelboraf vemurafenib from Genentech USA Incorporated and Daiichi-Sankyo Inc. along with its companion B-RAF kinase V600 mutation test from Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. These two recent FDA approvals are only the second and third instances ever of simultaneous approvals of a drug and companion diagnostic, the first being the 1998 approval of Genentech, Inc.’s Herceptin trastuzumab for HER2 positive breast cancer along with the HercepTest from partner Dako A/S. Our competitors may invent and commercialize technology platforms or tests that compete with ours.

Additionally, projects related to cancer genomics have received increased government funding, both in the United States and internationally. As more information regarding cancer genomics becomes available to the public, we anticipate that more products aimed at identifying targeted treatment options will be developed and that these products may compete with ours. In addition, competitors may develop their own versions of our tests in countries where we did not apply for patents or where our patents have not issued and compete with us in those countries, including encouraging the use of their test by physicians or patients in other countries.

Third-Party Suppliers and Manufacturers

We maintain control, validation and quality assurance over our DNA microarrays and probes. Our microarrays are designed in our facility by our scientists and technicians using state of the art genomic mapping and

 

-83-


Table of Contents

analysis software. The specifications are sent to Agilent for final manufacturing. Agilent manufactures our microarrays under strict quality control and compliance with ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 at its Santa Clara, California facility. Agilent also has another manufacturing facility in Europe that can be made available for microarray printing. Upon manufacturing our custom, proprietary microarrays, Agilent ships them back to our Rutherford facility for testing and acceptance.

The DNA component of our DNA probes is produced in our Rutherford facility under strict adherence to Good Laboratory Practice. The DNA is shipped for final manufacturing to a third-party Good Manufacturing Practice compliant provider outside the United States. From 2009 to May 2011, the probe manufacturing was done in Milan, Italy under a contract with Technogenetics, the diagnostic subsidiary of Bouty S.p.A. In May 2011, we initiated a review of the manufacturing process to improve the manufacturing yields, cost structure and overall process flexibility. Currently we conduct final manufacturing in Belgium with Labomics S.A. while we pursue a dedicated manufacturing operation in India. We control the overall quality and process management and the final quality assurance in a manner that is CE compliant and adheres to our Quality Management System (“QMS”).

Patents and Proprietary Technology

Our business is dependent upon our ability to develop and protect proprietary tests that enable oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers and physician offices to properly diagnose and inform cancer treatment. We rely on a combination of patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade secrets, industry know-how as well as various contractual arrangements, in order to protect the proprietary aspects of our technology.

Our patent portfolio consists of two U.S. issued patents and several pending U.S. and foreign (PCT) applications. These patents and patent applications are related to various DNA-based probes and microarrays designed for detecting and correlating certain chromosomal markers associated with particular types of cancers. As of the date of this filing, we have two issued U.S. Utility Patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 7,585,964 and 7,964,345), which cover our probe technology. These patents cover probes and methodologies designed to detect and analyze particular chromosomal translocations (genetic lesions) associated with a wide range of cancers using a technique known as FISH and serve as the backbone for several of our other pending patent applications, which are more specifically geared towards other probes (and methodologies) directed to the detection, diagnosis and prognosis of specific types of cancers (e.g., kidney cancer and cancers associated with HPV).

We are also actively pursuing patents in the microarray space. We have prepared and filed U.S. and foreign (PCT) patent applications on a microarray directed to detecting (and distinguishing) particular types of mature B cell neoplasms present in typical non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma and chronic lymphocytic leukemia (U.S. Patent Application No. 12/980,480 and PCT Application No. US2010/062295). Developed under our trademark, MatBA , the patent applications covering the MatBA microarray are directed to both the microarray itself as well as associated methodologies designed to detect the particular type of mature B cell neoplasm present in a patient. These applications also cover the use of computer assisted means to facilitate and expedite that detection process. The MatBA patent applications are the first of our family of applications in the microarray space. We recently filed a patent application on a detection method associated with HPV-associated cancers (US. Patent Application No. 13/227,027) and a patent application to cover our UGenRA microarray and methods of using the array in diagnosing and/or providing a prognosis for certain types of female gynecological cancers and pre-cancers (U.S. Patent Application No. 61/581,350). In addition, we are working on several additional patent filings directed to our other microarrays, namely UroGenRA and LeukA , and expect to file these applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office during the first quarter of 2012.

In addition to patents, we hold three U.S. registered trademarks, including a federal registration to “CGI” as well as six U.S. trademark applications and one foreign trademark application for certain of our proprietary tests and services. Our strategic use of distinctive trademarks has garnered increased name recognition and brand awareness for our tests and services within the industry.

Through our clinical laboratory, we provide several clinical services that utilize our proprietary trade secrets. In particular, we maintain trade secrets with respect to specimen accessioning, sample preparation and certain aspects of cytogenetic analysis. All of our trade secrets are kept under strict confidence and we take all reasonable steps, including the use of non-disclosure agreements and confidentiality agreements, to ensure that our confidential information is not unlawfully disseminated. We also conduct training sessions on the importance of maintaining and protecting trade secrets with our scientific staff and laboratory directors and supervisors.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

In addition to our proprietary intellectual property, we entered into a nonexclusive license with the National Institutes of Health for the use of its intellectual property relating to a 3q marker. Under the terms of the license, we are permitted to use the National Institutes of Health’s proprietary intellectual property for use in our patent pending FHACT DNA probe, which is directed to the diagnosis and prognosis of certain HPV-associated cancers.

Operations and Production Facilities

Our research and development laboratories and our diagnostic laboratories are located in our Rutherford, New Jersey headquarters.

We work with electronic medical records providers to facilitate seamless communication between our laboratory and the oncologist or pathologist at the test ordering site. Currently, we have the ability to integrate with electronic medical record systems, as we have already done with MDL and, an electronic medical record provider. We do this integration through utilizing HL7 interfaces, which are standard in health care information technology systems. We currently employ HL7 for its integration with a revenue cycle management company, Xifin, as well as with its electronic medical records partners such as MDLand. The use of the HL7 interface allows systems written in different languages and running on different platforms to be able to talk to each other through the use of an abstracted data layer. This means that we do not have to spend significant extra time, often months, designing and developing common communications protocols when integrating with other electronic health records systems or billing systems providers.

When a customer takes a specimen from a patient for diagnostic testing, he or she will complete a requisition form (either by hand or electronically, or via electronic medical records technology), and package the specimen for shipment to us. Once we receive the specimen at our laboratory and we enter all pertinent information about the specimen into our clinical laboratory information system, one of our histotechnologists, cytotechnologists, flow technologists or molecular technologists prepares the specimen for diagnosis. The prepared specimen is sent to one of our pathologists or directors who is experienced in making the diagnosis requested by the referring oncologist or pathologist.

After diagnosis, our pathologist uses our laboratory information systems to prepare a comprehensive report, which includes any relevant images associated with the specimen. Our reporting portal, cgireports.com, allows a referring oncologist or pathologist to access his/her test results in real time in a secure HIPAA compliant manner. The reports are generated in industry standard PDF formats which allows for high definition color images to be reproduced clearly. This portal has been fully operational at our facilities for over the past six quarters.

In most cases we provide both the technical analysis and professional diagnosis, although we also fulfill requests from oncologists and pathologists for only one service or the other. If an oncologist or pathologist at the hospital, cancer center, reference laboratory or physician office requires only the analysis, we prepare the data and then return it to the referring oncologist or pathologist for assessment and diagnosis.

Quality Assurance

Clinical Lab Services

We are committed to providing reliable and accurate diagnostic services to our customers. Accurate specimen identification, timely communication of diagnoses, and prompt correction of errors, is critical. We monitor and improve our performance through a variety of methods, including performance improvement indicators, proficiency testing (CAP and New York State), external audits and satisfaction surveys. All quality concerns and incidents are subject to root cause analysis and our procedures are put through annual evaluation to ensure that we are providing the best services possible to our patients and customers. Protection of patient results from misuse and improper access is imperative and thus electronic and paper results are guarded via password-protection and identification cards.

We have established a comprehensive Quality Assurance and Management Program (“QM”) for our laboratory designed to drive accurate and timely test results and to ensure the consistent high quality of our testing

 

-85-


Table of Contents

services. The QM documents the quality assurance/performance improvement plans and policies and the laboratory QC procedures that are necessary to ensure that we offer the highest quality of diagnostic testing services. This program is designed to satisfy all the requirements necessary for local and state licensures by the New Jersey Health Department and the New York Department of Health Clinical Laboratory Evaluation Program and accreditation for clinical diagnostic laboratories by CAP. We follow the policies and procedures for patient and employee safety, hazardous waste disposal and fire codes stated in the general laboratory procedure manual. We believe that all pertinent regulations of CLIA, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), Environmental Protection Agency and FDA are satisfied by following the established guidelines and procedures of our QM program.

In addition to the compulsory proficiency programs and external inspections required by CMS and other regulatory agencies, we have developed a variety of internal systems and procedures to emphasize, monitor and continuously improve the quality of our operations. We maintain internal quality controls by routinely processing specimens with known diagnoses in parallel with patient specimens. We also have an extensive, internally administered program of specimen proficiency testing, in which our laboratory staff are blinded to the results.

We participate in numerous externally administered quality surveillance programs and our laboratory is accredited by CAP. The CAP accreditation program involves both unannounced on-site inspections of our laboratories and our participation in CAP’s ongoing proficiency testing program. CAP is an independent, non-governmental organization of board-certified pathologists that accredits laboratories nationwide on a voluntary basis and that has been recognized by CMS as an accreditation organization to inspect laboratories to determine adherence to the CLIA standards. Successful participation in CAP’s proficiency testing program satisfies the CLIA requirement for participation in proficiency testing programs administered by an external source.

Microarrays

We test each lot of microarrays that are manufactured for us by Agilent and maintain a log of all the hybridizations. We also have an extensive process of testing the hybridization results and comparing them to prior lots to ensure consistency and to review for potential changes. Any changes or results that are not consistent with expectations are logged and then immediately reviewed by our team, including the Vice President of Research & Development. In cases where a manufacturing problem is suspected, we immediately review the entire lot and prepare the results for review with Agilent.

FISH-based DNA Probes

We are committed to the highest level of quality in the development and manufacture of fluorescently-labeled DNA intended to compose our DNA-FISH Probes. Our probes are manufactured to meet or exceed all established quality and performance specifications, and comply with relevant safety and regulatory requirements as defined in the European In Vitro Diagnostic Directive in order to qualify them for CE marking.

On behalf of our subsidiary, CGI Italia, we have created and implemented a QMS applicable throughout the entire life cycle of our DNA-FISH Probes. This QMS maintains control over the quality of the goods manufactured by us or third parties employed by us and services provided to CGI Italia. This system addresses—within other procedures- the organizational structure, manufacturing process and related responsibilities, the systematic QC of production, the means to monitor the performance of the quality system (internal/external audit) and the post-production vigilance.

Third-party Payor Reimbursement

Revenues from our clinical laboratory tests are derived from several different sources. Depending on the billing arrangement and applicable law, parties that reimburse us for our services include:

 

   

Third-party payors that provide coverage to the patient, such as an insurance company, managed care organization or a governmental payor program;

 

-86-


Table of Contents
   

Physicians or other authorized parties (such as hospitals or independent laboratories) that order the testing service or otherwise refer the services to us; or

 

   

The patient.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we derived approximately 55% of our total revenue from private insurance, including managed care organizations and other health care insurance providers, 24% from government payor programs, 16% from direct-bill customers, including hospitals and other laboratories, and less than 5% from other sources.

Where there is a coverage policy, contract or agreement in place, we bill the third-party payor, the hospital or referring laboratory as well as the patient (for deductibles and coinsurance or copayments, where applicable) in accordance with the policy or contractual terms. Where there is no coverage policy, contract or agreement in place, we pursue reimbursement on behalf of each patient on a case-by-case basis, and rely on applicable billing standards to guide our claims.

We are reimbursed for three categories of tests: (1) genetic and molecular testing; (2) anatomic pathology and IHC and (3) general immunology and flow cytometry. Reimbursement under the Medicare program for the diagnostic services that we offer is based on either the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule or Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, each of which in turn is subject to geographic adjustments and is updated annually. Medical services provided to Medicare beneficiaries that require a degree of physician supervision or other involvement, such as pathology tests, are generally reimbursed under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, whereas clinical diagnostic laboratory tests are generally reimbursed under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule. Most of the services that we provide are for genetic and molecular testing, which are reimbursed as clinical diagnostic laboratory tests.

Medicare fee schedule amounts are established for each billing code, or Current Procedure Terminology (“CPT”) code. In addition, for its laboratory fee schedule, Medicare also sets a cap on the amount that it will pay for any individual test. This cap, usually referred to as the National Limitation Amount (“NLA”), is set at a percentage of the median of all the contractor fee schedule amounts for each billing code. In the past, Congress has lowered the percentage of the median used to calculate the NLA in order to achieve budget savings. Currently, the NLA ceiling is set at 74% of the median for established tests and 100% of the median for certain new tests that were not previously reimbursed. In billing Medicare for clinical laboratory services, we are required to accept, as payment in full, the lowest of our actual charge, the fee schedule amount for the state or local geographical area or the NLA.

Medicare also has policies that may limit when we can bill directly for our services and when we must instead bill another provider, such as a hospital. When the testing that we perform is done on a specimen that was collected while the patient was in the hospital, as either an inpatient or outpatient, we may be required to bill the hospital for our services, rather than the Medicare program, depending on whether or not the service was ordered more than 14 days after the patient’s discharge from the hospital. These requirements are complex and time-consuming and, depending on what they require, may affect our ability to collect for our services.

Our reimbursement rates also vary depending on whether we are considered an “in-network” or participating provider. Where we have entered into a contract with an insurance company, our reimbursement is governed by our contractual relationship, and we are typically reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis at a discount from our patient fee schedule. Where we do not have a contract with an insurance company, we are classified as “out-of-network” or as a non-participating provider. In such instances, we have no contractual right to reimbursement for our services. If we do receive reimbursement, it is generally at a rate higher than reimbursement rates for participating providers.

Billing Codes for Third-party Payor Reimbursement

CPT codes are the main data code set used by physicians, hospitals, laboratories and other health care professionals to report separately-payable clinical laboratory tests for reimbursement purposes. The CPT coding system is maintained and updated on an annual basis by the American Medical Association (“AMA”). Although

 

-87-


Table of Contents

there is no specific code to report microarrays for oncology, such as our MatBA -CLL, there are existing codes that describe all of steps in our MatBA -CLL testing process. We currently use a combination of different codes to describe the various steps in our testing process. The AMA is in the process of revising CPT codes for many molecular tests. The intention is to eliminate the “stacking” of existing codes and replace them with test-specific codes. We are moving forward with plans to obtain billing codes for our tests. A specific code for our tests, however, does not assure an adequate coverage policy or reimbursement rate. Please see the section entitled “Legislative and Regulatory Changes Impacting Clinical Laboratory Tests” for further discussion of certain legislative and regulatory changes to these billing codes and the impact on our business.

Coverage and Reimbursement for Our Microarray Tests

Although the MatBA -CLL is a relatively new test, some third-party payors have established coverage and reimbursement policies set for similar tests. We have been able to receive reimbursement for our tests from some payors based on their established policies, including major commercial third-party payors.

The current landscape with payors is generally as follows:

Commercial Third-party Payors and Patient Pay . Where there is a coverage policy in place, we bill the payor and the patient in accordance with the established policy. Where there is no coverage policy in place, we pursue reimbursement on behalf of each patient on a case-by-case basis. Our efforts in obtaining reimbursement based on individual claims, including pursuing appeals or reconsiderations of claims denials, take a substantial amount of time, and bills may not be paid for many months, if at all. Furthermore, if a third-party payor denies coverage after final appeal, payment may not be received at all. We are working to decrease risks of nonpayment by implementing a revenue cycle management system.

Medicare and Medicaid . We believe that as much as 30% to 40% of our future market for our tests may be derived from patients covered by Medicare and Medicaid.

We cannot predict whether, or under what circumstances, payors will reimburse our microarray tests. Payment amounts can also vary across individual policies. Denial of coverage by payors, or reimbursement at inadequate levels, would have a material adverse impact on market acceptance of our tests.

Legislative and Regulatory Changes Impacting Clinical Laboratory Tests

From time to time, Congress has revised the Medicare statute and the formulas it establishes for both the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule and the Physician Fee Schedule. The payment amounts under the Medicare fee schedules are important not only for our reimbursement under Medicare, but also because the schedule often is used as a basis for establishing the payment amounts set by other third party payors. For example, state Medicaid programs are prohibited from paying more than the Medicare fee schedule limit for clinical laboratory services furnished to Medicaid recipients.

Under the statutory formula for clinical laboratory fee schedule amounts, increases are made annually based on the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”) as of June 30 for the previous 12-month period. From 2004 through 2008, Congress eliminated the CPI-U update in the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003. In addition, for years 2009 through 2013, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (“MIPPA”) mandated a 0.5% cut to the CPI-U. Accordingly, the update for 2009 was reduced to 4.5% and negative 1.9% for 2010. In March 2010, the President signed into law PPACA, which, among other things, imposed additional cuts to the Medicare reimbursement for clinical laboratories. The PPACA replaced the 0.5% cut enacted by MIPPA with a “productivity adjustment” that will reduce the CPI update in payments for clinical laboratory tests. In 2011, the productivity adjustment was -1.2%. In addition, the PPACA includes a separate 1.75% reduction in the CPI update for clinical laboratories for the years 2011 through 2015.

With respect to our diagnostic services for which we are reimbursed under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, because of the statutory formula, the rates would have decreased for the past several years if Congress failed to intervene. In the past, when the application of the statutory formula resulted in lower payment, Congress

 

-88-


Table of Contents

has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. On December 23, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011, which replaced the Medicare physician payment cut scheduled to take place on January 1, 2012, with a 0% update for two months, thereby allowing for continuation of current physician payment levels until February 29, 2012. However, if Congress fails to act prior to February 29, or in future years, the resulting decrease in payment, effective March 1, 2012, will adversely impact our revenues and results of operations. In addition, for 2012, CMS has requested that the AMA’s Relative Value Scale Update Committee (“RUC”) reexamine the relative values of certain pathology codes, including FISH codes. The RUC is an expert panel that provides relative value recommendations to CMS for use in annual updates to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule. These relative values are used by CMS to determine payments and CMS seeks to assess whether such codes are misvalued and an adjustment is necessary. We cannot predict at this time whether the RUC will recommend any changes and/or whether CMS will accept those recommendations. Approximately 24% of our total revenues are derived from Medicare generally and any changes to the physician fee schedule that result in a decrease in payment will adversely impact our revenues and results of operations.

Further, with respect to the Medicare Program, Congress has proposed on several occasions to impose a 20% coinsurance on patients for clinical laboratory tests reimbursed under the clinical laboratory fee schedule, which would require us to bill patients for these amounts. Because of the relatively low reimbursement for many clinical laboratory tests, in the event that Congress were to ever enact such legislation, the cost of billing and collecting for these services would often exceed the amount actually received from the patient and effectively increase our costs of billing and collecting.

Some of our Medicare claims may be subject to policies issued by Palmetto GBA, the current Medicare Administrative Contractor for California, Nevada, Hawaii and certain U.S. territories. The Medicare contractor has recently issued a draft Local Coverage Decision (“LCD”) that would affect coverage, coding and billing of many molecular diagnostic tests. If Palmetto finalizes the draft LCD, effective February 27, 2012, Palmetto would no longer cover any molecular diagnostic tests, including our tests, unless the test is expressly included in a National Coverage Determination issued by CMS or a LCD or coverage article issued by Palmetto. Currently, laboratory providers may submit coverage determination requests to Palmetto for consideration and apply for a unique billing code for each test (which is a separate process from the coverage determination). In the event that a non-coverage determination is issued, the laboratory must wait six months following the determination to submit a new request. In addition, effective March 1, 2012, Palmetto also will implement its new Molecular Diagnostic Services Program, under which, among other things, laboratories must use newly-assigned billing codes specific to the test. These new billing codes enable Palmetto to measure utilization and apply coverage determinations. Denial of coverage by Palmetto, or reimbursement at inadequate levels, would have a material adverse impact on market acceptance of our tests.

Governmental Regulations

Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 and State Regulation

As a diagnostic service provider, we are required to hold certain federal, state and local licenses, certifications and permits to conduct our business. As to federal certifications, in 1988, Congress passed the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (“CLIA”) establishing quality standards for all laboratories testing to ensure the accuracy, reliability and timeliness of patient test results regardless of where the test was performed. The Company’s laboratory is CLIA accredited. As to state laws, we are required to meet certain laboratory licensing and other requirements. Our laboratory holds the required licenses and accreditations obtained from the applicable state agencies in which we operate. For more information on state licensing requirements, see the sections entitled “Description of the Business—Government Regulations— New Jersey and New York State Laboratory Licensing ” and “Description of the Business—Government Regulations— Other States’ Laboratory Testing ”.

Under CLIA, a laboratory is defined as any facility which performs laboratory testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease, or the impairment of, or assessment of health. CLIA also requires that we hold a certificate applicable to the type of work we perform and comply with certain standards. CLIA further regulates virtually all clinical laboratories by requiring they be accredited by the federal government and comply with various operational, personnel, facilities administration, quality and proficiency requirements intended to ensure that their clinical laboratory testing services are accurate, reliable and timely. CLIA compliance and accreditation is also a prerequisite to be eligible to bill for services provided to governmental payor program beneficiaries. CLIA is user-fee funded. Therefore, all costs of administering the program must be covered by the regulated facilities, including certification and survey costs.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

We are subject to survey and inspection every two years to assess compliance with program standards, and may be subject to additional unannounced inspections. Laboratories performing high complexity testing are required to meet more stringent requirements than laboratories performing less complex tests. In addition, a laboratory like ours that is certified as “high complexity” under CLIA may obtain ASR, which are used to develop diagnostic tests that are developed and validated for use in examinations the laboratory performs itself known as LDTs. Our laboratory is CLIA accredited and under our CLIA accreditation, we were allowed to first use our LDT, MatBA -CLL, in November 2010.

In addition to CLIA requirements, we participate in the oversight program of CAP. Under CMS requirements, accreditation by CAP is sufficient to satisfy the requirements of CLIA. Therefore, because we are accredited by CAP, we are deemed to also comply with CLIA. CLIA also provides that a state may adopt laboratory regulations that are more stringent than those under federal law, and a number of states have implemented their own more stringent laboratory regulatory schemes. State laws may require that laboratory personnel meet certain qualifications, specify certain quality controls, or prescribe record maintenance requirements.

FDA

FDA regulates the sale or distribution, in interstate commerce, of medical devices under the FDCA, including in vitro diagnostic test kits, reagents and instruments used to perform diagnostic testing. Such devices must undergo pre-market review by FDA prior to commercialization unless the device is of a type exempted from such review by statute or pursuant to FDA’s exercise of enforcement discretion. FDA, to date, has decided not to exercise its authority to actively regulate the development and use of LDTs such as ours as medical devices and therefore we do not believe that our LDTs currently require pre-market clearance or approval. It is possible, perhaps likely, that FDA will decide to more actively regulate LDTs, which could lead to premarket and post-market obligations. We are monitoring developments and anticipate that our products (CGH-Microarrays and FISH Probes) will be able to comply with anticipated requirements. In the meantime, we maintain our CLIA accreditation, which permits the use of LDTs for diagnostics purposes. FDA regulations pertaining to medical devices govern, among other things, the research, design, development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, storage, record-keeping, packaging, labeling, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing, distribution and import and export of medical devices. Pursuant to the FDCA, medical devices are subject to varying degrees of regulatory control and are classified in one of three classes depending on the controls FDA determines necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and efficacy.

Class I devices are those for which reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness can be provided by adherence to FDA’s general regulatory controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of FDA’s Quality System Regulations, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising and promotional materials, or general controls. Many Class I devices are exempt from pre-market regulation, however, some Class I devices require pre-market clearance by FDA through the 510(k) pre-market notification process described below.

Class II devices are subject to FDA’s general controls, and any other special controls as deemed necessary by FDA to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. Pre-market review and clearance by FDA for Class II devices are generally accomplished through the 510(k) pre-market notification procedure. Pre-market notification submissions are subject to user fees, unless a specific exemption applies. To obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device (or for certain modifications to devices that have received 510(k) clearance), a manufacturer must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or to a preamendment device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 (a “predicate device”) for which FDA has not yet called for the submission of a pre-market approval (“PMA”) application. In making a determination that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, FDA compares the proposed device to the predicate device or predicate devices and assesses whether the subject device is comparable to the predicate device or predicate devices with respect to intended use, technology, design and other features which could affect the safety and effectiveness. If FDA determines that the subject device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device or predicate devices, the subject device may be cleared for marketing. FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway generally takes from three to twelve months from the date the application is completed, but can take significantly longer. Moreover, in January 2011, FDA announced twenty-five specific action items it intended to take to improve transparency and predictability of the 510(k) program. We

 

-90-


Table of Contents

anticipate that the changes may also result in additional requirements with which manufacturers will need to comply in order to obtain or maintain 510(k) clearance for their devices. These additional requirements could increase the costs or time for manufacturers’ seeking marketing clearances through the 510(k) process. Moreover, the 510(k) process could result in a not-substantially equivalent determination, in which case the device would be regulated as a Class III device, discussed below.

Class III devices are those devices which are deemed by FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device. Reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be assured solely by the general controls and the other requirements described above. These devices are required to undergo the PMA process in which the manufacturer must demonstrate reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device to FDA’s satisfaction. A PMA application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. Premarket approval applications (and supplemental pre-market approval applications) are subject to significantly higher user fees than are 510(k) pre-market notifications. After approval of a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement is required in the event of a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process. The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and nonclinical data and the submission to and review by FDA, can take several years.

A clinical trial may be required in support of a 510(k) submission and generally is required for a PMA application. These trials generally require an effective Investigational Device Exemption (“IDE”) from FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is exempt from IDE requirements or deemed a non significant risk device eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results. Clinical trials may begin 30 days after the submission of the IDE application unless FDA or the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites place the trial on clinical hold.

After a device is placed on the market, regardless of the classification or pre-market pathway, it remains subject to significant regulatory requirements. Even if regulatory approval or clearance of a medical device is granted, FDA may impose limitations or restrictions on the uses and indications for which the device may be labeled and promoted. Medical devices may be marketed only for the uses and indications for which they are cleared or approved. Device manufacturers must also establish registration and device listings with FDA. A medical device manufacturer’s manufacturing processes and those of its suppliers are required to comply with the applicable portions of the Quality Systems Regulations, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging and shipping of medical devices. Domestic facility records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by FDA. FDA also may inspect foreign facilities that export products to the United States.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions: warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of current or future products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, denial of 510(k) clearance or PMA applications for new products, or challenges to existing 510(k) clearances or PMA applications.

We believe that our LDTs and, should we reach that point, our in vitro diagnostic test kits, would likely be regulated as either Class II or Class III devices. It is also possible that some may fall into one Class and some into the other. Accordingly, some level of premarket review—either a 510(k) or a PMA—would likely be required for each test. While the data requirements are typically greater for Class III devices, the data required for Class II devices has increased, and it is likely that some amount of clinical data (retrospective or prospective or both) would be required for either type of submission. Currently, FDA is undertaking a review of the adequacy of the 510(k) process. It is difficult to predict what changes may result, but it should be assumed that any changes will increase, not decrease, the regulatory requirements.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”)

Under the administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, the United States Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations which establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protecting the privacy and security of Protected Health Information (“PHI”) used or disclosed by health care providers and other covered entities. For further discussion of HIPAA and the impact on our business, see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are required to comply with laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of health information that require significant compliance costs, and any failure to comply with these laws could result in material criminal and civil penalties.”

Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse Laws

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any health care item or service reimbursable under a governmental payor program. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including gifts, discounts, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of co-payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the health care industry, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued a series of regulatory “safe harbors.” These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions, which, if met, will assure health care providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti- Kickback Statute. Although full compliance with these provisions ensures against prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement is illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued. For further discussion of the impact of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and regulations on our business, see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are subject to federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and regulations and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.”

In addition to the administrative simplification regulations discussed above, HIPAA also created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters. The health care fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from governmental payor programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from governmental payor programs.

Finally, another development affecting the health care industry is the increased enforcement of the federal False Claims Act and, in particular, actions brought pursuant to the False Claims Act’s “whistleblower” or “qui tam” provisions. The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal governmental payor program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the federal government by submitting a false claim to the federal government and permit such individuals to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. In addition, various states have enacted false claim laws analogous to the federal False Claims Act, although many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payor and not merely a governmental payor program. When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim.

Additionally, in Europe various countries have adopted anti-bribery laws providing for severe consequences, in the form of criminal penalties and/or significant fines, for individuals and/or companies committing a bribery offence. Violations of these anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation. For instance, in the United Kingdom, under the new Bribery Act 2010, which went into effect in July 2011, a bribery occurs when a person offers, gives or promises to give a financial or other advantage to induce or reward another individual to improperly perform certain

 

-92-


Table of Contents

functions or activities, including any function of a public nature. Bribery of foreign public officials also falls within the scope of the Bribery Act 2010. Under the new regime, an individual found in violation of the Bribery Act of 2010, faces imprisonment of up to 10 years. In addition, the individual can be subject to an unlimited fine, as can commercial organizations for failure to prevent bribery.

Physician Referral Prohibitions

Under a federal law directed at “self-referral,” commonly known as the “Stark Law,” there are prohibitions, with certain exceptions, on Medicare and Medicaid payments for laboratory tests referred by physicians who personally, or through a family member, have an investment or ownership interest in, or a compensation arrangement with, the clinical laboratory performing the tests. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s referral prohibition may be fined up to $100,000 for each such arrangement or scheme. In addition, any person who presents or causes to be presented a claim to the Medicare or Medicaid programs in violation of the Stark Law is subject to civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per bill submission, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed and possible exclusion from participation in federal governmental payor programs. Bills submitted in violation of the Stark Law may not be paid by Medicare or Medicaid, and any person collecting any amounts with respect to any such prohibited bill is obligated to refund such amounts. Many states have comparable laws that are not limited to Medicare and Medicaid referrals.

Corporate Practice of Medicine

Numerous states have enacted laws prohibiting business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine and employing or engaging physicians to practice medicine, generally referred to as the prohibition against the corporate practice of medicine. These laws are designed to prevent interference in the medical decision-making process by anyone who is not a licensed physician. Violation of these laws may result in civil or criminal fines, as well as sanctions imposed against us and/or the professional through licensure proceedings.

New Jersey and New York State Laboratory Licensing

Our laboratory is licensed and in good standing under both the New Jersey and the New York State Departments of Health standards. Our current licenses permit us to receive specimens obtained in those states.

New Jersey and New York state laws and regulations also establish standards for the day-to-day operations of clinical laboratories, including physical facility requirements and equipment and quality control. New York standards include proficiency testing requirements, even for a laboratory not located in New York. In addition, the New York Department of Health separately approves certain LDTs offered in New York State. The Company has obtained the requisite approvals for its LDTs. If we are found to be out of compliance with New Jersey or New York statutory or regulatory standards we may be subject to suspension, restriction or revocation of our laboratory license or assessed civil money penalties. A noncompliant laboratory may also be found guilty of a misdemeanor under New Jersey and New York laws. A finding of noncompliance, therefore, may result in harm to our business.

Other States’ Laboratory Testing

In addition to New York, several other states require the licensure of out-of-state laboratories that accept specimens from those states, even though we are physically located in New Jersey. We have obtained licenses in these states and believe we are in compliance with their applicable licensing laws.

From time to time, other states may require out of state laboratories to obtain licensure in order to accept specimens from the state. If we identify any other state with such requirements or if we are contacted by any other state advising us of such requirements, we intend to follow instructions from the state regulators as to how we should comply with such requirements.

Other Regulatory Requirements

Our laboratory is subject to federal, state and local regulations relating to the handling and disposal of regulated medical waste, hazardous waste and biohazardous waste, including chemical, biological agents and

 

-93-


Table of Contents

compounds, blood and bone marrow samples and other human tissue. Typically, we use outside vendors who are contractually obligated to comply with applicable laws and regulations to dispose of such waste. These vendors are licensed or otherwise qualified to handle and dispose of such waste.

OSHA has established extensive requirements relating to workplace safety for health care employers, including requirements to develop and implement programs to protect workers from exposure to blood-borne pathogens by preventing or minimizing any exposure through needle stick or similar penetrating injuries.

Segment and Geographical Information

We operate in one reportable business segment and derive revenue from multiple countries, with 99% coming from the United States for both fiscal year 2010 and 2011 to date.

Employees

As of September 30, 2011, we had a total of 44 full-time and four part-time employees, 54% of whom hold graduate degrees including 14 doctorate degrees and 13 of whom are engaged in full-time research and development activities. We plan to expand production, sales and marketing and our research and development programs, and we plan to hire additional staff as these initiatives are implemented. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good. Our workplace environment was recognized by being named #20 nationwide by The Scientist in “Best Places to Work Industry, 2011”.

Properties

As of September 30, 2011, we had a lease for approximately 17,936 square feet of space in Rutherford, New Jersey for use as a clinical reference laboratory and corporate headquarters. This lease expires in 2017. Based on our current operational plans, we believe that such facilities are adequate for our operations for the near future.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. Except as set forth below, we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceedings.

Between 2000 and July 2004, we operated a clinical laboratory in Milford, Massachusetts. That clinical laboratory provided a variety of cytogenetic testing services, including analyzing cells for genetic indicators of certain cancers. In accordance with our then existing policies, as well as the guidelines of the American College of Genetics, certain of these analyses were performed by karyotyping the patient’s genetic material. The services we provided were paid for by a variety of third-party payors, including the Medicare program.

For services provided to patients who were covered by Medicare, we billed for the diagnostic tests performed on behalf of the Medicare beneficiaries. Between 2003 and 2004, we billed Medicare for approximately 1,400 diagnostic tests. These tests were billed using certain CPT codes that are intended to identify the services provided. Because no single CPT code comprehensively or accurately captures the services performed by us, we needed to use several different codes and modifiers to fully identify the services provided by us. On each occasion, the bill was for services actually performed by us. Claim forms with supporting documentation were submitted for processing and payment to NHIC Corporation, the CMS Medicare Part B contractor for New England. NHIC processed and approved, and CMS paid, all of such claims.

In February 2009, we were notified that the Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the United States Department of Justice (together, the “Government”) were considering commencing a civil action against us. The Government issued a subpoena to us in connection with this potential action. The Government contends that Medicare overpaid for the services provided by us, and that we filed erroneous claims in connection with the services rendered to Medicare beneficiaries. In particular, the Government contends that we billed Medicare for services that were medically unnecessary and that we improperly coded bills submitted from 2003 to 2004, thereby causing Medicare to overpay for the services rendered. The

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Government alleges that our conduct may have violated the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”), and could also implicate state and common law theories of liability. The Government has indicated that the alleged overpayment is equal to approximately $1.6 million in damages, plus interest. The FCA contains a treble damages provision and provides for the payment of penalties in connection with each violation of the statute.

The Government has not commenced any litigation against us, and we are currently in negotiations to resolve some or all of the claims raised by the Government. While we cannot predict the parameters of any potential settlement, we believe that this matter will not have a material adverse impact on our business.

All claims that are associated with the Government’s contentions relate to our operations in Milford, Massachusetts prior to July 2004. We sold the Milford, Massachusetts laboratory in 2004 and subsequently relocated operations to New Jersey in 2005. None of the employees who worked in the Milford, Massachusetts laboratory are currently employed by us.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

   Served as an
Officer or Director
Since

Raju S. K. Chaganti, Ph.D.

   78    Chairman of the Board of Directors    1999

Panna L. Sharma

   40    Chief Executive Officer and Director    2010

Elizabeth A. Czerepak

   56    Chief Financial Officer    2011

Jane Houldsworth, Ph.D.

   52    Vice President, Research and Development    2007

Edmund Cannon

   67    Director    2005

Robert Kaufman

   62    Director    2011

John Pappajohn

   83    Director    2008

Andrew Pecora, M.D.

   54    Director    2004

Tommy G. Thompson

   70    Director    2008

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers. The business experience for the past five years (and, in some instances, for prior years) of each of our executive officers and directors is as follows:

Raju S.K. Chaganti, Ph.D.

Dr. Chaganti, 78, is our founder and has served as the chairman of our board of directors since the Company’s inception. Dr. Chaganti is an internationally recognized leader in cancer cytogenetics and molecular genetics. He is a co-discoverer of patents for the cloning of two genes rearranged in lymphoma translocations, BCL6 and BCL8, and an additional two patents for the detection of translocations for the FISH classification of kidney cancers. Dr. Chaganti currently is the incumbent of the William Snee E. Chair at the Memorial Sloan- Kettering Cancer Center, where he is on the faculty of the Department of Medicine and Cell Biology Program. He is a professor and the Gernster Sloan- Kettering Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences at Cornell University Medical College, New York, New York. He was the chief of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center’s cytogenetics service, which he established in 1976 as one of the earliest genetically based cancer diagnostic services in the country.

Dr. Chaganti received a Ph.D. in biology (genetics) from Harvard University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and completed his post-doctoral training at the Medical Research Council of Great Britain. Additionally, he completed a sabbatical in the Department of Tumor Biology at Karolinska Institute Stockholm, focusing on experimental murine and tumorgenesis as well as immunology. Dr. Chaganti is American Board of Medical Genetics certified in medical genetics, with a subspeciality in clinical cytogenetics.

We selected Dr. Chaganti to serve on our board of directors and as our chairman due to the perspective and extensive experience he brings as one of our founders, his over 35 years of experience in managing clinical cytogenetic laboratories and his renown as an international leader in the areas of cancer cytogenetics and molecular genetics.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Panna L. Sharma

Mr. Sharma, 40, became a member of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer in May 2010 after having served as Interim Chief Operating Officer since October 2009. From June to October 2009, he consulted for us on behalf of TSG Partners, LLC (“TSG”), a global advisory firm to life sciences companies, of which he was the founder and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sharma was at TSG from 2001 to 2010, and led the development of strategic initiatives, company turnarounds and over 50 buy and sell-side transactions for life science companies globally, including transactions involving Becton, Dickinson and Company, Philips Healthcare (a division of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.), Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., Evotec AG, Quidel Corporation, DiscoveRx Corporation, Atto BioScience, Inc., PerkinElmer, Inc., The Zuellig Group, Inc., Millipore Corporation and several innovative, emerging personalized medicine companies. At TSG, he established the Global Diagnostics Index, the Global Biotools Index and several other life science capital markets indices that are still used in the life science industry.

Prior to founding TSG, Mr. Sharma was the Chief Strategy Officer for iXL Enterprises, Inc. (“iXL”), a public e-business consultancy where he led strategy development and acquisitions activity and was part of the management team that aided in taking the company public in June 1999. At iXL, he also managed the specialty e-business strategy practices group that grew from under $4 million in revenue in 1998 to over $75 million in 2000. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Sharma was a partner at Interactive Solutions, Inc., a marketing and strategy consultancy focused on health care and financial services in Cambridge, Massachusetts, that was sold to Omnicom, Inc., one of the largest global market analysis and marketing companies. Prior to that time, Mr. Sharma served as a consultant to Putnam Investment Management, LLC and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Sharma has also served on the board of directors of EpicEdge, a health care and government focused IT services firm, from 2001 to 2003 and as chairman of the Advisory Board for EndoChoice, a global leader for the gastrointestinal treatment market from 2008 to 2010. Mr. Sharma attended Boston University from 1987 to 1992 in the University Professor’s Program.

We selected Mr. Sharma to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our operations, competitive challenges and opportunities gained through his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer as well as his extensive experience as a strategic advisor to companies in the health care and life sciences industry.

Elizabeth A. Czerepak

Elizabeth A. Czerepak, 56, joined us as Chief Financial Officer in 2011. She has 18 years of pharmaceutical industry experience and nine years of venture capital experience in the biosciences industry. From 2009 to 2011, Ms. Czerepak founded and led BIOptima Advisors LLC, a consulting firm that provides business development, strategic planning and clinical advisory services to biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. From 2000 to 2009, she was founding general partner of Bear Stearns Health Innoventures (“BSHI”), a $212 million venture capital fund that led investments in 13 biotechnology companies, seven of which she served as a board member. While at BSHI, she also served as managing director of Bear, Stearns & Co., and later, JPMorgan, Inc. From 1982 to 2000, Ms. Czerepak held senior positions in licensing, business development and finance at BASF Pharma, Hoffman-La Roche, Inc. and Merck & Co., Inc., where she led or supported over 30 licensing and M&A transactions. She holds an MBA from Rutgers University and a B.A. magna cum laude from Marshall University, and is a member of the Licensing Executives Society.

Jane Houldsworth, Ph.D.

Dr. Houldsworth, 52, joined us in 2007 as head of Research and Development and was promoted to Vice President of Research and Development in June 2011. From 2007 to June 2011, Dr. Houldsworth also served as a consultant to Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. She has a long-standing interest in the biology and genetics of lymphoma and male germ cell tumors, with over 20 years’ experience in translational research. Dr. Houldsworth has published 15 book chapters and more than 50 peer-reviewed papers and is a reviewer for several scientific journals. She actively consults on academic research projects and is an active member of the American Society of Hematology and the American Association for Cancer Research. Dr. Houldsworth has been awarded several grants from the National Institutes of Health, the Lance Armstrong Foundation and other private foundations. In 2005, Dr. Houldsworth attained a New York State Certificate of Qualification as a laboratory director for oncology, molecular

 

-97-


Table of Contents

and cellular tumor markers. Prior to joining us in 2007, she was an Associate Attending geneticist and an associate laboratory member at the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center in Dr. Chaganti’s laboratory. Dr. Houldsworth has a Ph.D. in biochemistry from University of Queensland, Australia and received post-doctoral training in molecular biology at the California Institute of Technology, Pasadena.

Edmund Cannon

Edmund Cannon, 67, is a member of our board of directors and is founder and President of the Clinical Research Center of Cape Cod, which specializes in finding institutional review board approved, consented specimens for the diagnostics and pharmaceutical industries, and in setting up studies to support FDA submissions for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Previously, Mr. Cannon was a marketing and operations consultant for Franey Medical Labs. Mr. Cannon also formerly had the most national sales for Pharmacia Diagnostics Inc., and was a vice president and co-founder of Alletess, Inc. Mr. Canon has a degree from Boston State College and attended a Master’s program at Providence College.

We selected Mr. Cannon to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in working with hospitals and oncologists and his world class expertise in clinical trials. Mr. Cannon also serves on our audit committee.

Robert Kaufman

Robert Kaufman, 62, is a member of our board of directors and serves as the Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Outcome Sciences, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Quintiles Pharma, Inc., which he joined in April 2007. Since 2002, Mr. Kaufman has served as Director and Chairman of the audit committee of Berkshire Income Realty, Inc. From January 2003 through March 2007 Mr. Kaufman served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Oakley Investments, Inc., a private investment and consulting firm. In 2000, Mr. Kaufman founded Medeview, Inc., a healthcare services company, and served as its Chief Executive Officer until 2002. From 1996 through 1999 Mr. Kaufman served as Chief Executive Officer of a senior housing company known as Carematrix Corp. Mr. Kaufman worked for Coopers & Lybrand, LLP (now known as PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP), an international accounting and consulting firm, from 1972-1996. During his tenure at Coopers & Lybrand, Mr. Kaufman was a partner from 1981 to 1996, primarily serving the healthcare, retail and real estate industries, and served as a member of the national Board of Partners. In addition, while a partner at Coopers & Lybrand, Mr. Kaufman was a member of the Mergers and Acquisitions and Real Estate Groups, the Associate Chairman of the National Retail and Consumer Products Industry Group and was a National Technical Consulting Partner. Mr. Kaufman received his MBA from Cornell University and his B.A. from Colby College.

We selected Mr. Kaufman to serve on our board of directors and as chairman of our audit committee due to his extensive experience in accounting and auditing matters, his experience serving on the boards of public companies, and his experience in the healthcare industry. As a former partner of an international accounting firm, and in light of his service on the audit committee of another publicly traded company, Mr. Kaufman brings financial and accounting expertise to our board of directors and audit committee.

John Pappajohn

Mr. Pappajohn, 83, is a member of our board of directors and is a pioneer in the venture capital industry. In 1969, Mr. Pappajohn founded Equity Dynamics, Inc., a financial consulting entity, and Pappajohn Capital Resources, a venture capital firm, both in Des Moines, Iowa. Mr. Pappajohn has been involved in over 100 start-up companies and has served as a director of over 40 public companies, many in the bioscience and health-related industries. He currently serves on the boards of the following public companies: American CareSource Holdings, Inc., since 2004, ConMed Healthcare Management, Inc. since 2005, and CNS Response, since 2009. Previously, Mr. Pappajohn served on the boards of PharmAthene, Inc., from 2007 until July 2011, Careguide, Inc., from 1995 until 2010, and SpectraScience, Inc., from 2007 until 2009. Mr. Pappajohn has a BSC degree in business from the University of Iowa.

Mr. Pappajohn was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive background and experience in the venture capital industry, providing guidance to a variety of private and public companies in the bioscience and health related industries.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

Andrew Pecora, M.D.

Dr. Pecora, 54, is a member of our board of directors and currently serves at the John Theurer Cancer Center at Hackensack University Medical Center as Chief Innovations Officer, Professor and Vice President of Cancer Services. From 2001 to 2011, Dr. Pecora served as the Chairman and Director of the John Theurer Cancer Center at Hackensack University Medical Center. Since 1996, he has been Managing Partner of the Northern New Jersey Cancer Associates, which is a private physicians practice group affiliated with Hackensack University Medical Center. Since August 17, 2011, Dr. Pecora has served as Chief Medical Officer of NeoStem, Inc., which acquired Progenitor Cell Therapy, LLC in 2011. Prior to such acquisition, Dr. Pecora had served from 1999 to 2011 as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer of Progenitor Cell Therapy and as a member of the board of managers of Progenitor Cell Therapy.

Dr. Pecora has also been a Professor of Medicine at the University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey since 2004. Additionally, Dr. Pecora is a scientific advisor for numerous state, national and international organizations. He is a Diplomate of the American Board of Internal Medicine, subspecialty of hematology and subspecialty of oncology, a member of the National Blue Cross and Blue Shield Quality Centers for Transplant Experts Panel, a fellow of the Academy of Medicine of New Jersey, a fellow of the American College of Physicians and a member of the American Society of Bone Marrow Transplantation, American Society of Clinical Oncology and American Society of Hematology. Dr. Pecora co-founded and served as Chairman of Amorcyte, Inc., a biotechnology company developing cell therapies for cardiovascular disease. He serves as chairman of the board of Tetralogics, Inc., a company developing small molecules to treat cancer. He has served on the board of directors of the American Society of Bone Marrow Transplant and Cytotherapy and was a member of Accreditation Committee of the Foundation for Accreditation of Hematopoietic Cell Therapy. He has been a member of several National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute/National Cancer Institute state of the science meetings in transplantation and stem cell therapies. Dr. Pecora is actively involved as principal investigator and coinvestigator in many national research studies. He has been invited to present his work at various scientific meetings and continues to contribute to the published literature. Dr. Pecora received his medical degree from the University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey. He went on to complete his medical education in internal medicine at New York Hospital and in hematology and oncology at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. He is board certified in internal medicine, hematology and oncology.

We selected Dr. Pecora to serve on our board of directors due to his knowledge of the indications for diagnostic and prognostic genomic testing in medical oncology and hematology. He is also an expert in medical reimbursement policies of insurance companies developed through his role as chairman of the John Theurer Cancer Center, and is renowned as an expert in cancer care policy and has experience as a founding chief executive officer of a biopharma company focused on cell therapy services and development cell-based therapeutics.

Tommy G. Thompson

Mr. Thompson, 70, is a member of our board of directors and is the former Health and Human Services Secretary of the United States. He served as the Governor of Wisconsin for four terms. Mr. Thompson is building on his experience as Health and Human Services Secretary to develop innovative solutions to the health care challenges facing American families, businesses, communities, states and the nation as a whole. From 2005 until 2009, he served as a senior advisor at the consulting firm Deloitte and Touche USA LLP and the founding chairman of the Deloitte Center for Health Solutions, which researches and develops solutions to some of our nation’s most pressing health care and public health related challenges. Since 2005, Mr. Thompson has served as a senior partner at the law firm of Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer, & Feld LLP. Mr. Thompson has been chairman of the board of Logistics Health, Inc. since January 2011, and served as president from February 2005 to January 2011. He also serves on the board of directors of the following public companies: CareView Communications, Inc., as chairman of the board since 2005, Centene Corporation, C.R. Bard, Inc., since 2005 and United Therapeutics Corporation, since 2010. Mr. Thompson was formerly a director of AGA Medical Corporation, CNS Response, Inc., PURE Bioscience, SpectraScience, Inc., VeriChip Corporation and Voyager Pharmaceutical Corporation. Mr. Thompson received his B.S. and J.D. from the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

We selected Mr. Thompson to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience with and knowledge of the health care issues facing the United States and the operational activities of companies within the

 

-99-


Table of Contents

health care industry as well as his public company board experience. Mr. Thompson’s legal experience is also useful in the board’s oversight of our legal and regulatory compliance. Mr. Thompson also serves on our audit committee.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within twelve months of the completion of an initial public offering. In addition, the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market require that, (i) on the date of the completion of the offering, at least one member of each of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent, (ii) within 90 days of the date of the completion of the offering, a majority of the members of such committees be independent and (iii) within one year of the date of the completion of the offering, all the members of such committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Cannon, Mr. Kaufman and Mr. Thompson, representing three of our seven directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market. We intend to seek additional independent directors to achieve a majority of independent directors within twelve months of the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors also determined that (i) Messrs. Kaufman, Cannon and Thompson, who compose our audit committee, (ii) two of the three directors who serve on our compensation committee, Messrs. Cannon and Kaufman, and (iii) two of the three directors who serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee, Mr. Kaufman satisfies the independence standards for those committees established by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. We intend to comply with the other independence requirements for committees within the time periods specified above.

Scientific Advisory Board

Our Scientific Advisory Board comprises many preeminent scientists and physicians from the fields of cancer biology, cancer pathology, cancer medicine and molecular genetics. We have scientists and clinicians from leading cancer centers, including Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, Mt. Sinai Sloan Kettering Cancer Center and the Institute for Cancer Genetics at Columbia University. These distinguished scientists and clinicians help oversee and review the scientific innovation, integrity and clinical relevancy of our program. Our board of directors appoints members to the SAB for a term of one year, renewable at their option. The current SAB includes:

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Andrea Califano, Ph.D.

Dr. Califano co-founded Therasis, Inc. in 2008, where he now serves as a director. Dr. Califano serves as associate director at the Herbert Irving Comprehensive Cancer Center at Columbia University. He serves as director of Center for the Multi-scale Analysis of Genetic and Cellular Networks. He has more than 20 years of experience in both industry and academia. Since 1998, he has been especially active in the development of integrative methodologies for the dissection of dysregulated pathways in human B-cell lymphomas. In 2000, he co-founded First Genetic Trust, Inc. and served as its Chief Technology Officer. Dr. Califano served as Head of Computational Biology and Structural/Functional Genomics at IBM. He served as a member of the Scientific Management Committee at TSC. Since 2003, he has been a professor of Biomedical Informatics at Columbia, where he also serves as the director and chair of the Columbia Initiative for Systems Biology, which includes the Sulzberger Columbia Genome Center and the Center for Computational Biology and Bioinformatics. Dr. Califano is an internationally recognized leader in computational biology and specifically, in cancer systems biology. He serves on numerous editorial and scientific advisory boards, including the Board of Scientific Advisors of the National Cancer Institute. Dr. Califano holds a Ph.D. in physics from the University of Florence.

Timothy A. Chan, M.D., Ph.D.

Dr. Chan is a member of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center’s central nervous system disease-management team and of the Brain Tumor Center. He is a board certified radiation oncologist specializing in the use of stereotactic radiosurgery, intensity modulated radiation therapy and conformal radiation therapy. In addition to treating patients, Dr. Chan is a Principal Investigator at a cancer genetics laboratory in the Human Oncology and Pathogenesis Program at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, which is focused on the genetics of cancer and using its findings on the cancer genome to develop better diagnostic and treatment approaches that will improve the care of cancer patients.

Riccardo Dalla-Favera, M.D.

Dr. Dalla-Favera has been the director of the Institute for Cancer Genetics at Columbia University since 1999 and the Percy and Joanne Uris Professor of Pathology and Genetics and Development at Columbia University Medical School. He is a member of the scientific advisory boards of the Yale Cancer Center of the Albert Einstein College of Medicine Cancer Center and of the Lymphoma Research Foundation. From 2005 to October 2011, Dr. Dalla-Favera served as a member of our board of directors. From 2005 to April 2011, Dr. Dalla-Favera served as a director of Callisto Pharmaceuticals Inc., a public company. He also founded and served as a director on our board until October 2011 and as a director of Therasis, Inc., a privately held company, from 2008 through March 2011. Dr. Dalla-Favera earned an M.D. from the University of Milan.

Hans-Guido Wendel, M.D.

Dr. Wendel is a Principal Investigator at the Cancer Genetics Laboratory at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, which is focused on the genetics of cancer and using its findings on the cancer genome to develop better diagnostic and treatment approaches that will improve the care of cancer patients. His research is focused on modeling relevant genetic changes found in human cancer specimens in cell culture and in accurate mouse models, in particular, using the technique of adoptive transfer of retrovirally transduced hematopoietic stem cells.

Vundavalli V. Murty, Ph.D.

Dr. Murty is currently director of the Cancer Cytogenetic Laboratory and Molecular Pathology at Columbia University. He is an associate editor of the journal Molecular Cancer and a diplomate of the American Board of Medical Genetics in the subspecialty of Clinical Cytogenetics. Dr. Murty has authored over 100 original research papers, book chapters and reviews covering human and murine cancers. Dr. Murty’s laboratory investigates the genetic mechanisms involved in testicular germ cell tumor and cervical cancer.

 

 

-101-


Table of Contents

Andrew D. Zelenetz, M.D., Ph.D.

Dr. Zelenetz is chief of lymphoma service and head of the Molecular Hemo-oncology Laboratory in the Department of Medicine at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. He has published nearly 100 papers in lymphoma research and is board certified in internal medicine and medical oncology. In addition to several national honors, Dr. Zelenetz serves on the committees of the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society of America, Lymphoma Research Foundation and the National Cancer Institute. He was listed by New York Magazine as one of the top cancer clinicians in the metropolitan New York area in 2008.

Key Consultants

Dr. Wang

Dr. Lan Wang is a key consultant and serves as the medical director for our reference laboratory. Upon joining us, Dr Wang monitored the set up of our laboratory. Our laboratory has grown significantly since Dr. Wang’s arrival, both in volume and testing. She assisted in maturing our focus to become a full-service laboratory that targets hematological oncologists and pathologists. As Medical Director, Dr. Wang is responsible for supervising all compliance and operational aspects of our reference laboratory, including order testing for summation cases based on clinical information, reflex testing based on results, interpreting and diagnosing all flow and surgical specimens, summation reporting, performing internal and external correlation studies, reviewing and approving all standard operating procedures and reviewing and approving all validations.

Dr. Wang began working with us in 2007. Her career focus is in diagnostic hematopathology, centered on lymphomas and leukemias. In 1999, Dr. Wang joined as a clinical fellow at Harvard Medical School. She received residency training in anatomical and clinical pathology from 1999 to 2003 at Massachusetts General Hospital. From 2003 to 2004, Dr. Wang finished her fellowship training in hematopathology with Dr. Nancy L. Harris at Massachusetts General Hospital. From 2004 to date, Dr. Wang has held the position of staff pathologist and hematophathologist and serves as a cancer liaison physician at Chilton Memorial Hospital in New Jersey.

Dr. Wang is an active member of the Society of Hematopathology, the United States and Canadian Academies of Pathology and the College of American Pathologists. Her work has been published in numerous peer-reviewed publications. Dr. Wang is certified by the American Board of Pathology in anatomical and clinical pathology, as well as hematopathology. In New Jersey, Dr. Wang holds a medical license and bioanalytical laboratory director license from the board of medical examiners. She also has a certificate of qualification from New York State as a laboratory director in histopathology, cytopathology, hematology, immunohematology, oncology-molecular and cellular tumor markers, and cellular immunology-malignant leukocyte immunophenotyping.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This section discusses the principles underlying our policies and decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive officers and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. These officers, whom we refer to as our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2010, consist of Panna Sharma, President and Chief Executive Officer, Jane Houldsworth, Vice President Research and Development, and Louis Maione, our former Chief Executive Officer, General Counsel and Director of European Operations.

Objectives and Philosophy Regarding Our Executive Compensation

We recognize that the ability of our business to excel depends on the integrity, knowledge, imagination, skill, diversity and teamwork of our employees. To this end, we strive to create an environment of mutual respect, encouragement and teamwork that rewards commitment and performance and that is responsive to the needs of our employees, including our named executive officers. The principles and objectives of our compensation and benefits programs for our named executive officers are to:

 

   

attract, engage and retain individuals of superior ability, experience and managerial talent to lead our company;

 

   

align compensation decisions with our corporate strategies, business and financial objectives and the long-term interests of our stockholders;

 

   

motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are the foundation for our continued collective success;

 

   

ensure that the elements of compensation, individually and in the aggregate, do not encourage excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

ensure that total compensation is fair, reasonable and competitive.

The compensation components described below are designed to simultaneously fulfill one or more of these principles and objectives.

Components of Our Executive Compensation

The individual components of our executive compensation consist primarily of:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

equity incentives; and

 

   

various other employee benefits.

We view each of these components as related but distinct, reviewing them each individually, as well as collectively, to ensure that the total compensation paid to our named executive officers meets the objectives for our compensation program as set forth above. Not all elements are provided to all named executive officers. Instead, we determine the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on our understanding of the market based on the experience of our board of directors and consistent with our recruiting and retention goals, the length of service of our named executive officers, our overall performance and other considerations we deem relevant.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

Historically, we have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and noncash compensation or among different forms of noncash compensation. However, our philosophy is to make a significant percentage of our executive officer compensation tied to stockholder returns and to keep cash compensation to a nominally competitive level while providing the opportunity to be well-rewarded through equity if we perform well over time. To this end, we use stock options as a significant component of compensation because we believe that they best tie an individual’s compensation to the creation of stockholder value. We believe stock-based compensation is a significant motivator in attracting employees in our field and appropriate for us where available cash has historically been limited.

Each of the primary elements of our executive compensation is discussed in more detail below. While we have identified particular compensation objectives that each element of executive compensation serves, our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve all of the executive compensation objectives described above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below, we believe that, as a part of our overall executive compensation policy, each individual element, to a greater or lesser extent, serves each of our objectives.

Compensation Determination Process

Our board of directors is responsible for recommending executive compensation for all of our named executive officers. The board of directors also relies on our President and Chief Executive Officer to provide the board with an evaluation of each named executive officer, other than himself.

Our board of directors in turn reviews the performance of each named executive officer, including our President and Chief Executive Officer. This process is expected to occur on an annual basis, though we do not set a predetermined time for such review and our current Chief Executive Officer was only recently hired in April 2010.

Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements in 2010

Panna Sharma. In April 2010, we hired Panna Sharma as our President and CEO. Mr. Sharma’s compensation package consists of, among other things, an annual base salary of $350,000, eligibility for an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary, a one-time bonus of $100,000 upon completion of an initial public offering with gross proceeds of at least $25 million no later than December 31, 2012, an option to purchase 950,000 shares of our common stock at $2.50 per share, reimbursement of reasonable expenses for travel between his then-current place of residence in Georgia and our office in New Jersey, reimbursement of direct relocation expenses of up to $50,000 and certain other post-termination benefits. Mr. Sharma’s compensation package resulted from arm’s length negotiations at the time he was hired as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Louis Maione. We entered into a two-year employment agreement dated as of October 21, 2009, with Louis Maione, which was terminated in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement discussed below. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Maione transitioned away from his role as our Chief Executive Officer and assumed the role of General Counsel and Director of European Operations. The employment agreement provided, among other things, for: (i) an annual base salary of $250,000 or such greater amount as may be determined by the board of directors, (ii) eligibility for an annual cash bonus of up to 20% of base salary and (iii) a car allowance of up to $550 per month.

To resolve any and all outstanding or potential claims between Mr. Maione and us in connection with Mr. Maione’s employment or the termination thereof and a promissory note held by Mr. Maione, we entered into a separation agreement and general release with Mr. Maione dated as of June 10, 2010 (“Separation Agreement”), which provided, among other things, for a lump sum payment of $120,000. To ensure a smooth transition of roles and responsibilities to our other executives, we entered into a one year consulting agreement with Mr. Maione, which provides for, among other things, four quarterly payments of $12,500 each to Mr. Maione for an aggregate of up to 125 hours of consulting services over the term of the consulting agreement and an additional $400 per hour for each hour of consulting services Mr. Maione provides above the 125 hour cap.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Jane Houldsworth. Dr. Houldsworth did not have an employment agreement in 2010. We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Houldsworth effective as of January 1, 2012, as described below under “Employment Agreements and Consulting Arrangements.”

Base Salaries

In general, base salaries for our executive officers are initially established through arm’s length negotiation at the time the executive is hired, taking into account such executive’s qualifications, experience and prior salary. Our board of directors has responsibility for conducting reviews of the base salaries of our named executive officers and making adjustments. Decisions regarding salary increases may take into account the named executive officer’s current salary and equity ownership. In making decisions regarding salary increases, we may also draw upon the experience of members of our board of directors with other companies and may also consider internal equity. Base salaries are also reviewed in the case of significant changes in responsibility. No formulaic base salary increases are provided to our named executive officers. This strategy is consistent with our intent of offering compensation that is cost-effective, competitive and linked to performance. None of our named executive officers received salary increases in 2010.

As discussed above, Mr. Sharma’s base salary was established in connection with his joining us to serve as our chief executive officer following arms length negotiations.

In January 2011, Dr. Houldsworth’s base salary was increased to $200,000. Our board of directors determined that the base salary increase was appropriate in light of Dr. Houldsworth’s experience, her increased responsibilities and the base salaries paid to our other named executive officers.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

The goal of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards is to align the interests of our named executive officers and employees with the interests of our stockholders by focusing our executives on long-term stock performance. In addition, because vesting is based on continued employment, our equity-based incentives also encourage the retention of our named executive officers and employees through the vesting period of the awards.

Our board of directors oversees our long-term equity incentive program and our board of directors approves all equity grants to our named executive officers. In determining the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to long-term equity incentives awarded to our named executive officers, our board of directors exercises its discretion to attempt to create a meaningful opportunity for reward based on the creation of long-term stockholder value.

We use stock options to compensate our named executive officers and employees both in the form of initial grants in connection with the commencement of employment and periodic grants aimed at both rewarding exceptional performance and continuing to incentivize our named executive officers. To date, there has been no set program for the award of these periodic grants, and our board of directors has used its discretion to make stock option awards to employees at any time, including in connection with the promotion of an employee, to reward an employee, for retention purposes or in other circumstances. Going forward, we expect to establish a compensation committee that may choose to adopt a more regular process for determining and awarding stock and option grants to all employees.

The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, as determined by our board of directors prior to our initial public offering and using the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant following our initial public offering. Stock options granted to our named executive officers and employees typically vest over a five-year period. On occasion, the vesting schedules will be altered as part of the incentive process. We believe these vesting schedules appropriately encourage long-term employment with us while allowing our named executive officers and employees to realize compensation in line with the value they have created for our stockholders.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

In January 2010, Dr. Houldsworth received a stock option grant, as amended, to purchase 81,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.96 per share. In April 2010, in connection with his appointment as our Chief Executive Officer and President, Mr. Sharma received a stock option grant to purchase 950,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $2.50 per share.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows the compensation awarded to or earned by our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, our most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2010, and all individuals who served as principal executive officer or principal financial officer at any time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. The persons listed in the following table are referred to herein as the “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Panna L. Sharma (2)

Chief Executive Office

and President

     2010       $ 222,115 (3)     $ 864,500       $ 37,946 (4)     $ 1,124,561   

Louis Maione (2)

Former General Counsel,

Director of European

Operations and Chief

Executive Officer

     2010       $ 125,961 (5)       —         $ 148,220 (6)     $ 274,181   

Jane Houldsworth

Vice President Research and

Development

     2010       $ 162,434      $ 56,910         —        $ 219,344   

 

(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value for grants made in 2010 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 12 to our financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2) During 2010, we did not have a Chief Financial Officer and our Chief Executive Officer also served the function of principal financial officer. Elizabeth Czerepak was hired as our Chief Financial Officer in January 2011.
(3) Mr. Sharma commenced employment in April 2010.
(4) Consists of costs for leasing a company car in the amount of $6,440 and relocation and temporary living allowances of $31,506. Not included in the table above are relocation and temporary living allowances of $80,124 that were paid in 2011.
(5) Mr. Maione’s employment terminated June 10, 2010.
(6) Consists of $120,000 lump sum payment to Mr. Maione in accordance with his Separation Agreement, $25,000 in consulting fees paid to Mr. Maione during the last two quarters of 2010 pursuant to the terms of a one-year consulting agreement, dated as of June 10, 2010 (the “Maione Consulting Agreement”) and $3,220, for the cost of a company car.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

Stock options granted to our named executive officers were granted under our 2008 Stock Option Plan. The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Name

   Grant Date      Board
Approval
Date
     All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
     Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
     Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards

($) (1)
 

Panna L. Sharma

     4/1/2010         4/1/2010         950,000       $ 2.50       $ 864,500   

Louis Maione

     —           —           —           —           —     

Jane Houldsworth

     1/19/2010         1/18/2010         81,000         0.96       $ 56,910   

 

(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value for grants made in 2010 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 12 to our financial statements included in this prospectus.

Outstanding Equity Awards

The following table sets forth certain information, on an award-by-award basis, concerning unexercised options to purchase common stock and common stock that has not yet vested for each named executive officer and outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Panna L. Sharma (1)

     219,000         731,000         2.50         3/31/2020   

Louis Maione

     —           —           —           —     

Jane Houldsworth (2)

     12,000         69,000         0.96         1/18/2020   

 

(1) 90,000 shares vested immediately on the grant date, April 1, 2010. The remaining shares vest in 60 equal monthly installments of 14,333 shares commencing on the grant date.
(2) 12,000 shares vested immediately on the grant date, January 19, 1010. 13,800 shares, which represents 20% of the remaining shares, vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date. The remaining shares vest in 48 equal monthly installments of 1,150 shares commencing on the one year anniversary of the grant date.

 

-107-


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the number of option exercises during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the corresponding amounts realized by our named executive officers.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
    Value Realized
on Exercise
($)
 

Panna L. Sharma

     —          —     

Louis Maione

     189,000 (1)       —   (1)  

Jane Houldsworth

     —          —     

 

(1) In connection with his separation from the Company, Mr. Maione entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with GAP Partners, LLP (“GAP”) pursuant to which he sold to GAP, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,080,000, 642,359 shares of our common stock. Of these shares, 189,000 shares represent the net exercise on a cashless basis of 225,000 options held by Mr. Maione. GAP subsequently sold most of these shares to other investors.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

Certain of our named executive officers have and had provisions in their employment agreements regarding severance upon certain termination events. These post-termination benefits are described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Consulting Arrangements,” and certain estimates of these post-termination benefits are provided in the tables below.

Panna L. Sharma

The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination for Panna Sharma, President and Chief Executive Officer, as if his employment had terminated as of December 31, 2010, the last business day of our most recent fiscal year.

 

Executive benefits and

payments upon termination

   Voluntary
resignation
without
good
reason
     Voluntary
resignation
for good
reason
     Termination
by
Company
not for
cause
     Termination
by
Company

for cause
     Voluntary
termination by
the executive for
good reason or
without good
reason or
termination by
Company with or
without cause
within twelve
months following
a change of
control
 

Base salary

   $ —         $ 350,000       $ 350,000       $ —         $ 525,000   

Equity awards acceleration

     —           —           —           —           —   (1)  

Continuation of health benefits

     5,300         5,300         5,300         5,300         5,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,300       $ 355,300       $ 355,300       $ 5,300       $ 530,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

-108-


Table of Contents
(1) Because the exercise price of the option was greater than the fair market value of the of common stock as of December 31, 2010, no amount is reported for the option acceleration.

Louis Maione

The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination for Louis Maione, as if his employment had terminated as of December 31, 2010, the last business day of our most recent fiscal year. Mr. Maione’s employment terminated on June 10, 2010, and we entered into the Separation Agreement pursuant to which Mr. Maione received a lump sum payment of $120,000.

 

Executive benefits and

payments upon termination

   Voluntary
resignation
without
good
reason
     Voluntary
resignation
for good
reason
     Termination
by
Company
not for
cause
     Termination
by
Company
for cause
     Voluntary
termination by
the executive for
good reason or
without good
reason or
termination by
Company with or
without cause
within twelve
months following
a change of
control(1)
 

Base salary

   $ —         $ 250,000       $ 250,000       $ —           —     

Equity awards acceleration

     —           —           —           —           —     

Continuation of health benefits

     —           14,400         14,400         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —         $ 264,400       $ 264,000         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Maione’s employment agreement did not provide for any additional benefits upon a change in control transaction.

Jane Houldsworth, Ph.D.

The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination for Dr. Houldsworth, as if her employment had terminated as of December 31, 2010, the last business day of our most recent fiscal year.

 

Executive benefits and

payments upon termination

   Voluntary
resignation
without
good
reason
     Voluntary
resignation
for good

reason
     Termination
by
Company
not for
cause
     Termination
by
Company

for cause
     Voluntary
termination by
the executive for
good reason or
without good
reason or
termination by
Company with or
without cause
within twelve
months following
a change of
control
 

Base salary

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Equity awards acceleration

     —           —           —           —           109,020   

Continuation of health benefits

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 109,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements and Consulting Arrangements

Panna L. Sharma

We entered into an employment agreement as of December 28, 2011, effective as of April 1, 2010 (“CEO Agreement”), with Panna L. Sharma in connection with his appointment as our Chief Executive Officer and President. The CEO Agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $350,000, or such greater amount as may be determined by the board, (ii) eligibility for an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of base salary, (iii) a one-time cash bonus of $100,000 upon completion of an initial public offering with gross proceeds of at least $25 million no later than December 31, 2012, and (iv) the following post-termination benefits: (a) any performance bonus plan, then in effect, pro rata for his period of actual employment during the year, payable at the regular bonus payment time but only if other employees are then paid their bonus amounts, and continuation of medical/dental, disability and life benefits for a period of six months following termination of employment and (b) monthly payments equal to his base salary immediately prior to such termination for a period of twelve months in the event his employment is terminated without “cause” or Mr. Sharma resigns for “good reason” not in connection with a “change of control” or in the event his employment is terminated due to injury, illness or disability, or (c) a lump sum payment equal to eighteen months of his then base salary plus an amount equal to the prior year bonus in the event his employment is terminated for any reason within twelve months following a change of control. The CEO Agreement further provides that Mr. Sharma will not engage in competitive activity, as set forth in the CEO Agreement, for a period of twelve months following termination of employment for any reason. The CEO Agreement also provides for reimbursement of reasonable expenses for travel between his then-current place of residence in Georgia and our office in New Jersey and reimbursement of direct relocation expenses of up to $50,000. The CEO Agreement has an initial term through April 30, 2012, and automatically renews for additional one-year terms.

On June 19, 2009, we entered into agreements with TSG pursuant to which TSG agreed to provide us with strategic consulting services. Our current Chief Executive Officer, Panna Sharma, was the managing partner, founder and majority owner of TSG and was actively involved in the consulting services provided to us pursuant to the June 19, 2009, consulting agreement. We compensated TSG an aggregate of $130,750 (excluding expenses) in 2009 and $97,575 (excluding expenses) in 2010 pursuant to such agreement.

On September 23, 2010, we entered into a three-month consulting agreement with TSG for a fixed fee of $60,000 ($45,000 payable in cash and $15,000 payable in warrants) plus up to $5,000 of expenses. While Mr. Sharma retains a majority ownership position with TSG, pursuant to certain agreements between Mr. Sharma and TSG, Mr. Sharma did not and will not profit from the services provided under such agreement, as the operating agreement for TSG was amended following Mr. Sharma’s appointment as our Chief Executive Officer to preclude his participation in profits for consulting engagements in the life sciences industry. The project was subsequently reduced in scope and a revised total payment of $22,500 in cash (excluding expenses) was agreed upon and paid; no warrants were issued.

Louis Maione

We entered into a two-year employment agreement dated as of October 21, 2009, with Louis J. Maione, which was terminated in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement discussed below. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Maione transitioned away from his role as our Chief Executive Officer and assumed the role of General Counsel and Director of European Operations. The employment agreement provided for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $250,000 or such greater amount as may be determined by the board, (ii) eligibility for an annual cash bonus of up to 20% of base salary, (iii) a car allowance of up to $550 per month and (iv) in the event the employment agreement were terminated by us without cause (as defined in the employment agreement) or by Mr. Maione upon our breach of the employment agreement or upon an unreasonable and material change in Mr. Maione’s title, duties or responsibilities, continuation of monthly salary payments at his then-current rate and health insurance benefits for a period of twelve months following termination of employment. The employment agreement also provided for piggy-back registration rights and repayment of a certain promissory note dated as of December 27, 2006, between us and Mr. Maione.

We entered into a separation agreement and general release dated as of June 10, 2010 (“Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Maione, which provides for, among other things: (i) a lump sum payment of $120,000 to Mr. Maione and (ii) mutual general releases by us and Mr. Maione from any and all claims (including any claims that Mr. Maione may have had with respect to the convertible promissory note dated as of December 27, 2006, between Mr. Maione and us with a face value of $40,000 and interest payable at the rate of 8.5% per annum). For further discussion of the promissory note, see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Promissory Notes.”

We entered into a one-year consulting agreement dated as of June 10, 2010 (“Maione Consulting Agreement”), with our former Chief Executive Officer, Louis Maione. The Maione Consulting Agreement provides for, among other things: (i) four quarterly payments of $12,500 each to Mr. Maione for an aggregate of up to 125 hours of consulting services with respect to transition services related to our probe operations and services in connection with certain pending claims, (ii) an hourly consulting fee of $400 for any consulting services over the 125 hour cap, (iii) termination by us or Mr. Maione upon 10 days’ written notice and (iv) the payment upon termination of a pro rata portion of unpaid compensation for the calendar quarter in which the termination occurs.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Elizabeth Czerepak

In January 2011, Elizabeth Czerepak was named Chief Financial Officer. We entered into an employment agreement effective as of January 1, 2012 (“CFO Agreement”) with Ms. Czerepak. The CFO Agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $250,000, or such greater amount as may be determined by the board, (ii) eligibility for an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of base salary, (iii) a one-time cash bonus of $50,000 upon completion of an initial public offering with gross proceeds of at least $25 million no later than December 31, 2012, and (iv) the following post-termination benefits: (a) any performance bonus plan, then in effect, pro rata for her period of actual employment during the year, payable at the regular bonus payment time but only if other employees are then paid their bonus amounts, and continuation of medical/dental, disability and life benefits for a period of six months following termination of employment and (b) monthly payments equal to her base salary immediately prior to such termination for a period of six months in the event her employment is terminated without “cause” or Ms. Czerepak resigns for “good reason” not in connection with a “change of control”, (c) monthly payments equal to her base salary immediately prior to such termination for a period of twelve months in the event her employment is terminated due to illness, injury or disability or (d) a lump sum payment equal to twelve months of her then base salary plus an amount equal to the prior year bonus in the event her employment is terminated for any reason within twelve months following a change of control. The CFO Agreement further provides that Ms. Czerepak will not engage in competitive activity, as set forth in the CFO Agreement, for a period of twelve months following termination of employment for “cause” or due to illness, injury or disability or for a period of six months following termination of employment without “cause” or resignation for “good reason” or without “good reason”. The CFO Agreement has an initial term of January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, and automatically renews for additional one-year terms.

Jane Houldsworth, Ph.D.

We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Houldsworth effective as of January 1, 2012 (“VP Agreement”). The VP Agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $200,000, or such greater amount as may be determined by the board, (ii) eligibility for an annual cash bonus of up to 25% of base salary, and (iii) the following post-termination benefits: (a) any performance bonus plan, then in effect, pro rata for her period of actual employment during the year, payable at the regular bonus payment time but only if other employees are then paid their bonus amounts, and continuation of medical/dental, disability and life benefits for a period of six months following termination of employment and (b) monthly payments equal to her base salary immediately prior to such termination for a period of six months in the event her employment is terminated without “cause” or Dr. Houldsworth resigns for “good reason” not in connection with a “change of control”, (c) monthly payments equal to her base salary immediately prior to such termination for a period of twelve months in the event her employment is terminated due to illness, injury or disability or (d) a lump sum payment equal to twelve months of her then base salary plus an amount equal to the prior year bonus in the event her employment is terminated for any reason within twelve months following a change of control. The VP Agreement further provides that Dr. Houldsworth will not engage in competitive activity, as set forth in the VP Agreement, for a period of twelve months following termination of employment for “cause” or due to illness, injury or disability or for a period of six months following termination of employment without “cause” or resignation for “good reason” or without “good reason”. The VP Agreement has an initial term of January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, and automatically renews for additional one-year terms.

On January 10, 2010, we issued a convertible promissory note in favor of Dr. Houldsworth, which obligated us to pay her the sum of $55,000, together with interest at the rate of 5.5% per annum, on or before January 10, 2011. The $55,000 represents fees owed to Dr. Houldsworth pursuant to a certain consulting agreement between Dr. Houldsworth and us. We have repaid the principal, plus interest in the amount of $969.82.

Lan Wang, M.D., Consultant

We entered into that certain Medical Director Agreement dated as of October 9, 2009, with Lan Wang, M.D. (“Medical Director Agreement”). The Medical Director Agreement has an initial one-year term and automatically renews for additional one-year terms, unless terminated by either party, in writing, within 90 days of the end of the applicable term. The Medical Director Agreement provides for, among other things: (i) the engagement of Dr. Wang to provide consulting services as our Medical Director, including, without limitation, to supervise and monitor our commercial clinical cytogenetics and molecular laboratory to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and (ii) an annual fee of $225,000 payable in equal monthly increments of $18,750.

Director Compensation

We are in the process of evaluating possible director compensation plans that would be appropriate for us as a public company. The non-employee directors did not receive any cash or equity compensation during 2010. Certain non-employee directors entered into consulting agreements with us, as described below, pursuant to which they received cash compensation and equity for consulting services provided during 2010.

Cannon

On July 1, 2010, we entered into a one-year consulting agreement with Edmund Cannon, a member of our board of directors, pursuant to which Mr. Cannon received $2,000 per calendar quarter for providing consulting

 

-111-


Table of Contents

services to us in connection with our clinical laboratory business and $100 per hour for each hour Mr. Cannon spent consulting on the development of new business opportunities for us at our direction. This agreement expired on its terms and was not renewed.

Pecora

On August 15, 2010, we entered into a two-year consulting agreement with Dr. Pecora, a member of our board of directors, pursuant to which Dr. Pecora received $5,000 per month for providing consulting and advisory services in connection with the following activities: (i) strategic guidance on the development of our laboratory service business and laboratory service portfolio, (ii) strategic guidance and facilitation with payors, insurers and third-party agencies on reimbursement for common tests, laboratory-developed tests and our portfolio of proprietary tests and (iii) gaining access to clinical advisory boards, peer review groups and ad-hoc clinical expert panels for the purpose of obtaining feedback on the development of our proprietary tests and service offerings in the field of advanced oncology testing and personalized medicine. Pursuant to the same consulting agreement, Dr. Pecora also received an option under our 2008 Stock Option Plan to purchase a total of 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, which will vest over a two-year period (4,000 shares vest per month commencing on September 15, 2010 through July 15, 2012, and the final 8,000 shares will vest on August 15, 2012). This agreement was terminated by mutual consent in August 2011.

Chaganti

On September 15, 2010, we entered into a three-year consulting agreement with Dr. Raju Chaganti, our chairman, pursuant to which Dr. Chaganti provides us with consulting and technical support services in connection with our technical and business affairs, including oversight of our clinical diagnostic laboratory. In consideration for Dr. Chaganti’s services, we pay Dr. Chaganti $5,000 per month and he received an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share in connection with his execution of the consulting agreement. Such option vests in 12 quarterly installments of 25,000 shares commencing on October 1, 2010. Pursuant to his consulting agreement, Dr. Chaganti also assigned to us all rights to any inventions which he may invent during the course of rendering consulting services to us. In exchange for this assignment, if the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office issues a patent for an invention on which Dr. Raju Chaganti is listed as an inventor, we agreed to pay Dr. Chaganti (i) a one-time payment of $50,000 and (ii) 1% of the net revenues we receive from any licensed sales of the invention.

Thompson

On March 23, 2011, we issued Mr. Thompson warrants to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share expiring March 23, 2016 for certain consulting services in connection with the DAM Holdings, LLC (“DAM”) credit facility. The warrant was issued as a long form warrant, which is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants.”

Kaufman

On December 29, 2011, we issued Mr. Kaufman options to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $6.33 per share. Such option vests in three equal annual installments commencing in December 2012.

Risk Considerations

We do not believe that our compensation practices and policies for our employees, including our executive officers, create risks or are likely to create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. We are an early-stage personalized medicine company focused on developing and commercializing molecular diagnostic tests and delivering consultative laboratory services focused on hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. We do not yet generate earnings. As discussed above in the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” we use a mix of performance goals in our annual and long-term incentive programs to align incentive compensation with a broad set of measures important to the creation of shareholder value.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

We have two equity incentive plans: the 2008 Stock Option Plan and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Each plan is described separately below, followed by a description of certain federal income tax consequences with respect to plans of these types.

2008 Stock Option Plan

The following is a summary of the material terms of our 2008 Stock Option Plan. This description is not complete. For more information, we refer you to the full text of the 2008 Stock Option Plan, which we filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The purposes of the 2008 Stock Option Plan are: (i) to attract and retain highly competent employees, board members, consultants and other advisors to serve our company and its affiliates, (ii) to provide additional incentives to such persons by aligning their interests with those of our shareholders and (iii) to promote the success and business of our company.

The 2008 Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of the following types of awards: nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”) and incentive stock options (“ISOs”). Awards may be granted to employees, officers, non-employee board members, consultants and other service providers of our company and its affiliates. However, ISOs may be granted only to employees.

We have authorized a total of 2,750,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to all awards granted under the 2008 Stock Option Plan. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the 2008 Stock Option Plan (or pursuant to outstanding awards) is subject to adjustment as a result of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, stock dividends and other changes in our common stock. Shares subject to awards that have been terminated, expired unexercised, forfeited or settled in cash do not count as shares issued under the 2008 Stock Option Plan.

Performance Criteria . Vesting of awards granted under the 2008 Stock Option Plan may be subject to the satisfaction of one or more performance goals established by the board of directors. The performance goals may vary from participant to participant, group to group, and period to period. Performance goals may be weighted for different factors and measures.

Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, awards granted under the 2008 Stock Option Plan will not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Change of Control . In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2008 Stock Option Plan), each outstanding option will be assumed by the successor company or an equivalent option will be substituted by the successor company. If the successor company does not agree to assume or substitute the options, the vesting will accelerate and the options will become exercisable in full. In that case, the option must be exercised prior to the consummation of the change of control or it will terminate upon the change of control. If the options are assumed or substituted and a participant is involuntarily terminated within 24 months following the change of control, the vesting of the participant’s options will accelerate and they will become exercisable in full immediately prior to the date of the involuntary termination.

Effectiveness of the 2008 Stock Option Plan; Amendment and Termination . The 2008 Stock Option Plan became effective on April 9, 2008. The 2008 Stock Option Plan will remain available for the grant of awards until the tenth anniversary of the effective date. The board may amend, alter or discontinue the 2008 Stock Option Plan in any respect at any time, but no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted, without his or her consent, except that stockholder approval will be needed for any amendment that would increase the maximum number of shares available for awards, reduce the exercise price of outstanding options, change the class of eligible participants, or if otherwise required by applicable law or stock market requirements.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

The following is a summary of the material terms of our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. This description is not complete. For more information, we refer you to the full text of the Equity Incentive Plan, which we filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The purposes of the Equity Incentive Plan are: (i) to attract and retain highly competent employees, board members, consultants and other advisors to serve our company and its affiliates (ii) to provide additional incentives to such persons by aligning their interests with those of our shareholders and (iii) to promote the success and business of our company.

The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of the following types of awards: NSOs, ISOs, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares, performance units, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards. Awards may be granted to employees, officers, non-employee board members, consultants and other service providers of our Company and its affiliates. However, ISOs may be granted only to employees.

We have authorized a total of 750,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to all awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, including the RSUs. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan (or pursuant to outstanding awards) is subject to adjustment as a result of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, stock dividends and other changes in our common stock. Shares subject to awards that have been terminated, expired unexercised, forfeited or settled in cash do not count as shares issued under the Equity Incentive Plan. No person may receive awards of stock options or SARs during any calendar year for more than 250,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment for recapitalization or other changes in our common stock).

Administration . The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the discretion to determine the individuals to whom awards may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each award, the type of award, the manner in which such awards will vest and the other conditions applicable to awards. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to interpret the Equity Incentive Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Equity Incentive Plan and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Equity Incentive Plan. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Compensation Committee, and any rules and regulations under the Equity Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions of or operation of any award, are final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options . The Compensation Committee will determine the exercise price and other terms for each option and whether the options will be NSOs or ISOs. The exercise price per share of each option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of fair market value in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% stockholder), which, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, will be deemed to be the closing price of a share of our common stock on its principal exchange on the last trading day before the grant date. ISOs may be granted only to employees and are subject to certain other restrictions. To the extent an option intended to be an ISO does not qualify as an ISO, it will be treated as an NSO. A participant may exercise an option by written notice and payment of the exercise price in shares, cash or a combination of shares and cash, as determined by the Compensation Committee, including an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over the net proceeds from a sale of the shares issuable under an option, the delivery of previously owned shares and/or withholding of shares deliverable upon exercise. The maximum term of any option granted under the Equity Incentive Plan is 10 years from the grant date (or five years in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% stockholder). The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, permit a holder of an NSO to exercise the option before it has otherwise become exercisable, in which case the shares of our common stock issued to the recipient will continue to be subject to the vesting requirements that applied to the NSO before exercise.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant SARs independent of or in connection with an option. The Compensation Committee will determine the other terms applicable to SARs. The exercise price per share of each SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, which, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, will be deemed to be the closing price of a share

 

-114-


Table of Contents

of our common stock on its principal exchange on the last trading day before the grant date. The price will be subject to adjustment for recapitalization or other changes in our common stock. The maximum term of any SAR granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will be 10 years from the grant date. Generally, each SAR will entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to:

 

   

the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of our common stock over the exercise price, multiplied by

 

   

the number of shares of common stock covered by the SAR.

Payment may be made in shares of our common stock, in cash or partly in common stock and partly in cash, all as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . The Compensation Committee will have the authority to award restricted common stock and/or RSUs under the Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards consist of shares of stock that are transferred to a participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions are not satisfied. RSUs confer the right to receive shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of shares and cash, at a future date upon or following the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of restricted stock or RSUs, which may include performance-based conditions. Although we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future, dividends with respect to restricted stock may be paid to the holder of the shares as and when dividends are paid to shareholders or at the time that the restricted stock vests, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise at the time the restricted stock award is granted, holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares. The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes us to withhold from participants shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to our withholding obligation with respect to restricted stock and/or RSUs.

Performance Shares and Performance Units . The Compensation Committee may award performance shares and/or performance units under the Equity Incentive Plan. Performance shares and performance units are awards, denominated in shares of our common stock, cash or a combination thereof, which are earned during a specified performance period subject to the attainment of performance criteria, as established by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of performance shares and performance units.

Other Stock-Based and Cash-Based Awards . The Compensation Committee may award other types of equity-based or cash-based awards under the Equity Incentive Plan, including the grant or offer for sale of shares of our common stock that do not have vesting requirements and the right to receive one or more cash payments subject to satisfaction of such conditions as the Compensation Committee may impose.

Performance Criteria . Vesting of awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan may be subject to the satisfaction of one or more performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. The performance goals may vary from participant to participant, group to group, and period to period. Performance goals may be weighted for different factors and measures.

Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Change in Control . The Compensation Committee may, at the time of the grant of an award provide for the effect of a change in control (as defined in the Equity Incentive Plan) on any award, including: (i) accelerating or extending the time periods for exercising, vesting in, or realizing gain from any award, (ii) eliminating or modifying the performance or other conditions of an award or (iii) providing for the cash settlement of an award for an equivalent cash value, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion and without the need for the consent of any recipient of an award, also take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of a change in control: (a) cause any or all outstanding options and SARs to become immediately exercisable, in whole or in part, (b) cause any other awards to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part, (c) cancel any option or SAR in exchange for a substitute option, (d) cancel any award of restricted

 

-115-


Table of Contents

stock, RSUs, performance shares or performance units in exchange for a similar award of the capital stock of any successor corporation, (e) redeem any restricted stock, RSU, performance share or performance unit for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the fair market value of an unrestricted share of our common stock on the date of the change in control, (f) cancel any option or SAR in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration based on the value of our common stock on the date of the change in control, and cancel any option or SAR without any payment if its exercise price exceeds the value of our common stock on the date of the change in control or (g) make such other modifications, adjustments or amendments to outstanding awards as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

Recoupment of Awards. Each award under the Equity Incentive Plan is subject, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, to termination, rescission, recapture and/or reimbursement if the award was based on performance criteria, the participant benefited from a calculation that later proves to be materially inaccurate or engaged in fraud or misconduct causing the need for a financial restatement and a lower granting, vesting or payment with respect to the award would have occurred based on a correct calculation or restated financial results.

Effectiveness of the Equity Incentive Plan; Amendment and Termination . The Equity Incentive Plan was approved by our board of directors on June 30, 2011 and thereafter ratified by our stockholders. The Equity Incentive Plan will remain available for the grant of awards until the tenth anniversary of the effective date. The board may amend, alter or discontinue the Equity Incentive Plan in any respect at any time, but no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted, without his or her consent, except that stockholder approval will be needed for any amendment that would increase the maximum number of shares available for awards, reduce the exercise price of outstanding options or SARs, change the class of eligible participants, or if otherwise required by applicable law or stock market requirements.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

Following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of option and other awards under the 2008 Stock Option Plan and 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Optionees and recipients of other rights and awards granted under the 2008 Stock Option Plan or the Equity Incentive Plan are advised to consult their personal tax advisors before exercising an option, stock appreciation right or award or disposing of any stock received pursuant to the exercise of an option, stock appreciation right or award. In addition, the following summary is based upon an analysis of the Code as currently in effect, existing laws, judicial decisions, administrative rulings, regulations and proposed regulations, all of which are subject to change and does not address state, local or other tax laws.

Treatment of Options. The Code treats incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options differently. However, as to both types of options, no income will be recognized to the optionee at the time of the grant of the options under the 2008 Stock Option Plan or the Equity Incentive Plan.

Generally, upon exercise of a nonstatutory (or non-qualified) stock option (including an option intended to be an incentive stock option but which has not continued to so qualify at the time of exercise), an optionee will recognize ordinary income tax on the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the exercise date over the option price. In general, if an optionee, in exercising a nonstatutory stock option, tenders shares of our common stock in partial or full payment of the option price, no gain or loss will be recognized on the tender. However, if the tendered shares were previously acquired upon the exercise of an incentive stock option and the tender is within two years after the date of grant or within one year after the date of exercise of the incentive stock option, the tender will be a disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of the incentive stock option.

For incentive stock options, there is no taxable income to an optionee at the time of exercise. However, the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price will be taken into account in determining whether the “alternative minimum tax” will apply for the year of exercise. If the shares acquired upon exercise are held until at least two years from the date of grant and more than one year from the date of exercise, any gain or loss upon the sale of such shares, if held as capital assets, will be long-term capital gain or loss (measured by the difference between the sales price of the stock and the exercise price). Under current federal income tax law, a long-term capital gain will be taxed at a rate which is less than the maximum rate of tax on ordinary income. If the two-year and one-year holding period requirements are not met (a “disqualifying disposition”), an optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of disposition in an amount equal to the lesser

 

-116-


Table of Contents

of (i) the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise minus the exercise price or (ii) the amount realized on disposition minus the exercise price. The remainder of the gain will be treated as long-term capital gain, depending upon whether the stock has been held for more than a year. If an optionee makes a disqualifying disposition, he or she will be obligated to notify us.

In general, if an optionee, in exercising an incentive stock option, tenders shares of our common stock in partial or full payment of the option price, no gain or loss will be recognized on the tender. However, if the tendered shares were previously acquired upon the exercise of another incentive stock option and the tender is within two years after the date of grant or within one year after the date of exercise of the other option, the tender will be a disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of the other option.

As noted above, the exercise of an incentive stock option could subject an optionee to the alternative minimum tax. The application of the alternative minimum tax to any particular optionee depends upon the particular facts and circumstances which exist with respect to the optionee in the year of exercise. However, as a general rule, the amount by which the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise of an option exceeds the exercise price of the option will constitute an item of “adjustment” for purposes of determining the alternative minimum taxable income on which the alternative tax may be imposed. As such, this item will enter into the tax base on which the alternative minimum tax is computed and may therefore cause the alternative minimum tax to become applicable in any given year.

Treatment of Stock Appreciation Rights. Generally, the recipient of a stock appreciation right will not recognize any income upon grant of the stock appreciation right. Upon exercise of a stock appreciation right, the holder will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of our common stock at that time.

Treatment of Stock Awards. Generally, absent an election to be taxed currently under Section 83(b) of the Code (a “Section 83(b) Election”), there will be no federal income tax consequences to the recipient upon the grant of a restricted stock award. At the expiration of the restriction period and the satisfaction of any other restrictions applicable to the restricted shares, the recipient will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of our common stock at that time. If a Section 83(b) Election is made within 30 days after the date the restricted stock award is granted, the recipient will recognize an amount of ordinary income at the time of the receipt of the restricted shares equal to the fair market value (determined without regard to applicable restrictions) of the shares of our common stock at such time. If a Section 83(b) Election is made, no additional income will be recognized by the recipient upon the lapse of restrictions on the shares (and prior to the sale of such shares), but, if the shares are subsequently forfeited, the recipient may not deduct the income that was recognized pursuant to the Section 83(b) Election at the time of the receipt of the shares.

The recipient of an unrestricted stock award will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of our common stock that is the subject of the award when the award is made.

The recipient of a restricted stock unit will recognize ordinary income as and when the units vest. The amount of the income will be equal to the fair market value of the shares of our common stock issued at that time. The recipient of a restricted stock unit will not be permitted to make a Section 83(b) Election with respect to such award.

Treatment of Performance Share Awards, Performance Unit Awards, Other Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. The federal income tax consequences of performance share awards, performance unit awards, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards will depend on the terms and conditions of those awards.

Tax Withholding. We have the right to deduct or withhold, or require a participant to remit to us, the amount required to satisfy minimum statutory withholding requirements of federal, state and local tax laws and regulations (domestic or foreign) with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the 2008 Stock Option Plan or the Equity Incentive Plan.

Inapplicability of Code Sections and ERISA. Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code and the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (commonly known as “ERISA”) are not applicable to the 2008 Stock Option Plan or the Equity Incentive Plan.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We did not maintain a compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2010. Instead, our full board of directors performed compensation committee functions. Mr. Sharma, our President and Chief Executive Officer, served on our board of directors and participated in discussions regarding compensation of executive officers (other than himself). No compensation committee interlocks between us and another entity existed during the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for named executive officers and directors, we describe below each transaction and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our named executive officers and directors are described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation”.

December 2011 Financing Transaction

As of December 21, 2011, we entered into a Credit Agreement with European Trust Management, LLC (“ETM”) and John Pappajohn, a member of our board of directors and a stockholder, for a $6.0 million secured term loan. Each lender is providing $3.0 million of financing, of which, we drew $3.0 million from Mr. Pappajohn on December 22, 2011 and we expect to draw funds from ETM in January 2012. We paid ETM $50,000 to cover certain fees and expenses incurred by ETM in connection with this transaction.

The loan bears an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 6.25% (9.50% at December 21, 2011) and matures in twelve months, with an option at our election, if there has been no event of default, to extend the loan term for an additional six months. The term loan due to ETM has a prepayment penalty in the amount of $285,000, less interest previously paid, if we elect to prepay the loan during the first year. ETM may require that the loan be repaid within 30 days should we complete our IPO and receive gross proceeds of at least $15 million. In the event that ETM requires payment upon completion of our IPO and certain other maturity events, the annual interest rate shall increase to 12%. The loan is secured by all of our assets, including our intellectual property, subject to prior first and second liens in favor of Wells Fargo Bank and DAM Holdings, LLC (“DAM”). Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the lenders have agreed that all amounts due to DAM are to be paid prior to payment to the lenders under the Credit Agreement with ETM, but that as between such lenders, following an event of default, all of the security granted by us is to be applied first to repay obligations due to ETM, and then to Mr. Pappajohn after ETM has been paid in full.

The lenders will receive five-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 423,528 shares of our common stock at the lower of $8.50 per share and a 20% discount to the initial public offering price if the initial public offering price is less than $10.625 per share. The lenders will receive additional warrants on the same terms to purchase an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 91 days of closing the loans and an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 181 days of closing the loans. The warrant exercise price is subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection in the event of issuances of more than $5 million of securities at prices below the exercise price prior to the completion of our IPO. The lenders may elect to net exercise their warrants. The lenders also have the option, exercisable up to two hours after they receive notice of the completion of our IPO, to convert the outstanding principal amount of their debt into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to $8.50 per share or at a 20% discount to our initial public offering price, whichever is lower. The conversion price of the notes and the exercise price of the warrants are subject to standard anti-dilution protection in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, reclassifications and the like.

Shares that the lenders receive are subject to a lock up agreement for 180 days after the consummation of our IPO on the same terms as other lock up agreements in favor of the underwriters of this offering, but otherwise have registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into simultaneously with the Credit Agreement.

Credit Facilities

Mr. Pappajohn personally guarantees our revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”). This facility matures on July 31, 2012 by its terms. The maximum amount of indebtedness that was owed by us under this facility at any time since January 1, 2010, is $6.0 million, which amount remains outstanding as of the date hereof. This facility requires monthly interest payments. The interest is computed at LIBOR + 1.75%. We made interest payments under this facility of $197,708 during the year ended December 31, 2010. As consideration for his personal guarantee of this facility, as well as each of the six extensions of this facility, Mr. Pappajohn received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,880,567 shares of our common stock. The warrants issued to Mr. Pappajohn in connection with such guarantees were on our long form warrant, which is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”, and have exercise prices ranging from $0.80 per share to $5.00 per share. In addition, we paid the legal fees incurred by Mr. Pappajohn in connection with the guarantees issued to Wells Fargo. Mr. Pappajohn also has rights of subrogation under all security agreements, financing statements, patent filings and other collateral documents given by us to Wells Fargo under the credit agreement governing this facility.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

On March 23, 2011, we issued Mr. Thompson warrants to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share expiring March 23, 2016 for certain consulting services in connection with our credit facility with DAM. The warrant was issued as a long form warrant, which is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants.”

Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement we entered into on March 23, 2011 with Mr. Pappajohn and DAM (“Intercreditor Agreement”), we are required to use the proceeds from this offering to repay the full amount outstanding under our DAM credit facility and our Wells Fargo Line of Credit. If the proceeds from this offering are insufficient to repay the full amounts outstanding under both the Wells Fargo Line of Credit and the DAM credit facility, we are required, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, to use the proceeds to repay the debt outstanding under the DAM credit facility before any proceeds can be used to repay any debt outstanding under the Wells Fargo Line of Credit. In the event Wells Fargo attempts to collect payment under the Wells Fargo Line of Credit before the debt outstanding under the DAM credit facility is repaid or brings a course of action to prevent payment under the DAM credit facility, Mr. Pappajohn is required, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, to cause Wells Fargo to cease any such course of action, including by paying any amounts outstanding under the Wells Fargo Line of Credit pursuant to his guarantee thereof.

See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition–Liquidity and Capital Resources–Sources of Liquidity” for a description of our Wells Fargo Line of Credit and our credit facility with DAM.

Mr. Pappajohn also personally guaranteed our $1.0 million revolving line of credit with West Bank. We repaid in full the outstanding indebtedness under this facility on August 17, 2010. The maximum amount of indebtedness that we owed under this facility at any time since January 1, 2010 was $1.0 million. This facility required monthly interest payments at the rate of 6% per annum. We made interest payments under this facility of $37,678 during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Promissory Notes

On May 19, 2006, we issued a convertible promissory note in favor of our Chairman and founder, Dr. Chaganti, which obligates us to pay him the sum of $100,000, together with interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum, on demand. Through September 30, 2011, we have made interest payments on the note in the amount of $6,300. As of September 30, 2011, we owe Dr. Chaganti $34,303 in accrued interest. On September 7, 2011, the note was amended to extend its due date to December 31, 2012 and to eliminate any equity conversion feature.

On December 27, 2006, we issued a convertible promissory note in favor of Mr. Maione, which obligated us to pay him the sum of $40,000, together with interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum, on demand of the holder. Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement between Mr. Maione and us, we issued a lump sum payment of $120,000 to Mr. Maione upon termination of his employment and Mr. Maione released us from any claims, including any claim for repayment of this note.

Series A Preferred Stock Transaction

In 2007, we closed an initial offering of our Series A preferred stock. We received aggregate gross proceeds of $3,971,868.50 in the offering and issued an aggregate 469,488 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.46 per share and an initial conversion price of $8.46. Subsequently, Mr. Pappajohn purchased 114,109 shares of Series A preferred stock and also received warrants to purchase 96,536 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $965,366. Certain of the investors in the initial offering elected to make an additional investment on the same terms and purchased an aggregate of 4,094 shares of Series A preferred stock and also received warrants to purchase 3,463 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $34, 634. Mr. Pappajohn and these investors received long form warrants in connection with such investment, the terms of which are described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”, which had an initial exercise price of $8.46 per share. Mr. Pappajohn also purchased an additional 11,820 shares of Series A preferred stock from one of the investors in the initial offering. Mr. Pappajohn subsequently joined our board of directors in April 2008.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

Consulting Agreements

TSG

On June 19, 2009, we entered into agreements with TSG pursuant to which TSG would provide us with strategic consulting services. Our current Chief Executive Officer, Panna Sharma, was the managing partner, founder and majority owner of TSG and was actively involved in the consulting services provided to us pursuant to such consulting agreement. We compensated TSG an aggregate of $130,750 (excluding expenses) in 2009 and $97,575 in 2010 (excluding expenses) pursuant to such consulting agreement. We also issued TSG warrants to purchase 20,150 shares of common stock in connection with the 2009 consulting agreement. These warrants were granted on April 1, 2010.

On September 23, 2010, we entered into a three-month consulting agreement with TSG for a fixed fee of $60,000 ($45,000 of which was payable in cash and $15,000 was payable in warrants) plus up to $5,000 of expenses. While Mr. Sharma retains a majority ownership position with TSG, he represented to us that he did not and will not profit from the services provided under such agreement, as the operating agreement for TSG was amended following Mr. Sharma’s appointment as our Chief Executive Officer to preclude his participation in profits for consulting engagements in the life sciences industry. The project was subsequently reduced in scope and a revised total payment of $22,500 in cash (excluding expenses) was agreed upon and paid; no warrants were issued.

Equity Dynamics

Beginning in August 2010, Equity Dynamics, Inc., a financial consulting entity that was founded by John Pappajohn, began providing financial consulting services to us. We pay Equity Dynamics a monthly fee of $10,000 plus expenses for such consulting services. We plan to terminate our consulting arrangement with Equity Dynamics upon the consummation of this offering.

Equity Dynamics also serves as collateral agent pursuant to our credit agreement with John Pappajohn and ETM.

Familial Relationships

Seeta Chaganti, Ph.D., wife of our Chairman, Dr. Raju Chaganti, serves as our Senior Scientist Probe Development. Dr. Seeta Chaganti received a Master’s degree in Statistics from Andhra University, a Master’s degree in Mathematics from Courant Institute of New York University and a Ph.D. in Biology (molecular genetics) from New York University. She worked as a biostatistician and molecular geneticist at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center for more than 25 years. She has extensive research experience in advanced molecular cloning techniques. Dr. Seeta Chaganti joined us in January 2005 as our Director of Probe Development. She is responsible for laboratory operation and administration including writing standard operating procedures, DNA clones inventory and maintenance, DNA-FISH Probe design and development validation and DNA propagation and purification. She receives an annual base salary of $84,800.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

In anticipation of becoming a public company upon completion this offering, we plan to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock, any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons and any firms, corporations or other entities in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest (collectively, “related parties”) are not permitted to enter into a transaction with us without the prior consent of our board of directors acting through the audit committee or, in certain circumstances, the chairman of the audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with a related party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such related party would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee, or in certain circumstances the chairman of our audit committee, for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but

 

-121-


Table of Contents

not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the benefits to us, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 31, 2011 by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who we know to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 9,942,076 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2011, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our convertible Series A and Series B preferred stock into 3,584,674 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering, and              shares of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before December 30, 2011, which is 60 days after October 31, 2011. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Cancer Genetics, Inc., Route 17 North, 2nd Floor, Rutherford, New Jersey 07070.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned

Name of Beneficial Owner

     Before
Offering
    After
Offering

5% Stockholders

      

Ann and Argyris Vassiliou

     990,000 (1)       9.1  

Named Executive Officers, Executive Officers and Directors:

      

Panna Sharma

     411,150 (2)       4.0  

Louis Maione

     —          —       

Jane Houldsworth, Ph.D.

     98,233 (3)       1.0  

Elizabeth A. Czerepak

     44,000 (4)       —       

Raju S.K. Chaganti, Ph.D.

     2,751,484 (5)       26.0  

Edmund Cannon

     104,472 (6)       1.0  

John Pappajohn

     4,471,962 (7)       38.8  

Andrew Pecora, M.D.

     150,957 (8)       1.5  

Tommy G. Thompson

     95,000 (9)       —       

Robert Kaufman

     —   (10)       —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

All current directors and executive officers as a group

     8,127,258        62.8  

 

-123-


Table of Contents
* denotes less than 1%.
(1) Includes 50,000 shares of our common stock held by AANA, Ltd., an investment partnership in which Ann and Argyris Vassiliou and their two minor children are the sole partners. Includes 470,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable on or before December 30, 2011 held by Ann and Argyris Vassiliou and 470,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable on or before December 30, 2011 held by NICALE Partners, an investment partnership for the two minor children of Ann and Argyris Vassiliou. Ann Vassiliou is the daughter of John Pappajohn. The address for Ann and Argyris Vassiliou is 45-10 Court Square - Floor 2, Long Island City, New York 11101.
(2) Includes 391,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Excludes 559,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are not exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Includes 20,150 shares of common stock underlying warrants held by TSG.
(3) Includes 38,450 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Excludes 42,550 shares of common stock underlying options that are not exercisable on or before December 30, 2011.
(4) Includes 44,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Excludes 206,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are not exercisable on or before December 30, 2011.
(5) Includes 625,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Raju Chaganti exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Excludes 175,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Raju Chaganti that are not exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Also, includes 300,000 shares of common stock owned by Chaganti LLC, 489,130 shares of common stock owned by his wife, Dr. Seeta Chaganti, and 417,470 shares of common stock held by grantor retained annuity trusts of which Dr. Raju Chaganti and his wife are co-trustees and/or recipients.
(6) Includes 75,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable on or before December 30, 2011.
(7) Includes 75,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Includes 1,499,172 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Includes 377,790 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A preferred stock. Excludes 211,764 shares of common stock underlying warrants that will be issued to Mr. Pappajohn and 352, 941 shares which may be issued upon conversion of a $3 million convertible note issued after October 31, 2011. Such warrants will be issued, and such note was issued, in connection with the Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2011 by and among us, European Trust Management, LLC and Mr. Pappajohn. For more information, see the section entitled “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—December 2011 Financing Transaction.”
(8) Includes 139,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable on or before December 30, 2011. Excludes 36,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are not exercisable on or before December 30, 2011.
(9) Includes 95,000 shares of common stock underlying options and warrants exercisable on or before December 30, 2011.
(10) Mr. Kaufman was elected to the board of directors in September 2011. Excludes 40,000 shares of common stock underlying options that were issued to Mr. Kaufman after October 31, 2011.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Prior to completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 24,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 9,764,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of September 30, 2011, there were 6,357,402 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 44 stockholders. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011 does not include (i) 3,584,674 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, (ii) 4,249,662 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of our outstanding warrants to purchase common stock and (iii) 2,792,392 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock.

As of September 30, 2011, there were 587,691 shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding and 1,821,600 shares of Series B preferred stock outstanding. In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of an underwritten offering pursuant to an effective registration statement in connection with initial public offering with gross proceeds of $25.0 million or more, our preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 3,584,674 pre-stock split shares of our common stock. If we receive proceeds of at least $25.0 million in this offering, each outstanding share of our Series A preferred stock will automatically convert into three shares of common stock and each outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of common stock.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will make certain changes to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including increasing our authorized capital stock to              shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and effecting a              for              stock split.

The following descriptions of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation an amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering, and applicable law. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect (i) changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering and (ii) Delaware law.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share in the election of directors and on all other matters on which stockholders are entitled or permitted to vote. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

Subject to the terms of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends in the amounts and at times as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

Upon liquidation or dissolution, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all net assets available for distribution to stockholders after we have paid, or provided for payment of, all of our debts and liabilities, and after payment of any liquidation preferences to holders of our preferred stock.

Other Matters

Holders of our common stock have no redemption, conversion or preemptive rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion right, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. Although we have no present plans to issue any other shares of preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock, could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the common stock, and could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of us or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Options

As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,792,392 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.96 to $5.00 per share, with an approximate weighted average exercise price of $2.45 per share. The shares of our common stock underlying all such options will be registered for sale with the SEC as promptly as practicable following the completion of this offering.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,249,662 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.80 to $6.49 per share, consisting of:

 

   

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,178,067 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 per share;

 

   

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 per share;

 

   

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 20,150 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share;

 

   

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 558,125 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.82 per share;

 

   

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,143,320 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share; and

 

   

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.49 per share.

All of our outstanding warrants were issued pursuant to one of the following four forms of warrant:

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Short Form Warrant

Outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 305,133 shares of our common stock were issued pursuant to our Short Form Warrant. The Short Form Warrant provides for an adjustment of the exercise price and shares underlying the warrant in the event of a forward or reverse stock split. Holders of our Short Form Warrant do not have registration rights for the shares underlying the warrant.

Short Form Cashless Exercise Warrant

Outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 352,992 shares of our common stock were issued pursuant to our Short Form Cashless Exercise Warrant. The Short Form Cashless Exercise Warrant provides for the same terms as the Short Form Warrant except that holders of Short Form Cashless Exercise Warrants can elect to exercise their warrants using the cashless exercise feature.

Medium Form Warrant

Outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 563,320 shares of our common stock were issued pursuant to our Medium Form Warrant, including warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock issued in connection with the DAM Financing. The Medium Form Warrant provides for an adjustment of the exercise price in the event of forward and reverse stock splits, stock dividends, an issuance of rights or warrants to all holders of our common stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of our common stock at a price less than the exercise price, and other such similar transactions in which we issue shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, at a price or a conversion price which is less than the exercise price (“adjustment issuances”). The Medium Form Warrant also provides for an adjustment of the shares underlying the warrant in the event of any adjustment issuances. The Medium Form Warrant contains a cashless exercise option. In addition, in the event we distribute to our shareholders evidences of indebtedness, assets, subscription rights or warrants, holders of a Medium Form Warrant will be entitled to receive the amount of any property or other securities which would have been distributed to such holder had such holder been a holder of one share of our common stock on the record date of such distribution. In the event we undergo a reclassification, capital reorganization or other change in outstanding shares of our common stock or if we undergo a consolidation or merger or sell all of our assets, holders of our Medium Form Warrant have the right to purchase the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such event that the holder might have purchased upon exercise of the warrant immediately prior to such event. Holders of our Medium Form Warrant also have registration rights with respect to the shares underlying their warrants.

Long Form Warrant

Outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,028,217 shares of our common stock were issued pursuant to our Long Form Warrant. Long Form Warrant holders have the same rights as Medium Form Warrant holders except that the Long Form Warrant also provides for an adjustment of the shares underlying the warrant in the event we issue shares of our common stock, except in certain limited circumstances, at a price less than the exercise price of the Long Form Warrant and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock at prices or conversion prices less than the exercise price of the Long Form Warrant. As of September 30, 2011, holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,141,442 shares of our common stock pursuant to our Long Form Warrant have waived their right to anti-dilution adjustments in the event we issue shares of our common stock at a price less than the exercise price of the Long Form Warrant and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock at prices or conversion prices less than the exercise price of the Long Form Warrant.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended to provide that:

 

   

the authorized number of directors can be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

our bylaws may be amended or repealed by our board of directors or our stockholders;

 

   

no action can be taken by stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws, and stockholders may not act by written consent, unless the stockholders amend the certificate of incorporation to provide otherwise;

 

-128-


Table of Contents
   

stockholders may not call special meetings of the stockholders or fill vacancies on the board;

 

   

our board of directors will be authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock, the rights of which will be determined at the discretion of the board of directors and that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that our board of directors does not approve;

 

   

our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, and therefore our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors; and

 

   

our stockholders must comply with advance notice provisions to bring business before or nominate directors for election at a stockholder meeting.

Potential Effects of Authorized but Unissued Stock

We have shares of common stock and preferred stock available for future issuance without stockholder approval. We may utilize these additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate corporate acquisitions or payment as a dividend on the capital stock.

The existence of unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock may enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management or to issue preferred stock with terms that could render more difficult or discourage a third-party attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, thereby protecting the continuity of our management. In addition, the board of directors has the discretion to determine designations, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock, all to the fullest extent permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law and subject to any limitations set forth in our certificate of incorporation. The purpose of authorizing the board of directors to issue preferred stock and to determine the rights and preferences applicable to such preferred stock is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or could discourage a third-party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Limitations of Director Liability and Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

 

   

breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

transaction from which the directors derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal or state securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, and may indemnify employees

 

-129-


Table of Contents

and other agents. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding.

We have obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We plan to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such directors or officers or on his or her behalf in connection with any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request provided that such person follows the procedures for determining entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in the indemnification agreement. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might provide a benefit to us and our stockholders. Our results of operations and financial condition may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is            . Its address is              and its telephone number is            .

 

-130-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there was no public market in the United States for our securities and a significant public market for our securities may not develop or be sustained after this offering. As described below, approximately            shares currently outstanding will not be available for sale immediately after this offering due to certain contractual and securities law restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could cause the prevailing market price to decline and limit our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock (              shares if the underwriters’ exercise their over-allotment option in full). In addition, we have reserved:

 

   

4,249,662 shares for issuance in connection with warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2011;

 

   

2,792,392 shares for issuance in connection with options outstanding as of September 30, 2011; and

 

   

1,107,608 shares reserved for future issuance in under our equity incentive plans as of September 30, 2011.

Of these shares, the            shares sold in this offering (            shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares that are acquired by affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”). The remaining              shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

As a result of contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the shares sold in this offering and the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

the            shares sold in this offering and            of the existing restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

approximately            restricted shares will be eligible for sale in the public market 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701; and

 

   

approximately            restricted shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which date may be extended in specified circumstances, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least twelve months (or six months, provided that such sale occurs after we have been subject to the reporting requirements under

 

-131-


Table of Contents

the Exchange Act for at least 90 days) would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of shares of our common stock on the NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, common stock acquired upon the exercise of certain currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold, to the extent not subject to lock-up agreements, (a) by persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144 and (b) by affiliates, subject to the manner-of-sale, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the holding period requirement of Rule 144. The Rule 701 shares held by our executive officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders are, however, subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the contractual lock-up agreements. The underwriters may release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, holders of approximately 92.6% of our outstanding common and preferred stock, on an as converted basis, and holders representing approximately 94.2% of our outstanding warrants and options agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section entitled “Underwriting” for more information regarding such restrictions.

Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, as amended on December 8, 2011 (“Investors’ Rights Agreement”), our registration rights agreement, dated as of March 23, 2011 with DAM and our registration rights agreement dated December 21, 2011 with ETM and John Pappajohn. Our Investors’ Rights Agreement provides registration rights to holders of our Series A preferred stock and our Series B preferred stock. The holders of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to our Medium Form Warrant and Long Form Warrant have registration rights as set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement. Our registration rights agreements provide registration rights to holders of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock issued in connection with our DAM credit facility (“DAM Warrant”) and to holders of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock issued in connection with the secured term loan provided by ETM and John Pappajohn.

The registration rights available under both our Investors’ Rights Agreement and our Registration Rights Agreement will terminate on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary following the closing of this offering, or (ii) with respect to any particular holder, when such holder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption during any 90-day period without registration and without certain other restrictions set forth in Rule 144 regarding manner of sale and brokers’ transactions. Both agreements provide that we will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include in a registration statement.

Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement, at any time beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, and, in the event of the Company’s merger with a public company, 90 days after the completion of such merger, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock are entitled to demand registration rights upon providing the Company with written notice.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, at any time beginning 180 days after the closing of the initial public offering, and, in the event of the Company’s merger with a public company, 90 days after the completion of such merger, the holders of a majority of shares issued pursuant to the DAM Warrant are entitled to demand registration rights upon providing the Company with written notice.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, after the closing of the initial public offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and shares of common stock issued pursued to the DAM Warrant and the Wells Fargo Warrants are entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. Such rights allow the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a registration related to a company stock plan, (ii) a registration related to the exchange of securities in certain corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions and (iii) a registration of the issuance of common stock upon conversion of debt securities, the offer and sale of which are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to the initial public offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences and does not address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, any income tax treaties, or any other U.S. federal tax laws, including U.S. federal estate and gift tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), all as in effect on the date of the initial public offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in tax consequences different from those discussed below. No rulings have been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position regarding the tax consequences of a non-U.S. holder’s acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common stock or that any such position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Code Section 1221 (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of the holder’s particular circumstances. It also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, U.S. expatriates, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors in such entities), tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax and persons holding our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment.

WE RECOMMEND THAT PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATIES, OR ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

As used in this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock who is not treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is not:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all its substantial decisions or (ii) the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date and validly elected to continue to be so treated.

If any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Partnerships and their partners should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described in the section entitled, “Dividend policy,” we do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make a distribution of cash or other property with respect to our common stock, the distribution generally will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale of property.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected to the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or a lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying the holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder may be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number to claim treaty benefits. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and may be required to be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but which qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on the common stock are effectively connected with the holder’s U.S. trade or business and, if an income tax treaty applies, the non-U.S. holder maintains a “permanent establishment” in the United States to which the dividends are attributable, the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, if the appropriate certification is provided. To claim the exemption for effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) prior to the payment of the dividends. Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the holder were a resident of the United States, unless the holder is entitled to the benefits of a tax treaty that provides otherwise. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such dividends. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules. To claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder generally must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying the holder’s qualification for treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder may be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number to claim treaty benefits.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

-135-


Table of Contents
   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock and certain other requirements are met.

Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the holder were a resident of the United States. Non-U.S. holders that are foreign corporations also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such gain. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC generally depends on whether the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our worldwide real property interests, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In the event we do become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will constitute a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively holds more than five percent of our common stock at some time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock. Any taxable gain generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax will not apply.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to the holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, generally will not apply to payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status (typically, by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI) or an exemption is otherwise established.

Payment of the proceeds from a non-U.S. holder’s disposition of our common stock made by or through a foreign office of a broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, except that information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may apply to those payments if the broker does not have documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder, an exemption is not otherwise established and the broker is:

 

   

a U.S. person, as defined in the Code;

 

   

a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period; or

 

-136-


Table of Contents
   

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (1) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who hold in the aggregate more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership or (2) it is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Payment of the proceeds from a non-U.S. holder’s disposition of our common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status (such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI) or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund if they timely provide certain information to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax Relating to Foreign Accounts

Under legislation enacted in March 2010, a 30% withholding tax would apply to dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (whether holding stock for its own account or on behalf of its account holders/investors) after December 31, 2012, unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The 30% withholding tax also would apply to the same types of payments made to a foreign non-financial entity after December 31, 2012, unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and satisfies certain other requirements. The IRS recently issued guidance stating that regulations will be enacted that will provide that the 30% withholding tax will apply only to dividends paid after December 31, 2013, and to other withholdable payments (including gross proceeds from a sale or disposition) made after December 31, 2014. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding these rules.

WE RECOMMEND THAT PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATIES, OR ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

 

-137-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The underwriters named below, for which William Blair & Company, L.L.C. is acting as representative, have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement by and among the underwriters and us, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock set forth opposite each underwriter’s name in the table below

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

First Analysis Securities Corporation

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional shares from us. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

             
     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representative. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, (a) we release earnings results, (b) announce material news or (c) a material event relating to our business occurs or (2) before the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, then in each case the 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended, and the restrictions imposed shall continue to apply, until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the earnings release of the earnings results or the announcement of material news or the occurrence of a material event relating to our business, as the case may be, unless the representative waives, in writing, such extension.

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application will be made to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CGIX”. In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their

 

-139-


Table of Contents

customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Lowenstein Sandler PC, Roseland, New Jersey. The underwriters are represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficiency and cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2010, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in this prospectus and in this registration statement in reliance on the report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copies of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

You may read and copy this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Our website address is www.cancergenetics.com. The information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and is not part of this prospectus.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Report September 30, 2011

 

Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Consolidated Financial Report December 31, 2010

 

Independent Auditor’s Report on the Financial Statements

     F-20   

Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-21   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-23   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-24   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-25   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-27   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     September 30,
2011
(Unaudited)
     December 31,
2010
 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 192,940       $ 1,779,251   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of 2011 $340,507; 2010 $46,356

     692,551         705,844   

Other current assets

     273,844         821,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,159,335         3,306,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

FIXED ASSETS, net of accumulated depreciation

     1,165,486         1,179,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

     

Security deposits

     1,564         1,564   

Restricted cash

     200,000         438,400   

Loan guarantee fee, net of accumulated amortization of 2011 $138,500; 2010 $172,917

     692,500         242,083   

Patents

     127,571         134,863   

Deferred IPO costs

     761,131         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,782,766         816,910   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 4,107,587       $ 5,302,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
     September 30,
2011
(Unaudited)
    December 31,
2010
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 2,282,271      $ 1,484,187   

Obligations under capital leases, current portion

     42,250        36,922   

Lines of Credit

     8,333,731        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     10,658,252        1,521,109   

OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES

     28,763        16,954   

DEFERRED RENT PAYABLE

     149,831        130,389   

NOTES PAYABLE, LONG-TERM

     100,000        100,000   

LINE OF CREDIT

     —          6,000,000   

WARRANT LIABILITY

     9,655,000        4,270,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     20,591,846        12,038,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Series A Preferred Stock, authorized 588,000 shares $.0001 par value (purchase price liquidation preference of $4,971,866 or can elect to convert to common stock), 587,691 shares issued and outstanding

     59        59   

Series B Preferred Stock, authorized 2,000,000 shares $0.0001 par value (purchase price liquidation preference of $9,108,000 or can elect to convert to common stock),1,821,600 shares issued and outstanding

     182        182   

Common stock, authorized 24,000,000 shares $0.0001 par value, 6,357,402 shares issued and outstanding

     636        636   

Additional paid-in capital

     22,757,087        15,662,050   

Treasury stock

     (17,442     (17,442

Accumulated deficit

     (39,224,781     (22,381,918
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s deficit

     (16,484,259     (6,736,433
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit

   $ 4,107,587      $ 5,302,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Revenue

   $ 2,143,827      $ 1,605,493   

Cost of revenue

     2,384,994        2,566,033   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     (241,167     (960,540

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     1,442,327        898,622   

General and administrative

     3,159,578        1,961,530   

Sales and marketing

     1,200,461        466,051   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,802,366        3,326,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,043,533     (4,286,743

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (918,447     (650,090

Interest income

     117        595   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (9,881,000     (2,313,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (10,799,330     (2,962,495

Loss before income taxes

     (16,842,863     (7,249,238

Income tax provision (benefit)

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,842,863   $ (7,249,238
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (2.65   $ (1.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     6,357,402        6,237,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the nine-months ended September 30, 2011

(Unaudited)

 

    Preferred Stock
Series A
   

Preferred Stock

Series B

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
    Treasury     Accumulated        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Stock     Deficit     Total  

Balance, January 1, 2010

    587,691        59        —          —          6,156,402        616        7,280,614        (17,442     (13,974,577     (6,710,730

Sale of series B Preferred Stock, net of stock issuance costs of $1,183,751

    —          —          1,821,600        182        —          —          7,902,981        —          —          7,903,163   

Stock based compensation - employees

    —            —          —          —          —          344,275        —          —          344,275   

Stock based compensation - consultants

    —          —          —          —          10,000        1        90,599        —          —          90,600   

Exercise of warrants and options

    —          —          —          —          191,000        19        43,581        —          —          43,600   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (8,407,341     (8,407,341
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    587,691      $ 59        1,821,600      $ 182        6,357,402      $ 636      $ 15,662,050      $ (17,442   $ (22,381,918   $ (6,736,433

Stock based compensation - employees

    —          —          —          —          —          —          231,317        —          —          231,317   

Stock based compensation - non-employees

    —          —          —          —          —          —          448,720        —          —          448,720   

Warrant liability reclassified to equity

    —          —          —          —          —          —          6,415,000        —          —          6,415,000   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (16,842,863     (16,842,863
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2011

    587,691      $ 59        1,821,600      $ 182        6,357,402      $ 636      $ 22,757,087      $ (17,442 )     $ (39,224,781 )     $ (16,484,259 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended     September 30,  
     2011     2010  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (16,842,863   $ (7,249,238

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     270,355        250,748   

Amortization

     7,292        7,292   

Provision for bad debts

     340,507        19,430   

Equity based consulting and compensation expenses

     680,037        337,079   

Derivative warrants issued for consulting services

     69,000        65,000   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     9,881,000        2,313,000   

Amortization of loan guarantee fee

     380,583        423,834   

Accretion of discount on debt

     352,731        —     

Deferred rent

     19,442        31,762   

Change in working capital components:

    

Accounts receivable

     (327,214     (256,442

Other current assets

     547,163        64,086   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     179,886        (379,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) operating activities

     (4,442,081     (4,373,072
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchase of fixed assets

     (207,234     (207,217

Patent costs

     —          (19,064

Decrease in restricted cash

     238,400        11,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     31,166        (214,681
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (32,463     (87,611

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     —          6,618,132   

Payment of equity issuance costs

     (142,933     (692,194

Proceeds from borrowings on line of credit

     3,000,000        590,000   

Payments on line of credit

     —          (1,000,000

Principal payments on notes payable

     —          (145,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,824,604        5,283,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,586,311     695,574   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    

Beginning

     1,779,251        29,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending

   $ 192,940      $ 725,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(CONTINUED)

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010  

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURE

     

Cash paid for interest

   $ 184,917       $ 226,256   

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH
INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     

Fixed assets acquired through capital lease arrangement

   $ 49,600       $ —     

Warrants issued for debt guarantee fee

     831,000         415,000   

Warrants issued for debt issuance costs

     1,019,000         —     

Warrant liability reclassified to equity

     6,415,000         —     

Accrued IPO costs

     618,198         —     

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Description of Business : Cancer Genetics, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on April 8, 1999 and has offices and a laboratory located in Rutherford, New Jersey. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Cancer Genetics Italia SRL (“CGI Italia”), manufactures DNA probes. CGI Italia had approximately $240,000 in total assets at September 30, 2011 and approximately $49,000 in total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

The Company is a diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing proprietary genomic tests and services to improve the diagnosis, prognosis and response to treatment of cancer (theranosis). The Company’s proprietary tests target cancers where prognosis information is critical and where predicting treatment outcomes using currently available techniques is limited. These cancers include hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. The Company has commercially launched MatBA™-CLL, its first proprietary microarray diagnostic tests and seeks to provide its tests and services to pathologists and oncologists at hospitals, cancer centers and physician offices.

 

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation : The accompanying unaudited financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and with the instructions for interim reporting as they are prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary to make the financial statements not misleading have been included. Operating results for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011. These statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Liquidity : The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been funds generated from the sale of shares of common and preferred stock, debt financings, grants in lieu of federal income tax credits and National Institute of Health grants. The Company’s current cash resources are sufficient to satisfy its liquidity requirements for the next twelve months. Based on the Company’s current operating projections, the Company will need to raise additional capital to expand its business to meet its long-term business objectives. Additional financing, which is not in place at this time, may be from the sale of equity or convertible or other debt securities in a public or private offering, from an additional credit facility or strategic partnership coupled with an investment in the Company or a combination of both. The Company may be unable to raise sufficient additional financing on terms that are acceptable, if at all. Management’s failure to raise additional capital and in sufficient amounts will severely impact its ability to expand the business.

Principles of consolidation : The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cancer Genetics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Cancer Genetics Italia SRL. All significant intercompany account balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates and assumptions : The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, realization of amounts billed, realization of long-lived assets, realization of intangible

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

assets, accruals for litigation and registration payments and assumptions used to value stock options and warrants. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Risks and uncertainties : The Company operates in an industry that is subject to intense competition, government regulation and rapid technological change. The Company’s operations are subject to significant risk and uncertainties including financial, operational, technological, regulatory and other risks, including the potential risk of business failure.

Revenue recognition : Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in the period in which the service is provided. Once clinical testing procedures for a patient are complete, the Company submits the appropriate documentation to the revenue cycle management partner and records revenue for each test performed. The Company is subject to payment limits imposed by insurance carriers and Medicare, and therefore, the amount of revenue recorded takes into account the historical percentage of revenue the Company has collected for each type of test from each payor category. Periodically, an adjustment is made to revenue to record differences between the Company’s anticipated cash receipts from insurance carriers and Medicare and actual receipts from such payors. Sales of probes are recorded on the delivery date. Grant income is recognized after the grants have been approved and once the qualifying reimbursable clinical expenditures have been paid.

Deferred IPO costs : Deferred IPO costs represent legal, accounting and other direct costs related to the Company’s efforts to raise capital through an initial public offering (“IPO”). Future costs related to the Company’s IPO activities will be deferred until the completion of the IPO, at which time they will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the IPO proceeds. If the Company terminates its plan for an IPO, any deferred costs would be expensed at that time.

Warrant liability : The Company has certain warrants which contain an exercise price adjustment feature and therefore require liability accounting treatment. These common stock purchase warrants do not trade in an active securities market, and as such, the Company estimates the fair value of these warrants using the binomial lattice valuation pricing model with the assumptions as follows: The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve. The expected life of the warrants is based upon the contractual life of the warrants. Volatility is estimated based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of four entities with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The measurement date fair value of the underlying common shares is based upon an external valuation of the Company’s shares.

The Company computes the fair value of the warrant liability at each reporting period and the change in the fair value is recorded as non-cash expense or non-cash income. The key component in the value of the warrant liability is the Company’s stock price, which is subject to significant fluctuation and is not under the Company’s control. The resulting effect on the Company’s net loss is therefore subject to significant fluctuation and will continue to be so until the warrants are exercised, amended or expire. Assuming all other fair value inputs remain constant, the Company will record non-cash expense when the stock price increases and non-cash income when the stock price decreases.

Stock-based compensation : The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values on the grant date. The Company estimates the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods using the straight-line method.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

All issuances of stock options or, other issuances of equity instruments to employees as the consideration for services received by the Company are accounted for based on the fair value of the equity instrument issued.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505-50”). Under ASC 505-50, management determines the fair value of the warrants or stock-based compensation awards granted as either the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measureable. Stock-based compensation awards issued to non-employees are recorded in expense and additional paid-in capital in stockholders’ deficit over the applicable service periods based on the fair value of the awards or consideration received at the vesting date.

 

Note 3. Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares assumed to be outstanding during the period of computation. Diluted earnings per share is computed similar to basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. For all periods presented, basic and diluted loss per share are the same, as any additional common stock equivalents would be antidilutive due to net loss, and as such have been excluded from the calculation of the weighted average number of dilutive common shares.

The following table summarizes potentially dilutive adjustments to the weighted average number of common shares which were excluded from the calculation for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Common stock purchase warrants

     4,249,662         3,106,342   

Stock options

     2,792,392         2,088,800   

Common shares issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock

     1,763,073         1,763,073   

Common shares issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock

     1,821,600         1,323,600   

Common shares issuable upon conversion of note payable to shareholder

     —           46,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,626,727         8,328,255   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 4. Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Revenue by payor type for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 is comprised of the following:

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Medicare

   $ 523,813       $ 433,858   

Direct bill

     271,866         271,494   

Grants and royalty

     220,195         55,000   

Insurance carrier and all others

     1,127,953         845,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,143,827       $ 1,605,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable by payor type at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consists of the following:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Medicare

   $ 131,976      $ 173,996   

Direct bill

     126,915        20,058   

Insurance carrier and all others

     774,167        558,146   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (340,507     (46,356
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 692,551      $ 705,844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has historically derived and expects to continue to derive a significant portion of its revenue from a limited number of test ordering sites. The Company’s test ordering sites are largely hospitals, cancer centers, reference laboratories and physician offices. Oncologists and pathologists at these sites order the tests on behalf of the needs of their oncology patients. The Company’s top five test ordering sites during 2010 accounted for 60% of the Company’s clinical testing volumes, with 15% of the volume coming from community hospitals. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company’s top five test ordering sites represented 62% of the Company’s clinical testing volume, with 28% of the volume coming from community hospitals. In particular, during the year ended December 31, 2010, there were three sites which each accounted for approximately 10% or more of the Company’s revenue: one community hospital accounted for approximately 12% of the Company’s revenue; a regional reference laboratory accounted for 11% of the Company’s revenue and a community oncology practice accounted for another 11% of the Company’s revenue. The same test ordering sites were 13%, 8% and 9% of the Company’s revenues, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. During 2011 the Company generated revenue from three new test order sites that represented approximately 10% or more of the Company’s revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2011: a community hospital accounted for 12% of the Company’s revenue; a community oncology practice accounted for 11% of the Company’s revenue, and a research-oriented, academic and teaching hospital accounted for 10% of the Company’s revenue. The Company generally does not enter into formal written agreements with such testing sites and, as a result, it may lose these significant test ordering sites at any time. The loss of any of these test ordering sites would adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

 

Note 5. Business Lines of Credit

The Company has a $6,000,000 revolving loan facility that expires on July 31, 2012. The facility bears interest at one-month LIBOR plus 1.75% (2.00% at September 30, 2011). This facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and an unlimited personal guarantee from one of the Company’s directors.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

In March 2011, the Company entered into, and has since fully utilized, a $3,000,000 revolving loan facility that expires upon the earlier of the following: (i) September 23, 2012, (ii) the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities in which the Company receives gross proceeds in the amount of $10,000,000 or more, or (iii) the consummation of a transaction in which the Company is either merged with a reporting company under the Securities Exchange act of 1934, or a public company acquires all or substantially all of the company, as amended, and the survivor of such merger or the Public Company receives gross proceeds from the sale of the survivor’s securities or the public company’s securities in the amount of $10,000,000 or more. The $3,000,000 revolving loan facility bears interest at 3% and was issued with 300,000 warrants. The warrants were liability awards that reduced the value assigned to the loan facility by $1,019,000 at issuance and will be amortized over the estimated life of the loan facility. At September 30, 2011, the principal balance of the loan is $3,000,000 and the carrying value of the loan was $2,333,731. If certain maturity events do not occur prior to January 1, 2012, then the interest rate on the DAM debt will increase to 10% per annum and if certain maturity events do not occur prior to April 1, 2012 then the interest rate will increase to 15% per annum.

As of December 21, 2011, the Company entered into a secured term loan for $6.0 million. See Note 11.

 

Note 6. Stock Based Compensation

The Company has two equity incentive plans: the 2008 Stock Option Plan (2008 Plan) and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (2011 Plan). The 2011 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors on June 30, 2011 and was subsequently ratified by shareholders. The 2011 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 750,000 shares of common stock under several types of equity awards including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and other awards as defined in the 2011 Plan. There have been no awards under the 2011 Plan.

At September 30, 2011, the amount reserved under the 2008 Plan is 2,750,000 shares of common stock. The 2008 Plan is meant to provide additional incentive to officers and employees to remain in the employment of the Company. The 2008 Plan authorizes issuance of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”) to eligible participants. Options granted are generally exercisable for up to 10 years. Common shares purchased under the plan are subject to certain restrictions, including the right of first refusal by the Company for sale or transfer of these shares to outside parties.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees during the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Volatility

     76.02     78.10

Risk Free Interest Rate

     3.11     3.27

Dividend Yield

     0.00     0.00

Term (years)

     6.50        6.47   

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period

   $ 0.87      $ 1.47   

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options reaching their measurement date for non-employees during the periods presented:

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Volatility

     75.75     78.46

Risk Free Interest Rate

     3.17     2.53

Dividend Yield

     0.00     0.00

Term (years)

     9.35        9.92   

Weighted average vesting date fair value

   $ 4.04      $ 1.70   

The Black-Scholes Model requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected term (the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the volatility of the Company’s common stock, a risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. The Company also estimates forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. No compensation cost is recorded for options that do not vest.

The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life described in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment for employee awards and volatility is based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of four entities with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option. The Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero, as it does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Expected forfeitures are assumed to be zero due to the small number of plan participants and the plan design which has monthly vesting after an initial cliff vesting period.

A summary of employee and non-employee stock option activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding                
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2010

     2,558,300      $ 2.18         

Granted

     262,700        5.00         

Cancelled or expired

     (28,608     1.86         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, September 30, 2011

     2,792,392      $ 2.45         8.32       $ 10,834,746   

Exercisable, September 30, 2011

     1,496,475      $ 1.73         7.94       $ 6,888,878   

There were no options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. At September 30, 2011, total unrecognized estimated compensation costs related to employee non-vested stock options granted prior to that date is approximately $1,016,338, which is expected to be recognized over the next 3.3 years.

As of September 30, 2011 total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted to non-employees was approximately $1,232,080 which is expected to be recognized over the next 1.6 years. The estimate of unrecognized nonemployee compensation is based on the fair value of the nonvested options as of September 30, 2011.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

The following table presents the effects of stock-based compensation related to stock-based option awards to employees and nonemployees on the Company’s statement of operations during the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Cost of revenues

   $ 6,358       $ 11,381   

Research and development

     293,258         17,625   

General and administrative

     204,690         263,340   

Sales and marketing

     175,731         23,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 680,037       $ 316,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 7. Warrants

The Company has issued certain warrants which contain an exercise price adjustment feature in the event the Company issues additional equity instruments at a price lower than the exercise price of the warrant. The warrants are described herein as derivative warrants. These warrants are initially recorded as a warrant liability at fair value with a corresponding entry to the loan guarantee fee asset, additional paid-in capital or expense dependent upon the service provided in exchange for the warrant grant. Subsequently, any change in fair value is recognized in earnings until such time as the warrants are exercised, amended or expire.

In connection with debt guarantees and extensions, the Company issued 200,000 warrants to John Pappajohn, a member of its Board of Directors and stockholder, in June 2011. These warrants were initially recorded at fair value as a loan guarantee fee amortized over the period of the guarantee to interest expense. These warrants were recorded as an increase to derivative financial instruments and the loan guarantee fee at the estimated fair value of $831,000 and expire in June 2016.

The Company issued 1,000 warrants to a consultant for services provided in February and March 2011 and 20,000 warrants to a member of the Company’s Board of Directors in connection with the March 2011 line of credit agreement with DAM Holdings, LLC. These warrants were recorded as consulting expense at an initial estimated fair value of $69,000 and expire in March 2016.

In connection with the acquisition of a line of credit, the Company issued 300,000 warrants to DAM Holdings in March 2011. The value of these warrants reduced the carrying value of the related debt and will be amortized over the period of the debt agreement to interest expense. These warrants were recorded at an initial estimated fair value of $1,019,000 and expire in March 2016.

On September 30, 2011, certain holders of derivative warrants to purchase 1,141,442 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.80 agreed to an amendment to their warrants to remove the exercise price adjustment feature. As of September 30, 2011, the fair value of these warrants of $6,415,000 has been reclassified from derivative financial instruments to equity.

The following table summarizes the warrant activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

150,000 150,000 150,000 150,000 150,000
           Warrants                   Warrants  

Issued With / For

   Exercise
Price
    Outstanding
December 31, 2010
     Warrants
Issued
     Warrants
Amended
    Outstanding
September 30, 2011
 

Debt Guarantee

   $ 0.80        —           —           1,141,442        1,141,442   

Series A Preferred Stock

     2.15        150,000         —           —          150,000   

Series A Preferred Stock

     2.82        446,070         —           —          446,070   

Financing

     2.82        62,055         —           —          62,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1.48        658,125         —           1,141,442        1,799,567   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

     0.80     36,625         —           —          36,625   

Financing

     5.00     —           300,000         —          300,000   

Debt Guarantee

     0.80     1,141,442         —           (1,141,442     —     

Debt Guarantee

     5.00     1,560,000         —           —          1,560,000   

Debt Guarantee

     6.49     —           200,000         —          200,000   

Series B Preferred Stock

     5.00     262,320         —           —          262,320   

Consulting

     2.50     20,150         —           —          20,150   

Consulting

     2.82     50,000         —           —          50,000   

Consulting

     5.00     —           21,000         —          21,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4.99        3,070,537         521,000         (1,141,442     2,450,095   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3.51        3,728,662         521,000         —          4,249,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* These warrants are subject to fair value accounting. See Note 8.

The following table summarizes the warrant activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2010:

 

446,070 446,070 446,070 446,070
           Warrants             Warrants  

Issued With / For

   Exercise
Price
    Outstanding
December 31, 2009
     Warrants
Issued
     Outstanding
September 30, 2010
 

Series A Preferred Stock

   $ 2.15        150,000         —           150,000   

Series A Preferred Stock

     2.82        446,070         —           446,070   

Financing

     2.82        62,055         —           62,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2.67        658,125         —           658,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

     0.80     36,625         —           36,625   

Debt Guarantee

     0.80     1,141,442         —           1,141,442   

Debt Guarantee

     5.00     1,200,000         —           1,200,000   

Consulting

     2.50     —           20,150         20,150   

Consulting

     2.82     —           50,000         50,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2.91        2,378,067         70,150         2,448,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2.86        3,036,192         70,150         3,106,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* These warrants are subject to fair value accounting. See Note 8.

 

Note 8. Fair Value of Warrants

The following tables summarize the assumptions used in computing the fair value of derivative warrants subject to fair value accounting at the date of issue and at each balance sheet date for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

           As of     As of  
Series A          September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Exercise Price

     $ 0.80      $ 0.80   

Expected life (years)

       1.08        1.83   

Expected volatility

       50.46     77.33

Risk-free interest rate

       0.13     0.61

Expected dividend yield

       0.00     0.00
     Issued during the
nine months ended
    As of     As of  
Debt Guarantee    September 30, 2011     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Exercise Price

   $ 6.49      $ 3.45      $ 3.23   

Expected life (years)

     5.00        3.11        3.74   

Expected volatility

     77.35     75.89     81.67

Risk-free interest rate

     1.76     0.51     1.13

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00
           As of     As of  
Series B          September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Exercise Price

     $ 5.00      $ 5.00   

Expected life (years)

       4.17        4.92   

Expected volatility

       79.11     78.77

Risk-free interest rate

       0.96     2.01

Expected dividend yield

       0.00     0.00
Consulting    Issued during the
nine months ended
September 30, 2011
    As of
September 30, 2011
    As of
December 31, 2010
 

Exercise Price

   $ 5.00      $ 3.25      $ 2.73   

Expected life (years)

     5.00        3.73        4.25   

Expected volatility

     78.45     79.56     80.31

Risk-free interest rate

     2.07     0.54     2.01

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Financing    Issued during the
nine months ended
September 30, 2011
    As of
September 30, 2011
 

Exercise Price

   $ 5.00      $ 5.00   

Expected life (years)

     5.00        4.50   

Expected volatility

     78.46     77.11

Risk-free interest rate

     2.07     0.96

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

In determining fair values of warrants issued, the assumed Company stock price was $6.33 and $2.38 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and ranged from $5.15—$6.49 for warrants issued during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

The following table summarizes the derivative warrant activity subject to fair value accounting for the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

 

     Fair value of
warrants
outstanding as of
     Fair value of
warrants
     Warrants     Change in
fair value of
     Fair value of
warrants
outstanding as of
 

Issued with/for

   December 31, 2010      issued      Amended     warrants      September 30, 2011  

Series A Preferred Stock

   $ 63,000       $ —         $ —        $ 141,000       $ 204,000   

Series B Preferred Stock

     314,000         —           —          759,000         1,073,000   

Debt Guarantee

     3,793,000         831,000         (6,415,000     8,518,000         6,727,000   

Consulting

     100,000         69,000         —          243,000         412,000   

Financing

     —           1,019,000         —          220,000         1,239,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,270,000       $ 1,919,000       $ (6,415,000   $ 9,881,000       $ 9,655,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 9. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, the Topic establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that give the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.

The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The following tables summarize financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

 

     September 30, 2011  
     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Warrant liability

   $  9,655,000         —           —         $  9,655,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Warrant liability

   $ 4,270,000         —           —         $ 4,270,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The warrant liability consists of stock warrants issued by the Company that contain an exercise price adjustment feature. In accordance with derivative accounting for warrants, the Company calculated the fair value of warrants and the assumptions used are described in Note 8, “Fair Value of Warrants”. Realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the change in fair value of the warrant liability are included in Other income (expense) on the Statement of Operations.

The following table reflects the activity for liabilities measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 4,270,000      $  1,436,000   

Derivative financial instruments reclassified to equity upon amendment

     (6,415,000     —     

Issuances of derivative financial instruments

     1,919,000        480,000   

Unrealized (gain) loss related to change in fair value

     9,881,000        2,313,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30

   $ 9,655,000      $ 4,229,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note 10. Contingencies

From 2000 to 2004, the Company operated a clinical laboratory in Milford, Massachusetts providing cancer screening services. The clinical laboratory participated in the Medicare program. The Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) and the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ,” together with the OIG, “Government”) informed the Company in February 2009 that they were contemplating commencing a civil False Claims Act action against the Company with respect to certain alleged improper billing practices and overpayments relating to operations at the Milford, Massachusetts clinical laboratory. Although no action has been commenced to date, the Company could be subject to liability claimed by the Government of $1.6 million in damages, plus interest, costs, significant penalties, and potential trebling as well as other administrative sanctions. While

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

the Company disputes any allegation that its former Milford laboratory engaged in improper billing practices, no assurance can be given that the Company will not be required to make a substantial payment to the Government. The Company has accrued approximately $800,000 in connection with the investigation.

 

Note 11. Subsequent Events

Amendment of Series B Purchase Agreement: In September 2011, the Company solicited holders of the Series B to execute an amendment and waiver to the Series B purchase agreement, which provided for (i) a waiver of the cash penalties and (ii) an amendment extending the Merger Period to March 31, 2012 and providing for (A) the tolling of the Merger Period if the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to an initial public offering of its equity securities (“lPO”) and (B) elimination of penalties if the Company consummates the lPO. As of December 21, 2011, holders of 1,522,600 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have agreed to the waiver.

Financing: As of December 21, 2011, the Company entered into a secured term loan which provides available funds of $6 million. The agreement is structured into two $3 million pieces, one of which is with an unrelated investor and the other is with John Pappajohn, a Company Director and shareholder. We paid the unrelated investor $50,000 to cover certain fees and expenses incurred by the unrelated investor in connection with this transaction. The two pieces have the same terms and conditions, with certain exceptions as described below.

The loan bears interest at the prime rate plus 6.25% (9.50% at December 21, 2011) and matures in twelve months, with a Company option to extend it an additional six months. There is a prepayment penalty on the loan with the unrelated investor in the amount of $285,000 less interest previously paid. The unrelated investor may require that the loan be repaid within 30 days should the Company complete an IPO and receive gross proceeds of at least $15 million. In the event that the unrelated investor requires payment upon completion of our IPO and certain other maturity events, the annual interest rate shall increase to 12%. The loan is secured by all assets of the Company, subject to prior first and second liens. By operation of an inter-creditor agreement, the loan to the unrelated investor is senior to other Company debt, except for the existing credit line of $3 million to DAM Holdings.

The agreement calls for the lenders to initially receive an aggregate of 423,528 five-year warrants to purchase the Company’s common shares at the lower of $8.50 per share, or at a 20% discount to the IPO price if the IPO price is less than $10.625 per share. The lenders will receive additional warrants on the same terms to purchase an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 91 days of closing the loans and an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 181 days of closing the loans. The warrant exercise price is subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection in the event of issuances of more than $5 million of securities at prices below the exercise price prior to the completion of our IPO. The lenders may elect to net exercise their warrants. The lenders also have the option to convert their loans to common shares up to two hours after they receive notice of the completion of the IPO at a price of $8.50 per share or at a 20% discount to the IPO price, whichever is lower.

Joint Venture with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research: On November 7, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“Mayo”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to form a joint venture with Mayo in August 2012. The joint venture will take the form of a limited liability company, with the Company and Mayo each initially holding fifty percent of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the new entity (the “JV”). In exchange for the membership interests in the JV, the Company will make a capital contribution of $6 million, to be paid over a three year period. In exchange for its membership interests, Mayo’s capital contribution will take the form of cash, staff, services, hardware and software, resources, laboratory services and instrumentation, the fair market value of which will be approximately equal to $6 million. Mayo’s continued contribution will also be conditioned upon the JV’s achievement of certain milestones. In addition, on November 14, 2011, the Company, without any additional consideration, granted Mayo 100,000 shares of its common stock, 66,000 of which shall initially be subject to certain forfeiture restrictions if the joint venture does not meet certain milestones.

Securities Registration: On December 29, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cancer Genetics, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cancer Genetics, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2009, Cancer Genetics, Inc. and subsidiary adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815-40 and reclassified certain warrants previously classified as an equity instrument to a liability.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Des Moines, Iowa

December 30, 2011

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

     2010      2009  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,779,251       $ 29,891   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of 2010 $46,356; 2009 $23,000

     705,844         182,038   

Other current assets

     821,007         110,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,306,102         322,293   

FIXED ASSETS, net of accumulated depreciation

     1,179,007         1,334,901   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

     

Security deposits

     1,564         1,564   

Restricted cash

     438,400         450,000   

Loan guarantee fee, net of accumulated amortization of 2010 $172,917; 2009 $101,333

     242,083         354,667   

Patents

     134,863         126,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     816,910         932,410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 5,302,019       $ 2,589,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
     2010     2009  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,484,187      $ 987,584   

Obligations under capital leases, current portion

     36,922        82,691   

Line of credit

     —          410,000   

Notes payable, current portion

     —          145,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,521,109        1,625,275   

OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES

     16,954        51,033   

DEFERRED RENT PAYABLE

     130,389        88,026   

NOTES PAYABLE, LONG-TERM

     100,000        100,000   

LINE OF CREDIT

     6,000,000        6,000,000   

WARRANTY LIABILITY

     4,270,000        1,436,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     12,038,452        9,300,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 5 and 16)

    

STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

    

Series A Preferred Stock, authorized 588,000 shares $.0001 par value (purchase price liquidation preference of $4,971,866 or can elect to convert common stock), 587,691 shares issued and outstanding

     59        59   

Series B Preferred Stock, authorized 2,000,000 shares $0.0001 par value (purchase price liquidation preference of $9,108,000 or can elect to convert to common stock), 1,821,600 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

     182        —     

Common stock, authorized 24,000,000 shares $0.0001 par value, 6,357,402, and 6,156,402 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

     636        616   

Additional paid-in capital

     15,662,050        7,280,614   

Treasury stock

     (17,442     (17,442

Accumulated deficit

     (22,381,918     (13,974,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

     (6,736,433     (6,710,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

   $ 5,302,019      $ 2,589,604   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Revenue

   $ 2,521,579      $ 1,665,687      $ 1,679,584   

Cost of revenues

     3,516,189        2,531,618        2,222,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     (994,610     (865,931     (543,030
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     1,166,553        1,336,037        608,312   

General and administrative

     3,445,998        1,844,572        1,389,590   

Sales and marketing

     715,966        239,459        335,723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,328,517        3,420,068        2,333,625   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,323,127     (4,285,999     (2,876,655
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

     (792,415     (2,091,807     (266,005

Interest income

     763        2,514        18,281   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,026,000     (953,000     —     

Therapeutic Discovery Project grant

     733,438        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (2,084,214     (3,042,293     (247,724
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (8,407,341     (7,328,292     (3,124,379

Income tax provision (benefit)

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (8,407,341   $ (7,328,292   $ (3,124,379
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (1.34   $ (1.61   $ (0.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     6,266,155        4,554,009        3,782,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

    Preferred Stock Series A     Preferred Stock Series B     Common Stock     Additional     Treasury     Accumulated        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Paid-in Capital     Stock     Deficit     Total  

Balance December 31, 2007

    587,691      $ 59        —        $ —          4,221,183      $ 422      $ 4,804,414      $ (5,000   $ (3,311,906   $ 1,487,989   

Stock issue costs

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (80,000     —          —          (80,000

Treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          (584,781     (58     —          (12,442     —          (12,500

Stock based compensation - employees

    —          —          —          —          —          —          105,750        —          —          105,750   

Warrants issued with debt

    —          —          —          —          —          —          16,000        —          —          16,000   

Warrants issued in exchange for debt guarantee

    —          —          —          —          —          —          381,000        —          —          381,000   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,124,379     (3,124,379
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

    587,691        59        —          —          3,636,402        364        5,227,164        (17,442     (6,436,285     (1,226,140 )  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle January 1, 2009, reclassification of embedded feature of equity- linked financial instrument to derivative liability, at fair value

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (711,000     —          (210,000     (921,000

Stock based compensation - employees

                300,702            300,702   

Exercise of warrants

    —          —          —          —          2,520,000        252        2,463,748        —          —          2,464,000   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (7,328,292     (7,328,292
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    587,691        59        —          —          6,156,402        616        7,280,614        (17,442     (13,974,577     (6,710,730 )  

Sale of series B Preferred Stock, net of stock issuance costs of $1,183,751

    —          —          1,821,600        182        —          —          7,902,981        —          —          7,903,163   

Stock based compensation - employees

    —            —          —          —          —          344,275        —          —          344,275   

Stock based compensation - consultants

    —          —          —          —          10,000        1        90,599        —          —          90,600   

Exercise of options

    —          —          —          —          191,000        19        43,581        —          —          43,600   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (8,407,341     (8,407,341
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    587,691      $ 59        1,821,600      $ 182        6,357,402      $ 636      $ 15,662,050      $ (17,442   $ (22,381,918   $ (6,736,433
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

     2010     2009     2008  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

   $ (8,407,341   $ (7,328,292   $ (3,124,379

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     317,095        303,771        134,052   

Amortization

     9,723        3,241        —     

Provision for bad debts

     46,356        23,000        —     

Equity-based consulting and compensation expenses

     476,875        300,702        105,750   

Derivative warrants issued for consulting services

     65,000        —          —     

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     2,026,000        953,000        —     

Amortization of loan guarantee fee

     527,584        1,898,139        154,194   

Accretion of discount on debt

     —          —          16,000   

Deferred rent

     42,363        42,364        45,662   

Change in working capital components:

      

Accounts receivable

     (570,162     95,697        547,722   

Other current assets

     (710,643     (57,072     18,045   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     446,603        430,276        (431,539
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) operating activities

     (5,730,547     (3,335,174     (2,534,493
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Purchase of fixed assets

     (161,201     (160,583     (1,110,597

Patent costs

     (18,407     (30,226     (17,154

Decrease in restricted cash

     11,600        —          —     

Security deposits

     —          —          4,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (168,008     (190,809     (1,123,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (79,848     (136,926     (141,483

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     9,108,000        —          —     

Payment of equity issuance costs

     (826,837     —          (80,000

Treasury stock purchase

     —          —          (12,500

Proceeds from option exercises

     1,600        —          —     

Proceeds from borrowings on line of credit

     590,000        3,560,000        2,850,000   

Payments on line of credit

     (1,000,000     —          —     

Proceeds from notes payable

     —          105,000        —     

Principal payments on notes payable

     (145,000     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     7,647,915        3,528,074        2,616,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,749,360        2,091        (1,041,997

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      

Beginning

     29,891        27,800        1,069,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending

   $ 1,779,251      $ 29,891      $ 27,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

     2010      2009      2008  

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURE

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 274,356       $ 164,407       $ 91,156   

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

        

Fixed assets acquired through capital lease arrangement

   $ —         $ 70,970       $ 188,025   

Warrants issued for debt guarantee fee

     415,000         2,026,000         381,000   

Warrants issued for equity issuance costs

     328,000         —           —     

Cashless exercise of derivative warrants

     —           2,464,000         —     

Reclassification of embedded feature of equity-linked financial statements to warrant liability upon adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815-40

     —           921,000         —     

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Cancer Genetics, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on April 8, 1999 and has offices and a laboratory located in Rutherford, New Jersey. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Cancer Genetics Italia SRL (“CGI Italia”), manufactures DNA probes. CGI Italia had approximately $88,000 in total assets at December 31, 2010 and approximately $28,000 in total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The Company is a diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing proprietary genomic tests and services to improve the diagnosis, prognosis and response to treatment of cancer (theranosis). The Company’s proprietary tests target cancers where prognosis information is critical and where predicting treatment outcomes using currently available techniques is limited. These cancers include hematological, urogenital and HPV-associated cancers. The Company has commercially launched MatBA™-CLL, its first proprietary microarray diagnostic tests and seeks to provide its tests and services to oncologists and pathologists at hospitals, cancer centers and physician offices.

 

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation : The Company prepares its financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Revenues are recognized in the period in which they are earned. Expenses are recognized in the period in which the related liability is incurred.

Liquidity : The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been funds generated from the sale of shares of common and preferred stock, debt financings, grants in lieu of federal income tax credits and National Institute of Health grants. The Company’s current cash resources are sufficient to satisfy its liquidity requirements for the next twelve months. Based on its current operating projections, the Company will need to raise additional capital to expand its business to meet its long-term business objectives. Additional financing, which is not in place at this time, may be from the sale of equity or convertible or other debt securities in a public or private offering, from an additional credit facility or strategic partnership coupled with an investment in the Company or a combination of both. The Company may be unable to raise sufficient additional financing on terms that are acceptable, if at all. The Company’s failure to raise additional capital and in sufficient amounts will severely impact its ability to expand its business.

Principles of consolidation : The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cancer Genetics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Cancer Genetics Italia SRL. All significant intercompany account balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates and assumptions : The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, realization of amounts billed, realization of long-lived assets, realization of intangible assets, accruals for litigation and registration payments and assumptions used to value stock options and warrants. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Risks and uncertainties : The Company operates in an industry that is subject to intense competition, government regulation and rapid technological change. The Company’s operations are subject to

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

significant risk and uncertainties including financial, operational, technological, regulatory and other risks, including the potential risk of business failure.

Cash and cash equivalents : Highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions. At times, such amounts may exceed insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents.

Revenue recognition : Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in the period in which the service is provided. Once clinical testing procedures for a patient are complete, the Company submits the appropriate documentation to the revenue cycle management partner and records revenue for each test performed. The Company is subject to payment limits imposed by insurance carriers and Medicare, and therefore, the amount of revenue recorded takes into account the historical percentage of revenue the Company has collected for each type of test from each payor category. Periodically, an adjustment is made to revenue to record differences between the Company’s anticipated cash receipts from insurance carriers and Medicare and actual receipts from such payors. Sales of probes are recorded on the delivery date. Grant income is recognized after the grants have been approved and once the qualifying reimbursable clinical expenditures have been paid.

Accounts receivable : Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate for contractual adjustments and doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts on a periodic basis. The estimate for doubtful receivables is determined from an analysis of the accounts receivable from time to time, and is recorded as bad debt expense. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded when received.

Fixed assets : Fixed assets consist of diagnostic equipment, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements. Fixed assets are carried at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from five to seven years, and leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. The straight-line method is used for depreciation and amortization. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred while improvements are capitalized. Upon sale, retirement or disposal of fixed assets, the accounts are relieved of the cost and the related accumulated depreciation with any gain or loss recorded to the consolidated statement of operations.

Fixed assets are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. These computations utilize judgments and assumptions inherent in management’s estimate of future cash flows to determine recoverability of these assets. If management’s assumptions about these assets were to change as a result of events or circumstances, the Company may be required to record an impairment loss.

Loan guarantee fee : Loan guarantee fees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the guarantee.

Warrant liability : The Company adopted derivative accounting for certain warrants which contain an exercise price adjustment feature. Effective January 1, 2009, 1,678,067 of the issued and outstanding common stock purchase warrants previously treated as equity were no longer afforded equity treatment. As a result, the Company recorded a cumulative adjustment to reclassify $711,000 from additional paid-in capital and $210,000 from retained earnings and recorded a $921,000 long-term warrant liability to recognize the fair value of such warrants on January 1, 2009. These common stock purchase warrants

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

do not trade in an active securities market, and as such, the Company estimates the fair value of these warrants using the binomial lattice valuation pricing model with the assumptions as follows: The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve. The expected life of the warrants is based upon the contractual life of the warrants. Volatility is estimated based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of four entities with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The measurement date fair value of the underlying common shares is based upon an external valuation of the Company’s shares. (See Notes 13 and 14).

The Company computes the fair value of the warrant liability at each reporting period and the change in the fair value is recorded as non-cash expense or non-cash income. The key component in the value of the warrant liability is the Company’s stock price, which is subject to significant fluctuation and is not under the Company’s control. The resulting effect on the Company’s net loss is therefore subject to significant fluctuation and will continue to be so until the warrants are exercised, amended or expire. Assuming all other fair value inputs remain constant, the Company will record non-cash expense when the stock price increases and non-cash income when the stock price decreases.

Income taxes : Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for net operating loss carryforwards that are available to offset future taxable income and research and development credits. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Company has established a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, therefore the Company has not recognized any tax benefit or expense in the periods presented.

FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. ASC 740 provides that a tax benefit from uncertain tax positions may be recognized when it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Income tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to be recognized. ASC 740 also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. See Note 10 for a discussion of uncertain tax positions.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no accrual for interest or penalties on its consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2010 or 2009, and had not recognized interest and/or penalties in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 or 2008 due net operating loss carryforwards.

Patents : The Company accounts for intangible assets under FASB ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangibles – 30 General Intangibles Other than Goodwill . Patents consist of legal fees incurred and are recorded at cost and amortized over the useful lives of the assets, using the straight-line method. Certain patents are in the legal application process and therefore are not currently being amortized. Management reviews the carrying value of patents at the end of each reporting period. Based upon management’s review, there were no intangible asset impairments in 2010, 2009 or 2008. Accumulated amortization of patents as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $13,000 and $3,000, respectively. Future amortization expense for legally approved patents is estimated at $9,700 per year through 2018 and approximately $6,500 for 2019.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Research and development:  Research and development costs include payroll, employee benefits, stock-based compensation, supplies, facilities and other costs associated with service and product development and are expensed as they are incurred.

Stock-based compensation : The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values on the grant date. The Company estimates the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods using the straight-line method. See additional information in Note 12.

All issuances of stock options or other issuances of equity instruments to employees as the consideration for services received by the Company are accounted for based on the fair value of the equity instrument issued.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505-50”). Under ASC 505-50, management determines the fair value of the warrants or stock-based compensation awards granted as either the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measureable. Stock-based compensation awards issued to non-employees are recorded in expense and additional paid-in capital in stockholders’ deficit over the applicable service periods based on the fair value of the awards or consideration received at the vesting date.

Fair value of financial instruments : The carrying amount of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and capital leases approximate their estimated fair values due to the short-term maturities of those financial instruments. The fair value of notes payable and the line of credit is estimated based on anticipated interest rates which management believes would currently be available to the Company for similar issues of debt, taking into account the current credit risk of the Company and other market factors. The Company believes the carrying value of the debt instruments approximates fair value. The fair value of warrants recorded as derivative liabilities is described in Note 14.

Earnings (loss) per share : Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares assumed to be outstanding during the period of computation. Diluted earnings per share is computed similar to basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. For all periods presented, basic and diluted loss per share are the same, as any additional common stock equivalents would be antidilutive due to net loss, and as such have been excluded from the calculation of the weighted average number of dilutive common shares.

The following table summarizes potentially dilutive adjustments to the weighted average number of common shares which were excluded from the calculation:

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Common stock purchase warrants

     3,728,662         3,036,192         2,336,192   

Stock options

     2,558,300         1,100,000         225,000   

Common shares issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock

     1,763,073         1,763,073         1,763,073   

Common shares issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock

     1,821,600         —           —     

Common shares issuable upon conversion of note payable to shareholder

     46,440         46,440         46,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,918,075         5,945,705         4,370,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recent accounting pronouncements : In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“the Update”). The Update provides amendments to FASB ASC 820-10 that require entities to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, the Update requires entities to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The disclosures related to Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements became effective for the Company in 2010 and the disclosures related to Level 3 fair value measurements are effective for the Company in 2011. The Update requires new disclosures only, and will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) — Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“Update 2011-04”). Update 2011-04 generally represents clarification of Topic 820, but also includes instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. Update 2011-04 results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. Update 2011-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied prospectively. Early application is not permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of Update 2011-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-07, “Health Care Entities (Topic 954): Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities” (“Update 2011-07”). Update 2011-07 requires certain health care entities to change the presentation in their statement of operations by reclassifying the provision for bad debts associated with patient service revenue from an operating expense to a deduction from patient service revenue (net of contractual allowances and discounts). Additionally, those health care entities are required to provide enhanced disclosure about their policies for recognizing revenue and assessing bad debts. The amendments also require disclosures of patient service revenue (net of contractual allowances and discounts) as well as qualitative and quantitative information about changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts. Update 2011-07 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of Update 2011-07 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Note 3. Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Revenue by payor type for the years ended December 31 is comprised of the following:

 

$1,679,584 $1,679,584 $1,679,584
     2010      2009      2008  

Medicare

   $ 605,776       $ 352,328       $ 446,850   

Direct bill

     408,356         461,374         437,160   

Grants and royalty

     110,000         99,565         155,943   

Insurance carrier and all others

     1,397,447         752,420         639,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,521,579       $ 1,665,687       $ 1,679,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable by payor type at December 31 consists of the following:

 

$1,679,584 $1,679,584 $1,679,584
     2010            2009             

Medicare

   $ 173,996      $ 52,695     

Direct bill

     20,058        66,490     

Insurance carrier and all others

     558,146        85,853     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (46,356     (23,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 705,844      $ 182,038     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The Company has historically derived and expects to continue to derive a significant portion of its revenue from a limited number of test ordering sites. The Company’s test ordering sites are largely hospitals, cancer centers, reference laboratories and physician offices. Oncologists and pathologists at these sites order the tests on behalf of the needs of their oncology patients. The Company’s top five test ordering sites during 2010 accounted for 60% of the Company’s clinical testing volumes, with 15% of the volume coming from community hospitals. In particular, during the year ended December 31, 2010, there were three sites which each accounted for approximately 10% or more of the Company’s revenue: one community hospital accounted for approximately 12% of the Company’s revenue; a regional reference laboratory accounted for 11% of the Company’s revenue and a community oncology practice accounted for another 11% of the Company’s revenue. The Company generally does not enter into formal written agreements with such testing sites and, as a result, it may lose these significant test ordering sites at any time. The loss of any of these test ordering sites would adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

 

Note 4. Other Current Assets

At December 31, 2010 and 2009 other current assets consisted of the following:

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     2010      2009  

Grants receivable

   $ 733,438       $ —     

Inventory probes and arrays

     41,546         50,327   

Prepaid expenses

     46,023         60,037   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 821,007       $ 110,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The grant receivable consists of a Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Project grant administered under Section 48D of the Internal Revenue Code which was awarded in October 2010. The qualifying expenses were incurred in 2010 and 2009.

 

Note 5. Lease Commitments

The Company leases its laboratory and research facilities and administrative office space in Rutherford, New Jersey under an escalating lease agreement that expires on October 6, 2017. The lease requires monthly rent for 10 years with periodic rent increases that vary from $1 to $2 per square foot of the rented premises per year. The difference between minimum rent and straight-line rent is recorded as deferred rent payable. The terms of the lease require that a $450,000 security deposit for the facility be held in a stand by letter of credit held in favor of the landlord (see Note 7).

The Company acquired office and scientific equipment under long term leases which have been capitalized at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The equipment under these capital leases had a cost of $143,698 and accumulated depreciation of $69,114, as of December 31, 2010.

Minimum future lease payments under all capital and operating leases as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

December 31,    Capital
Leases
     Operating
Leases
     Total  

2011

   $ 43,437       $ 502,237       $ 545,674   

2012

     17,972         512,847         530,819   

2013

     —           511,176         511,176   

2014

     —           544,059         544,059   

2015

     —           563,489         563,489   

Thereafter

     —           1,177,050         1,177,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total of minimum lease payments

     61,409       $ 3,810,858       $ 3,872,267   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     7,533         
  

 

 

       

Present value of net minimum obligations

     53,876         

Less current obligation under capital lease

     36,922         
  

 

 

       

Long-term obligation under capital lease

   $ 16,954         
  

 

 

       

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $546,169, $535,558, and $542,478, respectively.

 

Note 6. Notes Payable

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, notes payable consisted of the following:

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     2010      2009  

Note payable to shareholder. The note is due on demand and bears interest at 8.5% per annum. At the option of the holder, the note is convertible into preferred shares of the Company, equal or convertible on a one to one basis, to 46,440 shares of common stock. Accrued interest at December 31, 2010 was approximately $34,000. (a)

   $ 100,000       $ 100,000   

Various notes payable to shareholders, consultants and employees. All notes were paid off during the year ended December 31, 2010.

     —           145,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     100,000         245,000   

Less amounts due within one year

     —           (145,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes payable, less current portion

   $ 100,000       $ 100,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) In 2011, this note was extended to December 31, 2012 and note is no longer convertible into common stock. As a result of the extension of the maturity date, the note payable is presented as a long-term liability.

 

Note 7. Letter of Credit

In connection with the facility lease described in Note 5, the lessor required the establishment of a stand by letter of credit in the amount of $450,000 with Capital One Bank to use as a guarantee for a security deposit. The letter of credit is secured by funds held in a money market account earning interest currently at 0.15% per year. The amount of the letter of credit was reduced by $11,600 during the year ended December 31, 2010 and provided there is no event of default under the lease agreement, it will be reduced by $54,800 as of each subsequent anniversary of the commencement date of the lease. In no event will it be reduced below $127,794. In February 2011, the Company allowed the letter of credit to expire and was in default of the lease agreement. The Company is negotiating with its’ landlord for a reduction of the amount required under the letter of credit in exchange for an option, contingent on completion of an initial public offering, to lease additional office space.

 

Note 8. Business Lines of Credit

At December 31, 2010, the Company has fully utilized a line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank which provides for maximum borrowings of $6,000,000. Interest on the line of credit is due monthly and equal to the bank’s prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2010). The line of credit, as amended as of December 31, 2010, provides the repayment of principal, and any unpaid interest, in a single payment due on July 31, 2011. The line of credit is guaranteed by one of the stockholders of the Company and is collateralized by a first lien on all of the assets of the Company including the assignment of the Company’s approved and pending patent applications (see Note 17). At December 31, 2010 and 2009, $6,000,000 was outstanding under the line of credit.

Subsequent to December 31, 2010, the Company entered into a Sixth Addendum to the Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank which extended the maturity of the line of credit to July 31, 2012 and modified the

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

interest rate on any outstanding borrowings to 1.75% above the Daily One Month LIBOR rate. Based on this extension, the line of credit is presented as a long-term liability.

On March 23, 2011, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with DAM Holdings, LLC in which the Company received proceeds of $3 million. Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement with a member of the Company’s board of directors and DAM Holdings, LLC (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), the Company is required to use the proceeds from an initial public offering to repay the full amounts outstanding under both the Wells Fargo Line of Credit and the DAM Loan Agreement. If the proceeds from an initial public offering are insufficient to repay the full amount outstanding under both the Wells Fargo Line of Credit and the DAM Loan Agreement, the Company is required, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, to use the proceeds to repay the debt outstanding under the DAM Loan Agreement before any proceeds can be used to repay any debt outstanding under the Wells Fargo Line of Credit. The DAM debt bears an initial annual interest rate of 3.0% payable in equal monthly installments and expires upon the earlier of the following: (i) September 23, 2012, (ii) the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities in which the Company receives gross proceeds in the amount of $10,000,000 or more, or (iii) the consummation of a transaction in which the Company is either merged with a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or a public company acquires all or substantially all of the Company, and the survivor of such merger of the public company receives gross proceeds from the sale of the survivors securities or the public company’s securities in the amount of $10,000,000 or more. If certain maturity events do not occur prior to January 1, 2012, then the interest rate on the DAM debt will increase to 10% per annum and if certain maturity events do not occur prior to April 1, 2012 then the interest rate will increase to 15% per annum.

On December 11, 2009, the Company entered into a line of credit for $1,000,000 with West Bank, bearing interest at 6% per annum and due June 1, 2010. The line of credit was guaranteed by one of the stockholders of the Company and was collateralized by a lien on all of the assets of the Company. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2009 was $410,000. The line of credit matured and was repayed in full on August 17, 2010.

 

Note 9. Fixed Assets

Fixed Assets are summarized by major classifications as follows:

 

     2010     2009  

Equipment

   $ 1,434,166      $ 1,279,216   

Furniture

     461,119        458,568   

Leasehold improvements

     583,592        579,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,478,877        2,317,676   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,299,870     (982,775
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fixed assets

   $ 1,179,007      $ 1,334,901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note 10. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 differs from the approximate amount of income tax benefit determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pre-tax loss, due to the following:

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2010
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
     Amount     % of
Pretax
Loss
    Amount     % of
Pretax
Loss
    Amount     % of
Pretax
Loss
 

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

   $ (2,943,000     35.0   $ (2,565,000     35.0   $ (1,094,000     35.0

State tax provision, net of federal tax benefit

     (312,000     3.8     (190,000     2.6     (143,000     4.6

Tax credits

     (26,000     0.3     (6,000     0.1     (25,000     0.8

Stock option permanent differences

     33,000        -0.4     —          0.0     37,000        -1.2

Derivative warrant permanent differences

     894,000        -10.6     998,000        -13.6     60,000        -1.9

Change in valuation allowance

     2,543,000        -30.3     1,528,000        -20.9     1,171,000        -37.5

Other

     (189,000     2.2     235,000        -3.2     (6,000     0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ —          0.0   $ —          0.0   $ —          0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Approximate deferred taxes consist of the following components as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2010     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 5,867,000      $ 3,851,000   

Accruals and reserves

     392,000        69,000   

Non-qualified stock options

     246,000        120,000   

Research and development tax credits

     338,000        312,000   

Derivative warrant liability

     26,000        —     

Other

     10,000        12,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     6,879,000        4,364,000   

Less valuation allowance

     (6,769,000     (4,226,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     110,000        138,000   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

     (110,000     (138,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to a history of losses the Company has generated since inception, the Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. Therefore, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.

The Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $16.1 million as of December 31, 2010. The net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2026. Utilization of these carryforwards is subject to limitations due to ownership changes that may delay the utilization of a portion of the carryforwards.

At December 31, 2007, the Company had originally reported deferred tax assets of $1,154,242 primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards. Upon further review, and in light of cumulative losses existing at that time, the Company concluded that a full valuation allowance should be established for these deferred tax assets at that time. In order to correct this error, the December 31, 2007 accumulated deficit has been restated by increasing the accumulated deficit by $1,154,242.

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $1,395,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which if recognized would affect its effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $392,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which if recognized would affect its effective tax rate.

The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

 

     2010      2009  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 392,000       $ 62,000   

Increases for tax positions related to the current year

     1,003,000         330,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 1,395,000       $ 392,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s federal and New Jersey tax returns remain open for examination for tax years 2006 to 2010 due to the Company’s net operating loss carryforward.

 

Note 11. Capital Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 588,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”) and 2,000,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”). The holders of the Series A and Series B are entitled to participate in any dividend declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock on a pro-rata basis with holders of the Common Stock. The Series A holders have a liquidation preference equal to the original Series A purchase price of $8.46 per share (or $4,971,866) and the Series B holders have a liquidation preference equal to the Series B original purchase price of $5.00 per share (or $9,108,000) subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations and similar adjustments to capitalization. Alternatively the preferred stock shareholders can elect to convert the Series A and Series B into Common Stock and participate ratably with holders of Common Stock in the distribution of assets upon liquidation of the Company. The holders of Series A and Series B have the right to convert their shares into Common Stock at any time. The initial conversion rate is the original purchase price of the Series A or Series B shares divided by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The initial conversion price equals the original purchase price paid by the holder for a share of Series A or series B, as applicable. The Series A and Series B shares will automatically convert to common shares upon the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement in connection with an initial public offering with gross proceeds of $25,000,000 or more and under certain other circumstances. The conversion price is subject to adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, combinations and similar adjustments to capitalization. The prices of each series of preferred stock are also subject to adjustment in the event that the Company issues additional equity securities at a per share price less than the applicable conversion price for each such series of preferred stock. The conversion price for the Series A is $2.82 and for the Series B is $5.00.

The Series B purchase agreement provided for the payment of semiannual cash penalty payable to each holder of Series B if the Company failed to complete a merger with a corporation whose shares were registered for issuance pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), within 9 months of the closing of the Series B offering (or August 19, 2011) (the “Merger Period”). The penalty shall be equal to 1% of the original purchase price for a share of Series B for the first 30 day period following the expiration of the Merger Period if a merger shall not have been consummated and an additional 2% of the original purchase price for a share of Series B for each successive 30 day period following the first penalty period, pro rated daily up to a maximum penalty of 11% of the original purchase price for a share of Series B per annum. See Note 18 Subsequent Events for a discussion of the amendments made to the Series B purchase agreement.

The Board approved a 3-for-1 forward stock split as October 29, 2008 (the “2008 Split”). As a result of the 2008 Split, the number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company increased from 1,212,134 to 3,636,402 as of October 29, 2008. As a result of the 2008 Split, the Series A

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

conversion price was adjusted to $2.82. The presentation of all share amounts in this report are presented on a post-split basis.

 

Note 12. Stock Option Plan

The Board of Directors adopted a qualified employee incentive stock option plan on April 29, 2008 and reserved 419,126 shares of common stock for issuance under the plan. On October 29, 2008, the Board of Directors declared a three for one forward common stock split which increased the number of shares reserved by the plan to 1,257,378. On April 1, 2010, the stockholders voted to increase the number of shares reserved by the plan to 2,750,000. The plan is meant to provide additional incentive to officers, employees and consultants to remain in the employment of the Company. The Company is authorized to issue incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options to eligible participants. Options granted are generally exercisable for up to 10 years.

A summary of employee and nonemployee stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding                
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2009

     1,100,000      $ 0.80         

Granted

     1,703,300        2.87         

Exercised

     (227,000     0.80         

Cancelled or expired

     (18,000     0.80         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31, 2010

     2,558,300      $ 2.18         8.97       $ 1,693,760   

Exercisable, December 31, 2010

     1,041,425      $ 1.32         8.51       $ 1,234,652   

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s estimated fair value of its common stock and the exercise price of outstanding, in-the-money options. The Company’s estimated fair value of its common stock was $2.38 as of December 31, 2010. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $293,350 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company received $1,600 from the exercise of options. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 36,000 shares were surrendered as part of a net-issue exercise.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted to employees was approximately $976,717 and $118,178, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over the next 4.16 and 1.44 years, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010, total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted to non-employees was approximately $610,300, which is expected to be recognized over the next 2.3 years. The estimate of unrecognized nonemployee compensation is based on the fair value of the nonvested options as of December 31, 2010. There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-employee options at December 31, 2009.

The following table summarizes information about outstanding and vested stock options granted to employees and non-employees as of December 31, 2010 as follows:

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

                          Options Vested  
   Options Outstanding      and Exercisable  

Exercise Price

   Number of
Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

0.80

     1,072,000         8.36       $ 0.80         781,425       $ 0.80   

2.50

     1,083,300         9.30         2.50         219,000         2.50   

5.00

     403,000         9.69         5.00         41,000         5.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,558,300         8.97       $ 2.18         1,041,425       $ 1.32   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

The fair value of options granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. This valuation model for stock-based compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock (see Note 14), the expected term (the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the volatility of the Company’s common stock, a risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. The Company also estimates forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. No compensation cost is recorded for options that do not vest. The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life described in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment , and volatility is based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of four entities with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option. The Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero, as it does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Expected forfeitures are assumed to be zero due to the small number of plan participants and the plan design which has monthly vesting after an initial cliff vesting period.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Volatility

     78.02     74.15     69.53

Risk free interest rate

     3.20     1.75     2.77

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

Term (years)

     6.47        5.43        5.00   

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period

   $ 0.92      $ 0.48      $ 0.47   

In 2010, the Company issued an aggregate of 400,000 options to non-employees with an exercise price of $5. The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options reaching their measurement date for non-employees during the periods presented:

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Volatility

     77.89

Risk free interest rate

     2.76

Dividend yield

     0.00

Term (years)

     9.86   

The following table presents the effects of stock-based compensation related to stock option awards to employees and nonemployees on the Company’s Statement of Operations during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008  

Cost of revenues

   $ 17,748       $ 1,380       $ —     

Research and development

     64,038         230,000         —     

General and administrative

     323,380         69,322         105,750   

Sales and marketing

     50,809         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 455,975       $ 300,702       $ 105,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 13. Warrants

In connection with financing obtained on January 22, 2007, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 44,325 shares of common stock (post split) at an exercise price of $2.82 per share expiring January 22, 2012. This warrant was recorded at estimated fair value using a Black-Scholes valuation model as a $12,854 discount on debt which was subsequently amortized to interest expense.

In connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock on November 14, 2007, the Company issued to placement agents warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock (post split) at an exercise price of $2.15 per share expiring December 31, 2011. The Company also issued to the same placement agents warrants to purchase 93,078 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.82 per share expiring December 31, 2011. These warrants were recorded at an estimated fair value using a Black-Scholes valuation model of $53,685 in additional paid-in capital.

In connection with financing obtained on January 31, 2008, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 17,730 shares of common stock (post split) at an exercise price of $2.82 per share expiring January 22, 2012. This warrant was recorded at estimated fair value using a Black-Scholes valuation model as a $3,191 discount on debt which was subsequently amortized to interest expense.

In connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock on February 4, 2008, the Company issued to placement agents warrants to purchase 284,148 shares of common stock (post split) at an exercise price of $2.82 per share expiring September 10, 2012. These warrants were recorded at an estimated fair value using a Black-Scholes valuation model of $59,671 in additional paid-in capital.

In connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock on May 7, 2008, the Company issued to placement agents warrants to purchase 68,844 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.82 per share expiring September 10, 2012. These warrants were recorded at an estimated fair value using a Black-Scholes valuation model of $13,769 in additional paid-in capital.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Derivative Warrants

The Company has issued certain warrants which contain an exercise price adjustment feature in the event the Company issues additional equity instruments at a price lower than the exercise price of the warrant. The warrants are described herein as derivative warrants. These warrants are initially recorded as a warrant liability at fair value with a corresponding entry to the loan guarantee fee asset, additional paid-in capital or expense dependent upon the service provided in exchange for the warrant grant. Subsequently, any change in fair value is recognized in earnings until such time as the warrants are exercised, amended or expire.

In connection with debt guarantees and extensions, the Company issued 4,680,567 warrants to a member of its Board of Directors and shareholder at various dates (see Note 17). These warrants are initially recorded at fair value as a loan guarantee fee amortized over the period of the guarantee to interest expense. The aggregate issue date fair value of the debt guarantee warrants was $415,000 in 2010, $2,026,000 in 2009, and $381,000 in 2008.

In connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock on November 16, 2007, the Company issued a warrant to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.82 per share expiring November 16, 2012. The warrant contained an exercise price adjustment feature, which was triggered by the 2008 split and adjusted the number of shares underlying the warrant to 1,020,875 and the exercise price to $0.80 per share. The warrant was recorded as an increase to derivative financial instruments and additional paid-in capital at the estimated fair value of $319,000 on the grant date. This warrant was exercised as part of a net-issue exercise in August 2009.

In connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock on January 8, 2008, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.82 per share expiring November 16, 2012. These warrants contain an exercise price adjustment feature, which was triggered by the 2008 split and adjusted the number of shares underlying the warrant to 36,625 and the exercise price to $0.80 per share. These warrants were recorded as an increase to derivative financial instruments and additional paid-in capital at the estimated fair value of $11,000 on the grant date.

In August 2009, 3,000,000 of the derivative warrants outstanding were net-issue exercised resulting in 2,520,000 shares of common stock issued to John Pappajohn.

In connection with consulting agreements dated April 1, 2010, the Company issued to consultants warrants to purchase 20,150 and 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share and $2.82 per share, respectively. These warrants expire on April 1, 2015. These warrants were recorded as an increase to derivative financial instruments and consulting expense at the estimated fair value on the grant date of $65,000.

In connection with the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock on November 18, 2010, the Company issued warrants to purchase 262,320 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share expiring November 18, 2015. These warrants were recorded at estimated fair value of $328,000 as a reduction of additional paid-in capital and an increase to derivative financial instruments.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

The following table summarizes the warrant activity for 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

Issued With / For

   Exercise
Price
    Warrants
Outstanding
January 1,
2008
     2008
Warrants
Issued
     Warrants
Outstanding
December 31,
2008
     2009
Warrants
Issued
     2009
Warrants
Exercised
    Warrants
Outstanding
December 31,
2009
     2010
Warrants
Issued
     Warrants
Outstanding
December 31,
2010
 

Series A Pref. Stock

   $ 2.15        150,000         —           150,000         —           —          150,000         —           150,000   

Series A Pref. Stock

     2.82        93,078         352,992         446,070         —           —          446,070         —           446,070   

Financing

     2.82        44,325         17,730         62,055         —           —          62,055         —           62,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2.67        287,403         370,722         658,125         —           —          658,125         —           658,125   

Series A Pref. Stock

     0.80      1,020,875         36,625         1,057,500         —           (1,020,875     36,625         —           36,625   

Debt Guarantee

     0.80     —           620,567         620,567         2,500,000         (1,979,125     1,141,442         —           1,141,442   

Debt Guarantee

     5.00     —           —           —           1,200,000         —          1,200,000         360,000         1,560,000   

Series B Pref. Stock

     5.00     —           —           —           —           —          —           262,320         262,320   

Consulting

     2.50     —           —           —           —           —          —           20,150         20,150   

Consulting

     2.82     —           —           —           —           —          —           50,000         50,000   

Consulting

     5.00     —           —           —           —           —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3.34        1,020,875         657,193         1,678,067         3,700,000         (3,000,000     2,378,067         692,470         3,070,537   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3.22        1,308,278         1,027,915         2,336,192         3,700,000         (3,000,000     3,036,192         692,470         3,728,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* These warrants are subject to fair value accounting.

 

Note 14. Fair Value of Warrants

The following tables summarize the assumptions used in computing the fair value of derivative warrants subject to fair value accounting at the date of issue during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Issued During the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of December 31,  
Series A    2008     2010     2009  

Exercise Price

   $ 0.80      $ 0.80      $ 0.80   

Expected life (years)

     4.83        1.83        2.83   

Expected volatility

     68.37     77.33     87.73

Risk-free interest rate

     3.16     0.61     1.70

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Debt Guarantee    Issued During the Year Ended December 31,     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2010     2009  

Exercise Price

   $ 5.00      $ 2.16      $ 0.80      $ 3.23      $ 2.95   

Expected life (years)

     5.42        5.00        5.00        3.74        4.55   

Expected volatility

     79.37     78.73     68.32     81.67     82.50

Risk-free interest rate

     1.60     2.15     3.18     1.13     2.58

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

 

Series B    Issued During the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    As of
December 31, 2010
 

Exercise Price

   $ 5.00      $ 5.00   

Expected life (years)

     5.00        4.92   

Expected volatility

     80.22     78.77

Risk-free interest rate

     1.51     2.01

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00
Consulting    Issued During the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    As of
December 31, 2010
 

Exercise Price

   $ 2.73      $ 2.73   

Expected life (years)

     5.00        4.25   

Expected volatility

     81.12     80.31

Risk-free interest rate

     2.59     2.01

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

The assumed Company stock price used in computing the warrant fair value for warrants issued during the year is as follows: 2010 - $1.45 - $2.38; 2009 - $0.77 - $0.96; 2008 - $0.77 - $0.80. In determining the fair value of warrants issued at each reporting date, the assumed company stock price was $2.38 at December 31, 2010; $.96 at December 31, 2009’ and $.77 January 1, 2009.

The following tables summarize the assumptions used in computing the grant date fair value of warrants not subject to derivative accounting:

 

Non-Derivative    Issued During
the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 

Exercise Price

   $ 2.82   

Expected life (years)

     4.51   

Expected volatility

     66.87

Risk-free interest rate

     2.84

Expected dividend yield

     0.00

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

The following table summarizes the derivative warrant activity subject to fair value accounting for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Issued with
Series A
Preferred Stock
    Issued With
Series B
Preferred Stock
    Issued For
Debt
Guarantee
    Issued For
Consulting
     Total  

Beginning balance adjustment due to change in accounting treatment of derivative warrants, January 1, 2009

   $ 567,000      $ —        $ 354,000      $ —         $ 921,000   

Fair value of warrants issued

     —          —          2,026,000        —           2,026,000   

Fair value of warrants exercised

     (788,000     —          (1,676,000     —           (2,464,000

Change in fair value of warrants

     248,000        —          705,000        —           953,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009

     27,000        —          1,409,000        —           1,436,000   

Fair value of warrants issued

     —          328,000        415,000        65,000         808,000   

Change in fair value of warrants

     36,000        (14,000     1,969,000        35,000         2,026,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2010

   $ 63,000      $ 314,000      $ 3,793,000      $ 100,000       $ 4,270,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 15. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, the Topic establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that give the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.

The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The following table summarizes the financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

     2010  
     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for

Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Warrant liability

   $  4,270,000         —           —         $ 4,270,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2009  
     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable

Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Warrant liability

   $ 1,436,000         —           —         $  1,436,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The warrant liability consists of stock warrants issued by the Company that contain an exercise price adjustment feature. In accordance with derivative accounting for warrants, the Company calculated the fair value of warrants and the assumptions used are described in Note 14, “Fair Value of Warrants”. Realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the change in fair value of the warrant liability are included in Other income (expense) on the Statement of Operations.

The following table reflects the activity for liabilities measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs for the twelve months ended December 31:

 

     2010      2009  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 1,436,000       $ 921,000   

Exercise of derivative warrants

     —           (2,464,000

Issuances of derivative warrants

     808,000         2,026,000   

Realized and unrealized loss related to change in fair value

     2,026,000         953,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

   $ 4,270,000       $ 1,436,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 16. Contingencies

From 2000 to 2004, the Company operated a clinical laboratory in Milford, Massachusetts providing cancer screening services. The clinical laboratory participated in the Medicare program. The Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) and the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ,” together with the OIG, “Government”) informed the Company in February 2009 that they were contemplating commencing a civil False Claims Act action against us with respect to certain alleged improper billing practices and overpayments relating to operations at the Milford, Massachusetts clinical laboratory. Although no action has been commenced to date, the Company could be subject to liability claimed by the Government of $1.6 million in damages, plus interest, costs, significant penalties, and potential trebling as well as other administrative sanctions. While the Company disputes any allegation that its former Milford laboratory engaged in improper billing practices, no assurance can be given that the Company will not be required to make a substantial payment to the Government. The Company has accrued approximately $800,000 in connection with the investigation.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Note 17. Related Party Transactions

John Pappajohn, a member of the Board of Directors and shareholder, personally guarantees the Company’s revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank which matures July 31, 2012. As consideration for his guarantee, as well as each of the six extensions of this facility, Mr. Pappajohn received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,680,567 shares of common stock. Mr. Pappajohn also guaranteed the Company’s $1,000,000 revolving line of credit with West Bank which was repaid August 17, 2010. See Note 18 for subsequent issuance of 200,000 warrants in connection with additional debt guarantees.

On May 19, 2006, the Company issued a convertible promissory note in favor of its Chairman and founder, Dr. Chaganti, the holder, which obligates the Company to pay the holder the sum of $100,000, together with interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum, on demand of the holder. Interest expense totaled $8,416, $8,500 and $8,523 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company owes the holder $36,402 and $30,986 in accrued interest, respectively. On September 7, 2011, the promissory note was amended to extend its due date to December 31, 2012 and to eliminate any equity conversion feature.

On December 27, 2006, the Company issued a convertible promissory note in favor of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, the holder, which obligated the Company to pay the holder the sum of $40,000, together with interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum, on demand of the holder. Pursuant to the terms of the separation agreement between the holder and the Company, the Company issued a lump sum payment of $120,000 to the holder upon termination of his employment and the holder released the Company from any claims, including any claim for repayment of this note. Interest expense totaled $1,407, $3,400, and $3,409 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and accrued interest totaled $0 and $10,247 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

On June 19, 2009, the Company entered into agreements with TSG Partners, LLC (“TSG”) pursuant to which TSG agreed to provide the Company with strategic consulting services. The Company’s current Chief Executive Officer, Panna Sharma, was the managing partner, founder and majority owner of TSG and was actively involved in the consulting services provided to the Company pursuant to such consulting agreement. The Company compensated TSG an aggregate of $130,750 (excluding expenses) and warrants to purchase 21,500 shares of common stock under such consulting agreement in 2009 and $97,575 (excluding expenses) in 2010. On September 23, 2010, the Company entered into a three-month consulting agreement with TSG for a fixed fee of $60,000 ($45,000 of which was payable in cash and $15,000 was payable in warrants) plus up to $5,000 of expenses. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had an amount due to TSG of $0 and $7,750, respectively. This agreement was subsequently reduced in scope. See Note 18.

On January 10, 2010, the Company issued a convertible promissory note in favor of the Company’s Senior Scientific Officer, Dr. Houldsworth, the holder, which obligates the Company to pay the holder the sum of $55,000, together with interest at the rate of 5.5% per annum, on or before January 10, 2011. The $55,000 represents fees owed to Dr. Houldsworth pursuant to a certain consulting agreement between Dr. Houldsworth and the Company. The Company repaid the $55,000, plus interest in the amount of $970 in 2010.

On July 1, 2010, the Company entered into a one-year consulting agreement with Edmund Cannon, a member of its board of directors, pursuant to which Mr. Cannon receives $2,000 per calendar quarter for providing consulting services to the Company in connection with its clinical lab business. Pursuant to the same consulting agreement, Mr. Cannon also receives $100 per hour for each hour Mr. Cannon spends consulting on the development of new business opportunities for the Company. The Company can terminate this agreement for cause, as can Mr. Cannon, and the Company expects the agreement to terminate upon consummation of an initial public offering. Total expense for 2010 under the consulting agreement was $4,000.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

On August 15, 2010, the Company entered into a two-year consulting agreement with Dr. Pecora, a member of its board of directors, pursuant to which Dr. Pecora receives $5,000 per month for providing consulting and advisory services. Dr. Pecora also received stock options under the consulting and advisory agreement to purchase a total of 100,000 shares of common stock at price of $5.00 per share which vests over a two year period. Total expense for 2010 under the consulting agreement was $20,000 paid in cash and $27,200 expensed under the stock option plan.

In August 2010, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Equity Dynamics, Inc., an entity controlled by John Pappajohn, pursuant to which Equity Dynamics, Inc. receives a monthly fee of $10,000 plus reimbursement of expenses. Total expense for 2010 under the consulting agreement was $50,000. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had an amount due to Equity Dynamics, Inc. of $30,000.

On September 15, 2010, the Company entered into a three-year consulting agreement with Dr. Chaganti, the Company’s Chairman, pursuant to which Dr. Chaganti receives $5,000 per month for providing consulting and technical support services. In addition, Dr. Chaganti received a non-qualified stock option to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share vesting quarterly beginning October 1, 2010. Also pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Chaganti assigned to the Company all rights to any inventions which he may invent during the course of rendering consulting services to the Company. In exchange for this assignment, if the USPTO issues a patent for an invention on which Dr. Chaganti is listed as an inventor, the Company is required to pay Dr. Chaganti (i) a one-time payment of $50,000 and (ii) 1% of any net revenues the Company receives from any licensed sales of the invention.

 

Note 18. Subsequent Events

The Company adopted a qualified employee incentive stock option plan in 2011 which was subsequently ratified by its shareholders. The plan authorizes the Company to issue several types of equity awards including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other awards as defined in the plan. The plan authorizes 750,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the plan.

In connection with financing obtained on March 23, 2011, (see Note 8 for additional information on the financing) the Company issued a derivative warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share expiring March 23, 2016. This warrant was recorded at an estimated fair value as a $1,019,000 discount on debt which will be amortized to interest expense and an increase to derivative financial instruments.

The Company issued 1,000 warrants to a consultant for services provided in February and March 2011 and 20,000 warrants to a member of the Company’s Board of Directors in connection with the March 2011 line of credit agreement with DAM Holdings, LLC. These warrants were recorded as consulting expense at an initial estimated fair value of $69,000 and expire in March 2016.

In connection with a debt guarantee from a member of the Board of Directors and stockholder, on June 30, 2011, the Company issued a derivative warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.49 per share expiring June 30, 2016. This warrant was recorded at an estimated fair value of $831,000 as a loan guarantee fee amortized over the period of the guarantee and an increase to the derivative warrant liability. See Note 17.

In September 2011, the Company solicited holders of the Series B to execute an amendment and waiver to the Series B purchase agreement, which provided for (i) a waiver of the cash penalties described in Note 11 and (ii) an amendment extending the Merger Period to March 31, 2012 and providing for (A) the tolling of the Merger Period if the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Exchange Commission with respect to an initial public offering of its equity securities (“lPO”) and (B) elimination of penalties if the Company consummates the lPO. As of December 21, 2011, holders of 1,522,600 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have agreed to the waiver.

On September 30, 2011, certain holders of derivative warrants with an exercise price of $0.80 agreed to an amendment to their warrants to remove the exercise price adjustment feature as described in Note 13. The total number of holders of warrants to purchase 1,141,442 shares agreed to this amendment. These warrants will be reclassified to equity on the date the warrants were amended.

The three-month consulting agreement between the Company and TSG was reduced in scope and a revised total payment of $22,500 (excluding expenses) was paid in cash and no warrants were issued. While Mr. Sharma retains a majority ownership position with TSG, pursuant to certain agreements between Mr. Sharma and TSG, Mr. Sharma did not and will not profit from the services provided under such agreement.

As of December 21, 2011, the Company entered into a secured term loan which provides available funds of $6 million. The agreement is structured into two $3 million pieces, one of which is with an unrelated investor and the other is with John Pappajohn, a Company Director and shareholder. We paid the unrelated investor $50,000 to cover certain fees and expenses incurred by the unrelated investor in connection with this transaction. The two pieces have the same terms and conditions, with certain exceptions as described below.

The loan carries interest at the prime rate plus 6.25% (9.50% at December 21, 2011) and matures in twelve months, with a Company option to extend it an additional six months. There is a prepayment penalty on the loan with the unrelated investor in the amount of $285,000 less interest previously paid. The unrelated investor may require that the loan be repaid within 30 days should the Company complete an initial public offering (IPO) and receive gross proceeds of at least $15 million. In the event that the unrelated investor requires payment upon completion of the Company’s IPO and certain other maturity events, the annual interest rate shall increase to 12%. The loan is secured by all assets of the Company, subject to prior first and second liens. The loan to the unrelated investor is senior to other Company debt, except for the existing credit line of $3 million to DAM Holdings.

The agreement calls for the lenders to initially receive an aggregate of 423,528 five-year warrants to purchase the Company’s common shares at the lower of $8.50 per share, or at a 20% discount to the IPO price if the IPO price is less than $10.625 per share. The lenders will receive additional warrants on the same terms to purchase an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 91 days of closing the loans and an aggregate of 70,588 additional shares of our common stock in the event we do not consummate our IPO within 181 days of closing the loans. The warrant exercise price is subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection in the event of issuances of more than $5 million of securities at prices below the exercise price prior to the completion of our IPO. The lenders may elect to net exercise their warrants. The lenders also have the option to convert their loans to common shares up to two hours after they receive notice of the completion of the IPO at a price of $8.50 per share or at a 20% discount to the IPO price, whichever is lower.

On November 7, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“Mayo”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to form a joint venture with Mayo in August 2012. The joint venture will take the form of a limited liability company, with the Company and Mayo each initially holding fifty percent of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the new entity (the “JV”). In exchange for the membership interests in the JV, the Company will make a capital contribution of $6 million, to be paid over a three year period. In exchange for its membership interests, Mayo’s capital contribution will take the form of cash, staff, services, hardware and software, resources, laboratory services and instrumentation, the fair market value of which will be approximately equal to $6 million. Mayo’s continued contribution will also be conditioned upon the JV’s achievement of certain milestones. In addition, on November 14, 2011, the Company, without any additional consideration, granted Mayo 100,000 shares of its common stock, 66,000 of which shall initially be subject to certain forfeiture restrictions if the joint venture does not meet certain milestones.

On December 29, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

 

 

                     Shares

LOGO

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

Preliminary Prospectus

            , 2012

 

 

 

William Blair & Company    Baird

 

 

Needham & Company, LLC

 

First Analysis Securities Corporation

Until            , 2012, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock may be required to deliver a prospectus, regardless of whether they are participating in this offering. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

$ $5,730

Item

   Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 5,730   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 5,500  

Initial listing fee

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors and executive officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II - 1


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

From September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2011, the Registrant made sales of the following unregistered securities:

Sales of Preferred Stock and Related Common Stock and Warrant Issuances

In seven closings from April 2010 to November 2010, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,821,600 shares of its Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $9.1 million. In addition, the Registrant issued 10,000 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 262,320 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share to certain service providers and placement agents in connection with its Series B preferred stock offering. These warrants were issued on its medium form warrant, which is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock–Warrants”.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

From September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2011, the Registrant granted to certain employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 2,669,000 shares of common stock, at exercise prices ranging from $0.80 to $5.00 per share, under its 2008 Stock Option Plan. In addition the Registrant granted to certain directors options to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share pursuant to certain consulting agreements.

From September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2011, the Registrant issued and sold to certain employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 227,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under the 2008 Stock Option Plan at exercise price of $0.80 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $181,000, $1,600 paid in cash and the remainder paid in stock valued at $5.00 per share.

Warrant and Common Stock Issuances

From September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2011, as consideration for his personal guarantee of the Registrant’s credit facility with Wells Fargo, as well as each of the six extensions of this facility, the Registrant issued to Mr. Pappajohn, or his transferees, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,260,000 shares of its common stock. The warrants were issued on its long form warrant, which is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock–Warrants”, and have exercise prices ranging from $0.80 per share to $5.00 per share.

From September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2011, the Registrant issued and sold to a certain warrant holder an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of certain outstanding long form warrants at an exercise price of $0.80 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $2,400,000 which was paid in stock at a value of $5.00 per share.

On March 23, 2011, the Registrant issued to DAM warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share in conjunction with the $3.0 million line of credit DAM provided to the Registrant. These warrants were issued on its medium form warrant, which is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock–Warrants”.

From September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2011, the Registrant issued to certain directors, consultants and other service providers, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 90,150 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $5.00 per share on its long form warrant and 1,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share on its medium form warrant. The medium form warrant and long form warrant are described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock–Warrants.”

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions.

 

II - 2


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
No.
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cancer Genetics, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2*   Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cancer Genetics, Inc., to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
  3.3   Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cancer Genetics, Inc., to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock certificate of Cancer Genetics, Inc.
  4.2   Registration Rights Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and DAM Holdings, LLC, dated March 23, 2011.
  4.3   Form of Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and certain investors named therein.
  4.4   Form of Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2011.
  4.5   Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated April 13, 2010, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and certain investors named therein.
  4.6   Form of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and certain purchasers named therein.
  4.7   Form of Amendment to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 8, 2011.
  4.8   Form of Short Form Warrant.
  4.9   Form of Short Form Cashless Exercise Warrant.
  4.10   Form of Medium Form Warrant.
  4.11   Form of Long Form Warrant.
  4.12   Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 19, 2006, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and R.S.K. Chaganti, as amended.
  4.13   Convertible Promissory Note, dated January 10, 2010, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Jane Houldsworth.
  4.14*   Form of Warrant issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2011
  5.1*   Opinion of Lowenstein Sandler PC.
  Equity Compensation Plans
10.1   2008 Stock Option Plan.
10.2   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant under 2008 Stock Option Plan.
10.3   Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement under 2008 Stock Option Plan.
10.4   Form of Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under 2008 Stock Option Plan.
10.5   2011 Equity Compensation Plan.
10.6   Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement under 2011 Stock Option Plan.
  Agreements with Executive Officers and Directors
10.7   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.8   Consulting Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and TSG, LLC, dated June 19, 2009.
10.9   Medical Director Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Lan Wang, M.D., dated October 9, 2009.
10.10   Employment Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Louis Maione, dated October 21, 2009.
10.11   Consulting Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Louis Maione, dated June 10, 2010.
10.12   Termination Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Louis Maione, dated June 10, 2010.
10.13   Consulting Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Edmund Cannon, dated July 1, 2010.
10.14   Consulting Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Andrew Pecora, dated August 15, 2010.

 

II - 3


Table of Contents
10.15    Consulting Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and R.S.K. Chaganti, dated September 15, 2010.
10.16    Consulting Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and TSG, LLC, dated September 23, 2010.
10.17*    Employment Agreement between Panna Sharma and Cancer Genetics, Inc., effective as of April 1, 2010.
10.18*    Employment Agreement between Elizabeth Czerepak and Cancer Genetics, Inc., effective as of January 1, 2012.
10.19*    Employment Agreement between Jane Houldsworth El Naggar, Ph.D. and Cancer Genetics, Inc., effective as of January 1, 2012.
   Lease Agreements
10.20*    Office Lease Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Onyx Equities, LLC, dated October 9, 2007.
   Loan Agreements
10.21    Credit Agreement between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated April 29, 2008.
10.22    Security Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated April 29, 2008.
10.23    First Addendum to Credit Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated July 7, 2008.
10.24    Second Addendum to Credit Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated March 30, 2009.
10.25    Third Addendum to Credit Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated July 2, 2009.
10.26    Fourth Addendum to Credit Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated October 21, 2009.
10.27    Fifth Addendum to Credit Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated July 29, 2010.
10.28    Credit Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and DAM Holdings, LLC, dated March 23, 2011.
10.29    Inter-creditor Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc., John Pappajohn and DAM Holdings, LLC, dated March 23, 2011.
10.30    General Business Security Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and DAM Holdings, LLC, dated March 23, 2011.
10.31    Promissory Note, issued by Cancer Genetics, Inc. to DAM Holdings, LLC, dated March 23, 2011.
10.32    Sixth Addendum to Credit Agreement, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated June 6, 2011.
10.33*    Credit Agreement, by and among Cancer Genetics, Inc., European Trust Management, LLC and John Pappajohn, dated as of December 21, 2011.
10.34*    Form of Promissory Note issued by Cancer Genetics, Inc. to European Trust Management, LLC and John Pappajohn.
   Agreements with Respect to Collaborations, Research and Development
10.35    Affiliation Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2011, between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Cancer Genetics, Inc.
23.1    Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.
23.2*    Consent of Lowenstein Sandler PC (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

 

* To be filed by amendment

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II - 4


Table of Contents

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(ii) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II - 5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Rutherford, State of New Jersey, on the 30th day of December, 2011.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/    PANNA L. SHARMA

 

Panna L. Sharma

President and Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Panna Sharma and Elizabeth Czerepak, and each of them, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Panna L. Sharma

Panna L. Sharma

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

    (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 30, 2011

/s/    Elizabeth A. Czerepak

Elizabeth A. Czerepak

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   December 30, 2011

/s/    Raju S. K. Chaganti, Ph.D.

Raju S. K. Chaganti, Ph.D.

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   December 30, 2011

/s/    Edmund Cannon

Edmund Cannon

   Director   December 30, 2011

/s/    John Pappajohn

John Pappajohn

   Director   December 30, 2011

/s/    Andrew Pecora, M.D.

Andrew Pecora, M.D.

   Director   December 30, 2011

/s/    Tommy G. Thompson

Tommy G. Thompson

   Director   December 30, 2011

/s/    Robert Kaufman

   Director   December 30, 2011
Robert Kaufman     

 

II - 6

EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

Under Section 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Cancer Genetics, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Cancer Genetics, Inc.

2. The date of filing of the Corporation’s original certificate of incorporation is April 8, 1999 (the “Certificate of Incorporation”). The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on April 17, 2007 and on April 12, 2010 (the “2010 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).

3. This amended and restated certificate of incorporation (“Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which restates, integrates and further amends the 2010 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 and 245 of the GCL and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the GCL.

4. The 2010 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation hereby is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is Cancer Genetics, Inc.

SECOND : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”). The Corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained.

THIRD : The office of the Corporation is to be located in the County of Bergen, State of New Jersey.

FOURTH : The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle. The registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

FIFTH : The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 33,764,000 shares, which shall consist of two classes: (i) common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”); and (ii) preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share


(“Preferred Stock”). The total number of shares of each class of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 24,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 9,764,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

Upon this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation becoming effective pursuant to the GCL (the “Effective Time”), in order to implement the stock split purportedly authorized by the Board of Directors on October 29, 2008, each share of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share (the “Old Common Stock”), issued and outstanding or held in treasury prior to October 29, 2008, will be automatically reclassified as and become three (3) shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Corporation (the “New Common Stock”). Any stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of the Old Common Stock will, from and after the Effective Time, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent the number of shares of the New Common Stock as equals the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Old Common Stock represented by such certificate immediately prior to the Effective Time by three (3); provided, however, that each holder of record of a certificate that represented shares of Old Common Stock shall receive upon surrender of such certificate a new certificate representing the number of shares of New Common Stock into which the shares of Old Common Stock represented by such certificate shall have been reclassified.

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Common Stock

1.1 Relative Rights .

Each share of Common Stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects to all the other shares of Common Stock.

1.2 Dividends .

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment to the holders of shares of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund or retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the Common Stock, then dividends may be paid on the Common Stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends thereon, but only when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”).

1.3 Dissolution, Liquidation, Winding Up .

In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock, and holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to the distribution of assets in such event, shall become entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation remaining after the Corporation shall have paid, or provided for

 

-2-


payment of, all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and after the Corporation shall have paid, or set aside for payment, to the holders of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up the full preferential amounts, if any, to which they are entitled.

1.4 Voting Rights .

Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to attend all special and annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and, share for share and without regard to class, together with the holders of all other classes of stock entitled to attend such meetings and to vote (except any class or series of stock having special voting rights), to cast one vote for each outstanding share of Common Stock so held upon any matter or thing (including, without limitation, the election of one or more directors) properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders.

2. Preferred Stock

2.1 Designation .

(a) Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock shall be divided into series. The first series of Preferred Stock is designated and known as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and shall consist of Five Hundred Eighty-Eight Thousand (588,000) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock is designated and known as “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and shall consist of Two Million (2,000,000) shares. The third series of Preferred Stock is designated and known as “Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”) and shall consist of One Million Seven Hundred Sixty Four Thousand (1,764,000) shares.

(b) Designation of Additional Series of Preferred Stock . Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all, or any, of the remaining shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares and as may be permitted by the GCL. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any other agreements to which the Corporation is a party, the Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, other than the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series or to decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding), the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock.

 

-3-


2.2 Rank .

The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall, with respect to dividend rights, and rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, rank senior to the Common Stock and to all other classes and series of equity securities of the Corporation hereafter issued which are not by their terms expressly senior to, or on parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights, and rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

3. Dividend Rights

3.1 The holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation legally available therefor.

3.2 Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 3 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

4. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders (the “Available Funds and Assets”) shall be distributed to stockholders in the following manner:

4.1 Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . The holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of the Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the per share purchase price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be (the “Original Issue Price”) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (the “Liquidation Preference”). For all purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Original Issue Price deemed to have been paid by holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be an amount equal to one third of the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this Section 4.1, the entire Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock on a proportionate basis, calculated by dividing by the Original Issue Price paid by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, by the aggregate Original Issue Price paid by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock. In lieu of the Liquidation Preference, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

-4-


and Series B Preferred Stock may elect to convert their Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 6, in which case they will share ratably in the distribution of the assets of the Corporation pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

4.2 Remaining Assets . If there are any Available Funds and Assets remaining after the payment or distribution (or the setting aside for payment or distribution) to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Liquidation Preference described above in this Section 4, then all such remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of the Common Stock.

4.3 Merger or Sale of Assets . Any (a) reorganization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of transactions) of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations in which the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding shares immediately before such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, retain stock representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation (or its parent corporation if the surviving corporation is wholly owned by the parent corporation) of such transaction or series of related transactions, or (b) a sale of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Corporation shall each be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation as those terms are used in this Section 4 unless holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, vote that this Section 4.3 shall not apply.

4.4 Non-Cash Consideration .

(a) If any assets of the Corporation distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash or securities, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith.

(b) If any assets of the Corporation distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation are securities then the value of such assets shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith:

(i) The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

(A) unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or listed on the Nasdaq National Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

 

-5-


(B) if (A) above does not apply but the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then, unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) calendar day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the distribution; and

(C) if there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 4.4(b)(i)(A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

5. Voting Rights .

5.1 Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 below as of the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.

5.2 Scope . Subject to the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) (as in effect at the time in question) and applicable law, and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any other agreement to which the Corporation is a party or as required by law, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

5.3 Class Protective Provisions . So long as at least fifteen percent (15%) of the originally issued shares of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the approval of the holders of a majority in voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and the approval of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3rd%) of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a separate class:

(a) amend or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock; or

 

-6-


(b) create any other class of capital stock of the Corporation having rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or on parity with, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock.

6. Conversion Rights . The outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock as follows:

6.1 Optional Conversion .

(a) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at any time, or from time to time, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as provided herein.

(b) Each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Common Stock shall surrender the certificate(s) therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted. Thereupon the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate(s) for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate(s) representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this Section 6.1 is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Corporation’s securities, or registration in connection with a reverse merger, pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (which underwritten offering does not cause an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 6.2 to take place), the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such election who are entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of their Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of the Corporation’s securities in the offering.

6.2 Automatic Conversion .

(a) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, as provided herein, upon the earlier of (i) the closing of

 

-7-


an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement in connection with an initial public offering with gross proceeds of $25,000,000 or more, or (ii) the date which is twelve months following the consummation of a reverse merger of the Corporation with a public company that files reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the shares are sellable under Rule 144, or (iii) the date of effectiveness of a registration statement of all of the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, provided, however, to the extent that any underlying shares cannot be registered then the Series B Preferred Stock shall convert only to the extent of the registered convertible portion or (iv) upon the vote of the holders of not less than a sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3rd%) of the then outstanding voting power of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting as separate class, and not less than a sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3rd%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Section 6.2(a) (i), (ii), or (iii), the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into Common Stock automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.

6.3 Conversion Price . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible in accordance with Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 above into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Original Issue Price paid (or deemed to have been paid in the case of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock) for each such share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock (as the case may be) by the conversion price that is in effect at the time of conversion (the “Conversion Price”). The initial Conversion Price shall be the Original Issue Price paid (or deemed to have been paid in the case of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock) for the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock (as the case may be). The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided below. Following each adjustment of the Conversion Price, such adjusted Conversion Price shall remain in effect until a further adjustment of such Conversion Price hereunder.

 

-8-


6.4 Adjustment Upon Common Stock Event . Upon the happening of a Common Stock Event (as hereinafter defined), the Conversion Price shall, simultaneously with the happening of such Common Stock Event, be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such Common Stock Event by a fraction:

(a) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Common Stock Event, and

(b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after such Common Stock Event.

The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred and the Series B Preferred Stock shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of each subsequent Common Stock Event. As used herein, the term the “Common Stock Event” shall mean at any time or from time to time after the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued by the Corporation (the “Original Issue Date”), (i) the issue by the Corporation of additional shares of Common Stock as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Stock, (ii) a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, or (iii) a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

6.5 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . If at any time, or from time to time, after the Original Issue Date, the Corporation pays a dividend or makes another distribution to the holders of the Common Stock payable in securities of the Corporation, other than an event constituting a Common Stock Event, then in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable upon conversion thereof, the amount of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable) to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 6 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred and Series B Preferred Stock or with respect to such other securities by their terms.

6.6 Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . If at any time, or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than by a Common Stock Event or a stock dividend, reorganization, merger, or consolidation provided for elsewhere in this Section 6), then in any such event each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common

 

-9-


Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

6.7 Reorganizations, Mergers and Consolidations . If at any time, or from time to time, after the Original Issue Date, there is a reorganization of the Corporation (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 6) or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (except an event which is governed under Section 4.3 in which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock have not elected to make Section 4.3 inapplicable), then, as a part of such reorganization, merger or consolidation, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock thereafter shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock , the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, or of such successor corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such reorganization, merger or consolidation. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 6 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock after the reorganization, merger or consolidation to the end that the provisions of this Section 6 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent to the provisions hereof as may be practicable. This Section 6.7 shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, mergers and consolidations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6, if any reorganization, merger or consolidation is approved by the vote of stockholders required by Section 5 hereof, then such transaction and the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to such reorganization, merger or consolidation will be governed by the documents entered into in connection with such transaction and not by the provisions of this Section 6.7.

6.8 Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price .

(a) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of any Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are convertible shall be made with respect to such series, by adjustment in the applicable Conversion Price thereof, or by reason of issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined in Section 6.8(c)(i)): (i) unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4 for issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation) is less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, the issue of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (ii) if, prior to such issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3rd%) of the then outstanding voting power of shares of each the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting

 

-10-


together as a class, and more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3rd%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(b) Adjustment Formula .

(i) If at any time, or from time to time, after the Original Issue Date of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this Section 6.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock, otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in Section 6.4, a dividend or distribution as provided in Section 6.5, a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in Section 6.6, or a reorganization, merger or consolidation as provided in Section 6.7, for an Effective Price (as defined in Section 6.8(c)(v)) that is less than the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale to the price obtained by multiplying such Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock by a fraction:

(A) The numerator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock, plus (2) the quotient obtained by dividing:

(x) the Aggregate Consideration Received (as hereinafter defined) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold), by

(y) the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale; and

(B) The denominator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (2) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold).

(ii) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this Section 6.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock, otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in Section 6.4, a dividend or distribution as provided in Section 6.5, a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in Section 6.6, or a reorganization, merger or consolidation as provided in Section 6.7, for an Effective Price (as defined in Section 6.8(c)(v)) that is less than the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale to the price paid for each share of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold (or deemed so issued or sold).

 

-11-


(iii) If at any time, or from time to time, after the Original Issue Date of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this Section 6.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock, otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in Section 6.4, a dividend or distribution as provided in Section 6.5, a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in Section 6.6, or a reorganization, merger or consolidation as provided in Section 6.7, for an Effective Price (as defined in Section 6.8(c)(v)) that is less than the Conversion Price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale to the price obtained by multiplying such Conversion Price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock by a fraction:

(A) The numerator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock, plus (2) the quotient obtained by dividing:

(x) the Aggregate Consideration Received (as hereinafter defined) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold), by

(y) the Conversion Price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale; and

(B) The denominator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (2) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold).

(c) Certain Definitions . For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 6.8:

(i) The “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation, whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Corporation, other than:

(A) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock;

(B) any shares of Common Stock (or Rights or Options (as defined in clause (vi)) granted or issued hereafter by the Board of Directors to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Stock Option Plan as defined herein, provided however, (other than 100,000

 

-12-


shares (in the form of options or other awards)) that any such awards under the Stock Option Plans are at a price of not less than the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock;

(C) any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or Rights or Options) issued or issuable to parties that are (i) non affiliated strategic partners investing in connection with a material commercial transaction with the Corporation or (ii) up to 30,000 shares issuable non affiliated third party providing the Corporation with equipment leases, cash price reductions, under arrangements, in each case, approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors;

(D) Intentionally Omitted;

(E) any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase any securities of the Corporation outstanding as of the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof;

(F) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Section 6.4 hereof;

(G) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock; and

(H) any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or Rights or Options), issued or issuable hereafter that are (1) approved by the Board of Directors, and (2) approved by the vote of the holders of a at least 66 and 2/3 percent of the outstanding voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, and vote of the holders of a at least 66 and 2/3 percent of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, as being excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” under this Section 6.8(b).

(ii) The “Aggregate Consideration Received” by the Corporation for any issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale) of securities shall (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Corporation, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in a manner consistent with Section 4.4, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options.

(iii) The “Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the sum of (A) all shares of

 

-13-


Common Stock of the Corporation that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (B) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock or other Convertible Securities that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (C) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are issuable upon the exercise of Rights or Options that are outstanding at the time in question assuming the full conversion or exchange into Common Stock of all such Rights or Options that are Rights or Options to purchase or acquire Convertible Securities.

(iv) The “Convertible Securities” shall mean stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock.

(v) The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold, by the Corporation under this Section 6.8, into the Aggregate Consideration Received, or deemed to have been received, by the Corporation under this Section 6.8, for the issue of such Additional Shares of Common Stock; and

(vi) The “Rights or Options” shall mean warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(vii) The “Stock Option Plan” shall mean the stock option plan of the Corporation as in effect of the date hereof, pursuant to which the Corporation has been permitted to reserve 2,750,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Deemed Issuances . For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock required under this Section 6.8, if the Corporation issues or sells any Rights or Options or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (computed without reference to any additional or similar protective or antidilution clauses) is less than the Conversion Price then in effect for a series of Preferred Stock, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued, at the time of the issuance of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities, that number of Additional Shares of Common Stock that is equal to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities upon their issuance and to have received, as the Aggregate Consideration Received for the issuance of such shares, an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such Rights or Options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise in full of such Rights or Options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion or exchange thereof; provided that:

(i) if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, then the

 

-14-


Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses;

(ii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is reduced over time or upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution or similar protective adjustments, then the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; and

(iii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, then the Effective Price shall again be recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

No further adjustment of the Conversion Price, adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities. If any such Rights or Options or the conversion rights represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been fully exercised, then the Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only shares of Common Stock so issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, that were actually issued or sold on the exercise of such Rights or Options or rights of conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and such shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the granting of all such Rights or Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling all such Convertible Securities actually converted or exchanged, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred and Series B Preferred Stock

6.9 Certificate of Adjustment . In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price, the Corporation, at its expense, shall cause its chief financial officer to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate(s), by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of the Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown in the Corporation’s books.

6.10 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon any conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled,

 

-15-


the Corporation shall pay the holder cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors as of the date of conversion.

6.11 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

6.12 Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be given to the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed given upon the earlier of actual receipt or deposit in the United States mail, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or delivery by a recognized express courier, fees prepaid, addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

6.13 No Impairment . The Corporation shall not avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

6.14 No Adjustments . For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, (i) no adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock and (ii) no adjustment to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock shall be made in connection with (A) the reclassification of each share of Common Stock issued prior to October 29, 2008 into three (3) shares of Common Stock (the “Stock Split”) or (B) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock by the Corporation in exchange for shares of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, respectively, which may not have been validly issued pursuant to one or more Exchange Agreements entered into prior to or on or about the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (collectively, the “Exchanges” and, with the Stock Split, the “Transactions”).

SIXTH : The following provisions, each of which are subject to the limitations set forth herein and in such other agreements to which the Corporation is a party, are inserted for the

 

-16-


management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in the By-laws. Unless and except to the extent that the By-laws shall so require, the election of directors of the corporation need not be by written ballot.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that the fact that such power has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the Corporation’s stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws.

(c) In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the statutes of Delaware, of this certificate, and to any By-laws from time to time made by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws so made shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been made.

SEVENTH : The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the GCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

EIGHTH : The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the GCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

NINTH : Subject to the limitations set forth herein and in such other agreements to which the Corporation is a party, from time to time, any of the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights and powers at any time conferred herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to the provisions of this Article NINTH.

 

-17-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct this 5 th day of December, 2011.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:    /s/    Panna Sharma
  Name: Panna Sharma
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

-18-

Exhibit 3.3

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the city of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Meetings of the stockholders for any purpose may be held either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held on the first Friday to occur on or after March 21 of each year, or upon such other date as may be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 


Section 5. Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president, the chairman, or the board of directors and shall be called upon written demand of the holders of not less than one-tenth (1/10) of all outstanding votes of the corporation entitled to be cast at the meeting, which demand shall be delivered to the corporation’s secretary and shall describe the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held.

Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose(s) stated in the notice.

Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat present in person or represented by proxy shall have power to adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after six (6) months from its date unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less

 

- 2 -


than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, or to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not fewer than three (3) and not more than nine (9), except that whenever there shall be fewer than three (3) stockholders, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall not be fewer than the number of stockholders. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by the stockholders from time to time, or by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, except that any such decrease by vote of the directors shall only be made to eliminate vacancies caused by the death, resignation or removal of one or more directors. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, except as provided in Sections 2 and 3 of this Article, and each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. If the annual meeting for election of directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the directors shall cause said meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 3. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

- 3 -


Section 4. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 6. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided that a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 7. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 8. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president upon three (3) days notice to each director, either personally or by mail, or telephone or telegraph; special meetings shall be called by the president in like manner and on like notice upon the written request of two (2) directors.

Section 9. At all meetings of the board a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum of the board of directors shall be present at any meeting, the act of a majority of those directors present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

- 4 -


Section 11. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors or any committee designated by the board of directors may participate in a meeting of the board of directors or of any committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 12. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a), fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into or exchange of such shares for shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any stock option committee of the board of directors may consist in part of advisory members who are not directors of the corporation, provided that the stock option committee, if any, shall have at least one member who is a director of the corporation.

 

- 5 -


Section 13. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Section 15. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail addressed to such director or stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone or telegraph.

Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

- 6 -


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 3. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and shall qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

CHAIR

Section 4. The chair of the board of directors, if any be elected, shall be the principal officer of the board of directors and shall in general supervise and control the business and affairs of the board. The chair shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chair may sign, with the secretary, or any other proper officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed.

PRESIDENT

Section 5. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at meetings of the board of directors in the event that no chair shall be elected or in the absence of the chair. The president shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

Section 6. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise

 

- 7 -


signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

VICE-PRESIDENT

Section 7. In the absence of the president or in the event of the president’s inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-president shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 8. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision the secretary shall be. The secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by the secretary’s signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 9. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of the secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER

Section 10. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

Section 11. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the

 

- 8 -


president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all of the treasurer’s transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

Section 12. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of the treasurer’s office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of the treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the treasurer’s possession or under the treasurer’s control belonging to the corporation.

Section 13. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. The shares of the corporation shall either be represented by a certificate or uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by or in the name of the corporation by the chair or vice-chair of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, option, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

- 9 -


LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation, or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 5. At any time during which the corporation has an election in effect to be taxed pursuant to Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, I.R.C. Section 1361, et . seq ., or any successor provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, no shareholder shall transfer all or part of his shares of stock in the corporation to any person or entity who is not an eligible shareholder of shares of an S corporation stock pursuant to I.R.C. Section 1361, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor provisions without first securing the unanimous written consent of the corporation’s shareholders. Upon any shareholder’s receipt or the extension of any offer to sell, exchange, or transfer shares to an ineligible shareholder subject to this section, the shareholder making or receiving such offer shall notify the corporation’s board of directors, who shall then hold a special meeting of the shareholders for the purpose of granting unanimous approval of or rejecting the proposed transfer.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or

 

- 10 -


other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDER

Section 7. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation; and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 3. Upon a call for the same by vote of the stockholders, the board of directors shall present at an annual meeting, or at any special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

- 11 -


CHECKS

Section 4. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall end each December 31.

SEAL

Section 6. The board of directors may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the state and year of its organization. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. The seal may be altered from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed, and new bylaws adopted by the board of directors, at any annual or regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting of the board of directors, if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal, or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Such right to alter, amend or repeal these bylaws and adopt new bylaws shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend, or repeal bylaws or adopt new bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify each person who at any time is, or shall have been, a director or officer of the Corporation and was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may

 

- 12 -


hereafter be amended. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which any such director or officer may be entitled, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise. No amendment to or repeal of the provisions of this Section 1 shall deprive a director or officer of the benefit hereof with respect to any act or failure to act occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 2. Any person claiming indemnification under Section 1 of this Article IX who has been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, with respect to any claim, action, suit, or proceeding of the character described in Section 1, shall be reimbursed by the corporation for the amounts of all reasonable expenses paid by him. Any other person claiming indemnification under Section 1 shall be reimbursed by the corporation for his reasonable expenses if (i) a majority of those directors of the corporation who are not parties to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding shall deliver to the corporation their written findings that such person is entitled to reimbursement under the provisions of Section 1 above, or (ii) if there be no such directors, independent legal counsel (who may be regular counsel for the corporation) selected by the board of directors, whether or not a disinterested quorum exists, shall deliver to the corporation written advice that, in their judgment, such person is so entitled.

Section 3. Any expenses incurred with respect to any claim, action, suit, or proceeding of the character described in Section 1 of this Article IX may be advanced by the corporation prior to the final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not to be indemnified under this Article IX.

Section 4. The rights of indemnification provided in this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to which any such person may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law; and in the event of such person’s death, such rights shall extend to his heirs and legal representatives.

Section 5. The foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each employee, director and officer who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article IX and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing, or any claim, action, suit, or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

ADOPTED: April 30, 1999

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Copy

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of this 23rd day of March, 2011, is made by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and DAM Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (the “Investor”). The Company and the Investor are sometimes referred to herein, individually, as a “Party,” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Investor have entered into a credit agreement, of even date herewith (the “Credit Agreement”), whereby the Investor has agreed to extend a $3,000,000 secured line of credit to the Company; and

WHEREAS , in consideration of the Investor entering into the Credit Agreement with the Company, the Company issued a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), to the Investor, and the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights and other rights set forth in this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Shares (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and covenants hereafter contained, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights.

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York.

(b) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) “Company” shall mean Cancer Genetics, Inc., or if Investor holds any Conversion Shares issued by an entity other than Cancer Genetics, Inc., then “Company” shall also include the issuer of such Conversion Shares.

(d) “Conversion Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, and including any common stock issued, or issuable, with respect to securities issued in exchange for shares of Common Stock in connection with a merger or other corporate reorganization involving Cancer Genetics, Inc.

(e) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.


(f) “Holder” shall mean each holder of the Registrable Shares, or any portion of the Registrable Shares, including any person to whom the rights granted under this Agreement are transferred pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof.

(g) “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the initial underwritten sale of equity securities by the Company pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(h) “Registrable Shares” shall mean the Conversion Shares, but shall exclude Conversion Shares (i) which have been registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective Registration Statement filed thereunder and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, or (ii) which have been publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

(i) “Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission for a public offering and sale of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or their successors, or any other form for a limited purpose, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another corporation).

(j) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under the Securities Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

1.2 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations of the Investor under this Agreement) by the Investor and each subsequent Holder; provided, however, that the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned.

1.3 Incidental Registration .

(a) Opportunity to Participate . Other than with respect to a Registration Statement to be filed in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering, whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement (other than by a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8, any successor forms, or any form not available for registering shares for sale to the public pursuant to a public offering or pursuant to registrations in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered) at any time and from time to time, it will, prior to such filing, give written notice to all Holders of its intention to do so and, upon the written request of a Holder or Holders given within thirty (30) days after the Company provides such notice, the Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to cause all Registrable Shares owned by such Holders, which the Company has been requested by such Holder or Holders to register, to be registered under the Securities Act; provided that the Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 1.3 without obligation to any Holder.

 

-2-


(b) Demand Registration . The Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares shall be entitled to require that the Company register for their resale under the Securities Act the Registrable Shares. Such demand shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Shares to the Company. Such Holders may deliver such written notice at any time; provided, however, that the obligation of the Company to file a Registration Statement shall not accrue until a date which is (i) 90 days after the completion of the Company’s merger with a public shell company pursuant to which the public shell company merges with the Company or acquires (the “Acquisition”) all of the outstanding securities of the Company in exchange for issuance of securities of the public shell company or (ii) 180 days after the consummation of the Company’s Initial Public Offering (or such later date as may be necessary to comply with the terms of the underwriting agreement to be entered into by the Company and the underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering). Upon receipt of any such demand notice, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to file the Registration Statement as promptly as possible, but in no event more than 60 days after receipt of such demand (subject to the completion of the Acquisition as stated above), and shall use its reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as promptly as possible.

(c) Terms; Exclusions . In connection with any offering under this Section 1.3 involving an underwriting, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Shares in such underwriting unless the Holders thereof accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriter selected by the Company, and then only in such quantity as will not, in the opinion of the underwriters, adversely affect the offering by the Company. If in the opinion of the managing underwriter the registration of all, or part of, the Registrable Shares which the Holders have requested to be included would adversely affect such public offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the underwriting only that number of Registrable Shares, if any, which the managing underwriter believes may be sold without causing such adverse effect. If the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the underwriting in accordance with the foregoing is less than the total number of shares which the Holders of Registrable Shares have requested to be included, then the Company may include all securities proposed to be registered by the Company to be sold for its own account and the securities (or any portion thereof) of any other stockholder electing to participate in the offering for which registration rights with respect to such securities were granted by the Company before the date of this Agreement, and the Holders of Registrable Shares who have requested registration shall participate in the underwriting pro rata based upon their total ownership of Registrable Shares requested to be registered; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Shares included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities of any other stockholder electing to participate in the offering for which registration rights were granted with respect to such securities after the date of this Agreement are first excluded from the underwriting and offering. If any Holder would thus be entitled to include more shares than such Holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among other requesting Holders pro rata based upon their total ownership of Registrable Shares.

(d) Underwriting Agreement . All Holders of Registrable Shares proposing to distribute their securities in an offering under this Section 1.3 involving an underwriting shall (together with the Company and other shareholders, if any, of securities

 

-3-


distributing their shares through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for the underwriting.

1.4 Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, the Company shall:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become and remain effective for the period of the distribution contemplated thereby (determined as hereinafter provided);

(b) prepare and file with the Commission any amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective until the earliest of (i) the period of time required by the Commission, (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date, or (iii) the sale of all Registrable Shares covered thereby; provided, that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities that are not Registrable Shares (and, under the circumstances specified in Section 1.3(a), its securities that are Registrable Shares) at any time prior to the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(c) furnish to each selling Holder such reasonable number of copies of the prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as the selling Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Holder;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such states as the selling Holders shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts that may be necessary or desirable to enable the selling Holders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such states of the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with this Section 1.4(d) to qualify as a foreign corporation or execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(e) notify each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by the registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. Each Holder of Registrable Shares agrees upon receipt of such notice forthwith to cease making offers and sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement or deliveries of the prospectus contained therein for any purpose until the Company has prepared and furnished such amendment or supplement to the prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such

 

- 4 -


prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(f) if the offering is underwritten and at the request of any Holders of Registrable Shares, use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish on the date that Registrable Shares are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration:

(i) an opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters and to such Holder, stating that such Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act and that (A) to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, and (B) to such other effect as reasonably may be requested by counsel for the underwriters or by such Holder or its counsel; and

(ii) a letter dated such date from the independent certified public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters and to such Holder, stating that they are independent certified public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including information as to the period ending no more than five Business Days prior to the date of such letter) with respect to such registration as such underwriters reasonably may request;

(g) make available for inspection upon reasonable notice during the Company’s regular business hours by each Holder of Registrable Shares, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement; and

(h) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and, if applicable, provide the Company’s transfer agent with printed certificates for such Registrable Shares which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company.

In connection with each registration hereunder, each Holder of Registrable Shares shall (a) provide such information and execute such documents as may reasonably be required in connection with such registration, (b) agree to sell Registrable Shares on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements, and (c) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents required under

 

-5-


the terms of such underwriting arrangements, which arrangements shall not be inconsistent herewith.

In connection with each registration pursuant to Section 1.4 covering an underwritten public offering, the Company and each Holder agree to enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the manner herein provided in such form and containing such provisions as are customary in the securities business of such an arrangement between such underwriter and companies of the Company’s size and investment stature.

1.5 Allocation of Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses (as hereinafter defined) incurred with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Shares under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with this Section 1, including without limitation, all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel selected by the selling Holders (not to exceed an aggregate amount of $15,000 per registration), the fees and disbursements of the Company’s accountants, state blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, transfer taxes, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of the selling Holders’ own counsel (other than the one counsel selected to represent all of the selling Holders).

1.6 Indemnification .

(a) In the event of registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the seller of such Registrable Shares, each of its directors, officers or partners, each underwriter (if any) within the meaning of the Exchange Act (an “Underwriter”) of such Registrable Shares and each other person, if any, who controls such seller or Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (a “controlling person”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such seller or Underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, blue sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in such Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal securities or state blue sky law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal securities or blue sky law in connection with the offering covered by such Registration Statement; and the Company will reimburse such seller or Underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by such seller or Underwriter or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,

 

-6-


however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by or on behalf of such seller, Underwriter or controlling person specifically for use in the preparation thereof or if such misstatement or omission was corrected in any amendment or supplement provided to a selling Holder pursuant to Section 1.4(b) and (c) and the selling Holder failed to deliver such amendment or supplement.

(b) In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each seller of Registrable Shares, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each Underwriter (if any) and each controlling person, if any, of the Company or Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company, such directors and officers, any Underwriter or controlling persons may become subject under the Securities Act, Exchange Act, blue sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in such Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, if the statement or omission or was made or occurred in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such seller of Registrable Shares, specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement or if such misstatement or omission was corrected in any amendment or supplement provided to such seller of Registrable Shares pursuant to Section 1.4(b) and (c) and such seller of Registrable Shares failed to deliver such amendment or supplement, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by such seller of Registrable Shares of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal securities or blue sky law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal securities or blue sky law in connection with the offering covered by such Registration Statement; and each seller of such Registrable Shares will reimburse the Company and each such director, officer or Underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company, such director, officer or Underwriter or such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however, that the obligations of each such seller of Registrable Shares hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to each such seller of Registrable Shares sold as contemplated herein.

(c) Each Party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the Party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, however, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be

 

-7-


approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or denied); and, provided, further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 1.6 unless the failure to give such notice timely actually effects in a material manner the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall pay such expense if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation, and no further obligation to indemnify an Indemnified Party shall exist in connection with either of the following situations without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld: (i) judgment entered with the consent of the Indemnified Person; or (ii) settlement of such claim or litigation. The right to indemnification in this Section 1.6 shall survive indefinitely.

1.7 Information by Holder .

(a) Each Holder of Registrable Shares included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 1.

(b) Each Holder of Registrable Shares shall use reasonable efforts to report to the Company sales made pursuant to any registration of such Registrable Shares.

1.8 “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder, if requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall agree not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other securities (other than shares of Common Stock being registered in such offering) of the Company held by such Holder for a specified period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of a Registration Statement; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the Registration Statement relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering, and shall not extend to any securities included in such Registration Statement; and provided further that all officers and directors of the Company shall agree to be bound by such restriction and the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain a similar covenant from each holder of at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Company. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the market stand-off period.

 

-8-


2. Miscellaneous.

2.1 Termination . The registration rights granted under Section 1 herein will terminate on the earlier of: (i) with respect to all Holders, the third anniversary of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, or (ii) with respect to each individual Holder, such time as Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available (assuming the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant are utilized) for the sale of all of such Holder’s Registrable Shares during a three-month period without registration and without other restrictions other than those set forth in paragraphs (f) and (g) of Rule 144.

2.2 Rule 144 . Upon the written request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with the filing requirements under Rule 144(c)(1) or any successor thereto.

2.3 Recapitalizations. Exchanges, etc . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to any and all shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company or any successor or assignor of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, transfer of equity interests or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, any Registrable Shares by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, partial or complete liquidation, sale of assets, spin-off, stock dividend, split, distribution to stockholders or combination of the shares of Common Stock or any other change in the Company’s capital structure, in order to preserve fairly and equitably as far as practicable, the original rights and obligations of the Parties hereto under this Agreement. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any successor or assignor (whether by sale, merger or otherwise) to enter into a new registration rights agreement with the Holders on terms substantially the same as this Agreement as a condition of any such transaction.

2.4 Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or delivered by overnight courier or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission. Every notice hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally delivered, with receipt acknowledged, upon transmission by facsimile and confirmed facsimile receipt.

(a) If to the Investor at:

DAM Holdings, LLC

1418 N. Lakeshore Drive, Suite 29

Chicago, IL 60610

Attention: Matthew Bluhm

with a copy to:

 

-9-


Neider & Boucher, S.C.

University Research Park

401 Charmany Drive, Suite 310

Madison, WI 53719

Attn: Kent L. Schlienger, Esq.

(c) If to the Company at:

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

Attention: President

with a copy to:

Lowenstein Sandler PC

65 Livingston Avenue

Roseland, New Jersey 07068

Attn: Alan Wovsaniker, Esq.

2.5 Amendments and Waiver . Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of Registrable Shares, which amendment or waiver, as the case may be, shall be binding on the Company and all of the Holders, if, and to the extent that, such amendment or waiver treats all Holders in the same manner. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

2.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

2.7 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement.

2.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law principles.

2.9 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the respective representatives, successors and assigns of the Parties.

 

-10-


2.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Panna Sharma
  Name:   Panna Sharma
  Title:   President and CEO
INVESTOR
DAM HOLDINGS, LLC
By:   /s/ Matthew Bluhm
  Name:   Matthew Bluhm
  Title:   President

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit 4.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of this 13 th day of April, 2010, by and among Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the individuals or entities listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Series A Preferred Stockholders”), and the individuals or entities listed on Schedule II hereto (the “Series B Preferred Stockholders”). The Company, the Series A Preferred Stockholders and the Series B Preferred Stockholders are sometimes referred to herein individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and certain individuals and/or entities have entered into Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements pursuant to which the Company has agreed to issue to such purchasers, and such purchasers have agreed to purchase from the Company, shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series B Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock are parties to a certain investors’ right agreement, dated September 11, 2007 (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock desire to amend and restate the Investors’ Rights Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Series B Preferred Stockholders entering into the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”), the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights, purchase rights, information rights and other rights set forth in this Agreement to the Series B Preferred Stockholders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants hereafter contained, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Covenants and Agreements.

The Company covenants and agrees with the Series A Preferred Stockholders and the Series B Preferred Stockholders, as follows:

1.1 Periodic Reports and Other Information . The Company shall furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Company (“Series A Preferred Stock” and “Series B Preferred Stock” respectively), within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter, an unaudited balance sheet and statements of income and accumulated deficit, statement of cash flow, schedule of operating expenses and notes to financial statements as of the end of such quarter and for the current fiscal year to the end of such quarter setting forth in comparative form, the Company’s financial statements for the corresponding periods for the prior fiscal year.

1.2 Annual Financial Statements . The Company shall furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, an unaudited balance sheet and statements of income and accumulated deficit, statement of cash flow, schedule of operating expenses and notes to financial statements of the Company for such year.

1.3 Availability of Rule 144 and Rule 144A . At such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether as a result of the Company’s initial public offering or any other public offering of the Company’s capital stock, or because the Company meets the criteria of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, it shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) all reports required to be filed by it pursuant to Section


13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and shall maintain full compliance with the current public information requirements of Rule 144 and Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, or any similar successor to such rule.

1.4 Inspection . The Company shall permit the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock and any authorized representative thereof, to visit and inspect the properties of the Company, including its corporate and financial records, to examine its records and make copies thereof and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, at all such reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, up to two (2) times per year. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock and their agents and representatives, agree to maintain the confidentiality of all financial and other confidential information of the Company acquired by them. If requested by the Company, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock and each of their participating representatives shall execute a confidentiality agreement with the Company in such reasonable form and substance as the Company shall specify.

1.5 Books and Records . The Company shall keep adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities in which proper entries reflecting all of its financial transactions are maintained.

1.6 Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . The Company shall do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, and its rights and franchises.

2. Registration Rights.

2.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Section 2, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York.

(b) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) “Conversion Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

(d) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

(e) “Holder” for the purpose of this Section 2 shall mean each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock including any person to whom the rights granted under this Section 2 are transferred pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

(f) “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the initial underwritten sale of equity securities by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

(g) “Registrable Shares” shall mean (a) the Conversion Shares, and (b) all other shares of Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by the Purchaser or any of their respective affiliates including by conversion or exercise of other securities held by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares, but excluding in each case shares of Common Stock and Conversion Shares which have been (i) registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective registration statement filed thereunder and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, or (ii) publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

(h) “Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement filed by the


Company with the Commission for a public offering and sale of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or their successors, or any other form for a limited purpose, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another corporation).

(i) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under the Securities Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

2.2 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder; provided, however, that the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned.

2.3 Incidental Registration .

(a) O pportunity to Participate . Whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement (other than by a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8, any successor forms, or any form not available for registering shares for sale to the public pursuant to a public offering or pursuant to registrations in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered) at any time and from time to time, it will, prior to such filing, give written notice to all Holders of its intention to do so and, upon the written request of a Holder or Holders given within thirty (30) days after the Company provides such notice, the Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to cause all Registrable Shares owned by such Holders which the Company has been requested by such Holder or Holders to register to be registered under the Securities Act; provided that the Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 without obligation to any Holder.

(b) Demand Registration. The Holders of a majority of then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to require that the Company register for their resale under the Securities Act the shares of Common Stock underlying the Series B Preferred Stock. Such demand shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice by the Holders of the majority of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock to the Company. The Holders may deliver such written notice at any time; provided, however, the obligation of the Company to file a Registration Statement shall not accrue until a date which is 90 days after the completion of the Company’s completion of a merger with a public shell company under which the public company merges with the Company or acquires (the “Acquisition”) all of the outstanding securities of the Company in exchange for issuance of securities of Public Company. Upon receipt of any such demand notice, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to file the registration statement as promptly as possible, but in no event more than 60 days after receipt of such demand (subject to the completion of the Acquisition as stated above), and shall use its reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as promptly as possible.

(c) Terms; Exclusions . In connection with any offering under this Section 2.3 involving an underwriting, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Shares in such underwriting unless the Holders thereof accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriter selected by the Company), and then only in such quantity as will not, in the opinion of the underwriters, adversely affect the offering by the Company. If in the opinion of the managing underwriter the registration of all, or part of, the Registrable Shares which the Holders have requested to be included would adversely affect such public offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the underwriting only that number of Registrable Shares, if any, which the managing underwriter believes may be sold without causing such adverse effect; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Shares included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities of any other stockholder electing to participate in the offering are first excluded from the underwriting and offering. If the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the underwriting in accordance with the foregoing is less than the total number of shares which the Holders of Registrable Shares have requested to be included, then the Company may include all securities proposed to be registered by the Company to be sold for its own account and the Holders of Registrable Shares who have requested registration shall participate in the underwriting pro rata based upon their total ownership of shares of Common Stock of the Company requested to be registered, together with any additional stockholders, if any, requesting registration. If any Holder would thus


be entitled to include more shares than such Holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among other requesting Holders pro rata based upon their total ownership of Registrable Shares.

(d) Underwriting Agreement . All Holders of Registrable Shares proposing to distribute their securities in an offering under this Section 2.3 involving an underwriting shall (together with the Company and other shareholders, if any, of securities distributing their shares through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for the underwriting.

2.4 Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, the Company shall:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become and remain effective for the period of the distribution contemplated thereby (determined as hereinafter provided);

(b) prepare and file with the Commission any amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective until the earliest of (i) the period of time required by the Commission, (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date, or (iii) the sale of all Registrable Shares covered thereby; provided, that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities that are not Registrable Shares (and, under the circumstances specified in Section 2.3(b), its securities that are Registrable Shares) at any time prior to the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(c) furnish to each selling Holder such reasonable number of copies of the prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as the selling Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Holder;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such states as the selling Holders shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts that may be necessary or desirable to enable the selling Holders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such states of the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with this Section 2.4(d) to qualify as a foreign corporation or execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(e) notify each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by the registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. Each Holder of Registrable Shares agrees upon receipt of such notice forthwith to cease making offers and sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement or deliveries of the prospectus contained therein for any purpose until the Company has prepared and furnished such amendment or supplement to the prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(f) if the offering is underwritten and at the request of any Holders of Registrable Shares, use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish on the date that Registrable Shares are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration:

(i) an opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters and to such Holder, stating that such Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act and that (A) to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted


or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, (B) the Registration Statement, the related prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereof comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act (except that such counsel need not express any opinion as to financial statements and the notes thereto and the schedules and other financial and statistical data contained therein) and (C) to such other effect as reasonably may be requested by counsel for the underwriters or by such Holder or its counsel; and

(ii) a letter dated such date from the independent certified public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters and to such Holder, stating that they are independent certified public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including information as to the period ending no more than five Business Days prior to the date of such letter) with respect to such registration as such underwriters reasonably may request;

(g) make available for inspection upon reasonable notice during the Company’s regular business hours by each Holder of Registrable Shares, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by and such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement; and

(h) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and, if applicable, provide the Company’s transfer agent with printed certificates for such Registrable Shares which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company.

In connection with each registration hereunder, each Holder of Registrable Shares shall (a) provide such information and execute such documents as may reasonably be required in connection with such registration, (b) agree to sell Registrable Shares on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements, and (c) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, which arrangements shall not be inconsistent herewith.

In connection with each registration pursuant to Section 2.4 covering an underwritten public offering, the Company and each Holder agree to enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the manner herein provided in such form and containing such provisions as are customary in the securities business of such an arrangement between such underwriter and companies of the Company’s size and investment stature.

2.5 Allocation of Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses (as hereinafter defined) incurred with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Shares under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 2, the term “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with this Section 2, including without limitation, all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel selected by the selling Holders (not to exceed an aggregate amount of $15,000 per registration), the fees and disbursements of the Company’s accountants, state blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, transfer taxes, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of the selling Holders’ own counsel (other than the one counsel selected to represent all of the selling Holders).

2.6 Indemnification .

(a) In the event of registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the seller of such Registrable Shares, each of its directors, officers or partners, each underwriter (if any) within the meaning of the


Exchange Act (an “Underwriter”) of such Registrable Shares and each other person, if any, who controls such seller or Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (a “controlling person”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such seller or Underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, blue sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement if such statement was made by or on behalf of such seller of Registrable Shares, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal securities or state blue sky law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal securities or blue sky law in connection with the offering covered by such Registration Statement; and the Company will reimburse such seller or Underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by such seller or Underwriter or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by or on behalf of such seller, underwriter or controlling person specifically for use in the preparation thereof or if such misstatement or omission was corrected in any amendment or supplement provided to a selling Holder pursuant to Section 2.4(b) and (c) and the selling Holder failed to deliver such amendment or supplement.

(b) In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each seller of Registrable Shares, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each Underwriter (if any) and each controlling person, if any, of the Company or Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company, such directors and officers, any Underwriter or controlling persons may become subject under the Securities Act, Exchange Act, blue sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement if such statement was made by or on behalf of such seller of Registrable Shares, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, if the statement, omission or violation was made or occurred in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such seller of Registrable Shares, specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement or if such misstatement or omission was corrected in any amendment or supplement provided to such seller of Registrable Shares pursuant to Section 2.4(b) and (c) and such seller of Registrable Shares failed to deliver such amendment or supplement, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by such seller of Registrable Shares of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal securities or blue sky law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal securities or blue sky law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement and each seller of such Registrable Shares will reimburse the Company and each such director, officer or underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company, such director, officer or underwriter or such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however, that the obligations of each such seller of Registrable Shares hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to each such seller of Registrable Shares of Registrable Shares sold as contemplated herein.

(c) Each Party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the Party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, however, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be


approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or denied); and, provided, further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6 unless the failure to give such notice timely actually effects in a material manner the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall pay such expense if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation, and no further obligation to indemnify an Indemnified Party shall exist in connection with either of the following without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld: (i) judgment entered with the consent of the Indemnified Person; or (ii) settlement of such claim or litigation.

2.7 Information by Holder .

(a) Each Holder of Registrable Shares included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

(b) Each Holder of Registrable Shares shall use reasonable efforts to report to the Company sales made pursuant to any registration of such Registrable Shares.

2.8 “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder, if requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall agree not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other securities (other than shares of Common Stock being registered in such offering) of the Company held by such Holder for a specified period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of a Registration Statement; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the registration statement relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering, and shall not extend to any securities included in such Registration Statement; and provided further that all officers and directors of the Company shall agree to be bound by such restriction and the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain a similar covenant from each holder of at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Company. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the market stand-off period.

3. Miscellaneous.

3.1 Termination .

(a) Rights granted under Section 1 herein will terminate upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, “Initial Public Offering” means the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement in connection with an initial public offering with gross proceeds of $25,000,000 or more, or consummation of a reverse merger of the Company with a public company that files reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(b) Rights granted under Section 2 herein will terminate on the earlier of: (i) the third anniversary of the Company’s initial public offering, or (ii) such time as Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) or another similar exemption under Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such holder’s Shares during a three-month period without registration and without other restrictions other than those set forth in paragraphs (f) and (g) of Rule 144.

3.2 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, etc . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to any shares of capital stock of the Company now or hereafter held by the


Purchaser, including any such shares (a) converted, exchanged or substituted in any recapitalization or other capital reorganization by the Company, or (b) issued in connection with any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any successor or assign (whether by sale, merger or otherwise) to enter into a new investor rights agreement with the holders of Registrable Securities on terms substantially the same as this Agreement as a condition of any such transaction.

3.3 Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or delivered by overnight courier or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission. Every notice hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally delivered, with receipt acknowledged, upon transmission by facsimile and confirmed facsimile receipt.

(a) If to a Series A Preferred Stockholder, at such stockholder’s address as set forth on Schedule I to this Agreement, or at such other address as may have been furnished to the Company by it in writing.

(b) If to a Series B Preferred Stockholder, at such stockholder’s address as set forth on Schedule II to this Agreement, or at such other address as may have been furnished to the Company by it in writing.

(c) If to the Company at:

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

Attention: President

with a copy to:

Lavelle & Finn, LLP

29 British American Boulevard

Latham, New York 12110

Attn: Keith M. Goldstein, Esq.

3.4 Amendments and Waiver . Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company, and the holders of at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock voting together as a single class (including shares of common stock of the Company issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock), which amendment or waiver, as the case may be, shall be binding on all of the Parties and shall be binding on all holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, if, and to the extent that, such amendment or waiver treats all purchasers of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in the same manner. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

3.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

3.6 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement.

3.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the


laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law principles.

3.8 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the respective representatives, successors and assigns of the Parties.

3.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  COMPANY
  CANCER GENETICS, INC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  SERIES A PREFERRED STOCKHOLDER
  If an individual:
 

 

  [Signature]
 

 

  [Print name]
  If an entity, insert name of entity:
 

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  SERIES B PREFERRED STOCKHOLDER
  If an individual:
 

 

  [Signature]
 

 

  [Print name]
  If an entity, insert name of entity:
 

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

Schedule of Series A Preferred Stockholders

 

If an individual is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an individual is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:     
  

 

 
  

 

 
If an entity is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an entity is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:   

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

 


SCHEDULE II

Schedule of Series B Preferred Stockholders

 

If an individual is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an individual is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:     
  

 

 
  

 

 
If an entity is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an entity is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:   

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of December 8, 2011, by and among Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock signatory hereto (collectively, the “ Consenting Stockholders ”), amends that certain Amended and Restated Investors” Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, by and among the Company and the individuals or entities listed on Schedule I and Schedule II thereto (as previously amended, the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”). To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , Section 2.3(a) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement provides certain piggyback registration rights to the Holders in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Consenting Stockholders wish to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement in order to carve out from the piggyback registration rights set forth in Section 2.3(a) thereof all piggyback registration rights with respect to a Registration Statement that the Company files in connection with an Initial Public Offering;

WHEREAS , Section 2.3(b) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement provides certain demand registration rights to the Holders;

WHEREAS , the Company and the Consenting Stockholders wish to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement to provide that the obligation of the Company to file a Registration Statement in connection with the demand registration rights set forth in Section 2.3(b) thereof shall not accrue until a date that is 180 days after the consummation of the Company’s Initial Public Offering (or such later date as may be necessary to comply with the terms of the underwriting agreement to be entered into by the Company and the underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering;

WHEREAS , Section 3.4 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement provides that any term of the Investors’ Rights Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock voting together as a single class (including shares of common stock of the Company issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock); and

WHEREAS , the Consenting Stockholders collectively represent at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock voting together as a single class (including shares of common stock of the Company issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, if any).


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants hereafter contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 2.3(a) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended by deleting that section in its entirety and replacing it with the following sentence:

Other than with respect to a Registration Statement to be filed in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering, whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement (other than by a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8, any successor forms, or any form not available for registering shares for sale to the public pursuant to a public offering or pursuant to registrations in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered) at any time and from time to time, it will, prior to such filing, give written notice to all Holders of its intention to do so and, upon the written request of a Holder or Holders given within thirty (30) days after the Company provides such notice, the Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to cause all Registrable Shares owned by such Holders which the Company has been requested by such Holder or Holders to register to be registered under the Securities Act; provided that the Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 without obligation to any Holder.

2. Section 2.3(b) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the second sentence thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following sentence:

The Holders may deliver such written notice at any time; provided, however, the obligation of the Company to file a Registration Statement shall not accrue until a date which is (i) 90 days after the completion of the Company’s completion of a merger with a public shell company under which the public company merges with the Company or acquires (the “Acquisition”) all of the outstanding securities of the Company in exchange for issuance of securities of the public company and (ii) 180 days after the consummation of the Company’s Initial Public Offering (or such later date as may be necessary to comply with the terms of the underwriting agreement to be entered into by the Company and the underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering).

3. Other than as specifically set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Investors’ Rights Agreement are and will remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

4. This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law principles.

5. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (facsimile or other electronic signatures shall be deemed acceptable and binding), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS

[•]

SERIES B PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS

[•]

Exhibit 4.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of this 13 th day of April, 2010, by and among Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), the individuals or entities listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Common Stockholder”), the individuals or entities listed on Schedule II hereto (the “Series A Preferred Stockholders”), and the individuals or entities listed on Schedule III hereto (the “Series B Preferred Stockholders”). The Company, the Common Stockholder, the Series A Preferred Stockholders and the Series B Preferred Stockholders are sometimes referred to herein individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and certain individuals and/or entities have entered into Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements pursuant to which the Company has agreed to issue to such purchasers, and such purchasers have agreed to purchase from the Company, shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series B Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Company and certain holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock are parties to a certain stockholders’ agreement, dated September 11, 2007 (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock desire to amend and restate the Stockholders’ Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Series B Preferred Stockholders entering into the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”), the Company has agreed to provide the Series B Preferred Stockholders the rights set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants hereafter contained, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean (i) as such term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (ii) a partner of a Stockholder, or (iii) any spouse, child, grandchild, parent, grandparent or sibling of a Stockholder or a trust or other entity for their benefit.

(b) “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York.

(c) “Founder” shall mean the following Stockholder(s): Louis Maione and Raju Chaganti; and their successors and permitted transferees and assigns.

(d) “Fully Diluted Basis” shall mean the total number of shares of Common Stock, which are issued and outstanding, plus the total number of shares of Common Stock which would be issued and outstanding assuming the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants or rights to purchase Common Stock and the conversion of all outstanding securities, including any shares of preferred stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock) which the Company may issue from time to time.

(e) “Holder” shall mean any Founder and his or its permitted successors and assigns.

(f) “Shares” shall mean and include all shares of the capital stock and other securities (including, without limitation, options, warrants and other rights to acquire capital stock) of the Company now owned by any Holder, together with any other shares of the capital stock of the Company hereafter acquired by any


Holder (whether by purchase, exercise of options or warrants, or otherwise) and any other shares or securities thereafter issued in respect of such shares in any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, readjustment or other change in a capital structure of the Company.

(g) “Stockholder(s)” shall include, in addition to the persons and entities contemplated by the preamble to this Agreement, any parties who, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, acquire shares of common stock or preferred stock of the Company (including any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock), whether pursuant to a sale or other transfer of shares of the Company by a Stockholder to a third party in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or a sale by the Company of common stock or preferred stock (including any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock), so long as the recipient agrees to be bound by the terms and benefits contained in this Agreement.

2. Prohibited Transfers . No Holder shall sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or dispose of all, or any portion, of the Shares without first complying with the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder may transfer all, or any, of the Shares in each of the following cases: (a) as part of a registered public offering of the Company’s securities, (b) either during a Stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to a custodian or trustee for the account of a Holder or to a Holder’s siblings, ancestors, descendants or spouse or (c) to an entity in which a Holder is a beneficial owner (each a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, however, that, in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of this Section, a transferee shall receive and hold such Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance herewith.

3. Right of First Refusal .

(a) In the event that any Holder (a “Selling Holder”) desires to sell or otherwise transfer Shares in a transaction which is not a Permitted Transfer, the Selling Holder shall deliver to the Company, a written notice of the intention to sell and the terms and conditions of the proposed sale, including the purchase price and the identity of the proposed purchaser (hereinafter referred to as a “Notice of Intention to Sell”), together with a written offer (hereinafter referred to as the “First Inside Offer”) irrevocable for fifteen (15) days from its receipt, to sell to the Company for a price determined in accordance with Section 3(d) all (but not less than all) of the Shares covered by the Notice of Intention to Sell, on the same terms and conditions as are contained in the Notice of Intention to Sell. If the Company accepts the First Inside Offer (which it may do as to all or part of the Shares offered, subject to the remaining Stockholders agreeing to purchase the rest of such Shares offered in accordance with Section 3(b)), the Company shall purchase and pay for such Shares in accordance with the terms of the First Inside Offer and Sections 4 and 5 hereof.

(b) If the Company does not accept the First Inside Offer, or accepts the First Inside Offer in part, the Selling Holder shall thereupon deliver to each of the other Stockholders a written offer irrevocable for fifteen (15) days to sell to such Stockholders for a price determined in accordance with Section 3(d) all (but not less than all) of the Shares which the Company has not elected to purchase in the First Inside Offer (hereinafter referred to as the “Second Inside Offer”), on the same terms and conditions as the First Inside Offer. The Second Inside Notice shall also notify such Stockholders that they may be eligible Co-Sellers pursuant to Section 6. The Stockholders shall have the right to accept the Second Inside Offer on at least a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock owned, or obtainable by each of them in relation to the number of shares of Common Stock owned, or obtainable by Stockholders other than the Selling Holder, calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis. Each exercising Stockholder shall give written notice to the Selling Holder and to the Company stating the quantity of Shares which such Stockholder desires to purchase (which quantity may exceed the number of Shares such Stockholder would be entitled to purchase on a pro-rata basis as provided above in this Section 3 if all Stockholders exercised this right). If the total number of Shares specified in such Stockholders’ notices exceed the number of Shares offered in the Second Inside Offer, each exercising Stockholder shall have the right to purchase such portion of the Shares offered in the Second Inside Offer on a pro-rata basis with all other exercising Stockholders determined as provided above in this Section 3, up to the number of Shares specified in its notice. The Shares not so purchased shall be allocated on a pro-rata basis determined as provided above in this paragraph among the exercising Stockholders electing to purchase more than their pro-rata portions up to the number of Shares specified in each exercising Stockholders’ notice to the Selling Holder.


(c) If all of the Shares offered by the Selling Holder are not purchased pursuant to the First and the Second Inside Offer, or payment therefor is not made in accordance with Sections 4 and 5 hereof, the Selling Holder may sell the Shares to the bona fide third party purchaser identified in the Notice of Intention to Sell (the “Third Party Purchaser”) (subject to the Selling Holder first complying with the provisions of Section 6) on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Intention to Sell, during the sixty (60) day period immediately following expiration of the Second Inside Offer or the time for payment for the Shares, as the case may be. All Shares transferred pursuant to this Agreement shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement. Any Shares not purchased pursuant to the First Inside Offer or the Second Inside Offer or by the Third Party Purchaser within the time periods specified herein may not be sold or otherwise disposed of without again offering them to the Company and the Stockholders in accordance with this Agreement.

(d) The purchase price to the Company or the Stockholders for Shares offered pursuant to the First Inside Offer and the Second Inside Offer shall be an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the cash purchase price and one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of any non-cash consideration set forth in the Notice of Intention to Sell.

4. Terms of Payment . If the Company or any Stockholder has the right to purchase Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company, or the Stockholder(s) will purchase such Shares on substantially the same terms and with the same method of payment as is specified in the Notice of Intention to Sell; provided, however, that if the method of payment set forth in the Notice of Intention to Sell consists of property other than cash, then the Company or the Stockholder(s), as the case may be, shall be entitled to pay the purchase price in a sum of cash equivalent to the fair market value of such other property, as reasonably determined by the board of directors of the Company (“Board of Directors”).

5. Closing on Stock Sales; Tenders . The acceptance of any offer under Section 3 shall be by notice to the Selling Holder, the Company and the Stockholders, as the case may be, shall specify a date of closing, which date shall not be later than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Selling Holder, the Company and the Stockholders, as the case may be, of such notice. At the closing of the purchase, the Company and the purchasing Stockholders, as the case may be, shall make payment as described in Section 4. Certificates for the Shares to be purchased, duly endorsed or accompanied by duly executed stock powers, shall be delivered at such closing by the Selling Holder. The Company or the purchasing Stockholders, as the case may be, may reasonably request waivers of any tax liens or other liens or encumbrances, evidence of good title to the Shares to be sold, or evidence of the authority of any legal representatives, before tendering payment for the Shares to be purchased.

6. Right of Co-Sale . In the event that the First Inside Offer and the Second Inside Offer are not accepted, in the aggregate, as to all of the Shares offered therein and such Selling Holder desires to sell all or any part of the Shares to the Third Party Purchaser, each other holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock regardless of whether such Co-Seller exercised its Right of First Refusal pursuant to Section 3, such Selling Holder shall have the right to sell to the Third Party Purchaser, as a condition to such sale by such Selling Holder, at the same price per share and on the same terms and conditions as involved in such proposed sale to the Third Party Purchaser by such Selling Holder, an amount of Shares equal to the amount of Shares to be sold by such Selling Holder to the Third Party Purchaser, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Shares owned on a Fully Diluted Basis by such Co-Seller, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Shares owned on a Fully Diluted Basis by such Selling Holder and all Co-Sellers (including such Co-Sellers). The right of co-sale of the Co-Sellers shall be on the following terms and conditions:

(a) Option to Participate . Any Co-Seller receiving the Notice of Intention to Sell pursuant to Section 3 (a) may elect to participate in the contemplated sale by delivering a written notice (an “Election Notice”) to the Selling Holder within twenty-five (25) days after receipt of such Notice of Intention to Sell, and each such Co-Seller may elect to sell in the contemplated transaction up to that number of Shares owned by him as is set forth in this Section 6 above. Any Stockholder who fails to timely deliver an Election Notice to the Selling Holder shall be deemed to have waived any right to participate in the sale. To the extent that one or more Co-Sellers exercise such right of participation, in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the number of Shares which the Selling Holder may sell shall be correspondingly reduced. Promptly following expiration of the offering period for the First Inside Offer and the Second Inside Offer, the Selling Holder will notify the Co-Seller whether the Shares offered by


the Selling Holder will be purchased in such Offers and if not, shall confirm, if applicable, the final terms of the sale to the Third Party Purchaser. Nothing in this Section 6 shall prevent a Holder from accepting a Second Inside Offer as a Stockholder and electing to be a Co-Seller pursuant to this Section 6 in the event that all of the Selling Holder’s Shares are not purchased by the Company and the other Stockholders pursuant to Section 3.

(b) Transfer of Shares . Each participating Co-Seller shall deliver to the Selling Holder for transfer to the Third Party Purchaser one or more certificates, duly endorsed or accompanied by duly executed stock powers, which represent the number of Shares the Co-Seller is able to sell pursuant to this Section 6. The stock certificates which each Co-Seller delivers to the Selling Holder shall be transferred by the Selling Holder to the Third Party Purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Election Notice, and the Selling Holder shall promptly thereafter remit to each participating Co-Seller that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Seller is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale.

(c) Transfer Restrictions Binding on Third Party Purchasers . If any Shares are sold pursuant to this Section 6 to any Third Party Purchaser who is not a party to this Agreement, such purchaser shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement as a precondition to the purchase of such Shares and such Shares shall continue to be subject to the voting provisions set forth in Section 7 hereof.

(d) Representations and Warranties . In connection with a transfer pursuant to this Section 6, each Co-Seller shall be required to make representations and warranties in such form as the Selling Holder or Third Party Purchaser may reasonably request, regarding the Shares that it proposes to transfer, including, but not limited to, such Co-Seller’s ownership of and authority to transfer such Shares, the absence of any liens or other encumbrances on such stock, and the compliance of such transfer with the Federal and state securities laws and all other applicable laws and regulations.

(e) Expenses . Each Co-Seller participating in a sale pursuant to this Section 6 shall pay its pro-rata share (based on the total number of shares to be sold) of the expenses incurred in connection with such sale and shall be obligated to join on a pro-rata basis (based on the total number of shares to be sold) in any indemnification or other obligations that the Selling Holder originating the sale agrees to provide in connection with such sale, provided, however, that no Co-Seller shall be obligated in connection with such sale to agree to indemnify or hold harmless the Co-Sellers with respect to an amount in excess of the net proceeds paid to such holder in connection with such sale.

(f) No Waiver of Subsequent Rights . The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Co- Sellers hereunder to participate in one or more sales of Shares made by a Selling Holder shall not affect their rights to participate in subsequent sales by a Selling Holder that meet the conditions specified in this Section 6.

(g) Consummation of Sale; Withdrawal of Election . At all times prior to consummation of a sale or entry by a Co-Seller into a binding agreement with a Third Party Purchaser with respect to a sale, such Co- Seller shall be free to withdraw its Election Notice to participate in a sale of Shares by a Selling Holder. The Selling Holder shall have no liability to any other Stockholder if any sale proposed to be made pursuant to this Section 6 is not consummated.

7. Board of Directors .

(a) The board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) shall consist of seven (7) members. Of the seven (7) directors, (i) four (4) directors (one of whom will be the chief executive officer of the Company) would be nominated and elected by the holder(s) of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (ii) three (3) directors would be nominated and elected by the holder(s) of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

(b) The Company shall reimburse each of the non-employee directors for all reasonable out- of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors, meetings of committees of the Board of Directors and performing Company-approved business. In addition, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to provide reasonable compensation in the form of salary and/or options to acquire stock of the Company


to directors and consultants for board meeting attendance and board of director and committee activities.

(c) The Board of Directors may create such committees as it deems necessary or desirable to conduct such business as may properly come before the Board of Directors.

8. No Transfer to Competitors . No Holder may sell, assign, transfer, pledge or hypothecate any Shares to any of the Company’s competitors as reasonably determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

9. Term . The provisions of this Agreement shall terminate upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, “Initial Public Offering” means the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement in connection with an initial public offering with gross proceeds of $25,000,000 or more, or consummation of a reverse merger of the Company with a public company that files reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

10. Drag-Along Rights .

(a) If at any time the Company or the holders of the capital stock of the Company receive a bona fide offer (a “Drag-Along Offer”) by a third party (a “Third Party”) to acquire for value all of the then outstanding shares of the Company or all, or substantially all, of the assets or businesses of the Company (no matter how the transaction may be structured) in which the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock would receive in consideration for such transaction an amount not less than four (4) times the purchase price for the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (as the case may be), the holders of the Common Stock may require each other Stockholder (including the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock) to sell to such Third Party all of the shares of stock of the Company then held by such Stockholders or vote their shares of stock in favor of the transaction if other than a sale of stock as provided below. If the holders of the Common Stock elect to exercise their right to compel a sale of the Company pursuant to this Section 10, the holders of the Common Stock will cause a written notice of the Drag-Along Offer (the “Drag-Along Notice”) to be delivered to each of the other Stockholders, setting forth the aggregate consideration, the identify of the Third Party and the other principal terms and conditions thereof.

(b) The Company or the holders of the Common Stock (as the case may be) will have one hundred twenty (120) days from the date the Drag-Along Notice is provided to the other Stockholders to consummate the sale to the Third Party, at the price and on the terms substantially similar to those set forth in such Drag-Along Notice, of all of the shares subject to the Drag-Along Offer pursuant to Section 10(a). If the sale to the Third Party is not completed during such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then the other Stockholders will be released from their obligations with respect to such Drag-Along Notice (but not future Drag-Along transactions).

(c) Each Stockholder agrees to cast all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of its shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, in the same proportion as shares are voted by the Company to approve any transaction or series of transactions in connection with which the holders of the Common Stock exercise their rights in this Section 10 (including without limitation any recapitalization, merger, consolidations, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company).

11. Specific Enforcement . The Parties expressly agree that they will be irreparably damaged if this Agreement is not specifically enforced. Upon a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement by any Party, the Company and the Stockholders shall, to the extent not prohibited by law, in addition to all other remedies, each be entitled to seek a temporary or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

12. Legend . Each new certificate evidencing any of the Shares shall bear a legend substantially as follows:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, EXCHANGED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED


OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, DATED September 11, 2007, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.”

13. Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or delivered by overnight courier or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission. Every notice hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally delivered, with receipt acknowledged, upon transmission by facsimile and confirmed by facsimile receipt.

 

  (a)    If to a Stockholder, at its address on file with the secretary of the Company.
  (b)    If to the Company at:
    

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

Attention: President

     with a copy to:
    

Lavelle and Finn, LLP

29 British American Boulevard

Latham, New York 12110

Attention: Keith M. Goldstein, Esq.

14. Amendments . Neither this Agreement, nor any provision hereof, may be waived, modified, amended or terminated except as approved in writing by the (a) Company, (b) holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock) on an as converted basis, to the extent that any shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are then outstanding), and (c) Stockholders holding more than a majority of the outstanding of the originally issued Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (a “Majority”), to the extent that any shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are then outstanding; provided, however, that any provision herein waived, modified, amended or terminated with the approval of the Company, the Stockholders and a Majority shall bind all other Stockholders who do not consent or otherwise expressly approve such waiver, modification, amendment or termination.

15. Governing Law; Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Parties.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17. Assignment . The rights granted to the Stockholders under this Agreement may be transferred by a Stockholder to a transferee of the Shares.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to such subject matter.


19. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

20. After-Acquired Shares . All of the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all of the shares of capital stock of Company now owned or which may be issued to or acquired by a Stockholder in consequence of any additional issuance (including, without limitation, by exercise of an option or any warrant), purchase, exchange, conversion or reclassification of stock, corporate reorganization, or any other form of recapitalization, consolidation, merger, stock split or stock dividend, or which are acquired by a Stockholder in any other manner.

[Signature Page to Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  COMPANY
  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  FOUNDERS
 

 

  Raju Chaganti
 

 

  Louis Maione
  COMMON STOCKHOLDER
  If an individual:
 

 

  [Signature]
 

 

  [Print name]
  If an entity, insert name of entity:
 

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


  SERIES A PREFERRED STOCKHOLDER
  If an individual:
 

 

  [Signature]
 

 

  [Print name]
  If an entity, insert name of entity:
 

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  SERIES B PREFERRED STOCKHOLDER
  If an individual:
 

 

  [Signature]
 

 

  [Print name]
  If an entity, insert name of entity:
 

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

Schedule of Common Stockholders

 

If an individual is the Common Stockholder,

insert name:

  

 

 

If an individual is the Common Stockholder,

insert address:

  

 

 
  

 

 

If an entity is the Common Stockholder,

insert name:

  

 

 

If an entity is the Common Stockholder,

insert address:

  

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

 


SCHEDULE II

Schedule of Series A Preferred Stockholders

 

If an individual is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an individual is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:     
  

 

 
  

 

 
If an entity is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an entity is the Series A Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:   

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

 


SCHEDULE III

Schedule of Series B Preferred Stockholders

 

If an individual is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an individual is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:     
  

 

 
  

 

 
If an entity is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert name:   

 

 
If an entity is the Series B Preferred     
Stockholder, insert address:   

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

 

Exhibit 4.6

SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of this              day of                      , 2010, by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the party listed on the Schedule of Purchaser attached hereto as Schedule I (the “Purchaser”). The Company and the Purchaser are sometimes referred to herein individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to those purchasers who in the aggregate subscribe for, up to, Two Million (2,000,000) shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price of Five Dollars and no cents ($5.00) per share; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to acquire from the Company, the number of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock set forth beside the Purchaser’s name on Schedule I, at a price of Five Dollars and no cents ($5.00) per share.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND SELL SECURITIES; POTENTIAL CASH PENALTIES .

1.1 Authorization . At the Closing (as defined below), the Company will have authorized the issuance, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, of up to Two Million (2,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).

1.2 Agreement to Purchase and Sell . The Company agrees to sell to the Purchaser at the Closing, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing, subject to and in reliance upon the representations, warranties, terms and conditions of this Agreement, the number of shares set forth beside the Purchaser’s name on Schedule I (the “Purchased Shares”), at a price of Five Dollars ($5.00) per share. The shares of common stock, $.0001 par value per share, issuable upon conversion of the Purchased Shares will be collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Shares.”

1.3 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the sale of the Purchased Shares, together with the proceeds from the sale of Series B Preferred Stock to other investors, shall be used (a) for working capital to fund ongoing operations and expansion of the business (b) to pay the fees and expenses of the placement agents, and (c) to repay certain outstanding indebtedness of the Company.

1.4 Potential Cash Penalties . (a) If the Company fails to complete a merger with a corporation, whose shares are registered for issuance pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Merger”), within nine (9) months of the conclusion of the Series B Preferred Stock Offering (the “Merger Period”)


pursuant to this Agreement, each Purchaser shall be paid a cash penalty (the “Penalty”). The Penalty that shall be payable to each Purchaser shall be one percent (1.00%) of the original issue price of the Series B Preferred Stock, for the first thirty (30) day period following the expiration of the Merger Period in which the Merger shall not have been consummated (the “First Penalty Period”), and an additional two percent (2.00%) of the original issue price of the Series B Preferred Stock, for each successive thirty (30) day period following the First Penalty Period, pro rated daily up to a maximum Penalty amount of eleven percent (11.0%) per annum. Such Penalty shall be payable to each Purchaser semiannually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. (b) If the common stock of the Public Company is not traded on a national exchange or on the OTCBB upon closing of the Merger, the Company will file all required documents necessary for it to begin trading on a national exchange or the OTCBB, and commencing fifteen (15) months from the final Closing Date, if the shares of the Public Company are not trades on a national exchange or the OTCBB, then holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a same cash fee as described above.

2. CLOSING .

2.1 Closing . The Purchased Shares are being offered by the Board of Directors of the Company and through select license broker dealers on a best efforts, minimum-maximum basis, with a minimum proceeds of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) (gross proceeds, before reduction for expenses) and a maximum proceeds of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) (gross proceeds, before reduction for expenses). If the Purchaser subscribes to the Purchased Shares before April 30, 2010, the Purchase Price will be held in escrow by Signature Bank. until the earlier of (a) the date on which the Company receives subscriptions for at least Six Hundred Thousand (600,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Minimum Shares”), or (b) April 30, 2010 (the “Initial Closing Date”), subject to an extension to July 30, 2010 (the “Closing Date”), at the election of the Company. In the event the Company does not receive and accept subscriptions to purchase the Minimum Shares by the Closing Date, the Purchase Price will be returned to the Purchaser, without interest. If the Purchaser subscribes for the Purchased Shares after the Company has closed on the sale of at least the Minimum Shares, then the closing on the Purchased Shares shall occur on a date chosen by the Company, in any case not later than the Closing Date. At the closing, the Company will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing the number of Purchased Shares that the Purchaser has agreed to purchase hereunder as shown on Schedule I against delivery to the Company by the Purchaser of the Purchase Price, paid by (a) a check payable to the order of Signature Bank as Escrow Agent for Cancer Genetics, Inc., (b) wire transfer of funds to the escrow account, or (c) any combination of the foregoing. The escrow account may only be utilized until the satisfaction of the Minimum Shares; therefore, funds may be sent directly to the Company.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser that, except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions (the “Schedule of Exceptions”) attached hereto as Schedule II (which Schedule of Exceptions shall be deemed to be representations and warranties to the Purchaser by the Company under this Section 3), the statements in the following paragraphs of this Section 3 are all true, complete and correct as of the date hereof. As used herein, the phrases “knowledge of the Company” or similar phrases shall mean or refer to the actual knowledge of the management, directors and executive officers of the Company after reasonable investigation.

3.1 Organization, Qualifications and Corporate Power . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted by it, to enter into and perform this Agreement, the investors’ rights agreement with the Purchaser and the other parties named therein, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement”), the stockholders’ agreement with the Purchaser and the other parties named therein, in the form attached as Exhibit C (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement,” together with the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and this Agreement, the “Transaction Documents”), and to carry out the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Company has full corporate power and authority to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a


foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to qualify would have a material adverse effect upon the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

3.2 Capitalization . The capitalization of the Company immediately following the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State shall consists of the following:

(a) Preferred Stock . A total of Eight Million (8,000,000) authorized shares of preferred stock, $.0001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”), consisting of Five Hundred Eighty-Eight Thousand (588,000) shares designated as “Series A Preferred Stock”, of which Five Hundred Eighty-Seven Thousand Six Hundred Ninety-One (587,691) are issued and outstanding, and Two Million (2,000,000) shares designated as “Series B Preferred Stock”, none of which will be issued and outstanding. Upon the Closing, the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock will be as stated in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and as provided by law.

(b) Common Stock . A total of Twenty-Four Million (24,000,000) authorized shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of which Six Million One Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Four Hundred Two (6,156,402) shares will be issued and outstanding.

(c) Options, Warrants, and Convertible Securities . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions and except for (i) the conversion privileges and the rights of first refusal of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, (ii) the One Million Two Hundred Forty-Eight Thousand (1,248,000) shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under the stock option plan of the Company (the “Plan”), and (iii) the Three Million Thirty–Six Thousand One Hundred Ninety-Two (3,036,192) warrants currently issued and outstanding, there shall be no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights), agreements for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any shares of its capital stock or any securities convertible into or ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of the capital stock of the Company. Apart from the exceptions noted herein or in the Schedule of Exceptions, and except for rights under the Transaction Documents or rights of first refusal held by the Company to purchase shares of its stock issued under the Plan (as defined herein) and any employment or consulting agreements to which the Company is a party (each of which are set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions), no shares of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, or stock issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options, warrants or rights, or other stock issuable by the Company, are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase such stock (whether in favor of the Company or any other person), pursuant to any agreement or commitment of the Company.

(d) Reservation of Common Stock . The Company has authorized and reserved, and covenants to continue to reserve, a sufficient number of shares of common stock of the Company for issuance upon the conversation of the Purchased Shares, which when so issued and delivered, will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(e) Pre-emptive Rights . Except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents, no person has any preemptive right, right of first refusal or similar right to acquire capital stock of the Company in connection with the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares or issuance of the Conversion Shares.

(f) Transfer Restrictions . There are no restrictions on the transfer of the Purchased Shares or the Conversion Shares, other than those imposed by relevant state and Federal securities laws and the Transaction Documents.

(g) Redemption; Other Payment Obligations . Except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Company has no obligation to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its capital stock, equity securities or any interests therein, or to pay any distribution in respect thereto.


(h) Voting Trusts; Etc . Except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, there are no voting trusts, shareholders’ agreements, or proxies relating to any securities of the Company.

(i) Shareholders of the Company . A complete and correct schedule of the classes of the holders of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company, and the number of shares of capital stock beneficially owned by such classes, is set forth on Exhibit 3.2(i) attached hereto.

3.3 Subsidiaries . The Company has no subsidiaries, other than a wholly owned subsidiary organized under the law of Italy (the “Subsidiary”). Except with respect to the Subsidiary and except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company does not (a) own of record or beneficially, directly or indirectly, (i) any shares of capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock of any other corporation, or (ii) any participating interest in any partnership, joint venture or other non-corporate business enterprise, or (b) control, directly or indirectly, any other entity.

3.4 Authorization of Agreements, Etc .

(a) All corporate action on the part of the Company’s directors and stockholders necessary for: (i) the authorization, execution, delivery of, and the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Documents; (ii) the authorization, issuance, reservation for issuance and delivery of all of the Purchased Shares being sold under this Agreement and of the Conversion Shares; and (iii) the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing.

(b) The Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered, will constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by: (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or others laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally; and (ii) the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.

3.5 Valid Issuance of Securities . The Purchased Shares, when paid for and then issued, as provided in this Agreement, will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free and clear of all liens, charges, restrictions, claims and encumbrances of any kind, subject to restrictions on transfer under Federal and state securities laws and the Transaction Documents. The Conversion Shares, have been duly and validly reserved for issuance upon conversion thereof and, when issued upon such conversion in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (assuming no change in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or in applicable law), will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free and clear of all liens, charges, restrictions, claims and encumbrances of any kind, subject to restrictions on transfer under Federal and state securities laws and the Transaction Documents.

3.6 Securities Laws . Subject to the representations and warranties contained in Section 4, the offer, issuance, sale and delivery of the Purchased Shares, as provided in this Agreement, are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and all applicable state securities laws, and are otherwise in compliance with such laws. Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action which would subject the offering, issuance or sale of the Series B Preferred Stock to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.

3.7 Governmental Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company to enable the Company to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents except for such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such qualifications and filings will, in the case of qualifications, be effective on the Closing and will, in the


case of filings, be made within the time prescribed by law.

3.8 Litigation . Expect as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, there is no material action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened, against the Company, its activities or its properties before any court or governmental agency.

3.9 Proprietary Rights .

(a) Set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions is a list and brief description (if applicable) of (i) all domestic and foreign patents, patent rights, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service mark applications, internet domain names, trade names and copyrights, and all applications for such which are in the process of being prepared, owned by or registered in the name of the Company, or of which the Company is a licensor or licensee or in which the Company has any right, and in each case a brief description (if applicable) of the nature of such right, and (ii) all licenses and other agreements with third parties (such licenses being herein referred to collectively as the “Third Party Licenses”) relating to any software, copyrights, technology, know-how or processes that the Company has been licensed or is otherwise authorized by such third parties to use, market, distribute or incorporate into products distributed or services provided by the Company (such software, technology, know-how and processes being collectively referred to as “Third Party Technology”), provided that the Company need not list on the Schedule of Exceptions any shrink-wrap or (“off-the-shelf”) software that is generally commercially available (“Shrinkwrap Software”).

(b) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, to the Company’s knowledge, the Company is the sole owner or is the valid licensee and has the right, free and clear of all liabilities, charges, liens, pledges, mortgages, restrictions, adverse claims, security interests, rights of others and encumbrances (including, without limitation, distribution rights), to use all material patents, trademarks, copyrights, service marks, and applications and registrations therefor, and all trade names, internet domain names, web sites, customer lists, trade secrets, manufacturing or proprietary processes and formulae, inventions, know-how and other confidential and proprietary information, including, without limitation, the Third Party Technology and any Shrinkwrap Software used by it (collectively, “Intellectual Property”), necessary to permit the Company to conduct its business as presently conducted, and the Company is not limited or restricted in its ability to bring infringement actions in any federal court of the United States with respect to the patents, trademarks, copyrights and service marks listed on the Schedule of Exceptions. To the Company’s knowledge, no other person or entity is infringing, violating or misappropriating any of the Intellectual Property that the Company owns. The foregoing representation as it relates to Third Party Technology is limited to the Company’s interest pursuant to the Third Party Licenses, all of which are valid and enforceable and in full force and effect and which grant the Company such rights to Third Party Technology as are employed in or necessary to the business of the Company as conducted. All of the Company’s registered patents, trademarks and copyrights in any of the Company’s products or services and applications therefor, if any, are valid and in full force and effect, and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not alter or impair any such rights.

(c) To the knowledge of the Company, none of the activities or business conducted by the Company or proposed to be conducted by the Company infringes, violates or constitutes a misappropriation of, or in the past infringed, violated or constituted a misappropriation of, any Intellectual Property of any other person or entity. The Company has not received any complaint, claim or notice alleging any infringement, violation or misappropriation, and to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by any third party against the Company for any such complaint, claim or notice. Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, no claim is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to the effect that any such Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company, or which the Company otherwise has the right to use, is invalid or unenforceable by the Company.

(d) To the Company’s knowledge, all technical information developed by and belonging to the Company, which has not been patented, has been kept confidential. Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company has not granted or assigned to any third party any right to


manufacture, assemble, reproduce, distribute, market, license or exploit any of its products or services or any adaptations, translations, or derivative works based on any of its products.

(e) Except as set forth in the attached Schedule of Exceptions, the Company is not under any contractual obligation to provide indemnification with respect to any form of intangible property, including any Intellectual Property (except Shrinkwrap Software used by the Company in the ordinary course of business).

(f) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no representation or warranty is being made hereunder by the Company with respect to any content or information accessible through hyperlinks from the Company’s web sites on the internet to third party web sites on the internet or such third parties’ Intellectual Property rights or other rights of any person related to such content or information.

3.10 Compliance with Law and Documents . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company is not in violation or default of any provisions of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, both as amended to date, and to the Company’s knowledge, the Company is in compliance with all applicable statutes, laws, regulations and executive orders of the United States of America and all states, foreign countries or other governmental bodies and agencies having jurisdiction over the Company’s business or properties where such violation would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company has not received any notice of any violation of any such statute, law, regulation or order which has not been remedied prior to the date hereof. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will not result in any such violation or default, or be in conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, any judgment, order or decree of any court or arbitrator to which the Company is a party or is subject, any agreement or contract of the Company, or, to the Company’s knowledge, a violation of any statute, law, regulation or order, or an event which results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any asset of the Company.

3.11 Registration Rights . Except as provided in the Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement, the Company is not under any obligation to register under the Securities Act any of its currently outstanding securities or any securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of its currently outstanding securities nor is the Company obligated to register or qualify any such securities under any state securities or blue sky laws.

3.12 Title to Property and Assets . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company owns its properties and assets free and clear of all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, encumbrances and security interests except for statutory liens for the payment of current taxes that are not yet delinquent and liens, encumbrances and security interests which arise in the ordinary course of business and which do not have a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in material compliance with such lease.

3.13 ERISA Plans .

(a) The Schedule of Exceptions lists all employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and all bonus, stock option, stock purchase, incentive, deferred compensation, supplemental retirement, severance and other similar fringe or employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, and any current or former employment or executive compensation or severance agreements, written or otherwise, for the benefit of, or relating to, any employee of the Company, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member or which is under common control of the Company within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code (an ERISA Affiliate”), or any Subsidiary (together, the “Company Employee Plans”).

(b) To the best knowledge of the Company: (i) each Company Employee


Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with its terms, and all contributions, premiums or other payments due from the Company or any of its subsidiaries to (or under) any such Company Employee Plan have been fully paid or adequately provided for on the Financial Statements (as subsequently defined) for the most recently ended fiscal year; (ii) all accruals thereon have been made in accordance with applicable law; and (iii) there has been no amendment, written interpretation or announcement by the Company with respect to, or change in employee participation or coverage under, any Company Employee Plan that would increase materially the expense of maintaining such plans or arrangements, individually or in the aggregate, above the level of expense incurred with respect thereto for the most recently ended fiscal year.

3.14 Tax Returns and Payments . The Company has timely filed all tax returns and reports required by law. All tax returns and reports of the Company are true and correct in all material respects. The Company has paid all taxes and other assessments due, except those, if any, currently being contested by it in good faith which are listed in the Schedule of Exceptions.

3.15 Environmental Matters . To the Company’s knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to the Company’s knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such statute, law or regulation.

3.16 Loans and Advances . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company does not have any outstanding loans or advances to any person and is not obligated to make any such loans or advances, except, in each case, for advances to employees of the Company in respect of reimbursable business expenses anticipated to be incurred by them in connection with their performance of services for the Company.

3.17 Brokers and Consultants . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company has no contract, arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or consultants with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such person be entitled to any compensation, fee or commission, directly or indirectly, from the Company or any of its stockholders, officers or directors in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.18 Transactions With Affiliates . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, no director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company, or member of the family of any such person, or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such person, or any member of the family of any such person, has, or has had within the last three (3) fiscal years, a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee, partner or holder of more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock thereof, is a party to any transaction with the Company, including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the employment of, furnishing of services by rental of real or personal property from or otherwise requiring payments to any such person or firm, other than employment-at-will arrangements in the ordinary course of business, nor does any such person receive income from any source other than the Company which should properly accrue to the Company.

3.19 No Violations . The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Purchased Shares and, upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the issuance and delivery of the Conversion Shares), and compliance with the provisions hereof and thereof, will not violate any provision of law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws, any order of any court or other agency of government or indenture, material agreement or other material instrument to which the Company is bound, or conflict with, result in the breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, restriction, claim or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Company, if such default or lien is likely to result, either in any individual case or all such cases in the aggregate, in any material adverse change in the business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, or operations of the Company.


3.20 Other Agreements . The Company is not a party to or bound by any agreement, contract or commitment or subject to any restriction in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other corporate restriction, which materially adversely affects, or which in the future could materially and adversely affect, its business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, or operations.

3.21 Financial Statements . Attached hereto as Schedule 3.21 are the Company’s (i) audited balance sheets and statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ending 2007 and 2008 (the “Year-End Statements”) and (ii) Seller’s unaudited balance sheet and statement of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period ended September 30, 2009 (the “Interim Statements,” and together with the Year-End Statements, the “Financial Statements”). The Year-End Statements are complete and correct in all material respects, fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated and have been prepared using U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), applied on a consistent basis. The Interim Statements accurately reflect, in all material respects, the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the periods covered. The Interim Statements, however, are tax basis compilations, and have historically been prepared for in-house use only, and not for publication, and do not include the adjustments and other items required in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

3.22 No Changes . Since the date of the Financial Statements, except as contemplated by the Schedule of Exceptions, there has not been any:

(a) material adverse change in the Company’s business, condition, assets, liabilities or operations, and, to the best of the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company;

(b) transaction by the Company except in the ordinary course of business;

(c) capital expenditure by the Company, individually or in the aggregate, exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00);

(d) indebtedness incurred or guaranteed for borrowed money or any other liabilities in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00);

(e) acquisition or sale of any asset of the Company, except in the ordinary course of business;

(f) loan by the Company to any person or entity, or guaranty by the Company of any loan; or

(g) negotiations or agreement by the Company to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses (a) through (f).

3.23 Material Contracts . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company and all of the other parties to all material contracts, to which the Company is a party (the “Contracts”) have materially performed all obligations required to be performed by such persons to date under the Contracts, and has received no notice of default and is not in default under any of the Contracts.

3.24 Labor Matters . The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all currently applicable laws and regulations respecting employment, discrimination in employment, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours and occupational safety and health and employment practices, and is not engaged in any unfair labor practice. The Company has not received any notice from any governmental entity (“Governmental Entity”), and to the knowledge of the Company, there has not been asserted before any Governmental Entity, any claim, action or proceeding to which the Company is a party or involving the Company and there is neither pending nor, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened any investigation or hearing concerning the Company based upon any such laws, regulations or


practices.

3.25 Insurance . Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, there is no claim by the Company pending under any policy of insurance as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and the Company is otherwise in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such policies and bonds. The Company does not know of any threatened termination of or material premium increase with respect to any of such policies. The Company has never been denied insurance coverage nor has any insurance policy of the Company ever been canceled for any reason.

3.26 Disclosure . Neither this Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, nor any other document required to be furnished by the Company, or its counsel, to the Purchaser at the Closing or furnished to the Purchaser, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, when read together, omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they are or were made to the best knowledge of the Company, there exists no fact or circumstance that materially and adversely affects or that has a reasonable possibility of materially and adversely affecting the Company’s business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, or operations of the Company, that has not been disclosed in writing to the Purchaser.

4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE PURCHASER . The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company, that:

4.1 Power and Authority . The Purchaser has the requisite power and authority, or, if not an individual Purchaser, has taken all required corporate (or trust or limited liability company or partnership, as the case may be) and other action to execute, enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents and each such document has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Purchaser and is the Purchaser’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.

4.2 Purchase for Investment; Purchaser Experience . The Purchaser:

(a) is (i) an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 (a) promulgated under Regulation D of the Securities Act and was not organized for the specific purpose of acquiring the Purchased Shares, unless such person qualifies as an accredited Purchaser under subparagraph (a)(8) of Rule 501;

(b) is in a financial position to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period of time and is able to bear the economic risk and withstand a complete loss of its investment in the Purchased Shares;

(c) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Purchaser is capable of reading and interpreting financial statements and evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Purchased Shares and has the net worth to undertake such risks;

(d) believes that the investment in the Purchased Shares is suitable for the Purchaser based upon the Purchaser’s investment objectives and financial needs, and the Purchaser has adequate means for providing for the Purchaser’s current financial needs and personal contingencies and has no need for liquidity of investment with respect to the Purchased Shares;

(e) has been given access to full and complete information regarding the Company and has utilized such access to the Purchaser’s satisfaction for the purpose of obtaining information the Purchaser believes to be relevant in making its investment decision and, particularly, the Purchaser has either attended or been given reasonable opportunity to attend a meeting with representatives of the Company for the purpose of asking questions of, and receiving answers from, such representatives


concerning the Company and to obtain any additional information, to the extent reasonably available, the Purchaser believes to be relevant in making its investment decision;

(f) recognizes that an investment in the Purchased Shares involves a high degree of risk, including, but not limited to, the risk of economic losses from operations of the Company;

(g) realizes that (i) the purchase of the Purchased Shares and the Conversion Shares is a long-term investment; (ii) the purchaser of the Purchased Shares must bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, or under the securities laws of any state and, therefore, none of such securities can be sold unless they are subsequently registered under said laws or exemptions from such registrations are available, and there can be no assurance that any such registration will be effected at any time in the future; (iii) the Purchaser may not be able to liquidate the Purchaser’s investment in the event of an emergency or pledge any of such securities as collateral for loans; and (iv) the transferability of the Purchased Shares is restricted and (A) requires the written consent the Company and (B) legends will be placed on the certificate(s) representing the Purchased Shares referring to the applicable restrictions on transferability;

(h) has not retained any finder, broker, agent, financial advisor, Purchaser Representative (as defined in Rule 501(h) of Regulation D of the Securities Act) or other intermediary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from any liability for any compensation to any such intermediary retained by the Purchaser and the fees and expenses of defending against such liability or alleged liability; and

(i) has relied upon its own financial advisors and counsel in determining the merits of investing in the Purchased Shares and understands that the Purchased Shares may never be publicly traded on any securities exchange.

4.3 Further Limitations on Disposition . Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, the Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Purchased Shares or the Conversion Shares unless and until:

(a) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(b) the Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and, at the expense of the Purchaser or its transferee, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such securities under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be required: (i) for any transfer of any Purchased Shares or Conversion Shares in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or (ii) for any transfer of any Purchased Shares or Conversion Shares by a Purchaser that is a partnership or a corporation to (A) a partner of such partnership or stockholder of such corporation, (B) a controlled affiliate of such partnership or corporation, (C) a retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof, (D) the estate of any such partner or stockholder, or (iii) for the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession by any Purchaser to his or her spouse or lineal descendants or ancestors or any trust for any of the foregoing; provided that in each of the foregoing cases the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 4 (other than Section 4.2(a)) to the same extent as if the transferee were an original Purchaser hereunder, or with consent of the Company.

4.4 Reliance On Business Plan . The Purchaser understands that the business plan, or confidential private placement memorandum, if any, previously distributed by the Company and reviewed


by the Purchaser was incomplete and was intended only to give the Purchaser a general idea of the Company’s future intentions. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company reserves the right to deviate from the plans set forth therein and that the Company is in the early stages of development and therefore its future plans are highly speculative. The Purchaser acknowledges that any projections contained in the business plan or confidential private placement memorandum: (a) were based on various assumptions by management, that may have changed or which may prove to be not correct and that such assumptions are inherently subject to significant economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Company and its management, and (b) were based upon assumptions with respect to future business decisions that are subject to change. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Purchaser was encouraged to consult with the management of the Company at greater length and in more depth concerning the Company’s future business plans and has done so to the extent desired.

5. CONDITIONS TO PURCHASER’S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING . The obligations of the Purchaser under Section 2 of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

5.1 Representations and Warranties True and Correct . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3 shall be true and complete in all material respects on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the Closing.

5.2 Performance . The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing and shall have obtained all approvals, consents and qualifications necessary to complete the purchase and sale described herein.

5.3 Supporting Documents . The Purchaser shall have received copies of the following documents:

(a) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, certified as of the Closing Date, by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and a certificate of said Secretary, dated as of a recent date, as to the due incorporation and good standing of the Company; and

(b) Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement . The Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Company, the Series B Preferred Stock, and the holders of at least a majority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(c) Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement . The Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Company and the Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of at least a majority of the holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

5.4 Legal Matters . All material matters of a legal nature that pertain to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be acceptable to the Purchaser.

5.5 All Proceedings and Documents Satisfactory . All corporate and other proceedings taken prior to or at the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all documents and evidences incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall receive such copies thereof and other materials (certified if requested) as they may reasonably request in connection therewith.

6. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING . The obligations of the Company to the Purchaser under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver on, or


before the Closing, of each of the following conditions by the Purchaser:

6.1 Representations and Warranties True and Correct . The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Section 4 shall be true and complete on the date of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing.

6.2 Payment of Purchase Price . The Purchaser shall have delivered to the Company, the purchase price specified for the Purchaser on Schedule I in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.

6.3 Other Agreements . The Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Company, the Series B Preferred Stock, and the holders of at least a majority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock. The Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Company and the Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of at least a majority of the holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

6.4 Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company and to the Company’s legal counsel, and the Company shall have received all such counterpart originals and certified or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request.

6.5 Minimum Proceeds . A minimum number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock having an aggregate purchase price of not less than Three Million Dollars shall have been purchased by subscribers, including the Purchaser.

7. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER .

7.1 General Restriction . The Purchased Shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act (the “Restricted Securities”), and will be transferable only upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 7 and the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. Any transfer or purported transfer in violation of this Section 7 will be void.

7.2 Notice of Transfer . Subject to the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, prior to any transfer of any Restricted Securities, the holder thereof will give written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the manner and terms of the proposed transfer and the identity of the proposed transferee, accompanied by the written agreement of the proposed transferee to be bound by all of the provisions hereof applicable to holders of such Restricted Securities hereunder or thereunder.

7.3 Restrictive Legends . For so long as the Purchased Shares remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 7, the certificates representing such securities will bear restrictive legends in substantially the following forms:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.”

7.4 Termination of Restrictions . The restrictions imposed by this Section 7 upon the transferability of Restricted Securities will terminate as to any particular Restricted Securities when such Restricted Securities have been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to which the transferee receives securities that are not “restricted securities”


within the meaning of that term as defined in Rule 144(a)(3). Whenever any of such restrictions terminate as to any Restricted Securities, the holder thereof will be entitled to receive from the Company, at the Company’s expense, new certificates representing such Shares, without the restrictive legend set forth in Section 7.3.

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

8.1 Costs, Expenses . The Company and the Purchaser shall pay their own respective costs, fees and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

8.2 Survival of Warranties . The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company and the Purchaser contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of any of the Purchaser or the Company, as the case may be.

8.3 Confidentiality . The Purchaser agrees that it will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose other than to monitor his, her or its investment in the Company, any confidential, proprietary or secret information which the Purchaser may obtain from the Company pursuant to financial statements, reports and other materials submitted by the Company to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, or pursuant to visitation or inspection rights granted hereunder (“Confidential Information”), unless such Confidential Information is known, or until such Confidential Information becomes known, to the public (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 8.3 by the Purchaser); provided, however, that the Purchaser may disclose Confidential Information (a) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (b) to any affiliate of the Purchaser or to a partner, stockholder or subsidiary of the Purchaser, provided that such affiliate agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 8.3, or (c) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Purchaser takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

8.4 No Finders’ Fees or Consulting Fees . Each Party represents that it neither is, nor will be, obligated for any finders’ or broker’s fee or commission or other expenses in connection with this transaction, except as contemplated by the Schedule of Exceptions other than any clients or contacts of a broker dealer firm acting as a selling agent. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finders’ or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, partners, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finders’ or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

8.5 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Purchaser. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. No waiver granted under this Agreement as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

8.6 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Parties will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

8.7 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

8.8 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or


arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the Parties. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement.

8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and the documents referred to herein, together with all the Exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the Parties with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

8.10 Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or delivered by overnight courier or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission. Every notice hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally delivered, with receipt acknowledged, upon transmission by facsimile and confirmed by facsimile receipt.

(a) If to the Purchaser, at its address as set forth on Schedule I to this Agreement, or at such other address as may have been furnished to the Company by it in writing.

(b) If to the Company at:

    Cancer Genetics, Inc.

    201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

    Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

    Attention: President

    with a copy to:

    Lavelle & Finn, LLP

    29 British American Boulevard

    Latham, New York 12110

    Attention: Keith M. Goldstein, Esq.

8.11 Titles and Headings . The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

8.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8.13 Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other Party.

8.14 Further Assurances . The Parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

8.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the Parties and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies


under or by reason of this Agreement.

[Signature Page to Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  COMPANY
  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:    
  Name:   Louis J. Maione
  Title:   General Counsel
  PURCHASER
  If an individual:
   
  [Signature]
   
  [Print name]
  If an entity, insert name of entity:
   
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


List of Schedules

 

Schedule I    -    Schedule of Purchaser
Schedule II    -    Schedule of Exceptions
Schedule 3.2(i)    -    Classes of Shareholders of the Company
Schedule 3.21    -    Financial Statements
List of Exhibits
Exhibit A    -    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Exhibit B    -    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement
Exhibit C    -    Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


SCHEDULE I

Schedule of Purchaser

If an individual is the purchaser, insert name:

_____________________________

If an individual is the purchaser, insert address:

_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________

If an entity is the purchaser, insert name:

_____________________________

If an entity is the purchaser, insert address:

_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________

 

Insert number of shares

purchased and total purchase

price

  

Price Per Share

     Number of Shares    Total Purchase Price
   $ 5.00         


Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

Under Section 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Cancer Genetics, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Cancer Genetics, Inc.

2. The date of filing of the Corporation’s original certificate of incorporation is April 8, 1999 (the “Certificate of Incorporation”). The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on April 17, 2007 (the “April 2007 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).

3. This amended and restated certificate of incorporation (“Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which restates, integrates and further amends the April 2007 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 and 245 of the GCL.

4. The Certificate of Incorporation hereby is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Cancer Genetics, Inc.

SECOND: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained.

THIRD: The office of the Corporation is to be located in the County of Bergen, State of New Jersey.

FOURTH: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 , County of New Castle.

FIFTH: The total number of shares of ail classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 32,000,000 shares, which shall consist of two classes: (i) common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”); and (ii) preferred stock, par value $0,0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”). The total number of shares of each class of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 24,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 8,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Common Stock

1.1 Relative Rights

Each share of Common Stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects to all the other shares of Common Stock.

1.2 Dividends

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment to the holders of shares of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund or retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the Common Stock, then dividends may be paid on the Common Stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends thereon, but only when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”).


1.3 Dissolution, Liquidation, Winding Up

In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock, and holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to the distribution of assets in such event, shall become entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation remaining after the Corporation shall have paid, or provided for payment of, all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and after the Corporation shall have paid, or set aside for payment, to the holders of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up the full preferential amounts, if any, to which they are entitled.

1.4 Voting Rights .

Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to attend all special and annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and, share for share and without regard to class, together with the holders of all other classes of stock entitled to attend such meetings and to vote (except any class or series of stock having special voting rights), to cast one vote for each outstanding share of Common Stock so held upon any matter or thing (including, without limitation, the election of one or more directors) properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders.

2. Preferred Stock

2.1 Designation.

(a) Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock shall be divided into series. The first series of Preferred Stock is designated and known as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and shall consist of Five Hundred Eighty-Eight Thousand (588,000) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock is designated and known as “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and shall consist of Two Million (2,000,000) shares.

(b) Designation of Additional Series of Preferred Stock . Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all, or any, of the remaining shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares and as may be permitted by the GCL. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any other agreements to which the Corporation is a party, the Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, other than the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series or to decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding), the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock.

2.2 Rank.

The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall, with respect to dividend rights, and rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, rank senior to the Common Stock and to all other classes and series of equity securities of the Corporation hereafter issued which are not by their terms expressly senior to, or on parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights, and rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

3. Dividend Rights

3.1 The holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation legally available therefore.


3.2 Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 3 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

4. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders (the “Available Funds and Assets”) shall be distributed to stockholders in the following manner:

4.1 Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . The holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of the Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the per share purchase price of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be (the “Original Issue Price”) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (the “Liquidation Preference”). If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this Section 4.1, the entire Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock on a proportionate basis, calculated by dividing by the Original Issue Price paid by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, by the aggregate Original Issue Price paid by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock In lieu of the Liquidation Preference, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock may elect to convert their Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 6, in which case they will share ratably in the distribution of the assets of the Corporation pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

4.2 Remaining Assets . If there are any Available Funds and Assets remaining after the payment or distribution (or the setting aside for payment or distribution) to me holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Liquidation Preference described above in this Section 4, then all such remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of the Common Stock.

4.3 Merger or Sale of Assets . Any (a) reorganization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of transactions) of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations in which the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding shares immediately before such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, retain stock representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation (or its parent corporation if the surviving corporation is wholly owned by the parent corporation) of such transaction or series of related transactions, or (b) a sale of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Corporation shall each be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation as those terms are used in this Section 4 unless holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock each vote as a class that this Section 4.3 shall not apply.

4.4 Non-Cash Consideration.

(a) If any assets of the Corporation distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash or securities, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith.

(b) If any assets of the Corporation distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation are securities then the value of such assets shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith:

(i) The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

(A) unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or listed on the Nasdaq National Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and


(B) if (A) above does not apply but the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then, unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) calendar day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the distribution; and

(C) if there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 4.4(b)(i)(A)(B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

5. Voting Rights .

5.1 Series A Prefe r red Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . Each bolder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 below as of the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.

5.2 Scope . Subject to the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) (as in effect at the time in question) and applicable law, and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any other agreement to which the Corporation is a party or as required by law, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

5.3 Class Protective Provisions . So long as at least fifteen percent (15%) of the originally issued shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and the approval of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 rd %) of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as separate classes:

(a) amend or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock; or

(b) create any other class of capital stock of the Corporation having rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or on parity with, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock.

6. Conversion Rights . The outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock as follows:

6.1 Optional Conversion .

(a) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at any time, or from time to time, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as provided herein.


(b) Each holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Common Stock shall surrender the certificate(s) therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted. Thereupon the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate(s) for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to fee close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate(s) representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this Section 6.1 is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Corporation’s securities, or registration in connection with a reverse merger, pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (which underwritten offering does not cause an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 6.2 to take place), the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such election who are entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of their Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of the Corporation’s securities in fee offering.

6.2 Automatic Conversion.

(a) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, as provided herein, upon the earlier of (i) the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement in connection with an initial public offering with gross proceeds of $25,000,000 or more, or (ii) the date which is twelve months following the consummation of a reverse merger of the Company with a public company that files reports wife the SEC under fee Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the shares are sellable under Rule 144, or (iii) the date of effectiveness of a registration statement of all of the common shares issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, provided, however, to the extent that any underlying shares cannot be registered then the Series B Preferred stock shall convert only to fee extent of the registered convertible portion or (iv) upon the vote of the holders of not Jess than a sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 rd %) of fee then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate class.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Section 6.2(a) (i), (ii), or (iii), the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into Common Stock automatically without the need for any further action by fee holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares arc surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless fee certificates evidencing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent feat such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, fee holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for fee Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.


6.3 Conversion Price . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible in accordance with Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 above into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Original Issue Price paid for each such share of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock (as the case may be) by the conversion price that is in effect at the time of conversion (the “Conversion Price”). The initial Conversion Price shall be the Original Issue Price paid for the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock (as the case may be). The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided below. Following each adjustment of the Conversion Price, such adjusted Conversion Price shall remain in effect until a further adjustment of such Conversion Price hereunder.

6.4 Adjustment Upon Common Stock Event . Upon the happening of a Common Stock Event (as hereinafter defined), the Conversion Price shall, simultaneously with the happening of such Common Stock Event, be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such Common Stock Event by a fraction:

(a) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Common Stock Event, and

(b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after such Common Stock Event.

The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of each subsequent Common Stock Event. As used herein, the term the “Common Stock Event” shall mean at any time or from time to time after the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued by the Corporation (the “Original Issue Date”), (i) the issue by the Corporation of additional shares of Common Stock as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Stock, (ii) a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, or (iii) a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

6.5 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . If at any time, or from time to time, after the Original Issue Date, the Corporation pays a dividend or makes another distribution to the holders of the Common Stock payable in securities of the Corporation, other than an event constituting a Common Stock Event, then in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable upon conversion thereof, the amount of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable) to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 6 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock or with respect to such other securities by their terms.

6.6 Adjustment for Reclassification. Exchange and Substitution . If at any time, or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than by a Common Stock Event or a stock dividend, reorganization, merger, or consolidation provided for elsewhere in this Section 6), then in any such event each holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.


6.7 Reorganizations, Mergers and Consolidations . If at any time, or from time to time, after the Original Issue Date, there is a reorganization of the Corporation (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 6) or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (except an event which is governed under Section 4.3 in which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock have not elected to make Section 4.3 inapplicable), then, as a part of such reorganization, merger or consolidation, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock thereafter shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, or of such successor corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such reorganization, merger or consolidation. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 6 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock after the reorganization, merger or consolidation to the end that the provisions of this Section 6 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent to the provisions hereof as may be practicable. This Section 6.7 shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, mergers and consolidations, Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6, if any reorganization, merger or consolidation is approved by the vote of stockholders required by Section 5 hereof, then such transaction and the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to such reorganization, merger or consolidation will be governed by the documents entered into in connection with such transaction and not by the provisions of this Section 6.7.

6.8 Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price.

(a) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of any Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are convertible shall be made with respect to such series, by adjustment in the applicable Conversion Price thereof, or by reason of issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined in Section 6.8(c)(i): (i) unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 6.4 for issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation) is less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, the issue of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (ii) if, prior to such issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3rd%) of the then outstanding shares of each such series agreeing (voting separately) that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(b) Adjustment Formula .

(i) If at any time, or from time to time, after the Original Issue Date of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this Section 6.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock, otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in Section 6.4, a dividend or distribution as provided in Section 6.5, a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in Section 6.6, or a reorganization, merger or consolidation as provided in Section 6.7, for an Effective Price (as defined in Section 6.8(c)(v)) that is less than the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale to the price obtained by multiplying such Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock by a fraction:

(A) The numerator of which shall be the sum of (I) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock, plus (2) the quotient obtained by dividing:

(x) the Aggregate Consideration Received (as hereinafter defined) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold), by


(y) the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale; and

(B) The denominator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (2) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold).

(ii) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this Section 6.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock, otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in Section 6.4, a dividend or distribution as provided in Section 6.5, a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in Section 6.6, or a reorganization, merger or consolidation as provided in Section 6.7, for an Effective Price (as defined in Section 6.8(c)(v)) that is less than the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale to the price paid for each share of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold (or deemed so issued or sold).

(c) Certain Definitions . For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 6.8:

(i) The “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation, whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Corporation, other than:

(A) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock;

(B) any shares of Common Stock (or Rights or Options (as defined in clause (vi)) granted or issued hereafter by the Board of Directors to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that arc approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Stock Option Plan as defined herein, provided however, (other than 100,000 shares (in the form of options or other awards)) that any such awards under the Stock Option Plans are at a price of not less than the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock;

(C) any shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or Rights or Options) issued or issuable to parties that are (i) non affiliated strategic partners investing in connection with a material commercial transaction with the Corporation or (ii) up to 30,000 shares issuable non affiliated third party providing the Corporation with equipment leases, cash price reductions, under arrangements, in each case, approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors;

(D) Intentionally Omitted.

(E) any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase any securities of the Corporation outstanding as of the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof;

(F) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Section 6.4 hereof;

(G) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock; and

(H) any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or Rights or


Options), issued or issuable hereafter that are (1) approved by the Board of Directors, and (2) approved by the vote of the holders of a at least 66 and 2/3 percent of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, each voting as a single class, as being excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” under this Section 6.8(b).

(ii) The “Aggregate Consideration Received” by the Corporation for any issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale) of securities shall (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Corporation, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in a manner consistent with Section 4.4, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options.

(iii) The “Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the sum of (A) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (B) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock or other Convertible Securities that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (C) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are issuable upon the exercise of Rights or Options that are outstanding at the time in question assuming the full conversion or exchange into Common Stock of all such Rights or Options that are Rights or Options to purchase or acquire Convertible Securities.

(iv) The “Convertible Securities” shall mean stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock.

(v) The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold, by the Corporation under this Section 6.8, into the Aggregate Consideration Received, or deemed to have been received, by the Corporation under this Section 6.8, for the issue of such Additional Shares of Common Stock; and

(vi) The “Rights or Options” shall mean warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(vii) The “Stock Option Plan” shall mean the stock option plan of the Corporation as in effect of the date hereof, pursuant to which the Corporation has been permitted to reserve 2,750,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company.

(d) Deemed Issuances . For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock required under this Section 6.8, if the Corporation issues or sells any Rights or Options or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (computed without reference to any additional or similar protective or antidilution clauses) is less man the Conversion Price then in effect for a series of Preferred Stock, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued, at the time of the issuance of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities, that number of Additional Shares of Common Stock that is equal to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities upon their issuance and to have received, as the Aggregate Consideration Received for the issuance of such shares, an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such Rights or Options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise in full of such Rights or Options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion or exchange thereof; provided that:

(i) if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, men the Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses;


(ii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is reduced over time or upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution or similar protective adjustments, then the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; and

(iii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, then the Effective Price shall again be recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

No further adjustment of the Conversion Price, adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities. If any such Rights or Options or the conversion rights represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been fully exercised, then the Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only shares of Common Stock so issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, that were actually issued or sold on the exercise of such Rights or Options or rights of conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and such shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the granting of all such Rights or Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling all such Convertible Securities actually converted or exchanged, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock

6.9 Certificate of Adjustment . In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price, the Corporation, at its expense, shall cause its chief financial officer to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate(s), by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of the Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown in the Corporation’s books.

6.10 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon any conversion of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay the holder cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors as of the date of conversion.

6.11 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.


6.12 Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be given to the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed given upon the earlier of actual receipt or deposit in the United States mail, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or delivery by a recognized express courier, fees prepaid, addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

6.13 No Impairment . The Corporation shall not avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

SIXTH: The following provisions, each of which are subject to the limitations set forth herein and in such other agreements to which the Corporation is a party, are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in the by-laws.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that the fact that such power has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the Corporation’s stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation.

(c) In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the statutes of Delaware, of this certificate, end to any by-laws from time to time made by the stockholders; provided, however, that no by-laws so made shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such by-laws had not been made.

SEVENTH: The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

EIGHTH: The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

NINTH: Subject to the limitations set forth herein and in such other agreements to which the Corporation is a party, from time to time, any of the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights and powers at any time conferred herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to the provisions of this Article EIGHTH.

[Signature Page To Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct this 12 th day of April, 2010.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

  Name: Panna Sharma
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 4.7

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

TO

SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of December 8, 2011, by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Purchaser ”), amends that certain Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and the Purchaser (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , Section 1.4 of the Purchase Agreement provides that if the Company fails to complete a Merger during the Merger Period, the Company shall pay the Penalty to the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions set forth therein;

WHEREAS , the Company and the Purchaser wish to amend the Purchase Agreement to extend the Merger Period through March 31, 2012 and to provide that if the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission during the Merger Period with respect to an initial public offering of its equity securities, the running of the Merger Period shall be tolled until the earlier of the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (in which case the Company shall not be required to consummate the Merger or pay the Penalty) or the withdrawal of the initial public offering; and

WHEREAS , Section 8.5 of the Purchase Agreement provides that any term of the Purchase Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and covenants hereafter contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 1.4(a) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the term “within nine (9) months of the conclusion of the Series B Preferred Stock Offering” with “prior to March 31, 2012.”

2. Section 1.4 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection at the end of that section:

“(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 1.4, if the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission during the Merger Period with respect to an initial public offering of its equity securities, the running of the Merger Period shall be tolled until the earlier of (i) such time as the Company consummates the initial public offering of its equity securities, in which case the Merger Period shall terminate and the Company shall not be required to consummate the Merger or pay the Penalty, or (ii) such time as


the Company withdrawals its initial public offering, in which case the Merger Period shall begin running again (with any penalty running beginning, and effective from, April 1, 2012 or, if earlier, on the date that we withdraw our initial public offering registration statement and terminate efforts to pursue an initial public offering.”

3. The Purchaser hereby waives and releases the Company from any and all claims, liabilities, damages or obligations it may have or which may have accrued under the Purchase Agreement as of the date hereof.

4. Other than as specifically set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement are and will remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law principles.

6. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (facsimile or other electronic signatures shall be deemed acceptable and binding), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:    
PURCHASER
By:    
  Name:

Exhibit 4.8

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THIS WARRANT, THE SECURITIES AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS, WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THIS CORPORATION, IS AVAILABLE.

FORM OF SHORT FORM WARRANT TO PURCHASE

COMMON STOCK

OF

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

This is to certify that, FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      (the “Holder”) is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this warrant (this “Warrant”), from CANCER. GENETICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), shares of common, stock of the Company (the “Stock”), at a price of per share (the “Exercise Price”). The number of shares of Stock to be received and the Exercise Price to be paid therefor upon the exercise of this Warrant are subject to adjustment as set forth in Sections (e) and (k) below. The shares of Stock deliverable upon such exercise at any time are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Warrant Shares.”

(a) EXERCISE OF WARRANT .

(i) This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from the date first set forth above until 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time,                      or if such day is a day on which either federal or state chartered banks located in New York City are authorized by law to close, then on the next succeeding day that shall not be such a day. In order to exercise this Warrant, the Holder shall deliver to the Company (A) the purchase form annexed hereto (the “Purchase Form”), duly completed and executed; (B) payment of the Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares; and (C) this Warrant Upon receipt of the Items specified in the preceding sentence, the Company shall execute or cause to be executed and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder, a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share, as hereinafter provided. The stock certificate or certificates so delivered shall be in such denomination or denominations as the Holder shall request and shall be registered in the name of the Holder or, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, such other name as shall be designated in the notice. This Warrant shall he deemed to have been exercised and such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been


issued, and the Holder or any other person so designated shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the notice, together with the Exercise Price and this Warrant, are received by the Company as described above. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the time of delivery of the certificate or certificates representing Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in” all other respects be identical with this Warrant, or, at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

(ii) In lieu of delivering the Exercise Price in cash or check, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of the Warrant or portion thereof being exercised (“Net Issue Exercise”). If the Holder wishes to elect the Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall notify the Company of its election in writing at the time it delivers to the Company the Purchase Form. In the event the Holder shall elect Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall receive the number of shares of common Stock equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of common Stock purchasable under this Warrant, or portion thereof being exercised, and (B) the current market value of one share of common Stock minus the Exercise Price, divided by (C) the current market value, as defined in (c) below, of one share of common Stock.

(b) RESERVATION OF SHARES . The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of Stock as shall be required for such issuance and delivery upon exercise hereof. All such shares of Stock shall, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(c) FRACTIONAL SHARES . No fractional shares or script representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value of a share, determined as follows:

(i) If the common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange or listed for trading on the NASDAQ system, the current market value shall be the last reported sale price of the common Stock on such exchange or system on the last business day prior to the date of exercise of this Warrant or if no such sale is made on such day, the average closing bid and asked prices for such day on such exchange or system; or

(ii) If the common Stock, is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges, the current market value shall be the mean of the last reported bid and asked prices reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on the last business day prior to the date of the exercise of this Warrant; or

(iii) If the common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the current market value shall be an amount, not less than the book value thereof as at the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Company ending prior to the date of the exercise of the Warrant, determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed by the board of directors of the Company.

 

2


(d) RIGHTS OF HOLDER , The Holder shall not, solely by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder in. the Company, either at law or equity, and the rights of the Holder are limited to those expressed in this Warrant and are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

(e) ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE . In case the Company shall at any time subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of capital stack of the Company into a greater or lesser number of shares by stock split, stock divided, reverse stock split or otherwise, the number of Warrant Shares and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately adjusted to take into account the effect of such subdivision; or combination. In the case of any reclassification or change of the Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall execute a new Warrant providing that the Holder of this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such new Warrant and upon such exercise to receive, in lieu of each share of Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, money or property receivable upon such reclassification or change in respect of one share of the Stock. Such new Warrant shall provide for further adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section (e).

(f) NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS . The Company agrees to give the Holder at least ten (10) days advance written notice of any of the following events: (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another entity (other than a merger with a subsidiary in which merger the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Stock of the class then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant); (ii) any sale, lease or conveyance to another entity of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) any event that would require an adjustment under Section (e) above.

(g) LOSS OR MUTILATION . Upon receipt by the Company from the Holder of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and in case of mutilation upon surrender and cancellation hereof, the Company will execute and deliver in lien hereof a new Warrant of like tenor to the Holder; provided, in the case of mutilation, that no indemnity shall be required if this Warrant in identifiable form is surrendered to the Company for cancellation.

(h) GOVERNING LAW . This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law principles.

(i) NOTICES . Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, delivery or other communication hereunder to be made pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant shall be sufficiently given or made if either delivered in person with receipt acknowledged or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by a nationally recognized overnight courier or by telecopy with confirmation of receipt, addressed as follows:

If to the Holder, at its last known address appearing on the books of the Company maintained for such purpose.

 

3


If to the Company, at:

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

228 River Vale Road

River Vale, New Jersey 07675

Attention: President

or at such other address as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Every notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, delivery or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally delivered with receipt acknowledged or telecopied with confirmation of receipt; one business day after the same shall have been deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier or three (3) business days after the same shall have teen deposited in the United States mail.

(j) HOLDER’S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . By the Holder’s acceptance hereof, the Holder acknowledges, represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(ii) The Holder has had the opportunity, to the Holder’s satisfaction, to make a due diligence investigation of the Company, to request additional information regarding the Company and the Company’s business, and to discuss the Company’s affairs with the Company’s principals. The Holder, either alone or with the Holder’s professional purchaser representative, has sufficient knowledge and experience in business and financial matters to evaluate the merits and risks of the Holder’s investment in this Warrant and the Stock.

(iii) The Holder (A) understands that an investment in this Warrant and the Stock is speculative due to factors including (but not limited to) the risk of economic loss from the operations of the Company, but believes that such an investment is suitable for the Holder based upon the Holder’s financial needs, (B) can withstand a complete loss of the Holder’s investment; and (C) has the net worth to undertake these risks.

(iv) The Holder is acquiring tills Warrant and will acquire the Stock for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, the Holder has no present intention of distributing, selling or otherwise disposing of this Warrant or any of the Stock; and the Holder will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or the Stock except in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws (or in reliance on an applicable exemption therefrom).

(v) This Warrant is, and the Stock will be, offered under one or more exemptions provided in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. As such, transfer of this Warrant and the Stock will be severely restricted, and the Holder may be required to bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time. The Holder has no need of liquidity with respect to the Holder’s investment in the Company.

 

4


(k) EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENTS; NO EVASION . The Company shall not take any action, not otherwise part of a bona fide transaction that is designed to evade the protections intended to be afforded to the Holder of this Warrant. If any action taken by the Company, other than in connection with an unrelated bona fide transaction with one or more third parties, shall have the effect of evading such protections, the Company shall make an equitable adjustment to the terms of this Warrant to the end that the Holder shall have all protections and benefits intended to be afforded hereby.

[Signature Page To Follow]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized individual as of the date first set forth above.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:   

     

  Name:   
  Title:  

 

6

Exhibit 4.9

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THIS WARRANT, THE SECURITIES AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS, WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THIS CORPORATION, IS AVAILABLE.

 

   Rutherford, New Jersey

FORM OF SHORT FORM WARRANT TO PURCHASE

COMMON STOCK

OF

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

This is to certify that, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [                    ] (the “Holder”), is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this warrant (the “Warrant”), from CANCER GENETICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), up to [                                                         ] ([                ]) shares of common stock of the Company (the “Stock”), at a price of $[        ] per share (the “Exercise Price”). The number of shares of Stock to be received and the Exercise Price to be paid therefor upon the exercise of this Warrant are subject to adjustment as set forth in Sections (e) and (k) below. The shares of Stock deliverable upon such exercise at any time are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Warrant Shares.”

(a) EXERCISE OF WARRANT . This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from the date first set forth above until 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, [                    ], or if such day is a day on which either federal or state chartered banks located in New York City are authorized by law to close, then on the next succeeding day that shall not be such a day. In order to exercise this Warrant the Holder shall deliver to the Company (i) the purchase form annexed hereto (the “Purchase Form”), duly completed and executed; (ii) payment of the Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares; and (iii) this Warrant. Upon receipt of the items specified in the preceding sentence, the Company shall execute or cause to be executed and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share, as hereinafter provided. The stock certificate or certificates so delivered shall be in such denomination or denominations as the Holder

 

1


shall request and shall be registered in the name of the Holder or, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, such other name as shall be designated in the notice. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other person so designated shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the notice, together with the Exercise Price and this Warrant, are received by the Company as described above. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the time of delivery of the certificate or certificates representing Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant, or, at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

(b) RESERVATION OF SHARES . The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of Stock as shall be required for such issuance and delivery upon exercise hereof. All such shares of Stock shall, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(c) FRACTIONAL SHARES . No fractional shares or script representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash equal to the current fair market value of such fractional share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) RIGHTS OF HOLDER . The Holder shall not, solely by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder in the Company, either at law or equity, and the rights of the Holder are limited to those expressed in this Warrant and are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

(e) ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE . In case the Company shall at any time subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company into a greater or lesser number of shares by stock split, stock divided, reverse stock split or otherwise, the number of Warrant Shares and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately adjusted to take into account the effect of such subdivision or combination. In the case of any reclassification or change of the Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall execute a new Warrant providing that the Holder of this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such new Warrant and upon such exercise to receive, in lieu of each share of Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, money or property receivable upon such reclassification or change in respect of one share of the Stock. Such new Warrant shall provide for further adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section (e).

(f) NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS . The Company agrees to give the Holder at least ten (10) days advance written notice of any of the following events: (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another entity (other than a merger with a subsidiary in which merger the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Stock of the class then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant); (ii) any sale, lease or conveyance to another entity of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) any event that would require an adjustment under Section (e) above.

 

2


(g) LOSS OR MUTILATION . Upon receipt by the Company from the Holder of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and in case of mutilation upon surrender and cancellation hereof, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu hereof a new Warrant of like tenor to the Holder; provided, in the case of mutilation, that no indemnity shall be required if this Warrant in identifiable form is surrendered to the Company for cancellation.

(h) GOVERNING LAW . This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law principles.

(i) NOTICES . Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, delivery or other communication hereunder to be made pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant shall be sufficiently given or made if either delivered in person with receipt acknowledged or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by a nationally recognized overnight courier or by telecopy with confirmation of receipt, addressed as follows:

If to the Holder, at its last known address appearing on the books of the Company maintained for such purpose.

If to the Company, at:

 

  Cancer Genetics, Inc.
  201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor
  Rutherford, New Jersey 07070
  Attention: President

or at such other address as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Every notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, delivery or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally delivered with receipt acknowledged or telecopied with confirmation of receipt; one business day after the same shall have been deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier or three (3) business days after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mail.

(j) HOLDER’S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . By the Holder’s acceptance hereof, the Holder acknowledges, represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(ii) The Holder has had the opportunity, to the Holder’s satisfaction, to make a due diligence investigation of the Company, to request additional information regarding the Company and the Company’s business, and to discuss the Company’s affairs with the Company’s principals. The Holder, either alone or with the Holder’s professional purchaser representative, has sufficient knowledge and experience in business and financial matters to evaluate the merits and risks of the Holder’s investment in this Warrant and the Stock.

 

3


(iii) The Holder (A) understands that an investment in this Warrant and the Stock is speculative due to factors including (but not limited to) the risk of economic loss from the operations of the Company, but believes that such an investment is suitable for the Holder based upon the Holder’s financial needs, (B) can withstand a complete loss of the Holder’s investment; and (C) has the net worth to undertake these risks.

(iv) The Holder is acquiring this Warrant and will acquire the Stock for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof; the Holder has no present intention of distributing, selling or otherwise disposing of this Warrant or any of the Stock; and the Holder will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or the Stock except in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws (or in reliance on an applicable exemption therefrom).

(v) This Warrant is, and the Stock will be, offered under one or more exemptions provided in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. As such, transfer of this Warrant and the Stock will be severely restricted, and the Holder may be required to bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time. The Holder has no need of liquidity with respect to the Holder’s investment in the Company.

(k) EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENTS; NO EVASION . The Company shall not take any action, not otherwise part of a bona fide transaction that is designed to evade the protections intended to be afforded to the Holder of this Warrant. If any action taken by the Company, other than in connection with an unrelated bona fide transaction with one or more third parties, shall have the effect of evading such protections, the Company shall make an equitable adjustment to the terms of this Warrant to the end that the Holder shall have all protections and benefits intended to be afforded hereby.

[Signature Page To Follow]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized individual as of the date first set forth above.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

[                             ]

  Name: [                    ]
  Title: [                ]

 

5


PURCHASE FORM

To be Executed by the Warrant Holder if it Desires

To Exercise the Warrant

To:    CANCER GENETICS, INC.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase             shares of common stock of CANCER GENETICS, INC., pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of common stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

(SS # or EIN)

3. If the shares of common stock with respect to which the Warrant is being exercised do not include all of the shares of common stock issuable as provided in the Warrant, please issue a new Warrant of like tenor and date for the balance of the shares of common stock issuable thereunder to the undersigned.

4. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of common stock are being acquired for its own account (or a trust account if the holder is a trust) and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment only and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of reselling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing such shares.

 

Date:

     

 

      (Signature)

 

6

Exhibit 4.10

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR (2) RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSFER.

Void after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, on [                    ].

Warrant to Purchase [            ] Shares of Common Stock.

FORM OF MEDIUM FORM WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

Warrant No. [        ]

This is to Certify That, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [            ] (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from CANCER GENETICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), [            ] fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, no par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at a price of $[        ] per share at any time or from time to time during the period from the date hereof to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, on [                    ]. The number of shares of Common Stock to be received upon the exercise of this Warrant and the price to be paid for each share of Common Stock may be adjusted from time to time as hereinafter set forth. The exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions. The shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such exercise, and as adjusted from time to time, are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Warrant Shares” and the exercise price of a share of Common Stock in effect at any time and as adjusted from time to time is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Exercise Price”.

 

  (a) EXERCISE OF WARRANT .

 

  (1)

This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or from time to time on or after the date hereof and until 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on [            ]; provided, however, that if either such day is a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized by law to close, then on the next succeeding day which shall not be such a day. This Warrant may be exercised by presentation and surrender hereof to the Company at its principal office, or at the office of


  its stock transfer agent if any, with the Purchase Form annexed hereto duly executed and accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares specified in such form. As soon as practicable after each such exercise of the warrants, but not later than fourteen (14) days from the date of such exercise, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificate for the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, registered in the name of the Holder or its designee. If this Warrant should be exercised in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Warrant for cancellation, execute and deliver a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder thereof to purchase the balance of the Warrant Shares purchasable thereunder. Upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant at its office, or by the stock transfer agent of the Company at its office, in proper form for exercise, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company shall then be closed or that certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be physically delivered to the Holder.

 

  (2) In lieu of delivering the Exercise Price in cash or check the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of the Warrant or portion thereof being exercised (“Net Issue Exercise”). If the Holder wishes to elect the Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall notify the Company of its election in writing at the time it delivers to the Company the Purchase Form. In the event the Holder shall elect Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Warrant, or portion thereof being exercised, and (b) the current market value, as defined in paragraph (c), of one share of Common Stock minus the Exercise Price, divided by (c) the current market value, as defined below, of one share of Common Stock.

 

  (b) RESERVATION OF SHARES . The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and/or delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be required for issuance and delivery upon exercise of the Warrants.

 

  (c) FRACTIONAL SHARES . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value of a share, determined as follows:

 

  (1)

If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange or listed for trading on the NASDAQ system, the current market value shall be the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on such exchange or system on

 

-2-


  the last business day prior to the date of exercise of this Warrant or if no such sale is made on such day, the average closing bid and asked prices for such day on such exchange or system; or

 

  (2) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges, the current market value shall be the mean of the last reported bid and asked prices reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on the last business day prior to the date of the exercise of this Warrant; or

 

  (3) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the current market value shall be an amount, not less than the book value thereof as at the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Company ending prior to the date of the exercise of the Warrant, determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (d) EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR LOSS OF WARRANT . This Warrant is exchangeable, without expense, at the option of the Holder, upon presentation and surrender hereof to the Company or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, for other warrants of different denominations entitling the holder thereof to purchase in the aggregate the same number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its principal office or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, with the Assignment Form annexed hereto duly executed and funds sufficient to pay any transfer tax, the Company shall, without charge, execute and deliver a new Warrant in the name of the assignee named in such instrument of assignment and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other warrants which carry the same rights upon presentation hereof at the principal office of the Company or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued and signed by the Holder hereof. The term “Warrant” as used herein includes any Warrants into which this Warrant may be divided or exchanged. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Warrant executed and delivered shall constitute an additional contractual obligation on the part of the Company, whether or not this Warrant so lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

  (e) RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER . The Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder in the Company, either at law or equity, and the rights of the Holder are limited to those expressed in the Warrant and are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

 

-3-


  (f) ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS . The Exercise Price in effect at any time and the number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as follows:

 

  (1) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased (as in the case of (iii), above) or decreased (as in the case of (i) or (ii), above). Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

  (2) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a price (the “Subscription Price”) (or having a conversion price per share) less than the Exercise Price on such record date, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal such lower price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such rights or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants; and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered (or securities convertible into Common Stock are not delivered) after the expiration of such rights or warrants, the Exercise Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made upon the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) actually delivered.

 

  (3)

In case the Company shall hereafter distribute to the holders of its Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness or assets (excluding cash dividends or distributions and dividends or distributions referred to in Subsection (1) above) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Subsection (2) above), the Company shall reserve and the holder of this warrant shall thereafter, upon exercise hereof, be entitled to receive with respect to each share of Common Stock purchased hereunder, without any change in, or payment in addition to Exercise Price, the amount of any property or other securities which would have been distributed to such holder had such holder been a holder of one share of

 

-4-


  Common Stock on the record date of such distribution (or, if no record date was established by the Company, the date such distribution was paid).

 

  (4) In case the Company shall issue shares of its Common Stock excluding shares issued (i) in any of the transactions described in Subsection (1) above, (ii) upon exercise of options granted to the Company’s employees under a plan or plans adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and approved by its shareholders, if such shares would otherwise be included in this Subsection (4), (iii) upon exercise of this Warrant, (iv) upon conversion of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its Common Stock, excluding securities issued in transactions described in Subsections (2) and (3) above, outstanding as of the date issued hereof, and (v) to shareholders of any corporation which merges into the Company in proportion to their stock holdings of such corporation immediately prior to such merger, upon such merger, or issued in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting, but only if no adjustment is required pursuant to any other specific subsection of this Section (f) (without regard to Subsection (8) below) with respect to the transaction giving rise to such rights for a consideration per share (the “Offering Price”) less than the Exercise Price, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted immediately thereafter so that it shall equal such Offering Price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

 

  (5) In case the Company shall issue any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its Common Stock, excluding securities issued in transactions described in Subsections (2) and (3) above, for a consideration per share of Common Stock (the “Conversion Price”) initially deliverable upon conversion or exchange of such securities, determined as provided in Subsection (7) below, less than the Exercise Price, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted immediately thereafter so that it shall equal such Conversion Price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

 

  (6) Whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Subsections (1) or (2) above, the number of Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying the number of Shares initially issuable upon exercise of this Warrant by the Exercise Price in effect on the date hereof and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

 

  (7) For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received pursuant to Subsections (4) and (5) above, the following shall apply:

 

  (A)

in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any commissions, discounts

 

-5-


  or other expenses incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

 

  (B) in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof), whose determination shall be conclusive; and

 

  (C) in the case of the issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, the aggregate consideration received therefore shall be deemed to be the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of such securities plus the additional minimum consideration, if any, to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof, the consideration in each case to be determined in the same manner as provided in clauses (A) and (B) of this Subsection (7).

 

  (8) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least five cents ($0.05) in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Subsection (8) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment required to be made hereunder. All calculations under this Section (f) shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. Anything in this Section (f) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled, but shall not be required, to make such changes in the Exercise Price, in addition to those required by this Section (f), as it shall determine, in its sole discretion, to be advisable in order that any dividend or distribution in shares of Common Stock, or any subdivision, reclassification or combination of Common Stock, hereafter made by the Company shall not result in any Federal income tax liability to the holders of Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock (including Warrants).

 

  (9) Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly but no later than 30 days after any request for such an adjustment by the Holder, cause a notice setting forth the adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number of Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant, and, if requested, information describing the transactions giving rise to such adjustments, to be mailed to the Holder at his last address appearing in the Warrant Register, and shall cause a certified copy thereof to be mailed to its transfer agent, if any. The Company may retain a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Board of Directors (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company)

 

-6-


  to make any computation required by this Section (f), and a certificate signed by such firm shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

 

  (10) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Subsection (1) above, the Holder of this Warrant thereafter shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Company, other than Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock contained in Subsections (1) to (8), inclusive above.

 

  (11) Irrespective of any adjustments in the Exercise Price or the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, Warrants theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind of shares as are stated in the similar Warrants initially issuable pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (g) OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE . Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted as required by the provisions of the foregoing Section, the Company shall forthwith file in the custody of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary at its principal office and with its stock transfer agent, if any, an officer’s certificate showing the adjusted Exercise Price determined as herein provided, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, including a statement of the number of additional shares of Common Stock, if any, and such other facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such adjustment. Each such officer’s certificate shall be made available at all reasonable times for inspection by the Holder or any holder of a Warrant executed and delivered pursuant to Section (a) and the Company shall, forthwith after each such adjustment, mail a copy by certified mail of such certificate to the Holder or any such holder.

 

  (h)

NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDERS . So long as this Warrant shall be outstanding, (i) if the Company shall pay any dividend or make any distribution upon the Common Stock or (ii) if the Company shall offer to the holders of Common Stock for subscription or purchase by them any share of any class or any other rights or (iii) if any capital reorganization of the Company, reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation, sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another corporation, or voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company shall be effected, then in any such case, the Company shall cause to be mailed by certified mail to the Holder, at least fifteen days prior to the date specified in (x) or (y) below, as the case may be, a notice containing a brief description of the proposed action and stating the date on which (x) a record is to be taken for the purpose of

 

-7-


  such dividend, distribution or rights, or (y) such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the date, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of Common Stock or other securities shall receive cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

 

  (i) RECLASSIFICATION, REORGANIZATION OR MERGER . In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, or in case of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with a subsidiary in which merger the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) or in case of any sale, lease or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety, the Company shall, as a condition precedent to such transaction, cause effective provisions to be made so that the Holder shall have the right thereafter by exercising this Warrant at any time prior to the expiration of the Warrant, to purchase the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reclassification, capital reorganization and other change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which might have been purchased upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance. Any such provision shall include provision for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Warrant. The foregoing provisions of this Section (i) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, capital reorganizations and changes of shares of Common Stock and to successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances. In the event that in connection with any such capital reorganization or reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, additional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in exchange, conversion, substitution or payment, in whole or in part, for a security of the Company other than Common Stock, any such issue shall be treated as an issue of Common Stock covered by the provisions of Subsection (1) of Section (f) hereof.

 

  (j) REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 . The Company’s agreements with respect to Warrants or Warrant Shares in such Registration Rights Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of the exercise and surrender of this Warrant.

 

  (k)

RESTRICTIVE LEGEND . Each Warrant Share, when issued, shall include a legend in substantially the following form: THESE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL A (1) REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE

 

-8-


  STATE SECURITIES LAW HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR (2) RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSFER.

 

-9-


  (l) The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

Dated: [                    ]

 

      CANCER GENETICS, INC.

Attest:

         

[                                 ]

    By:  

[                             ]

Name:

 

[                             ]

      Name:   [                        ]

Title:

 

[                             ]

      Title:   [                        ]

 

-10-


PURCHASE FORM

Dated             20    

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the within Warrant to the extent of purchasing                     shares of Common Stock and hereby makes payment of                     in payment of the actual exercise price thereof.

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF STOCK

Name                                

(Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address                                

Signature                                 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                     hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name                                

(Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address                                

the right to purchase Common Stock represented by this Warrant to the extent of                     shares as to which such right is exercisable and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                     Attorney, to transfer the same on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date             , 20    

Signature                    

Exhibit 4.11

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR (2) RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSFER.

Void after 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time, on [                    ].

Warrant to Purchase [                ] Shares of Common Stock.

FORM OF LONG FORM WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

This is to Certify That, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [                    ] (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from CANCER GENETICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), [                                                                         ] ([                ]) fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at a per share price of $[            ], at any time or from time to time during the period from the date hereof to 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time, on [                    ]. This Warrant is issued to the Holder in furtherance of that certain assignment in part to certain individuals and entities, dated [                    ]. The number of shares of Common Stock to be received upon the exercise of this Warrant and the price to be paid for each share of Common Stock may be adjusted from time to time as hereinafter set forth. The exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions. The shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such exercise, and as adjusted from time to time, are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Warrant Shares” and the exercise price of a share of Common Stock in effect at any time and as adjusted from time to time is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Exercise Price”.

 

  (a) EXERCISE OF WARRANT .

 

  (1)

This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or from time to time on or after the date hereof and until 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time on [                    ]; provided, however, that if either such day is a day on which banking institutions in the State of Iowa are authorized by law to close, then on the next succeeding day which shall not be such a day. This Warrant may be exercised by presentation and surrender hereof


  to the Company at its principal office, or at the office of its stock transfer agent if any, with the Purchase Form annexed hereto duly executed and accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares specified in such form. As soon as practicable after each such exercise of the warrants, but not later than seven (7) days from the date of such exercise, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificate for the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, registered in the name of the Holder or its designee. If this Warrant should be exercised in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Warrant for cancellation, execute and deliver a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder thereof to purchase the balance of the Warrant Shares purchasable thereunder. Upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant at its office, or by the stock transfer agent of the Company at its office, in proper form for exercise, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company shall then be closed or that certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be physically delivered to the Holder.

 

  (2) In lieu of delivering the Exercise Price in cash or check the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of the Warrant or portion thereof being exercised (“Net Issue Exercise”). If the Holder wishes to elect the Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall notify the Company of its election in writing at the time it delivers to the Company the Purchase Form. In the event the Holder shall elect Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Warrant, or portion thereof being exercised, and (b) the current market value, as defined in paragraph (c), of one share of Common Stock minus the Exercise Price, divided by (c) the current market value, as defined below, of one share of Common Stock.

 

  (b) RESERVATION OF SHARES . The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and/or delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be required for issuance and delivery upon exercise of the Warrants.

 

  (c) FRACTIONAL SHARES . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value of a share, determined as follows:

 

  (1) If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange or listed for trading on the NASDAQ system, the current market value shall be the last

 

-2-


  (2) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges, the current market value shall be the mean of the last reported bid and asked prices reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on the last business day prior to the date of the exercise of this Warrant; or

 

  (3) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the current market value shall be an amount, not less than the book value thereof as at the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Company ending prior to the date of the exercise of the Warrant, determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (d) EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR LOSS OF WARRANT . This Warrant is exchangeable, without expense, at the option of the Holder, upon presentation and surrender hereof to the Company or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, for other warrants of different denominations entitling the holder thereof to purchase in the aggregate the same number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its principal office or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, with the Assignment Form annexed hereto duly executed and funds sufficient to pay any transfer tax, the Company shall, without charge, execute and deliver a new Warrant in the name of the assignee named in such instrument of assignment and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other warrants which carry the same rights upon presentation hereof at the principal office of the Company or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued and signed by the Holder hereof. The term “Warrant” as used herein includes any Warrants into which this Warrant may be divided or exchanged. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Warrant executed and delivered shall constitute an additional contractual obligation on the part of the Company, whether or not this Warrant so lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

  (e) RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER . The Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder in the Company, either at law or equity, and the rights of the Holder are limited to those expressed in the Warrant and are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

 

-3-


  (f) ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS . The Exercise Price in effect at any time and the number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as follows:

 

  (1) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock; (ii) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased (as in the case of (iii), above) or decreased (as in the case of (i) or (ii), above). Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

  (2) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a price (the “Subscription Price”) (or having a conversion price per share) less man the Exercise Price on such record date, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal such tower price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such rights or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants; and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered (or securities convertible into Common Stock are not delivered) after the expiration of such rights or warrants, the Exercise Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made upon the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) actually delivered.

 

  (3) In case the Company shall hereafter distribute to the holders of its Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness or assets (excluding cash dividends or distributions and dividends or distributions referred to in Subsection (1) above) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Subsection (2) above), the Company shall reserve and the holder of this warrant shall thereafter, upon exercise hereof, be entitled to receive with respect to each share of Common Stock purchased hereunder, without any change in, or payment in addition to Exercise Price, the amount of any property or other securities which would have been distributed to such holder had such holder been a holder of one share of Common Stock on the record date of such distribution (or, if no record

 

-4-


  (4) In case the Company shall issue shares of its Common Stock excluding shares issued (i) in any of the transactions described in Subsection (1) above, (ii) upon exercise of options granted to the Company’s employees under a plan or plans adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and approved by its shareholders, if such shares would otherwise be included in this Subsection (4), (iii) upon exercise of this Warrant and (iv) to shareholders of any corporation which merges into the Company in proportion to their stock holdings of such corporation immediately prior to such merger, upon such merger, but only if no adjustment is required pursuant to any other specific subsection of this Section (f) (without regard to Subsection (8) below) with respect to the transaction giving rise to such rights for a consideration per share (the “Offering Price”) less than the Exercise Price, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted immediately thereafter so that it shall equal such Offering Price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

 

  (5) In case the Company shall issue any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its Common Stock, excluding securities issued in transactions described in Subsections (2) and (3) above, for a consideration per share of Common Stock (the “Conversion Price”) initially deliverable upon conversion or exchange of such securities, determined as provided in Subsection (7) below, less than the Exercise Price, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted immediately thereafter so that it shall equal such Conversion Price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

 

  (6) Whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Subsections (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) above, the number of Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying the number of Shares initially issuable upon exercise of this Warrant by the Exercise Price in effect on the date hereof and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

 

  (7) For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received pursuant to Subsections (4) and (5) above, the following shall apply:

 

  (A) in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any commissions, discounts or other expenses incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

 

-5-


  (B) in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof), whose determination shall be conclusive; and

 

  (C) in the case of the issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, the aggregate consideration received therefore shall be deemed to be the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of such securities plus the additional minimum consideration, if any, to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof, the consideration in each case to be determined in the same manner as provided in clauses (A) and (B) of this Subsection (7).

 

  (8) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least five cents ($0.05) in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Subsection (8) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment required to be made hereunder. All calculations under this Section (f) shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. Anything in this Section (f) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled, but shall not be required, to make such changes in the Exercise Price, in addition to those required by this Section (f), as it shall determine, in its sole discretion, to be advisable in order that any dividend or distribution in shares of Common Stock, or any subdivision, reclassification or combination of Common Stock, hereafter made by the Company shall not result in any Federal income tax liability to the holders of Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock (including Warrants).

 

  (9) Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly but no later than 20 days after any request for such an adjustment by the Holder, cause a notice setting forth the adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number of Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant, and, if requested, information describing the transactions giving rise to such adjustments, to be mailed to the Holder at his last address appearing in the Warrant Register, and shall cause a certified copy thereof to be mailed to its transfer agent, if any. The Company may retain a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Board of Directors (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company) to make any computation required by this Section (f), and a

 

-6-


  (10) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Subsection (1) above, the Holder of this Warrant thereafter shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Company, other than Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock contained in Subsections (1) to (8), inclusive above.

 

  (11) Irrespective of any adjustments in the Exercise Price or the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, Warrants theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind of shares as are stated in the similar Warrants initially issuable pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (g) OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE . Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted as required by the provisions of the foregoing Section, the Company shall forthwith file in the custody of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary at its principal office and with its stock transfer agent, if any, an officer’s certificate showing the adjusted Exercise Price determined as herein provided, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, including a statement of the number of additional shares of Common Stock, if any, and such other facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such adjustment. Each such officer’s certificate shall be made available at all reasonable times for inspection by the Holder or any holder of a Warrant executed and delivered pursuant to Section (a) and the Company shall, forthwith after each such adjustment, mail a copy by certified mail of such certificate to the Holder or any such holder.

 

  (h) NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDERS . So long as this Warrant shall be outstanding, (i) if the Company shall pay any dividend or make any distribution upon the Common Stock or (ii) if the Company shall offer to the holders of Common Stock for subscription or purchase by them any share of any class or any other rights or (iii) if any capital reorganization of the Company, reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation, sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another corporation, or voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company shall be effected, then in any such case, the Company shall cause to be mailed by certified mail to the Holder, at least fifteen days prior to the date specified in (x) or (y) below, as the case may be, a notice containing a brief description of the proposed action and stating the date on which (x) a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights, or (y) such reclassification,

 

-7-


  (i) RECLASSIFICATION, REORGANIZATION OR MERGER . In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, or in case of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with a subsidiary in which merger the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) or in case of any sale, lease or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety, the Company shall, as a condition precedent to such transaction, cause effective provisions to be made so that the Holder shall have the right thereafter by exercising this Warrant at any time prior to the expiration of the Warrant, to purchase the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reclassification, capital reorganization and other change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which might have been purchased upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance. Any such provision shall include provision for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Warrant. The foregoing provisions of this Section (i) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, capital reorganizations and changes of shares of Common Stock and to successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances. In the event that in connection with any such capital reorganization or reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, additional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in exchange, conversion, substitution or payment, in whole or in part, for a security of the Company other than Common Stock, any such issue shall be treated as an issue of Common Stock covered by the provisions of Subsection (1) of Section (f) hereof.

 

  (j) REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 . Until the expiry date of this Warrant, the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreement dated September 11, 2007 shall apply to registration of the Warrant Shares. The Company’s agreements with respect to Warrants or Warrant Shares in such Investors’ Rights Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of the exercise and surrender of this Warrant.

 

  (k) RESTRICTIVE LEGEND . Each Warrant Share, when issued, shall include a legend in substantially the following form: THESE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED,

 

-8-


  (1) The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect me rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

 

Dated: Aug 11, 2011       
       CANCER GENETICS, INC.
Attest:       

 

[                                     ]

   

By:

  

[                                     ]

Name: [                            ]        Name: [                            ]
Title:  [                    ]        Title:   [                    ]

 

-9-


PURCHASE FORM

Dated             20    

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the within Warrant to the extent of purchasing                     shares of Common Stock and hereby makes payment of                     in payment of the actual exercise price thereof.

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF STOCK

Name                                

(Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address                                

Signature                                 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                     hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name                                

(Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address                                

the right to purchase Common Stock represented by this Warrant to the extent of                     shares as to which such right is exercisable and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                     Attorney, to transfer the same on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date             , 20    

Signature                    

Exhibit 4.12

LOGO

I, R.S.K Chaganti, Ph.D., hereby waive Provision 1 (Liens) and Provision 2 (Indebtedness) of my Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“CGI”) Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 19, 2006, only as it relates to the line of credit of Wells Fargo Bank made available to CGI as of July 10, 2009. Other than the foregoing, no other provisions, terms, or conditions of said Note, or any provisions, or portions thereof, are waived by the undersigned.

 

/s/ R.S.K. Chaganti

   

September 7, 2011

R.S.K. Chaganti, Ph.D.     Date

 

     

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

www.cancergenetics.com

 

tel: 201.528.9200

fax: 201.528.9201


CANCER GENETICS, INC.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE 1 (“Note”)

 

$100,000   May 19, 2006

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), with a principal place of business at 228 River Vale Road, River Vale, New Jersey 07875, hereby promises to pay to R.S.K, Chaganti, Ph.D. (the “Payee”), or his registered assigns, within twenty (20) days of receipt of written demand of the Payee, at any time on or after May 19, 2007, or earlier as provided below (the “Due Date”), the principal sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), and to pay interest from the date hereof on the whole amount of said principal sum at the rate of eight and one-half (8.5%) percent per annum, such interest to be payable on May 19, 2007 with a final payment of accrued interest to date on the date such principal is paid in full or exchanged at Payee’s option for the Company’s securities. All such interest shall be paid by the Company to the Payee in cash in United States dollars, or at the election of the Payee, by issuance and delivery to the Payee of shares of the most senior class or series of the Company’s authorized capital stock or rights therefore. Principal and interest shall be payable at the principal office of the Payee or at such other place as the legal holder may designate from time to time in writing to the Company.


1. Liens. Except for subsequent or additional Promissory Notes by the Company to Payee, or those required in the ordinary course of the business, and necessary to support the business, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance (including the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) of any nature, upon or with respect to any of its properties, now owned or hereinafter acquired, or assign, license, or otherwise convey any right to receive income without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Payee or its successors or assigns.

2. Indebtedness. Except for subsequent or additional Promissory Notes by the Company to Payee, or those required in the ordinary course of the business, and necessary to support the business, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or permit any subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any liability with respect to indebtedness (other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business) without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Payee, or his successors or assigns. Trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business excludes any capital (financing) leases or operating (rental) leases; for the purposes of this Note, capital leases and operating leases are Indebtedness. Moreover, Indebtedness shall mean all obligations, contingent and otherwise, which should, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, be classified upon the Company’s balance sheet as liabilities, excluding any liabilities in respect of

 

2


deferred federal or state income taxes, but in any event including, without limitation, liabilities secured by any mortgage on property owned or acquired subject to such mortgage, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed, and also including, without limitation, ail guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations, in respect of Indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be so reflected in said balance sheet, except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business.

The outstanding balance of this Note shall be rendered immediately due and payable, whether before or after the Due Date, without demand, in case of any of the following acts: (a) non-compliance with the provisions of paragraph one, Liens, or paragraph two, Indebtedness of this Note, (b) an assignment by the Company for the benefit of its creditors, (c) dissolution of the Company, (d) the sale or transfer of any of the Company’s assets (“Assets” include but are not limited to the Company’s accounts receivables, inventories, personal property (equipment, furniture and fixtures, and software owned now or in the future by the Company in whole or in part), and intellectual property (proprietary information and techniques, provisional patent applications, patent applications, issued patents, and trademarks owned now or in the future by the Company in whole or in part), (e) filing of voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy petition or petition for receivership or reorganization by or against the Company, or (f) or a Change of Control of the Company as subsequently defined. Change of Control is a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation

 

3


which results in the transfer of 50% or more of the voting control of the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s property and Assets or capital stock to any other person (any such event being referred to as an “Event”). Immediately prior to the closing of the Event, the principal amount of this Note then outstanding and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall immediately become due and payable along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part by the Company, or, at Payee’s option, is exchangeable for, or convertible into Preferred Shares of the Company, equal or convertible on a one to one basis to 15,480 shares of common stock. Upon the closing of a financing, the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest at Payee’s option may be exchanged for the number of shares of the most senior class or series of the Company’s equity securities sold in such financing, obtained by dividing the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest by an amount equal to the lowest price per share paid for the equity securities in the financing.

The Company and alt endorsers and guarantors of this Note hereby waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of nonpayment, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note. The Payee may extend the time of payment of this Note, postpone the enforcement hereof, grant any other indulgence or add or release any party primarily or secondarily liable hereon without affecting or

 

4


diminishing the Payee’s rights or recourse against the Company and all endorsers and guarantors of this Note, or any of them, which right is hereby expressly reserved.

In the event this Note is not paid in full on the Due Date, interest shall accrue thereafter until payment in full at the annual rate of interest in effect prior to the Due Date. If this Note shall not be paid when due and shall be placed by Payee in the hands of any attorney for collection through legal proceedings or otherwise, the Company will pay to Payee the amount of such attorney’s reasonable fees incurred by Payee, together with the costs and reasonable expenses of collection.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of New Jersey, and shall have the effect of a seated instrument.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.     R.S.K. CHAGANTI, PH.D.
By:  

/s/ Louis J. Maione

    By:  

/s/ R.S.K. Chaganti

  Louis J. Maione      
  President      
Dated: May 19, 2006     Dated: May 19, 2006

 

5

Exhibit 4.13

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE 1 (“Note”)

 

$ 55,000       January 10, 2010

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), with its principal place of business at 201 Route 17 N, Rutherford, New Jersey 07070, hereby promises to pay to Jane Houldsworth, Ph.D. (the “Payee”), or her registered assigns, no later than January 10, 2011, or within thirty (30) days of the closing of the Series B Preferred offering being made by the Company (the “Offering”) as provided hereinbelow (the “Due Date”); Fifteen Thousand ($15,000) Dollars, representing a portion of the principal (the “Sum”) of Fifty-Five Thousand ($55,000) Dollars, which represents the balance of Eighty-Four Thousand ($84,000) Dollars originally owed the Payee for services rendered pursuant to a certain consultant arrangement; and, a second installment of Ten Thousand ($10,000) Dollars within ninety (90) days of closing the Offering. The balance of Thirty Thousand ($30,000) Dollars (the “Balance shall thereafter be paid in equal monthly installments, each payment being derived by dividing the Balance by the number of months remaining between the second installment and January 10, 2011. And, to pay interest from the date hereof on the remaining amounts of said Sum, at the rate of Five and One-half (5.5%) percent, per annum, on the unpaid Balance, such interest to be payable on or before January 10, 2011, with a final payment of accrued interest on the date such Sum shall be paid in full, or exchanged at Payee’s option for the


Company’s securities should the Payee choose to accept on in lieu payment, the equivalent number of available shares of the Offering, determined by the outstanding Balance divided by the price per share of the shares being offered. All such interest shall be paid by the Company to the Payee in cash in United States Dollars, or at the election of the Payee, by the issuance and delivery to the Payee of shares of the most senior class or series of the Company’s authorized capital stock or rights therefor. Principal and interest shall be payable at the corporate offices of the Payor, or at such other place as the legal holder may designate from time to time in writing to the Company.

1. Liens. Except for subsequent or additional Promissory Notes by the Company to Payee, or those required to be made by the Company in the ordinary course of the business, and necessary to support the business, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance (including the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) of any nature, upon or with respect to any of its properties, now owned or hereinafter acquired, or assign, license, or otherwise convey any right to receive income without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Payee, or her successors or assigns.

2. Indebtedness. Except for subsequent or additional Promissory Notes by the Company to Payee, or those required in the ordinary course of the business, and necessary to support the business, the Company shall not create,

 

2


incur, assume or suffer to exist or permit any subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any liability with respect to Indebtedness (other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business) without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Payee, or her successors or assigns. Trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business excludes any capital (financing) leases or operating (rental) leases; for the purposes of this Note, capital leases and operating leases are Indebtedness. Moreover, Indebtedness shall mean all obligations, contingent and otherwise, which should, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, be classified upon the Company’s balance sheet as liabilities, excluding any liabilities in respect of deferred federal or state income taxes, but in any event including, without limitation, liabilities secured by any mortgage on property owned or acquired subject to such mortgage, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed, and also including, without limitation, all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations, in respect of Indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be so reflected in said balance sheet, except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business.

The outstanding balance of this Note shall be rendered immediately due and payable, whether before or after the Due Date, without demand, in case of any of the following acts: (a) non-compliance with the provisions of paragraph one (1), Liens, or paragraph two (2), Indebtedness of this Note; (b) an assignment by the Company for the benefit of its creditors; (c) dissolution of the

 

3


Company; (d) the sale or transfer of any of the Company’s assets (“Assets”) include, but are not limited to, the Company’s accounts receivables, inventories, personal property [equipment, furniture and fixtures, and software owned now or in the future by the Company in whole or in part], and intellectual property [proprietary information and techniques, provisional patent applications, patent applications, issued patents, and trademarks owned now or in the future by the Company in whole or in part]; (e) filing of voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy petition or petition for receivership or reorganization by or against the Company; or (f) or a Change of Control of the Company as subsequently defined. For purposes of this note, a Change of Control shall be defined as a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation which results in the transfer of 50% or more of the voting control of the Company, or the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s property and Assets or capital stock to any other person (any such event being referred to as an “Event”). Immediately prior to the closing of the Event, the principal amount of this Note then outstanding, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall immediately become due and payable along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

3. Prepayment. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part by the Company, or at Payee’s option, exchangeable for, or convertible into Preferred shares of the Company, equal or convertible on a one to one basis to shares of common stock. Upon the closing of a financing, the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest, at Payee’s option may be exchanged for the number of shares of the most senior class or series of the

 

4


Company’s equity securities sold in such financing, obtained by dividing the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest by an amount equal to the lowest price per share paid for the equity securities in the financing.

4. Presentment. The Company and all endorsers and guarantors of this Note hereby waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of nonpayment, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note. The Payee may extend the time of payment of this Note, postpone the enforcement hereof, grant any other indulgence or add or release any party primarily or secondarily liable hereon without affecting or diminishing the Payee’s rights or recourse against the Company and all endorsers and guarantors of this Note, or any of them, which right is hereby expressly reserved.

In the event this Note is not paid in full on the Due Date, interest shall accrue thereafter until payment in full at the annual rate of interest in effect prior to the Due Date. If this Note shall not be paid when due and shall be placed by Payee in the hands of any attorney for collection through legal proceedings or otherwise, the Company shall pay to Payee the amount of such attorney’s reasonable fees incurred by Payee, together with the costs and reasonable expenses of collection.

5. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of New Jersey, and shall have the effect of a sealed

 

5


instrument. The parties hereto consent to enforcement of this Note in any court, state or federal, of competent jurisdiction in the State of New Jersey.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.     JANE HOULDSWORTH, PH.D.
By:   /s/ R. S. K. Chaganti     By:    /s/ Jane Houldsworth
  R. S. K. Chaganti, Ph.D      
Dated: January 11, 2010     Dated: January 11, 2010

 

6

Exhibit 10.1

2008 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2008 Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans under federal and state corporate laws, federal and state securities laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d) “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist if the Participant is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto, as appropriate; (ii) Participant’s repeated unexplained or unjustified absence from the Company or any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto, as appropriate; (iii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful and serious misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or to any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto; (iv) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto; or (iv) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company or with any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor to the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company or a Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto, as appropriate, and shall be final and binding on the Participant. If any agreement, by and between the Company and any Employee or Consultant of the Company participating in the Plan, permits such Employee or Consultant to be terminated for “cause” by the Company for a reason other than one set forth in the preceding sentence, then such other reason(s) are herein incorporated by reference with respect to such Employee or Consultant (and the remaining definitions of cause herein shall be nullified by their absence from such agreement). The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the ability of the Company or a Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time as provided in Section 5(d) below.


(f) “ Change of Control ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation other than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by the voting securities remaining outstanding or by their being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company, or such surviving entity, outstanding immediately after such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “ Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(1) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(m) “ Corporate Transaction ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation and includes a Change of Control.

(n) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(o) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(p) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants.

 

-2-


(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(s) “ Involuntary Termination ” means termination of a Participant’s Continuous Services Status under the following circumstances; (i) termination without Cause by the Company or a Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto, as appropriate; or (ii) voluntary termination by the Participant following (A) an unreasonable and material reduction in the Participant’s job responsibilities, provided that neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities, or (B) a reduction in Participant’s then-current base salary, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to the Participant’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction shall not constitute such a salary reduction. If any agreement, by and between the Company and any Employee or Consultant participating in the Plan, permits such Employee or Consultant to terminate such agreement as a result of a breach by the Company other than one set forth in the preceding sentence, then such other reason(s) are herein incorporated by reference with respect to such Employee or Consultant.

(t) “ Named Executive ” means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(v) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) “ Option Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(x) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(y) “ Optionee ” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(z) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(c) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(aa) “ Participant ” means any holder of one or more Options, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such Options, under the Plan.

(bb) “ Plan ” means this 2008 Stock Option Plan.

(cc) “ Reporting Person ” means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

-3-


(dd) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(ee) “ Share(s) ” means a share(s) of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ff) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(gg) “ Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is [Insert Number of Shares] shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) General. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

(b) Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

 

-4-


(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options may from time to time be granted;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each award granted;

(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock or restricted stock issued upon exercise of an Option, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(x) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

 

-5-


(d) No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and any employment or consulting agreement, by and between the Employee or the Consultant and the Company.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect for a term often (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than One Hundred Ten Percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per share exercise price shall be no less than One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(b) Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirety of (i) cash; (ii) check; (iii) delivery of Optionee’s promissory note with such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate (subject to the provisions of Section 152 of the Delaware General Corporation Law); (iv) cancellation of indebtedness; (v) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); or

 

-6-


(vi) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) General .

(i) Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided however that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such leave.

(ii) Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iii) Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(iv) Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time in the Administrator’s sole discretion. To the extent that the Optionee is not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of his or her termination of Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or

 

-7-


below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, such Optionee may exercise an Option for thirty (30) days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.

(ii) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an. Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within one (1) year following such termination to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.

(iii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(c) Buy-out Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy-out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

11. Taxes .

(a) As a condition of the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise of the Option and the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 11 (whether pursuant to Section 11(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option.

 

-8-


(c) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax obligations upon exercise of an Option by surrendering to the Company, Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 11(c), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges). For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “Tax Date”).

(d) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 11(c) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 11(c) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(e) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

12. Non-Transferability of Options .

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 12.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 12, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to “Immediate Family” (as defined below), on such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.

13. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, the numbers of Shares set forth in Section 3, above, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification

 

-9-


of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided , however , that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transactions; Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of such successor corporation (such entity, the “Successor Corporation”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to such assumption or substitution, in which case the vesting of each Option shall accelerate and the Options shall become exercisable in full (including with respect to Shares as to which an Option would not otherwise be vested and exercisable), in full, prior to consummation of the transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Administrator shall determine. To the extent an Option is not exercised prior to consummation of a Change of Control in which the vesting of Options is being accelerated, such Option shall terminate upon such consummation and the Administrator shall notify the Optionee of such fact at least five (5) days prior to the date on which the Option terminates.

In the event Plan awards are assumed or substituted in connection with a Change of Control and a Participant holding such an assumed or substituted award experiences an Involuntary Termination within twenty-four (24) months following the Change of Control, any assumed or substituted Option held by the terminated Participant at the time of termination shall accelerate and become exercisable in full (including with respect to any shares of stock then underlying the Option as to which the Option would not otherwise be vested and exercisable), immediately prior to the effective date of the Involuntary Termination.

For purposes of this Section 13(c), an Option shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon or a Change of Control, each holder of an Option would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Option the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option as provided for in this Section 13); provided , however , that if the consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the Option to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Accounting and Tax Treatment .

 

-10-


(i) Limitation on Payments . In the event that the vesting acceleration or lapse of a repurchase right provided for in Section 13(c) above (x) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (y) but for this Section 13(d)(ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any corresponding provisions of state income tax law), then such vesting acceleration or lapse of a repurchase right shall be either

(A) delivered in full, or

(B) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits subject to excise tax under Code Section 4999,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, results in the receipt by the Participant on an after-tax basis of the greater amount of acceleration or lapse of repurchase rights benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Code Section 4999. Any determination required under this Section 13(d) shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent accountants, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes on the Company and any affected Participant. In the event that (i)(A) above applies, then the Participant shall be responsible for any excise taxes imposed with respect to such benefits. In the event that (i)(B) above applies, then each benefit provided hereunder shall be proportionately reduced to the extent necessary to avoid imposition of such excise taxes.

14. Time of Granting Options . The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

(c) Accounting Issues . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Section 15, the Administrator may at any time amend or adjust the Plan or an outstanding award issued under the Plan without the consent of the affected Participant(s) if such amendment or adjustment is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges.

 

-11-


16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Agreements . Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

19. Stockholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

20. Information and Documents to Optionees . If required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee has one or more Options outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.2

FORM OF NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

[address of grantee]

You have been granted an option to purchase common stock of Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:             [                ]
Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting Relationship):             [                ]
Per Share Exercise Price:             $ [        ]
Total Number of Shares Granted:             [            ]
Total Exercise Price:             $ [            ]
Type of Option:             [        ] Incentive Stock Options
            [        ] - Nonstatutory Stock Options
Expiration Date:             [                ]
Vesting Commencement Date:             [                ]
Vesting/Exercise Schedule:    So long as your employment or consulting relationship with the Company continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the following schedule: Twenty Percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the Twelfth (12 th ) month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and One Sixtieth (l/60 th ) of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable each month anniversary thereafter.


Termination Period:    This Option may be exercised for thirty (30) days after termination of employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:    This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship in accordance with any applicable federal and state laws and any employment or consulting agreement, by and between the Company and the Optionee.

 

      CANCER GENETICS, INC.

 

    By:  

 

[                    ]       Name:   [                    ]
      Title:   [                    ]

 

2

Exhibit 10.3

FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of as of this [        ] day of [                    ] , by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                    ] (the “Optionee”). The Company and the Optionee are sometimes referred to herein individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants an option (the “Option”) to purchase the total number of shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) set forth in the notice of stock option grant (the “Notice”), at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and conditions of the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the exercise notice and restricted stock purchase agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Agreement”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state the Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, the Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised (a) until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or (b) if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require the Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash or check or cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Optionee; or

(b) by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges).

5. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “Termination Date”), the Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that the Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if the Optionee does not exercise this

 

2


Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of the Optionee’s disability or death, the Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), the Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of the Optionee’s disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Optionee may, but only within one (1) year from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of the Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after the Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within six months following the date of death by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option as of the Termination Date.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Incentive Stock Option .

(i) Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of no sooner than two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such

 

3


one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

(ii) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions. With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income and other employment tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal, state or local income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from the Optionee’s compensation or collect from the Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

8. Effect of Agreement; Entire Agreement . The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that the Optionee is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Enforcement of Rights . No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Parties. The failure by either Party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such Party.

 

4


(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, the Parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the Parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded, and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the Parties and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the Parties, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the Parties.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such Party’s address or fax number as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice:

if to the Company to:

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

Attention: President

with a copy to:

Lavelle & Finn, LLP

29 British American Blvd.

Latham, New York 12110

Attention: Keith M. Goldstein, Esq.

if to the Optionee to:

[                    ]

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   [                    ]
  Title:   [                    ]
  OPTIONEE
 

 

  [                    ]

 

6

Exhibit 10.4

FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of this        day of            ,        , by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                    (the “Purchaser”). The Company and the Purchaser are sometimes referred to herein individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”

1. Exercise of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase            shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) under and pursuant to the Plan and the stock option agreement, by and between the Company and the Purchaser, dated                     (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $        per share for a total purchase price of $        . The term “Shares” refers to the purchased shares and all securities received in replacement of the shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which the Purchaser is entitled by reason of the Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”).

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by the Purchaser (which shall be issued in the Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by the Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the common stock of the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Option Agreement, or (d) by a combination of the foregoing.

3. Limitations on Transfer .

(a) In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, the Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(b) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by the Purchaser or any transferee of the Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignce(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (C) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares


at the same price (the “Offered Price”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s) (the “First Inside Offer”)

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal .

(A) At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, or a portion, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 3(b)(iii).

(B) If the Company does not acquire all of the Shares pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii)(A), or acquires only a portion of the Shares, the Purchaser shall thereupon deliver to each of the other stockholders of the Company (“Stockholders”) a written offer irrevocable for fifteen (15) days to sell to such Stockholders for a price determined in accordance with Section 3(b)(iii), all, or a portion, of the Shares which the Company has not elected to purchase in the First Inside Offer (hereinafter referred to as the “Second Inside Offer”), on the same terms and conditions as the First Inside Offer. The Stockholders shall have the right to accept the Second Inside Offer on at least a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of capital stock owned by each of them in relation to the number of shares of capital stock owned by Stockholders other than the Selling Holder, calculated on a fully diluted basis. Each exercising Stockholder shall give written notice to the Selling Holder and to the Company stating the quantity of shares which such Stockholder desires to purchase (which quantity may exceed the number of shares such Stockholder would be entitled to purchase on a pro rata basis as provided above in this paragraph if all Stockholders exercised this right). If the total number of shares specified in such Stockholders’ notices exceed the number of shares offered in the Second Inside Offer, each exercising Stockholder shall have the right to purchase such portion of the shares offered in the Second Inside Offer on a pro rata basis with all other exercising Stockholders determined as provided above in this paragraph, up to the number of shares specified in its notice. The shares not so purchased shall be allocated on a pro rata basis determined as provided above in this paragraph among the exercising Stockholders electing to purchase more than their pro rata portions up to the number of shares specified in each exercising Stockholders’ notice to the Selling Holder.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) or Stockholders under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s) and/or the Stockholders, in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notices or in the manner and at the times set forth in the notices.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company, its assignee(s) and/or the Stockholders as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided


that such sale or other transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exceptions from the Right of First Refusal . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser may transfer all, or any portion, of the Shares, without regard to the limitations set forth in this Section 3(b) in each of the following cases: (A) to the Company; (B) in a transaction in which the aggregate amount of consideration for the Shares is less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00); (C) if prior to such sale, the Purchaser held less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Company; (D) as part of a registered public offering of the Company’s securities; and (E) either during the Purchaser’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to a custodian or trustee for the account of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s siblings, ancestors, descendants or spouse (in each case, a “Permitted Transfer”); provided , however , that, in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to this Section 3(b)(vi), a transferee shall receive and hold such Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any provision pursuant to this Section 3 to the contrary, the Purchaser shall not transfer pursuant to this Section 3(b)(vi)(E), without the express written consent of the board of directors of the Company, in any calendar year, greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares held on the date first set forth above.

(c) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding in the event of death a transfer as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi)(E)) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer as determined by Section 3 (c)(ii), below. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the board of directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify the Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares; provided , however , if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the board of directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.


(d) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer pursuant to Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of common stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(g) Market Stand-off Agreement . In connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, the Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty days (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, the Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Investment Intent: Capacity to Protect Interests . The Purchaser is purchasing the Shares solely for Purchaser’s own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares or any portion thereof and not with any present intention of selling, offering to sell or otherwise disposing of or distributing the Shares or any portion thereof in any transaction other than a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Purchaser also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interests of the Shares is being purchased, and will be held, for the Purchaser’s account only, and neither in whole nor in part for any other person. The Purchaser either (a) has a preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons, or (b) by reason of Purchaser’s business or financial experience, or the business or financial experience of Purchaser’s professional advisors who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any affiliate or selling agent of the Company, directly or indirectly, could be reasonably assumed to have the capacity to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and to protect Purchaser’s own interests in connection with this transaction.

(b) Residence . The Purchaser’s principal residence is within the State set forth in Section 6(e).

(c) Information Concerning Company . The Purchaser has heretofore discussed the Company and its plans, operations and financial condition with the Company’s officers and has heretofore received all such information as the Purchaser has deemed necessary and appropriate to enable the Purchaser to evaluate the financial risk inherent in making an investment in the Shares,


and the Purchaser has received satisfactory and complete information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company in response to all inquiries in respect thereof.

(d) Economic Risk . The Purchaser realizes that the purchase of the Shares will be a highly speculative investment and involves a high degree of risk, and the Purchaser is able, without impairing the Purchaser’s financial condition, to hold the Shares for an indefinite period of time and suffer a complete loss on the Purchaser’s investment.

(e) Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that:

(i) the sale of the Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act, the Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available and the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares.

(ii) the share certificate representing the Shares will bear the legends specified in Section 5 hereof; and

(iii) the Company will make a notation in its records of the aforementioned restrictions on transfer and legends.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

(ii) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE PURCHASER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”


  (iii) Any legend required to be placed thereon by the securities laws of any state.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . The Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

(d) Removal of Legend . When all of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by the Purchaser will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii): (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(g) (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(g). After such time, and upon the Purchaser’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii), and delivered to the Purchaser.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Parties. The failure by either Party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such Party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the Parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the Parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded, and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the Parties and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the Parties, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the Parties.


(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such Party’s address or fax number as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice:

 

  if to the Company to:
 

 

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

Attention: President

 

with a copy to:

 

 

Lavelle & Finn, LLP

29 British American Blvd.

Latham, New York 12110

Attention: Keith M. Goldstein, Esq.

 

 

 

if to the Purchaser to:

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall [ILLEGIBLE] to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of the Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page to Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  PURCHASER
 

 

  [Insert Name of Purchaser]


RECEIPT

Cancer Genetics, Inc. hereby acknowledges receipt of [Purchase Price] from [Purchaser] in full payment of the purchase price [ Number of Securities] shares of Common Stock of Cancer Genetics, Inc. represented by Certificate No.             .

Dated:                    

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


RECEIPT AND CONSENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.             for [Number of Securities] shares of common stock of Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

Dated:

     
     

 

      [Purchaser]

Exhibit 10.5

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Establishment and Purpose

The purpose of the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide a means whereby eligible employees, officers, non-employee directors and other individual service providers develop a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in the development and financial success of the Company and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to the business of the Company, thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its shareholders. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such eligible persons and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Other Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. This Plan shall become effective upon the date set forth in Section 17.1 hereof.

2. Definitions

Wherever the following capitalized terms are used in the Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below:

2.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, a Person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person.

2.2 “ Applicable Law ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards or equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

2.3 “ Award ” means an award of a Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Other Cash-Based Award and Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

2.4 “ Award Agreement ” means either (i) a written or electronic agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award including any amendment or modification therefore, or (ii) a


written or electronic statement issued by the Company to a Participant describing the terms and provisions of such Award, including any amendment or modification thereof. The Committee may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements, and the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper means for the acceptance thereof and actions thereunder by a Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and need not be identical.

2.5 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6 “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any one of the following events shall occur:

(i) Any Person becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13(d)-3 under the Exchange Act) of shares of Common Stock representing more than 50% of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company;

(ii) The consummation of any merger or other business combination of the Company, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or combination of the foregoing transactions (a “ Transaction ”), other than a Transaction involving only the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, or a Transaction immediately following which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the Transaction continue to have a majority of the voting power in the resulting entity;

(iii) Within any 12-month period beginning on or after the Effective Date, the persons who were directors of the Company immediately before the beginning of such period (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) shall cease (for any reason other than death) to constitute at least a majority of the Board (or the board of directors of any successor to the Company); provided that any director who was not a director as of the date hereof shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if such director was elected to the Board by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors either actually or by prior operation of the foregoing unless such election, recommendation or approval was the result of an actual or threatened election contest of the type contemplated by Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor provision; or

(iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

2.7 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. For purposes of this Plan, references to sections of the Code shall be deemed to include references to any applicable regulations thereunder and any successor or similar provision.


2.8 “ Committee ” means the committee of the Board delegated with the authority to administer the Plan, or the full Board, as provided in Section 3 of the Plan. With respect to any decision involving an Award intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. With respect to any decision relating to a Reporting Person, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more directors who are disinterested within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision. The Board may at any time appoint additional members to the Committee, remove and replace members of the Committee with or without cause, and fill vacancies on the Committee however caused.

2.9 “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share.

2.10 “ Company ” means Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto as provided in Section 14.8.

2.11 “ Date of Grant ” means the date on which an Award under the Plan is granted by the Committee, or such later date as the Committee may specify to be the effective date of an Award.

2.12 “ Disability ” means a Participant being considered “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(4), as well as any successor regulation or interpretation.

2.13 “ Effective Date ” means the date set forth in Section 17.1 hereof.

2.14 “ Eligible Person ” means any person who is an employee, officer, director, consultant, advisor or other individual service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any person who is determined by the Committee to be a prospective employee, officer, director, consultant, advisor or other individual service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.15 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.16 “ Fair Market Value ” of a share of Common Stock shall be as applied to a specific Date of Grant (i) the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the most recent date preceding such Date of Grant on which trades of the Common Stock were recorded on the principal established stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is then traded, or (ii) if the shares of Common Stock are not then traded on an established stock exchange or national market system but are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Common Stock in such over-the-counter market on the most recent date preceding such Date of Grant on which such closing bid and asked prices are available on such over-the-counter market or (iii) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed on a


national securities exchange or national market system or traded in an over-the-counter market, the price of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Committee in its discretion in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv), as well as any successor regulation or interpretation.

2.17 “ Incentive Stock Option ” means a Stock Option granted under Section 6 hereof that is intended to meet the requirements of section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.18 “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means a Stock Option granted under Section 6 hereof that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.19 “ Other Cash-Based Award ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 12 hereof entitling such Eligible Person to receive a cash payment at such times, and subject to such conditions, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.20 Other Stock-Based Award ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 12 representing a notional unit interest equal in value to a share of Common Stock to be paid and distributed at such times, and subject to such conditions as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.21 “ Participant ” means any Eligible Person who holds an outstanding Award under the Plan.

2.22 “ Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, trust, corporation, limited liability company or other similar entity. When two or more Persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of Common Stock, such partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or group shall be deemed a “Person”.

2.23 “ Performance Shares ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 10 hereof representing a notional unit interest equal in value to a share of Common Stock to be paid and distributed at such times, and subject to such conditions, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.24 “ Performance Unit ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 11 hereof representing a notional dollar interest as determined by the Committee to be paid and distributed at such times, and subject to such conditions, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.25 “ Plan ” means the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.


2.26 “ Reporting Person ” means an officer, director or greater than ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

2.27 “ Restricted Stock Award ” means a grant of shares of Common Stock to an Eligible Person under Section 8 hereof that are issued subject to such vesting and transfer restrictions and such other conditions as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.28 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.29 “ Service ” means a Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.30 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 7 hereof entitling such Eligible Person to receive a payment, upon the exercise of such right, in such amount and at such time, and subject to such conditions, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.31 “ Stock Option ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6 hereof to purchase shares of Common Stock at such time and price, and subject to such conditions, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.32 “ Stock Unit Award ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 9 hereof representing notional unit interests equal in value to a share of Common Stock to be paid and distributed at such times, and subject to such conditions, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.33 “ Stockholders” Agreement ” means an agreement between a Participant and the Company as contemplated by Section 4.11.

2.34 “ Subsidiary ” means an entity (whether or not a corporation) that is wholly or majority owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company; provided, however, that with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the term “Subsidiary” shall include only an entity that qualifies under section 424(f) of the Code as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company.

3. Administration

Section 3.1 Committee Members . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that the entire Board may act in lieu of the Committee on any matter. If and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Committee may authorize one or more Reporting Persons (or other officers) to make Awards to Eligible Persons who are not Reporting Persons (or other officers whom the Committee has specifically authorized to make Awards). Subject to Applicable Law and the restrictions set forth in


the Plan, the Committee may delegate administrative functions to individuals who are Reporting Persons, officers, or employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.2 Committee Authority . The Committee shall have such powers and authority as may be necessary or appropriate for the Committee to carry out its functions as described in the Plan. Subject to the express limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority in its discretion to determine the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards may be granted, the number of shares, units or other rights subject to each Award, the exercise, base or purchase price of an Award (if any), the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable, the performance criteria, performance goals and other conditions of an Award, the duration of the Award, and all other terms of the Award. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to amend the terms of an Award in any manner that is not inconsistent with the Plan (including to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights), provided that no such action shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant with respect to an outstanding Award without the Participant’s consent. The Committee shall also have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, to make all factual determinations under the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for Plan administration, including, without limitation, to correct any defect, to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement hereunder. The Committee may prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among Participants and Eligible Persons, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The Committee shall, in its discretion, consider such factors as it deems relevant in making its interpretations, determinations and actions under the Plan including, without limitation, the recommendations or advice of any officer or employee of the Company or such attorneys, consultants, accountants or other advisors as it may select. All interpretations, determinations, and actions by the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties.

Section 3.3 No Liability; Indemnification . Neither the Board nor any Committee member, nor any Person acting at the direction of the Board or the Committee, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall pay or reimburse any member of the Committee, as well as any other Person who takes action on behalf of the Plan, for all reasonable expenses incurred with respect to the Plan, and to the full extent allowable under Applicable Law shall indemnify each and every one of them for any claims, liabilities, and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of their good faith performance of duties on behalf of the Company with respect to the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries may, but shall not be required to, obtain liability insurance for this purpose.


4. Shares Subject to the Plan

Section 4.1 Share Limitation . Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under all Awards granted to Participants under the Plan shall be 750,000 shares, all of which may, but need not, be issued in respect of Incentive Stock Options. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares held in the Company’s treasury. Any shares of Common Stock subject to Awards that are settled in Common Stock shall be counted against the maximum share limitations of this Section 4.1 as one share of Common Stock for every share of Common Stock subject thereto, regardless of the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued to settle the Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right upon exercise. To the extent that any Award under the Plan payable in shares of Common Stock is forfeited, cancelled, returned to the Company for failure to satisfy vesting requirements or upon the occurrence of other forfeiture events, or otherwise terminates without payment being made thereunder, the shares of Common Stock covered thereby will no longer be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations and may again be made subject to Awards under the Plan pursuant to such limitations.

Section 4.2 Adjustments . If there shall occur any change with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other distribution with respect to the shares of Common Stock, or any merger, reorganization, consolidation, combination, spin-off or other similar corporate change, or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the Committee shall, in the manner and to the extent that it deems appropriate and equitable to the Participants and consistent with the terms of the Plan, cause an adjustment to be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kind of shares provided in Section 4.1 hereof, (ii) the numbers and kind of shares of Common Stock, units, or other rights subject to then outstanding Awards, (iii) the price for each share or unit or other right subject to then outstanding Awards, (iv) the performance measures or goals relating to the vesting of an Award and (v) any other terms of an Award that are affected by the event to prevent dilution or enlargement of a Participant’s rights under an Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, any such adjustments shall, to the extent practicable, be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 424(a) of the Code.

5. Participation and Awards

Section 5.1 Designation of Participants . All Eligible Persons are eligible to be designated by the Committee to receive Awards and become Participants under the Plan. The Committee has the authority, in its discretion, to determine and designate from time to time those Eligible Persons who are to be granted Awards, the types of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Common Stock or units subject to Awards granted under the Plan. In selecting Eligible Persons to be Participants and in determining the type and amount of Awards to be granted under the Plan, the Committee shall consider any and all factors that it deems relevant or appropriate.


Section 5.2 Determination of Awards . The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of all Awards granted to Participants in accordance with its authority under Section 3.2 hereof. An Award may consist of one type of right or benefit hereunder or of two or more such rights or benefits granted in tandem or in the alternative. To the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, an Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement as described in Section 11.1 hereof.

Section 5.3 Limitation . No one Person may receive Stock Options or separately exercisable Stock Appreciation Rights for more than 250,000 shares of Common Stock in any calendar year, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2 above.

6. Stock Options

Section 6.1 Grant of Stock Option . A Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.6 hereof and section 422 of the Code, each Stock Option shall be designated, in the discretion of the Committee, as an Incentive Stock Option or as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

Section 6.2 Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant, subject to adjustments as provided for under Section 4.2, provided that the Committee may in its discretion specify for any Stock Option an exercise price per share that is higher than the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant.

Section 6.3 Vesting of Stock Options . The Committee shall in its discretion prescribe the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, a Stock Option or portion thereof shall become vested and/or exercisable. The requirements for vesting and exercisability of a Stock Option may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or a Subsidiary for a specified time period (or periods) or on the attainment of a specified performance goal (or goals) established by the Committee in its discretion. The Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Stock Option at any time. The Committee in its sole discretion may allow a Participant to exercise unvested Nonqualified Stock Options, in which case the shares of Common Stock then issued shall be Restricted Stock having analogous vesting restrictions to the unvested Nonqualified Stock Options.

Section 6.4 Term of Stock Options . The Committee shall in its discretion prescribe in an Award Agreement the period during which a vested Stock Option may be exercised, provided that the maximum term of a Stock Option shall be ten (10) years from the Date of Grant. A Stock Option may be earlier terminated as specified by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement upon or following the termination of a Participant’s Service with the Company or any Subsidiary, including by reason of voluntary resignation, death, Disability, termination for cause or any other reason. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6 or in an Award Agreement as such agreement may be amended from time to time upon authorization of the Committee, no Stock


Option may be exercised at any time during the term thereof unless the Participant is then in the Service of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

Section 6.5 Stock Option Exercise; Tax Withholding . Subject to such terms and conditions as shall be specified in an Award Agreement, a Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the term thereof by notice in the form required by the Company, and payment of the aggregate exercise price by certified or bank check, or such other means as the Committee may accept. As set forth in an Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at or after grant, payment in full or in part of the exercise price of an Option may be made: (i) in the form of shares of Common Stock that have been held by the Participant for such period as the Committee may deem appropriate for accounting purposes or otherwise, valued at the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of exercise; (ii) by surrendering to the Company shares of Common Stock otherwise receivable on exercise of the Option; (iii) by a cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan; and/or (iv) by such other method as may be approved by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after receipt of written notification of exercise and full payment of the exercise price and satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding pursuant to Section 15.5, the Company shall deliver to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Common Stock, or upon the Participant’s request, Common Stock certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, all payments under all of the methods indicated above shall be paid in United States dollars or shares of Common Stock, as applicable.

Section 6.6 Additional Rules for Incentive Stock Options .

(a) Eligibility . An Incentive Stock Option may only be granted to an Eligible Person who is considered an employee under Treasury Regulation §1.421-7(h) of the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b) Annual Limits . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to an Eligible Person as a result of which the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time in any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plans of the Company or any Subsidiary would exceed $100,000, determined in accordance with section 422(d) of the Code. This limitation shall be applied by taking Incentive Stock Options into account in the order in which granted.

(c) Ten Percent Stockholders . If a Stock Option granted under the Plan is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, and if the Participant, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing ten percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Common Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, then (A) the Stock Option exercise price per share shall in no event be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of such grant and (B) such Stock Option shall not be


exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years following the date such Stock Option is granted.

(d) Disqualifying Dispositions . If shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within two (2) years following the Date of Grant or one (1) year following the transfer of such shares to the Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights

Section 7.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted on a basis that allows for the exercise of the right by the Participant or that provides for the automatic payment of the right upon a specified date or event.

Section 7.2 Base Price . The base price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the base price for any grant of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant, subject to adjustments as provided for under Section 4.2.

Section 7.3 Vesting Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee shall in its discretion prescribe the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, a Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof shall become vested and/or exercisable. The requirements for vesting and exercisability of a Stock Appreciation Right may be based on the continued Service of a Participant with the Company or a Subsidiary for a specified time period (or periods) or on the attainment of a specified performance goal (or goals) established by the Committee in its discretion. The Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Stock Appreciation Right at any time.

Section 7.4 Term of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee shall in its discretion prescribe in an Award Agreement the period during which a vested Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised, provided that the maximum term of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be ten (10) years from the Date of Grant. A Stock Appreciation Right may be earlier terminated as specified by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement upon or following the termination of a Participant’s Service with the Company or any Subsidiary, including by reason of voluntary resignation, death, Disability, termination for cause or any other reason. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7 or in an Award Agreement as such agreement may be amended from time to time upon authorization of the Committee, no Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised at any time during the term thereof unless the Participant is then in the Service of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.


Section 7.5 Payment of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to such terms and conditions as shall be specified in an Award Agreement, a vested Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the term thereof by notice in the form required by the Company and payment of any exercise price. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right and payment of any applicable exercise price, a Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying: (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the base price of such Stock Appreciation Right, by (ii) the number of shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. Payment of the amount determined under the immediately preceding sentence may be made, as approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, in shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, in cash, or in a combination of shares of Common Stock and cash, subject to applicable tax withholding requirements set forth in Section 15.5. If Stock Appreciation Rights are settled in shares of Common Stock, then as soon as practicable following the date of settlement the Company shall deliver to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Common Stock, or upon the Participant’s request, Common Stock certificates in an appropriate amount.

8. Restricted Stock Awards

Section 8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Awards . A Restricted Stock Award may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. The Committee may require the payment by the Participant of a specified purchase price in connection with any Restricted Stock Award. The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement for the payment of dividends and distributions to the Participant at such times as paid to stockholders generally or at the times of vesting or other payment of the Restricted Stock Award. The Committee may also subject the grant of any Restricted Stock Award to the execution of a voting agreement with the Company or with any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 8.2 Vesting Requirements . The restrictions imposed on shares of Common Stock granted under a Restricted Stock Award shall lapse in accordance with the vesting requirements specified by the Committee in the Award Agreement. Upon vesting of a Restricted Stock Award, such Award shall be subject to the tax withholding requirement set forth in Section 15.5. The requirements for vesting of a Restricted Stock Award may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or its Subsidiaries for a specified time period (or periods) or on the attainment of a specified performance goal (or goals) established by the Committee in its discretion. The Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award at any time. If the vesting requirements of a Restricted Stock Award shall not be satisfied, the Award shall be forfeited and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award shall be returned to the Company. In the event that the Participant paid any purchase price with respect to such forfeited shares, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, the Company will refund to the Participant the lesser of (i) such purchase price and (ii) the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of forfeiture.


Section 8.3 Restrictions . Shares granted under any Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred, assigned or subject to any encumbrance, pledge, or charge until all applicable restrictions are removed or have expired, unless otherwise allowed by the Committee. The Committee may require in an Award Agreement that certificates representing the shares granted under a Restricted Stock Award bear a legend making appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed, and that certificates representing the shares granted or sold under a Restricted Stock Award will remain in the physical custody of an escrow holder until all restrictions are removed or have expired.

Section 8.4 Rights as Stockholder . Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8 and the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall have all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares granted to the Participant under a Restricted Stock Award, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto, unless the Committee determines otherwise at the time the Restricted Stock Award is granted.

Section 8.5 Section 83(b) Election . If a Participant makes an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the Code with respect to a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall file, within 30 days following the Date of Grant, a copy of such election with the Company (directed to the Secretary thereof) and with the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with the regulations under section 83 of the Code. The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Restricted Stock Award is conditioned upon the Participant’s making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under section 83(b) of the Code.

9. Stock Unit Awards

Section 9.1 Grant of Stock Unit Awards . A Stock Unit Award may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. The value of each stock unit under a Stock Unit Award is equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the applicable date or time period of determination, as specified by the Committee. A Stock Unit Award shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall determine. A Stock Unit Award may be granted together with a dividend equivalent right with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award, which may be accumulated and may be deemed reinvested in additional stock units, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

Section 9.2 Vesting of Stock Unit Awards . On the Date of Grant, the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine any vesting requirements with respect to a Stock Unit Award, which shall be set forth in the Award Agreement. The requirements for vesting of a Stock Unit Award may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or its Subsidiaries for a specified time period (or periods) or on the attainment of a specified performance goal (or goals) established by the Committee in its discretion. The Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting of a Stock Unit Award at any time. A Stock Unit Award may also be granted on a fully vested basis, with a deferred


payment date as may be determined by the Committee or elected by the Participant in accordance with rules established by the Committee.

Section 9.3 Payment of Stock Unit Awards . A Stock Unit Award shall become payable to a Participant at the time or times determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, which may be upon or following the vesting of the Award. Payment of a Stock Unit Award may be made, at the discretion of the Committee, in cash or in shares of Common Stock, or in a combination thereof, subject to applicable tax withholding requirements set forth in Section 12.5. Any cash payment of a Stock Unit Award shall be made based upon the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, determined on such date or over such time period as determined by the Committee. If Stock Unit Awards are settled in shares of Common Stock, then as soon as practicable following the date of settlement the Company shall deliver to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Common Stock, or upon the Participant’s request, Common Stock certificates in an appropriate amount.

10. Performance Shares

Section 10.1 Grant of Performance Shares . Performance Shares may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. A Performance Share Award shall be subject to such restrictions and condition as the Committee shall specify. A Performance Share Award may be granted with a dividend equivalent right with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award, which may be accumulated and may be deemed reinvested in additional stock units, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

Section 10.2 Value of Performance Shares . Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion that, depending on the extent to which they are met over a specified time period, shall determine the number of Performance Shares that shall be paid to a Participant.

Section 10.3 Earning of Performance Shares . After the applicable time period has ended, the number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant over such time period shall be determined as a function of the extent to which the applicable corresponding performance goals have been achieved. This determination shall be made solely by the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive any performance or vesting conditions relating to a Performance Share Award.

Section 10.4 Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Shares . The Committee shall pay at the close of the applicable Performance Period, or as soon as practicable thereafter, any earned Performance Shares in the form of cash or in shares of Common Stock or in a combination thereof, as specified in a Participant’s Award Agreement, subject to applicable tax withholding requirements set forth in Section 15.5. Any shares of Common Stock paid to a Participant under this Section 10.4 may be subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee. If Performance Shares are settled in shares of Common Stock, then as soon as practicable following the date of settlement the


Company shall deliver to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Common Stock, or upon the Participant’s request, Common Stock certificates in an appropriate amount.

11. Performance Units

Section 11.1 Grant of Performance Units . Performance Units may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. A Performance Unit Award shall be subject to such restrictions and condition as the Committee shall specify.

Section 11.2 Value of Performance Units . Each Performance Unit shall have an initial notional value equal to a dollar amount determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion that, depending on the extent to which they are met over a specified time period, will determine the number of Performance Units that shall be settled and paid to the Participant.

Section 11.3 Earning of Performance Units . After the applicable time period has ended, the number of Performance Units earned by the Participant, and the amount payable in cash, in shares or in a combination thereof, over such time period shall be determined as a function of the extent to which the applicable corresponding performance goals have been achieved. This determination shall be made solely by the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive any performance or vesting conditions relating to a Performance Unit Award.

Section 11.4 Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units . The Committee shall pay at the close of the applicable Performance Period, or as soon as practicable thereafter, any earned Performance Units in the form of cash or in shares of Common Stock or in a combination thereof, as specified in a Participant’s Award Agreement, subject to applicable tax withholding requirements set forth in Section 15.5. Any shares of Common Stock paid to a Participant under this Section 11.4 may be subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee. If Performance Units are settled in shares of Common Stock, then as soon as practicable following the date of settlement the Company shall deliver to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Common Stock, or upon the Participant’s request, Common Stock certificates in an appropriate amount.

12. Other Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards

Section 12.1 Other Cash-Based and Stock-Based Awards . The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted Shares) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine. Such Awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of Common Stock to a Participant, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of shares of Common Stock. In addition, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Cash-


Based Awards to a Participant in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

Section 12.2 Value of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards . Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of shares of Common Stock or units based on shares of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. Each Other Cash-Based Award shall specify a payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance goals, the value of Other Cash-Based Awards that shall be paid to the Participant will depend on the extent to which such performance goals are met.

Section 12.3 Payment of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards . Payment, if any, with respect to Other Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash or Shares as the Committee determines.

13. Change in Control

Section 13.1 Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may, at the time of the grant of an Award and as set forth in an Award Agreement, provide for the effect of a “Change in Control” on an Award. Such provisions may include any one or more of the following: (i) the acceleration or extension of time periods for purposes of exercising, vesting in, or realizing gain from any Award, (ii) the elimination or modification of performance or other conditions related to the payment or other rights under an Award, (iii) provision for the cash settlement of an Award for an equivalent cash value, as determined by the Committee, or (iv) such other modification or adjustment to an Award as the Committee deems appropriate to maintain and protect the rights and interests of Participants upon or following a Change in Control. To the extent necessary for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, an Award Agreement shall provide that an Award subject to the requirements of Section 409A that would otherwise become payable upon a Change in Control shall only become payable to the extent that the requirements for a “change in control” for purposes of Section 409A have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by an Award Agreement, upon or in anticipation of any Change in Control, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change in Control: (i) cause any or all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part; (ii) cause any or all outstanding Restricted Stock, Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units and any other Award held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part; (iii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for a substitute option in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation. §1.424-1(a) (notwithstanding the fact that the original Option may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock


Option); (iv) cancel any Restricted Stock, Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units held by a Participant in exchange for restricted stock or performance shares of or stock or performance units in respect of the capital stock of any successor corporation; (v) redeem any Restricted Stock held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an unrestricted share of Common Stock on the date of the Change in Control; (vi) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to that Option or Stock Appreciation Right, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that Option or Stock Appreciation Right; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee may cancel that Option or Stock Appreciation Right without any payment of consideration therefor; (vii) cancel any Stock Unit or Performance Unit held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of the Change in Control (provided that such cancelation and exchange does not violate Section 409A of the Code); or (ix) make such other modifications, adjustments or amendments to outstanding Awards or this Plan as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

14. General Provisions

Section 14.1 Award Agreement . To the extent deemed necessary by the Committee, an Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in a written or electronic form approved by the Committee setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock or units subject to the Award, the exercise price, base price, or purchase price of the Award, the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable and the term of the Award. The Award Agreement may also set forth the effect on an Award of termination of Service under certain circumstances. The Award Agreement shall be subject to and incorporate, by reference or otherwise, all of the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan, and may also set forth other terms and conditions applicable to the Award as determined by the Committee consistent with the limitations of the Plan. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of section 422 of the Code. The grant of an Award under the Plan shall not confer any rights upon the Participant holding such Award other than such terms, and subject to such conditions, as are specified in the Plan as being applicable to such type of Award (or to all Awards) or as are expressly set forth in the Award Agreement.

Section 14.2 Forfeiture Events/Representations . The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement at the time of the Award that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise


applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events shall include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for cause, violation of material Company policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company. The Committee may also specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be conditioned upon the Participant making a representation regarding compliance with noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant and providing that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment on account of a breach of such representation.

Section 14.3 No Assignment or Transfer; Beneficiaries .

(a) Awards under the Plan shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall not be subject in any manner to assignment, alienation, pledge, encumbrance or charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Participant shall have the right to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall be entitled to any rights, payments or other benefits specified under an Award following the Participant’s death. During the lifetime of a Participant, an Award shall be exercised only by such Participant or such Participant’s guardian or legal representative. In the event of a Participant’s death, an Award may, to the extent permitted by the Award Agreement, be exercised by the Participant’s beneficiary as designated by the Participant in the manner prescribed by the Committee or, in the absence of an authorized beneficiary designation, by the legatee of such Award under the Participant’s will or by the Participant’s estate in accordance with the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution, in each case in the same manner and to the same extent that such Award was exercisable by the Participant on the date of the Participant’s death.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 14.3 to the contrary, the Committee may in its discretion provide in an Award Agreement that an Award in the form of a Nonqualified Stock Option, share-settled Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Performance Share or share-settled Other Stock-Based Award may be transferred, on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate, either (i) by instrument to the Participant’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below), (ii) by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust (or other entity) in which the Award is to be passed to the Participant’s designated beneficiaries, or (iii) by gift to charitable institutions. Any transferee of the Participant’s rights shall succeed and be subject to all of the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan. “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.

Section 14.4 Rights as Stockholder . A Participant shall have no rights as a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to any unissued securities covered by an Award


until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record of such securities. Except as provided in Section 4.2 hereof, no adjustment or other provision shall be made for dividends or other stockholder rights, except to the extent that the Award Agreement provides for dividend payments or dividend equivalent rights.

Section 14.5 Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan, in the grant of any Award or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Eligible Person or Participant any right to continue in the Service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate the employment or other service relationship of an Eligible Person or Participant for any reason at any time.

Section 14.6 Fractional Shares . In the case of any fractional share or unit resulting from the grant, vesting, payment or crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents under an Award, the Committee shall have the discretionary authority to (i) disregard such fractional share or unit, (ii) round such fractional share or unit to the nearest lower or higher whole share or unit, or (iii) convert such fractional share or unit into a right to receive a cash payment.

Section 14.7 Other Compensation and Benefit Plans . The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not constitute includable compensation for purposes of determining the amount of benefits to which a Participant is entitled under any other compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, under any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, life insurance, salary continuation or severance benefits plan, except to the extent specifically provided by the terms of any such plan.

Section 14.8 Plan Binding on Transferees . The Plan shall be binding upon the Company, its transferees and assigns, and the Participant, the Participant’s executor, administrator and permitted transferees and beneficiaries. In addition, all obligations of the Company under this Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

Section 14.9 Foreign Jurisdictions . The Committee may adopt, amend and terminate such arrangements and grant such Awards, not inconsistent with the intent of the Plan, as it may deem necessary or desirable to comply with any tax, securities, regulatory or other laws of other jurisdictions with respect to Awards that may be subject to such laws. The terms and conditions of such Awards may vary from the terms and conditions that would otherwise be required by the Plan solely to the extent the Committee deems necessary for such purpose. Moreover, the Board may approve such supplements to or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of the Plan, not inconsistent with the intent of the Plan, as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes, without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose.


Section 14.10 Substitute Awards in Corporate Transactions . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Committee to grant Awards under the Plan in connection with the acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, of the business or assets of any corporation or other entity. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may grant Awards under the Plan to an employee or director of another corporation who becomes an Eligible Person by reason of any such corporate transaction in substitution for awards previously granted by such corporation or entity to such person. The terms and conditions of the substitute Awards may vary from the terms and conditions that would otherwise be required by the Plan solely to the extent the Committee deems necessary for such purpose. Any shares of Common Stock subject to these substitute Awards shall not be counted against any of the maximum share limitations set forth in the Plan.

15. Legal Compliance

Section 15.1 Securities Laws . No shares of Common Stock will be issued or transferred pursuant to an Award unless and until all then applicable requirements imposed by Federal and state securities and other laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, and by any exchanges upon which the shares of Common Stock may be listed, have been fully met. As a condition precedent to the issuance of shares pursuant to the grant or exercise of an Award, the Company may require the Participant to take any reasonable action to meet such requirements. The Committee may impose such conditions on any shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the Securities Act, as amended, under the requirements of any exchange upon which such shares of the same class are then listed, and under any blue sky or other securities laws applicable to such shares. The Committee may also require the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of issuance or transfer that the shares of Common Stock are being acquired only for investment purposes and without any current intention to sell or distribute such shares. All Common Stock issued pursuant to the terms of this Plan shall constitute “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, and may not be transferred except in compliance herewith and with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom. Certificates representing Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Award may bear such legend as the Company may consider appropriate under the circumstances.

Section 15.2 Incentive Arrangement . The Plan is designed to provide an ongoing, pecuniary incentive for Participants to produce their best efforts to increase the value of the Company. The Plan is not intended to provide retirement income or to defer the receipt of payments hereunder to the termination of a Participant’s employment or beyond. The Plan is thus intended not to be a pension or welfare benefit plan that is subject to Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and shall be construed accordingly. All interpretations and determinations hereunder shall be made on a basis consistent with the Plan’s status as not an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA.


Section 15.3 Unfunded Plan . The adoption of the Plan and any reservation of shares of Common Stock or cash amounts by the Company to discharge its obligations hereunder shall not be deemed to create a trust or other funded arrangement. Except upon the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to an Award, any rights of a Participant under the Plan shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company, and neither a Participant nor the Participant’s permitted transferees or estate shall have any other interest in any assets of the Company by virtue of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to implement or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors or otherwise, to discharge its obligations under the Plan.

Section 15.4 Section 409A Compliance . To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Plan and all Awards hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be interpreted and applied by the Committee in a manner consistent with this intent in order to avoid the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. In the event that any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement is determined by the Committee to not comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee shall have the authority to take such actions and to make such interpretations or changes to the Plan or an Award Agreement as the Committee deems necessary to comply with such requirements, provided that the Committee shall act in a manner that is intended to preserve the economic value of the Award to the Participant. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on any Participant by Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Section 15.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan, but in no event shall such deduction or withholding or remittance exceed the minimum statutory withholding requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a minimum statutory amount of withholding does not apply under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction, the Company may withhold such amount for remittance to the applicable taxing authority of such jurisdiction as the Company determines in its discretion, uniformly applied, to be appropriate.

Section 15.6 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . Neither the Company, the Board, the Committee nor any other Person make any commitment or guarantee that any federal, state, local or foreign tax treatment will apply or be available to any Participant or any other person hereunder.

Section 15.7 Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in


accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

Section 15.8 Governing Law . The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be subject to and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws, and to applicable Federal securities laws.

16. Recoupment of Awards

Section 16.1 Recoupment . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or in an instrument evidencing an Award, each Award granted or made under the Plan shall be subject, in the discretion of the Committee, to Termination, Rescission, Recapture and/or Reimbursement (each as defined below) if –

(i) the granting, vesting, or payment of such Award (or portion thereof) was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results or other performance criteria;

(ii) in the Committee’s view the Participant either benefited from a calculation that later proves to be materially inaccurate, or engaged in one or more material acts of fraud or misconduct that caused or partially caused the need for a financial restatement by the Company or any of its Affiliates; and

(iii) a lower granting, vesting, or payment of or with respect to such Award would have occurred based on a correct calculation or upon restated financial results or other performance criteria.

For purposes of the foregoing, the following terms shall have the assigned meanings:

(a) “Termination” means the termination, forfeiture or cancelation, in whole or in part, of any outstanding, unexercised, unexpired or unpaid Award.

(b) “Rescission” means the rescission or revocation of any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to the Award.

(c) “Recapture” means the recapture of any property or proceeds from a Participant’s sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to or in connection with an Award.

(d) “Reimbursement” means the reimbursement to the Company for any gains realized by a Participant or beneficiary with respect to the exercise of an Option.

In each instance, the Committee will, to the extent practicable and allowable under applicable laws, require Termination, Rescission, Recapture and/or Reimbursement relating to, any Award granted to a Participant as is appropriate under the circumstances.


17. Effective Date, Amendment and Termination

Section 17.1 Effective Date . The Plan shall become effective immediately upon approval of the Plan by the Board, subject to approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months after the date of approval of the Plan by the Board.

Section 17.2 Amendment; Termination . The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan (or any portion thereof) at any time and may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable or in the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary. No such amendment, suspension or termination shall materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any outstanding Awards, without the consent of such Participant. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with this Section 17.2; provided, however, that no Award will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board.

. . .

ADOPTION AND APPROVAL OF PLAN

Date Plan adopted by Board: June 30, 2011

Date Plan approved by Shareholders: December 5, 2011

Effective Date of Plan: June 30, 2011

EXHIBIT 10.6

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

pursuant to the

CANCER GENETICS, INC. 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Grant Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the following individual:

Name:                            (the “ Optionee ”)

Address                                                                                                 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings as set forth in the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). If no Committee is appointed by the Board under the Plan, then references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to be references to the Board. The Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Grant Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

The Optionee is granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject in all events to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement, as follows:

A. DATE OF GRANT :                                                            

B. TYPE(S) OF OPTION :     ¨ Non-Qualified Stock Option.

             ¨ Incentive Stock Option.

To the extent designated as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, notwithstanding such designation, if the Optionee first becomes eligible in any given year to exercise ISO’s for Shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000, those Options representing the excess shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options (“NSO’s”). In the previous sentence, “ISO’s” include ISO’s granted under any plan of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary. For the purpose of deciding which Options apply to Shares that “exceed” the $100,000 limit, ISO’s shall be taken into account in the same order as granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. Optionee hereby acknowledges that there is no assurance that the Option will, in fact, be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent this Option is designated as an ISO, if the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of the ISO within one year from the date such Shares were acquired or within


two years from the Date of Grant, the Optionee agrees to deliver a written report to the Company within ten (10) days following the sale or other disposition of such Shares detailing the net proceeds of such sale or disposition.

C. TOTAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK COVERED BY OPTION :

                                                     Shares, as follows:

                  Number Covered by Incentive Stock Options:                                                  

                  Number Covered by Non-Qualified Stock Options:                                          

D. EXERCISE PRICE OF OPTION :                                  per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”).

E. EXPIRATION DATE :                                                            

F. EXERCISE SCHEDULE : Except as otherwise provided in this Grant Agreement, this Option (to the extent not previously exercised) may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to the Shares in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

Sample #1 : The Option shall become exercisable with respect to up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares underlying the Option on the one-year anniversary of the Date of Grant, and an additional 1/36 th of the remaining Shares underlying the Option shall become exercisable on the last day of each full calendar month thereafter.

Sample #2 :

 

Date

 

Percentage of Shares for

which the Option is

Exercisable

 

Cumulative Number of Shares

for which the Option is

Exercisable (rounded down to

the nearest whole Share)

  33-1/3%  
  66-2/3%  
  100%  

To the extent that the Option becomes exercisable, the Shares underlying the Option that become exercisable shall be cumulative and may be exercised in whole or in part (provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares, but shall instead round down to the nearest whole Share). Options shall become exercisable pursuant to the foregoing schedule ratably with respect to the number of Shares granted as Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options, respectively.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shares underlying the Option shall first become exercisable after the date on which the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates for any reason.

G. EXERCISE OF OPTION FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF SERVICE : This Option shall terminate and be canceled to the extent not exercised within ninety (90) days after the Optionee ceases to be an employee, officer, member of the Board of Directors (including an advisory member), consultant advisor or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (“ Service Provider ”), except that if such cessation is due to the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option shall terminate and be canceled twelve months after the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Service Provider’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for “Cause” (as defined below), then the Option shall immediately terminate on the date of such termination of service and shall not be exercisable for any period following such date. In no event, however, shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date as provided above and in no event shall this Option be exercised for more Shares than the Shares which otherwise have become exercisable as of the date of cessation of status as a Service Provider.

Cause ” means, as determined by the Company, (i) conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony by Optionee; (ii) acts of dishonesty by Optionee resulting in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company or its Subsidiaries or the affiliates of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (iii) conduct by Optionee in connection with his duties to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (iv) engaging in inappropriate personal conduct by Optionee including, but not limited to, harassment, discrimination, or the use or possession at work of any illegal controlled substance; (v) contravention of specific lawful direction from the Board or supervisor or continuing failure by Optionee to perform his or her duties to the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (vi) breach of any non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by the Optionee for the benefit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that, the Optionee shall have fifteen (15) days after notice from the Company to cure the deficiency leading to the Cause determination (except with respect to (i) above), if curable. A termination for “Cause” shall be effective immediately (or on such other date set forth by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement, advisory agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement, advisory agreement or other agreement.

[H. COVENANTS AGREEMENT . This Option shall be forfeited, nonexercisable and of no force or effect in the event that the Optionee breaches any agreement between the Optionee and the Company with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions and contributions and/or nondisclosure obligations of the Optionee.]

 

3


I. METHOD OF EXERCISE . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or such other form as the Committee may require, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to the Committee. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Exercised Shares shall be issued unless such exercise and issuance complies with the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans and other applicable equity plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where stock grants or other applicable equity grants are made under the Plan; assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

[Exercise of the Option shall be conditioned upon the Optionee’s execution of the Stock Restrictions Agreement set forth as Exhibit B hereto and/or such other shareholder agreement as the Board or the Committee may require.]

 

4


J. METHOD OF PAYMENT . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof:

 

  1. cash;

 

  2. check; or

 

  3. such other form of consideration as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, provided that such form of consideration is permitted by the Plan and by applicable law.

K. TAXES . By executing this Grant Agreement, Optionee acknowledges and agrees that Optionee is solely responsible for the satisfaction of any applicable taxes that may be imposed on Optionee that arise as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option (including without limitation any taxes arising under Section 409A of the Code (regarding deferred compensation) or Section 4999 of the Code (regarding golden parachute excise taxes), and that neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation whatsoever to pay such taxes or otherwise indemnify or hold Optionee harmless from any or all of such taxes. Upon exercise of the Option by the Optionee and prior to the delivery of such Exercised Shares, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company cash in an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable Federal and state tax withholding requirements.

L. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OPTION . Some of the federal income tax consequences relating to the grant and exercise of this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE (AS THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE), AND ASSUMES THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE OF THIS OPTION IS NO LESS THAN THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF THE COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING THE OPTION AT THE DATE OF GRANT. MOREOVER, THIS SUMMARY ONLY ADDRESSES THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES, AND DOES NOT ADDRESS WHETHER AND HOW THE TAX LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION MAY APPLY TO THIS OPTION OR TO THE OPTIONEE. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF ANY EXERCISED SHARES.

Circular 230 Disclaimer : Nothing contained in this discussion of certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.

 

  1. Grant of the Option . The grant of an Option generally will not result in the imposition of a tax under the federal income tax laws.

 

5


  2. Exercising the Option .

(a) Non-Qualified Stock Option (“NSO”) . The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of a NSO. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price. If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from the Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a specified percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. In the event that the Optionee ceases to be an Employee but remains a Service Provider, any Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the date three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

 

  3. Disposition of Shares .

(a) NSO . Upon disposition of the NSO Shares, the Optionee will recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the selling price and the sum of the amount paid for the NSO Shares plus any amount recognized as ordinary income upon exercise of the NSO. If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain (or loss) realized on disposition of the NSO Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain (or loss) for federal income tax purposes.

(b) ISO . If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for at least one year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or within two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares

 

6


acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

 

  4. Section 409A . Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) imposes certain restrictions on deferred compensation arrangements. Under regulations issued by the IRS to implement the provisions of Section 409A, stock options may be treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A if the exercise price of the option is less than the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of grant. Under Section 409A, the recipient of a stock option that fails to comply with Section 409A may recognize ordinary income attributable to such right at the time the option is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and may be subject to a 20% penalty tax and a special interest penalty on such income. If the exercise price of a stock option is determined to be less than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, it is likely that the option or right would not comply with Section 409A. Accordingly, the Company intends to set the exercise price of stock options granted under the Plan at no less than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. However, the value of a share of Common Stock is uncertain and speculative. While the Board of Directors intends to value the Common Stock using a valuation method that is reasonable and consistent with valuation methods permitted by IRS regulations under Section 409A, the Company can provide no assurance that the IRS will agree with the Company’s determination of value. Thus, any tax obligations arising under Section 409A will be solely the responsibility of Optionee. This Option is intended to be excepted from coverage under Section 409A and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly. The Company may, in its sole discretion and without the Optionee’s consent, modify or amend the terms of this Grant Agreement, impose conditions on the timing and effectiveness of the exercise of the Option by Optionee, or take any other action it deems necessary or advisable, to cause the Option to be excepted from Section 409A (or to comply therewith to the extent the Company determines it is not excepted).

 

7


M. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION . Unless otherwise consented to in advance in writing by the Committee, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Grant Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

N. SECURITIES MATTERS . All Shares and Exercised Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on sale, encumbrance and other disposition provided by Federal or state law. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Shares or Exercised Shares pursuant to this Grant Agreement unless, on the date of sale and issuance thereof, such Shares are either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws, or are exempt from registration thereunder. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law.

O. OTHER PLANS . No amounts of income received by the Optionee pursuant to this Grant Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any pension or retirement plan, insurance plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries, unless otherwise provided in such plan.

P. NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE . THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE SHARES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT WITH OR SERVICE TO THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS GRANT AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE FOR THE EXERCISE PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF ANY WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT THAT THE OPTIONEE MAY HAVE ENTERED INTO WITH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES.

 

8


Q. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Grant Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. In the event of any conflict between this Grant Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall be controlling. This Grant Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Grant Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Grant Agreement. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated herein.

 

OPTIONEE     CANCER GENETICS, INC.
        By:      
       
Print Name     Print Name/Title
Date:          Date:     

 

9


EXHIBIT A

CANCER GENETICS, INC. 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

[insert address]

Attention:

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      , 20         , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      , 20              (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $              , as required by the Option Agreement.              of the Shares shall represent Shares acquired by reason of the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option and              of the Shares shall represent Shares acquired by reason of the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

2. Delivery of Payment and Shareholder Agreement . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares and the applicable Shareholder Agreement required by the Committee, duly executed by Purchaser.

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares covered by the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance.

4. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to


the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:

PURCHASER

    CANCER GENETICS, INC.
      By:    
       
Print Name     Print Name/Title
Date:          Date:     


EXHIBIT B

STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT


STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the              day of                      , 20      , by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                   (the “Shareholder”).

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase of Shares. The Shareholder, pursuant to the exercise of options granted to him or her by the Company under the Cancer Genetics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has purchased on even date herewith, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,                      shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”), par value $0.0001 per share, at a purchase price of                      per share (the “Shares”). The aggregate purchase price for the Shares shall be paid by the Shareholder. Upon receipt of payment by the Company for the Shares, the Company shall issue to the Shareholder one or more certificates in the name of the Shareholder for that number of Shares purchased by the Shareholder. The Shareholder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The Shareholder further agrees that any additional shares of Common Stock acquired by the Shareholder shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed Shares for all purposes hereunder.

2. Restrictions on Transfer. The Shareholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

(a) Notice Requirement . If at any time the Shareholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Shareholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Shareholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 2(c) of this Agreement.

(c) Settlement . If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Shareholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer


Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Shareholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 2(c) if any payment due the Shareholder is deferred accordingly.

(d) Sales Free of Restrictions . If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Shareholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Shareholder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

(e) Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 2:

(i) the Shareholder’s transfer of any or all of the Shareholder’s Shares, either during the Shareholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Shareholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Shareholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Shareholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination thereof (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided , however , that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 2. “Immediate family” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Shareholder, including in each case adoptive relations; or

(ii) any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 2, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 2(e)(ii), any proposed transferee or Permitted Transferee of the Shareholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 2.

(f) Termination of Restrictions on Transfer . The foregoing restrictions on transfer shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

-2-


3. Effect of Prohibited Transfer . The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

4. Company’s Repurchase Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company for any reason, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase, and the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, shall have the obligation to sell, all of the Shareholder’s Shares, which option may be exercised by the Company within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the later of (i) such termination of employment or service, or (ii) the date the Shares are acquired, by giving written notice to the Shareholder or personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be. The purchase price for such Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement. Settlement of the purchase shall be made at the principal office of the Company within 30 days after delivery of such written notice. In the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, payment of the purchase price will be made via cash, a promissory note, or a combination of the two. Any such promissory note shall provide for substantially equal installments, payable at least annually, over a period not to exceed five years and shall accrue interest at the applicable Federal mid-term rate in effect under Code section 1274(d) as of the settlement date, compounded annually. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repurchase option of the Company described in this Section 4: (i) shall not be exercisable with respect to Offered Shares when the Company has a right to purchase such Offered Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement nor, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, during the period set forth in Section 2(d) of this Agreement in which the Offered Shares are transferable pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Notice; and (ii) shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

(b) The purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to their Fair Market Value (determined as set forth below); provided, however, that if the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to the lesser of their Fair Market Value or the amount paid by the Shareholder to purchase the Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Fair Market Value ” of Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. In making such determination, the Board of Directors may take into account any valuation factors it deems appropriate or advisable in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, profitability, financial position, asset value or other factors relating to the value of the Company, as well as discounts to account for minority interests and lack of marketability.

 

-3-


5. Drag-Along Right .

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time a shareholder of the Company, or group of shareholders, owning a majority or more of the capital stock of the Company (hereinafter, collectively the “Transferring Shareholders”) proposes to enter into any transaction involving a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5(b) below) that involves the sale, assignment, tender or transfer of capital stock, the Company may require the Shareholder to participate in such Change in Control transaction with respect to all or such number of the Shareholder’s Shares as the Company may specify in its discretion, by giving the Shareholder written notice thereof at least ten days in advance of the date of the transaction or the date that tender is required, as the case may be. Upon receipt of such notice, the Shareholder shall tender the specified number of Shares, at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the Transferring Shareholders in the transaction or, in the discretion of the acquiror or successor to the Company, upon payment of the purchase price to the Shareholder in immediately available funds. In addition, if at any time the Company and/or any Transferring Shareholders propose to enter into any Change in Control transaction, the Company may require the Shareholder to vote in favor of such transaction, where approval of the shareholders is required by law or otherwise sought, by giving the Shareholder notice thereof within the time prescribed by law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for giving notice of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of approving such transaction. If the Company requires such vote, the Shareholder agrees that he or she will, if requested, deliver his or her proxy to the person designated by the Company to vote his or her Shares in favor of such Change in Control transaction.

(b) For purposes of this Section 2, a “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned such term under the Plan.

(c) The Shareholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Transferring Shareholders, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as proxy of the Shareholder with respect to the matters set forth herein, and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the Shareholder (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such Shareholder’s Shares in favor of approval of any Change in Control pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 5 of this Agreement. The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires.

6. Company’s Right to Defer Payments . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no payment shall be made under this Agreement, or under any promissory note issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, that would cause the Company to violate any banking agreement or loan or other financial covenant or cause default of any senior indebtedness of the Company, regardless of when such agreement, covenant or indebtedness was created, incurred or assumed. Any payment under this Agreement that would cause such violation or default shall be deferred until, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, such payment shall no longer cause any such violation or default. Any payment deferred in consequence of the provisions of the preceding sentence shall bear simple interest from the date such payment would otherwise have been made to the date when such payment is

 

-4-


actually made, at a rate which is equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal from time-to-time during the period of such deferral, but in no event shall such rate of interest exceed 10 percent per annum. The Company shall pay interest at the same time as it makes the payment to which such interest relates.

7. Restrictive Legend . All certificates representing Shares shall have affixed thereto a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other legends that may be required under federal or state securities laws:

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, an option to purchase and a market stand-off agreement set forth in a certain Stock Restriction Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with that Agreement. A copy of that Agreement is available for inspection at the office of the Corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.”

8. Investment Representations . The Shareholder represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

(a) Shareholder is purchasing the Shares for the Shareholder’s own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

(b) Shareholder has had such opportunity as the Shareholder deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Shareholder to evaluate the merits and risks of the Shareholder’s investment in the Company.

(c) Shareholder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(d) Shareholder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(e) Shareholder understands that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the

 

-5-


Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year (or, if the Shares were acquired in compliance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act, ninety days after an initial public offering of the Common Stock) and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are met; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

9. Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc .

(a) If from time to time there is any stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Shareholder is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

(b) If the Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or shareholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation, securities of another corporation, or other property (including cash), pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

10. Market Stand-Off . Following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, the Shareholder, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to a donee who agrees to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by the Shareholder at any time during such period except Common Stock (or other securities) included in such registration, provided however, that:

(a) such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and

(b) all officers and directors of the Company and all persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s capital stock enter into similar agreements.

11. Withholding Taxes . The Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Shareholder any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase or disposition of the Shares by the Shareholder.

 

-6-


12. Invalidity or Unenforceability . It is the intention of the Company and the Shareholder that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law. In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Shareholder agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

13. Waiver . No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

14. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Shareholder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement. The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party, provided such assignee agrees to be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

15. No Rights To Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Shareholder any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee or consultant of the Company for any period of time or to restrict the Company’s right to terminate the Shareholder’s employment or consulting relationship at any time with or without cause or notice.

16. Notices . All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Shareholder at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal office or, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

17. Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

18. Shareholder . Whenever the word “Shareholder” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, to apply to the Shareholder’s estate, personal representative, beneficiary to whom the Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, transferees, successors or assignees, the word “Shareholder” shall be deemed to include such persons.

19. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

-7-


20. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Shareholder.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

Signature Page Follows

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:     
Name:     
  [Print]
Title:     

 

SHAREHOLDER
 
Name:     
  [Print]
Address:     
   
   

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.7

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of                           , 2011 by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation and due to the fact that such exposure frequently bears no relationship to compensation paid to such officers and directors;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize that plaintiffs often seek damages in such large amounts and the costs of litigation may be so enormous (whether or not the case is meritorious), that the defense and/or settlement of such litigation is often beyond the personal resources of directors and officers;

WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and its directors and officers with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, Section 145 of the DGCL empowers the Company to indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the Company’s request, as the directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises;

WHEREAS, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows the Company to include in its Certificate of Incorporation a provision limiting or eliminating the personal liability of a director for monetary damages in respect of claims by shareholders and corporations for breach of certain fiduciary duties, and the Company has so provided in its Certificate of Incorporation that each director shall be exculpated from such liability to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company, after reasonable investigation, has determined that the liability insurance coverage presently available to the Company may be inadequate in certain circumstances to cover all possible exposure for which Indemnitee should be protected.

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining highly competent persons to serve as directors and officers. The Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the


Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary). The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as an officer or director of the Company.

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

-2-


(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

ii. Change in Board . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(a)(i), 2(a)(iii) or 2(a)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

iii. Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv. Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v. Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(B) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly,

 

-3-


by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(C) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 13(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative

 

-4-


hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative legislative, or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by an Indemnitee to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify

 

-5-


Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Company also shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue, or matter on which the Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Section and without limiting the foregoing, if any Proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Company, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and (v) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for purposes of this Agreement to have been successful with respect thereto.

Section 6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise participates in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b) For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

i. to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

ii. to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 8. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

-6-


(b) for any Proceedings with respect to which final judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for payment of (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(a) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), or

(c) any Proceeding involving the enforcement of non-compete and/or non-disclosure agreements or the non-compete and/or non-disclosure provisions of employment, consulting or similar agreements the Indemnitee may be a party to with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any other applicable foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, if any; or

(d) except as provided in Section 13(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

Section 9. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of (i) a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding, and (ii) an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such amount or amounts, only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by this Agreement or otherwise. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8 or to any Proceeding for which the Company has assumed the defense thereof in accordance with Section 10(b) of this Agreement.

Section 10. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof.

 

-7-


The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of Indemnitee with respect to a Proceeding, as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon delivery of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (1) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (2) if (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company, (ii) counsel to the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position, or reasonably believes that a conflict is likely to arise, on any significant issue between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement.

(c) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

Section 11. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred after the date of this Agreement, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred after the date of this Agreement, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Disinterested Directors, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to

 

-8-


indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred after the date of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred after the date of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the submission by Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, of a written objection, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 12. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this

 

-9-


Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) Subject to Section 13(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 12(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(d) Reliance as Safe Harbor . For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company or other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee

 

-10-


was serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Company or other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee was serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee was serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Company or other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee was serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary. The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) Actions of Others . The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee was serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 13. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 13(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 7 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 13(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

-11-


(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 14. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded

 

-12-


currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company and the Indemnitee shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

Section 15. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to

 

-13-


conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

Section 17. Entire Agreement. Supersedes Prior Agreements. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent the Corporation is prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure.

Section 20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

                             

 

-14-


                             

Attention: Chairman of the Board

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 21. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably [                      ] as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.     INDEMNITEE
By:          
Name:       Name:  
Office:       Address:    
         
         

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.8

CONFIDENTIAL PROPOSAL

 

DATE:

   MAY 14, 2009

TO:

   DR. CHAGANTI & LOU MAIONE – CANCER GENETICS INC.

FROM:

   PANNA SHARMA, TSG

RE:

  

STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY ROADMAP PHASE I &

TRANSACTION ADVISORY PHASE 2

 

 

Dr. Chaganti & Mr. Maione,

This letter can serve as a formal proposal between TSG, LLC (“TSG”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Company”). It describes the project streams that TSG can perform to support strategic decisions and transactions by the Company and Company Management (the “Management”).

Based on our conversation and visits with the company and the review of the follow up information, as well as our conversations with your group we understand that both management and investors are looking for advice and a roadmap that can enable greater extraction of value from the company – from both the products and services business units. Both the Company and TSG believe the 14% to 16% growth per annum in the molecular diagnostics and esoteric testing space represent significant opportunities for companies that can provide both strong, focused IP along with the service infrastructure to deliver the results of a series of valuable assays and diagnostic kits. Several of the Company’s competencies, including sales, marketing and distribution, research and development, service operations and portfolio management need to be better brought together and integrated into a holistic growth roadmap that can deliver meaningful returns in the next few years.

There are a number of central questions that need to be answered during this project – these questions would form the basis of the roadmap and would focus on both the development of a actionable strategy for the service and product business lines:

 

  1. How should the Company’s existing assets be leveraged to drive shareholder value?

 

  2. What is the correct business model for the Company (both near- and mid-term)?

 

  3. How should the Company prioritize and value near-term business development opportunities?

 

  4. What are the financial requirements and economic return models needed to develop this strategy?

 

  5. What capabilities or organizational requirements will need to be filled in order to execute on this strategy?

 

  6. What type of partnerships, investments or alliances could bolster the Company’s capabilities and drive future growth (for both segments of the business) – and how do they get prioritized?

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-2-


Figure 1 - Proposed Central Questions For Strategy Roadmap

 

Defining the strategy map for Cancer Genetics –

Key questions to address

   LOGO

LOGO

 

A. Our approach

TSG recommends a two phase approach to achieving expansion and focused growth into a position of leadership in the categories of molecular testing and esoteric diagnostic services focused on cancer. We have outlined these phases below. In addition, we understand that there are day to day needs of the business where TSG can augment existing management, and we have outlined our approach for that assignment as well. There are obvious synergies in having an onsite person during this 9 to 10 week project and those are reflected in the pricing in Section E.

Phase I – Strategy Development – (Weeks 1 - 8) includes TSG’s Strategic Roadmap Process, which addresses our key questions and results in an action plan. Figure 1 shows some central questions around the key modules in the approach that TSG uses to generate growth strategies in the life sciences. This approach considers the following factors in select market segments:

 

   

Internal capabilities examination

 

   

Behavior of key buyers / buying segments

 

   

Key market trends / local, regional and global

 

   

Competitive dynamics / including “Coopetitive” dynamics

 

   

Potential transaction opportunities / including roll-ups, and in-licensing

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-3-


Phase II – Strategy Execution – (Months 3-12) includes execution on the agreed upon Roadmap for either lines of business through acquisitions, investments, capital formation, alliances or other transactions.

Onsite Support – During Phase I, which is anticipated to be 8 weeks TSG will provide an onsite person from the senior team. The person will be onsite at the Rutherford, New Jersey location for 3 to 4 days per week and will participate on both the Phase I project team as well as support day to day operational needs of the board and management. It is anticipated that the majority of time will be focused on the lab service business, and include largely the activities of:

 

   

LIMS selection

 

   

Operational and workflow based improvements in lab service business

 

   

Solicitation and selection of partner labs where CGI can provide “overflow” support and additional capacity

 

   

Improvements on management processes and reporting requirements

 

   

Managing overall communications and marketing improvements needed for lab service business

 

B. Team composition

Panna Sharma, the Managing Partner and founder of TSG will take the lead and be responsible for the overall engagement. He will be assisted by Dr. Prashant Mehta, or Dr. James Pierce, and Laura White, or other key TSG associates in the process. We expect to be closely involved with the company’s management, key managements and other operating personnel during the initial phase of the opinion development.

Completion of the first phase ranges from 7-8 weeks. The Company can at that time review to move forward with Phase 2 as outlined in this proposal.

The project will follow the timeline below, but this timeline can be modified by mutual agreement of the parties throughout the project. Following the mid-term deliverable TSG and The Company should have a final agreement on the required materials and efforts needed to fully develop and stress-test the ideas and play recommendations for The Company.

 

C. Proposed timeline

The figure below lays out an abridged timeline for completion of the project modules. For a more detailed project timeline, please see the Appendix accompanying this document.

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-4-


Figure 2 - Timeline, CGI Abbreviated

LOGO

 

D. Deliverables: (Weeks TBD)

The major deliverable will be a presentation to the Company management team and Board of Directors and others where appropriate with an underlying fact-base. This includes:

 

  1. Executive Summary : What are the growth opportunities for the Company, from both a product and service perspective?

 

  2. Overview of the Markets and Competition : Identification of the most attractive and business models that best support the market needs identified.

 

  3. Capabilities Required to Win : Why will the Company benefit from the proposed strategies, and how the Company can be re-positioned to meet these opportunities?

 

  4. The Play : What mechanisms will be required so that the Company can be positioned as a leading player? What are the potential risk/reward tradeoffs for the play(s)?

 

  5. Strategic Roadmap : How the Company can combine acquisitions and internal development to drive the success of this growth strategy?

 

  6. Go-forward Recommendations : Articulate specific acquisition or transaction goals that can be accomplished in the near term to support the R&D, validation and implementation goals of the Strategic Roadmap. For example, this could be the roll-up of a small number of supporting satellite acquisitions for the lab service business and/or the development of a key strategic equity partner for the product business. Describe the different categories of target companies and for each category and provide a few specific examples of companies that TSG believes are doable from a transaction perspective.

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-5-


E. Consulting Project Term of Engagement and Compensation

TSG accepts only a limited number of transaction mandates each year and allows for extensive involvement of senior members of TSG with each mandate. Panna Sharma will be actively leading the engagement with the Company, and he will be the primary interface to the Company’s management and Board of Directors. We view the Company Strategic Roadmap project and subsequent transaction mandate as a great fit with our core competency of integrating strategic insights with rapid execution of an action plan grounded in transaction activity. This assignment would be of the highest priority for TSG as we believe that the Company is in an excellent position to make strategic moves that will dramatically improve shareholder value and drive improvements to the life sciences industry.

 

   

Development of the Strategic Roadmap

 

  1. This 8 week project will establish the framework for positioning the Company as a premium, scalable leader in the life sciences value chain.

 

  2. Our fee for the first phase the project is $85,000 USD (eighty five thousand USD) plus reimbursement of all TSG travel, communications and other out of pocket expenses for the project as governed by the T&E policies of the Company.

 

  3. Payment will be due along the following schedule

 

  a. 50% of the total upon contract acceptance and prior to kickoff

 

  b. 25% at the midterm review

 

  c. 25% at the close of Phase I and delivery of the strategic roadmap deliverable

 

  4. We expect that all T&E for Phase I will not exceed $10,000 USD, and TSG will seek specific authorization by the Company in the case that expenses beyond the $ 10,000 are required for Phase I.

 

  5. In the case that the project exceeds 8 weeks due to changes in scope cause by the Company or that the Company wishes to increase the scope of analysis, presentation refinement, develop further management alignment or review additional sub market segments, the Company will compensate TSG at the rate of $ 12,000 USD per week.

 

   

On-site Support

 

  1. TSG shall offer additional support for the duration of the 8 week project, in the form of a senior member of TSG located on-site at the Company’s headquarters.

 

  2. Our fee for this portion of the project is $7,000 USD per month, or an additional $1 6,000 USD (sixteen thousand USD) for the duration of Phase I.

 

  3. On-site support will consist of a minimum of three, and a maximum of four days on-site per week. In addition, the TSG team member on site would also be part of the overall project team to offset and subsidize the costs of on-site support.

 

  4. In the event that the project moves forward into Phase 2 and the Company management wishes to continue to retain a TSG team member on-site, this support service could be extended at $21,000 USD (twenty one thousand USD) per month.

We are available to start between the 9 th and 11 th of June as per recent discussions, and we look forward to working with you and the rest of your team on this important project. Also, I would like to note that it is our firm policy to keep such engagements highly confidential; we will not discuss contents or context of this project to anyone that is not directly involved in this project.

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-6-


F. Transaction Mandate Term of Engagement and Compensation

This letter can serve as a formal proposal to have TSG to act as the exclusive financial advisor to the Company with respect to potential business transactions with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this document. As the Company’s exclusive financial advisor, TSG will work closely with designated Company personnel to assist the Company in executing a potential business transaction with the Company and, in doing so, will:

(a) Assist the Company and the Company management in preparing information to be provided to parties that may be interested in entering into a potential business transaction. This process may include, among other things, (i) analyzing, reviewing and refining the Company’s strategic rationale and prospects, (ii) advising and assisting the Company in writing or strengthening its business and growth plan in the life sciences category, and (iii) helping the Company evaluate the potential returns and likelihood of success in a potential business transaction.

(b) Develop a list of parties to be contacted regarding a potential business transaction, engage in initial discussion with such parties regarding a potential business transaction, and assist the Company and the Stockholders in identifying the parties that are the highest priority prospective parties for a potential business transaction.

(c) Arrange meetings with parties acceptable to the Company and the Management that express an interest in proceeding with discussions regarding a business transaction with the Company.

(d) Assist in coordinating due diligence efforts, structuring (including advising the Company and its Management regarding the various forms of business transactions and assisting in the Company’s and its Management’s evaluation of potential returns and likelihood of success), documenting, and closing a potential business transaction.

(e) Provide such other financial advisory services in connection with a potential business transaction as may be reasonably requested by the Company or Company Management and are customary in engagements of this type.

For purposes of this letter, a “business transaction” or “potential business transaction” shall mean

(a) any transaction or series or combination of transactions not in the ordinary course of business of the Company in which another party directly or indirectly obtains control of the Company or its businesses]; and

(b) any transaction or series or combination of transactions not in the ordinary course of business of the Company in which the Company directly or indirectly obtains control of another party or any of such other parties’ business. Such transactions shall include, without limitation, a sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company or another party; a lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or another party (with or without a purchase option); a merger or consolidation; a tender or exchange offer; a leveraged or management buy-out; the formation of a joint venture, partnership or other investment vehicle; or any transaction similar to the foregoing.

The parties acknowledge and agree that TSG’s engagement hereunder is solely for the purposes set forth above and that nothing contained herein shall be construed to obligate TSG to underwrite any securities

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-7-


of the Company. In addition, the parties acknowledge that TSG will not provide services commonly performed by legal advisors or certified public accountants including providing tax advice, drafting documents or preparing financial statements, all of which shall be performed by third party providers employed by the Company.

TSG’s Phase 2 engagement as set forth above shall commence once Phase I has been completed, expected to be on or about July 30 th , 2009 and continue for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of this letter (the “Retainer Period”). The Company agrees to pay TSG for its services during the Retainer Period a retainer fee of $10,000 USD per month for the first six months of Phase 2. Payment would begin upon initiation of Phase II of this project as authorized by the Company in writing, the “Transaction Mandate”, plus reimbursement of all TSG travel, communications and other out of pocket expenses for the project as governed by the T&E policies of the Company. The parties agree that, if negotiations with a party or parties interested in a potential business transaction are ongoing at the expiration of the Retainer Period, the Retainer Period automatically will be extended without any further action of the parties until such negotiations either result in a business transaction or are terminated.

In the event that, at any time during the Retainer Period or the Tail Period, which is the nine-month period following the end of the Retainer Period, the Company consummates a business transaction with any party (or an agreement or understanding is reached with respect thereto) (a) identified orally or in writing as a prospective party to a potential business transaction by TSG during TSG’s engagement hereunder; or (b) who proposed, or to whom the Company or its Management proposed, a potential business transaction during the Retainer Period or Tail Period the Company and agree to pay to TSG, a success or completion fee equal inline with the following parameters:

 

  i. Completion or success fee, based on the Aggregate Consideration of any Transaction. The success formulas below take into account various types of transactions, and have defined boundaries as to the tranches, the minimum and in some cases the maximum fees payable to TSG (all figures noted below in US Dollars).

 

  A. Success Formula For Buy Side Activity:

BUY SIDE REPRESENTATION FOR CGI (MAXIMUM FEES OF 2.6 Million USD )

 

Tranche

  

Rate

  

Value Range

  

Fee Range

MINIMUM

   Flat fee of $100,000    Minimum, regardless of value for up to the first three transactions    100,000 flat - for a maximum of 3 transactions

Tranche 1

   4.0%    $0.0+ Mn to 20.0 Mn USD    100K minimum - $800,000

Tranche 2

   3.0%    $20.0+ to 40.0 Mn USD    Up to $600,000 additional

Tranche 3

   2.0%    $40.0+ to maximum    Up to $845,000 additional

 

  B. Success Formula For Sell Side Activity:

SELL SIDE REPRESENTATION FOR CGI (NO MAXIMUM FEES)

 

Tranche

  

Rate

  

Value Range

  

Fee Range

MINIMUM

   Flat fee of $400,000    $0 - 10.0 Mn USD    400,000 flat

Tranche 1

   4.0%    $10.0+to 25.0 Mn USD    400K - 1,000,000

Tranche 2

   3.0%    $25.0 TO 40.0 MN USD    Up to $450,000 additional

Tranche 3

   2.0%    $40.0+ to maximum    2% of any amount above 40.0 Mn USD

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-8-


  C. Success Formula For Corporate Development Activity:

CORPORATE DEVELOPMENT (NO MAXIMUM)

 

Tranche

  

Rate

  

Value Range

  

Fee Details

Tranche 1

   8.0%    $0 – 1 Mn USD    This fee is payable as the Company is paid and is based on gross revenue. The fee is payable for the period of the contract with the target entity or three (3) years from the start of the first payment – whichever is longer. In the case where there is no contract, then the payments are to be made for the three year period following the first revenue received by the Company.

Tranche 2

   6.0%    1.0+ Mn. USD   

 

  D. Success Formula For Capital Raise Activity:

CAPITAL RAISE (NO MAXIMUM) : Capital raised from strategic industry partners or their venture units or related venture and investment funds, introduced to the Company by TSG for the purpose of investment

 

Tranche

  

Rate

  

Value Range

  

Fee Details

Tranche 1

   8.0%    $0 – 1 Mn USD    This fee is payable as the capital is received by the Company from strategic industry partners or their related venture or investment units for the purpose of investment, which such fees payable to TSG immediately upon receipt of investment proceeds by the company.

Tranche 2

   6.0%    1.0+ Mn. USD   

For purposes of calculating TSG’s completion fee, the term “consideration” includes the following:

(a) the gross value of all cash, securities (debt or equity), and other property paid directly or indirectly by an acquiring entity to a seller or sellers in connection with a business transaction;

(b) the aggregate principal value of all indebtedness directly or indirectly assumed or acquired by the acquiring entity or any of its affiliates or retired, deceased or otherwise cancelled in connection with the business transaction (unless such indebtedness was included in the acquiring party’s payment to a seller or sellers with respect to such business transaction);

(c) amounts paid into escrow, options or contingent payments (whether in connection with the performance of the Company, its Management or any successor to the Company or otherwise);

(d) any other consideration paid to the Company, or any other owner or partner of the Company (including payments pursuant to (i) non-compete agreements, (ii) employment or consulting agreements outside the normal business of the Company, (iii) stock options bonuses (iv) other similar compensation

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-9-


that are essentially regarded as a portion of the purchase price paid by the acquiring party, but excluding salaries or other compensation for the fair value of services to be rendered by such shareholder, owner or partner of the Company).

For purposes of calculation consideration, the value of that portion of consideration consisting of securities or other property shall be:

 

  (a) with respect to securities freely tradable in an established public market, the average closing market price on the last twenty trading days immediately prior to the public announcement of the business transaction (or over such period as is otherwise agreed by a seller or the sellers with respect to shares to be received by them in connection with the business transaction); and

 

  (b) with respect to securities not freely tradable in an established public market and consideration consisting of other property, the fair market value of such securities or other property as determined by the Company and TSG or, in the event the Company and TSG shall be unable to agree upon such fair market value, by an independent appraiser selected by TSG.

 

  (c) should the Company and TSG not mutually agree on the present worth of such considerations, TSG shall receive its success fee in cash as the Company receives such income payments for the first two years starting on the day the first related product or service sale is produced as a result of the Transaction.

In the event that the Aggregate Consideration involved in a Transaction includes deferred or contingent payments, acquisition of additional stock or assets, or any other type of investment after the initial closing, the Company will either

 

  (a) use their best efforts to mutually agree with TSG on their present worth which will be the value used for purposes of calculating the fee to be paid in cash at closing;

 

  (b) pay TSG’s fee in cash as the Company or its stockholders receive such deferred or contingent considerations.

In addition to the foregoing fees, the Company agrees to reimburse TSG, upon request made from time to time (but not more frequently than monthly), for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as governed by the T&E policy of the Company incurred in connection with its engagement.

G. Termination

The Company has the right to terminate this contract for any cause with 30 days notice. All notices should be communicated in both electronic and written form to TSG Partners. The Company will not be responsible for any additional ongoing retainers or expenses related to the project from the 7 day period following notification.

The Company has the right to terminate this contract for any cause without 30 days notice at the following points in the project:

 

  1. Following completion of the Consulting portion of the project (Phase I); and

 

  2. Following the completion of the first transaction during the Transaction Mandate (Phase 2) portion of the project.

Upon termination TSG will prepare a summary of the work to date, provide detailed records on the contacts made, and prepare a list of contacts that will be governed under the “tail period” of the contract.

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-10-


In addition the Company will be responsible for delivering to TSG all expenses incurred by TSG for the project, and a prorated amount of the overall project and consulting fees associated with the period between last payment, and termination.

 

H. Information

The Company and its Management will provide to TSG all financial and other information and materials as TSG may reasonably request for purposes of its engagement hereunder. The Company and its Management understand and acknowledge that TSG will rely on the information and material provided by the Company and its Management and such other information available from public sources as TSG may, in its sole discretion, deem prudent in performing its duties hereunder. TSG shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of any information or material provided by the Company and its Management without independent investigation of the accuracy of such information or material. Nothing contained in this letter shall be construed to obligate TSG to investigate the Company, or any other owners, employees, partners or principals of the Company.

 

I. Indemnification

The Company agrees to indemnify and reimburse TSG and any controlling person, shareholder, affiliate, director, officer, employee or agent of TSG (collectively and individually, as the context requires, the “Agent”) against and for any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (“Loss”) to which Agent may become subject or which Agent may suffer or incur in connection with any matter arising out of this letter, except to the extent that any such Loss is finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (“Determined”) to have resulted solely from Agent’s knowing breach of this letter or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Agent in performing services which are the subject of this letter.

If, in connection with the services or matters that are the subject of this letter, Agent becomes involved in any capacity in any lawsuit, claim or other proceeding (“Action”) for which indemnity and reimbursement may be sought in accordance with this letter, the Company shall promptly reimburse Agent upon request for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Agent in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending such Action or exercising its rights to indemnification under this letter.

The Company agrees that the indemnification and reimbursement commitments set forth above (a) shall apply whether or not Agent is a formal party to any such Action, and (b) are in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have to Agent.

Agent agrees to notify the Company promptly of the assertion against it of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding related to the transactions and activities contemplated this letter. Agent’s failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any obligation or liability that it would otherwise have except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced by such failure.

The Company shall be entitled to participate in any Action and to assume the defense thereof; provided, however, that in the event that any such Action includes both Agent and the Company, and Agent reasonably concludes that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, or if the Company fails to assume the defense of the Action, in either case in a timely manner, then such Agent may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it in any

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-11-


such Action, and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel; and provided, further that the Company will not be required to pay the fees and disbursements of more than one separate counsel for all such Agents (and one separate local counsel). In any Action, the defense of which the Company assumes, the Agent will have the right to participate in such litigation and to retain its own counsel at such Agent’s own expense.

 

J. Professional Services

The Company and its Management agree that competent legal counsel and certified public accountants are essential to the consummation of a business transaction. As such, the Company agrees to engage legal counsel and certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to TSG to serve the Company in connection with a business transaction.

 

K. Arbitration

TSG and the Company agree to use every reasonable effort to settle any dispute or disagreement between them relative to this letter by amicable means and shall, prior to resorting to arbitration, as provided below, utilize the assistance of an independent party and agree not to resort to further action unless and until the parties have in good faith attempted to settle such dispute or disagreement in the foregoing manner and said dispute has not been resolved within thirty (30) days after the initiation of such attempt by either party.

If a good faith effort to resolve a dispute or disagreement has not produced an accord satisfactory to both parties within such 30-day period, at the request of either party, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this letter, or the breach hereof, shall be settled by arbitration to be held at the office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in New York, U. S. A. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with and through the United States Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. § I et seq.) and the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect; provided, however, that the parties agree that any arbitration shall be conducted under AAA’s expedited procedures then in effect, regardless of the amount in controversy. Each party may be represented by counsel in such arbitration proceeding. The Arbitration shall be conducted by one (I) arbitrator who shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association. The parties agree to request the arbitrator to render a written decision within three (3) months of the request for arbitration or within two (2) months after appointment of the arbitrator, whichever occurs earlier. To the extent permitted under applicable law, such award shall be final and binding upon both parties. Any costs, fees or taxes incident to enforcing the award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. Judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court of record of competent jurisdiction in any country, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the law of such jurisdiction may require or allow. The costs and expenses of the arbitration proceedings, including attorney’s fees, shall be borne by the losing party to the arbitration or, at the discretion of the arbitrator, may be allocated among the parties to properly reflect any partial prevailing or losing of the parties to the arbitration, as determined by the arbitrator(s).

 

L. Sole Use by Company

All opinions and advice provided to the Company in connection with TSG’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company in connection with the matters described in this agreement, and accordingly such opinions or advice shall not be relied upon by any person or entity other than the

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-12-


Company. Neither the Company nor its Management will make any other use of any such opinions or advice. In addition, neither the Company nor any person or entity controlled by the Company will quote or refer to TSG in any report, document, release or other communication prepared, issued or transmitted, without TSG’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

M. Advertisements

In the event of the consummation of a business transaction with TSG’s assistance, TSG shall have the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense describing its services to the Company hereunder, provided that TSG will submit a copy of any such advertisements to the Company for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, TSG will have rights to identify The Company as a client in its marketing materials, without sacrificing the confidentiality of the assignment or mandate.

 

N. Miscellaneous

This letter may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by each of the parties hereto and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New jersey. This letter incorporates the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements should they exist with respect thereto and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, TSG, the Agents, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.

If the foregoing proposal correctly sets forth our agreement and meets with your approval, we will create a final version to be signed by both parties.

We look forward to working with you. If you should have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

Best regards,

 

/s/ Panna Sharma
Panna Sharma

Managing Partner & CEO, TSG

Mobile: +1-404-229-6955

Office: +1 -404-254-1660

E-Fax: +1-212-202-4546

E-Mail: panna@tsg-partners.com

* * *

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-13-


Confirmed and accepted as of the date of this letter:

Cancer Genetics

 

Signature:   /s/ Louis J. Maione
  Name:   Louis J. Maione
  Title:   Pres.

APPENDIX A

Companies where the success, milestone or other variable payments are to be reduced

 

    

Company

  

Reduction in Fees from Overall Schedule

1    Signature Genomics    33%
2    Shiel Laboratories    33%
3    Enzo Biochem    33%
4    CBL Path    50%
5    ABBOTT    50%

Confirmed and accepted as of the date of June 12, 2009:

Cancer Genetics

 

Signature:   /s/ Louis J. Maione
  Name:   Louis J. Maione
  Title:   Pres.

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-14-


TSG

 

Signature:   /s/ Panna Sharma
  Name:   Panna Sharma
  Title:   CEO & Managing Partner

 

 

TSG

1230 Peachtree St. NE, 24 th Floor, Atlanta, GA 30309, USA

Panna Sharma, CEO & Managing Partner – panna@tsg-partners.com

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

-15-

Exhibit 10.9

MEDICAL DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

Agreement (“Agreement”), made, and effective as of this, 9 th day of October, 2009, by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“CGI” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business located at 201 Route 17 North, Rutherford, New Jersey 07070, and Lan Wang, M.D. (“Dr. Wang”), whose address is 14 Beechwood Lane, Kinnelon, New Jersey 07405.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, CGI maintains both a commercial clinical cytogenetics and molecular laboratory (the “Laboratory” or “Lab”), presently located at 201 Route 17 North, Rutherford, New Jersey 07070; and

WHEREAS, CGI’s Lab is licensed by the States of New Jersey and New York, respectively, and accredited by both the College of American Pathologists (“CAP”), and pursuant to the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”), as administered by the State of New Jersey; and

WHEREAS, the Company commercially runs anatomical pathology, flow cytometry, cytogenetic and molecular assays in its Lab, for and on behalf of clinicians, doctors, reference laboratories, and the like; and

WHEREAS, Dr. Wang is a licensed pathologist by the State of New Jersey and board certified in hemotology; and

WHEREAS, Dr. Wang is a member of CAP, and conversant with CLIA and CAP regulations; and

WHEREAS, the Company requires a licensed Medical Director (“Medical Director”) to oversee its Lab and is desirous of retaining Dr. Wang to both supervise and monitor the Lab and assist with the Company’s accreditation by CAP, CLIA, and the states of New Jersey and New York, and to maximize the commercial viability of the Lab; and

NOW, THERFORE, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DUTIES: In return for the compensation stated herein, below, Dr. Wang shall be retained as Medical Director and perform, and be responsible for, the following duties:

 

  a) Where required by the Company, and necessary for the maximum utilization of applicable CPT and ICD-9 codes, sign out all cases (“Reports”) within twenty-four (24) hours of completion and presentation to Dr. Wang, where deemed necessary to either have such Reports signed by a licensed medical doctor or for maximum reimbursement;


  b) If the Company’s case volume increases to a point where it exceeds the agreed upon hours stated below, the Medical Director will insure that appropriate coverage is afforded the Company, and in place.

 

  i. Should the foregoing occur, the parties shall re-visit the issue of remuneration to arrive at reasonable compensation for the additional responsibilities hereunder.

 

  c) All sign outs done at CGI by Medical Director shall be done in CGI’s name, and on its behalf, whether a professional or technical component;

 

  d) Oversee, and supervise the Company’s Lab in ensuring that the Lab is and remains CLIA, New York State, and CAP compliant;

 

  e) Oversee, and supervise the Company’s laboratory directors assisting the Company to maintain standard operating procedure (“SOP”) manuals for both CAP and CLIA, and the States of New York and New Jersey, and if required by Maryland, Florida and California;

 

  f) Be available for conferences, meetings, and consultations on a reasonable, but “as needed” basis and physically available for any inspections by CLIA, New York State, CAP, etc.;

 

  g) Medical Director, or her designee shall be required to spend fifteen (15) hours weekly, and to “sign-off” timely on all Reports either remotely, through use of a Company computer, and/or pathology website, or while physically on premises;

 

  h) Conduct two (2), twice-yearly Lab meetings to review SOP’s and Lab procedures with the Lab staff.

It is expected that Medical Director, or her designee, will not be required to expend more than fifteen (15) hours, total, each week in the performance of the required duties hereunder.

 

  2. TERM: The term of this Agreement (“Term”) shall be for one (1) year from the Effective Date, and shall renew automatically, unless terminated by either party, in writing, within ninety (90) days of the end of the Term.

 

  a)

The Medical Director recognizes that the Company may be irreparably harmed, causing damage which would be difficult if not impossible to ascertain, and likely incapable of being remedied by money, should Medical Director resign his position before the end of the term without providing the Company the ninety (90) day notice required herein, and deemed necessary by the Company to reasonably arrange for a replacement. Therefore, Medical Director agrees that, in addition to other appropriate relief, and without limiting any other remedy available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without the posting of a bond, to maintain the “status quo” until such time as the


  Company reasonably can replace the Medical Director, should the Medical Director fail to provide the requisite notice.

 

  b) The ninety (90) day requirement shall not be deemed applicable, if it is ultimately determined that the Company was in breach of a material term of this Agreement, and had not cured that breach within (20) days of being notified, in writing, by Medical Director, as to said alleged breach.

 

  3. COMPENSATION: In return for the duties to be performed hereunder, the Company shall pay the Medical Director, Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand ($225,000) Dollars, per annum, payable monthly in increments of Eighteen Thousand, Seven Hundred and Fifty ($18,750.00) Dollars within fifteen (15) days of the close of the preceding month.

 

  a) Twice yearly, the parties shall meet to discuss, and adjust if necessary, the compensation hereunder, dependent upon the volume of work, and the necessary time to be devoted to overseeing and directing the Labs.

 

  b) Provided that this Agreement is extended past its initial Term, the Medical Director shall be eligible to receive options (“Options”), as recommended by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and as approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, pursuant to the Company’s Stock Option Plan (“SOP”), as revised by year-end, 2009, and its bylaws.

 

  c) Medical Director shall be entitled to a bonus in the discretion of the Board of Directors, commensurate with the Company’s standard policies.

 

  4. APPLICABLE LAW: This Agreement shall be governed, construed, and enforced by the laws of the State of New Jersey, and the parties agree to submit to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New Jersey.

 

  5. NOTICES: All notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by U.S. certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, or by commercial messenger service with proof of delivery. Notices to the Company shall be delivered to its principal office or by personal delivery to both its Managers. Notice to the Medical Director shall be delivered to the Medical Director at his residence or principal place of employment.

Any notices required hereunder shall be sent as follows:

 

To Company:

Louis J. Maione

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

   To Medical Director:

Lan Wang, M.D.

14 Beechwood Lane

Kinnelon, New Jersey 07405

  

 

  6.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This document embodies the entire Agreement between the Company and the Medical Director as to the relationship of the parties, and supersedes all


  prior or contemporaneous written or oral discussions, understandings, representations, or negotiations as to subject matter and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall not be affected by reference to any other document.

 

  7. ENFORCEABILITY: The Medical Director hereby agrees that if any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be severed and the balance of this Agreement shall remain valid and enforceable and, further, that should any Court hold that the scope of business restricted or the time or geographical limitations of the covenants and agreements contained herein are too broad to be enforced, such court shall not disregard those provisions, but shall enforce such provisions as to such scope, time, and geographical area as the Court deems equitable.

 

  8. HEIRS AND ASSIGNS: This Agreement shall be binding upon inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successor and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Medical Director without the written consent of the Company. The Company may assign any part or all of this Agreement in its sole discretion.

 

  9. NECESSARY ACTS: The parties shall execute such other documents and take such acts, as may be necessary and desirable for the implementation and consummation of this Agreement.

 

  10. WAIVER, MODIFICATIONS, AND AMENDMENTS: The terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement may not be altered, modified, changed or otherwise amended unless by a written instrument signed by Medical Director and by the Company. Any waiver of breach or change as to any provision, covenants or warranty contained in this Agreement much be in writing and signed by the Medical Director and by the Company, and shall not alter the obligations of the parties as to any other provision, covenant or warranty contained herein.

 

  11. COUNTERPARTS : This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signature of each such counterpart were upon the same instrument.

 

Dated:     Medical Director
Oct. 7, 2009    

/s/    Lan Wang, M.D.

Dated:     Cancer Genetics, Inc.

October 2, 2009

    By:  

/s/    Louis J. Maione

      Louis J. Maione

Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of this 21 st day of October, 2009, by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Louis J. Maione (the “Employee”). The Company and the Employee shall sometimes be referred to herein individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company is in the businesses of (i) designing and manufacturing genomic based reagents for the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer and, (ii) operating a service lab for esoteric testing of cancer;

WHEREAS , the Employee has been providing on-going services to the Company as chief executive officer;

WHEREAS , the Company believes that the Employee’s skills are beneficial to the Company; and

WHEREAS , the Company desires to continue to employ the Employee as general counsel and as Director of the Company’s European operations.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and the premises herein set forth, the Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company hereby employs the Employee, and the Employee hereby accepts employment, under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of this Agreement and shall continue for a period of two (2) years (the “Initial Term”). This Agreement may be renewed upon mutual consent of the Parties for additional one (1) year periods after the expiration of the Initial Term. The Initial Term, together with any renewal periods, shall sometimes collectively be referred to herein as the “Term.”

3. Position and Duties . The Employee shall have the position of general counsel, subject to reconfirmation by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), and shall have the duties and responsibilities of that office, as well as such other duties and responsibilities as the Chairman and/or Chief Executive Officer may from time-to-time reasonably direct. Specifically, Employee will report to the Chairman with respect to all European operations and to the CEO (once the position is filled) for all general counsel and other matters. Until the CEO position is filled, the Employee shall report to the Chairman with respect to such general counsel responsibilities.

4. Obligations of Employee . The Employee shall devote the Employee’s services to the Company and perform the Employee’s duties faithfully and to the best of the Employee’s ability. The Employee shall devote all of the Employee’s working time, attention and efforts to the business


and affairs of the Company; provided , however , that the Employee shall be free to engage in outside activities that do not interfere with the performance of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement and are not in conflict with the interests of the Company.

5. Salary and Benefits . In consideration of the Employee’s agreement to be employed by the Company and for the services to be rendered under this Agreement, the Company agrees to provide compensation to the Employee as follows:

(a) Salary . During the Term, the Employee shall be paid an annual salary of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) payable in equal biweekly installments. The annual salary of the Employee shall be reviewed on an annual basis by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, taking into consideration, among other things, the salary and compensation of other officers of the Company hired after the date of this Agreement, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

(b) Bonus . The Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus equal to up to twenty percent (20%) of the Employee’s then current annual salary. The Company agrees that within sixty (60) days of this Agreement, the Company and the Employee shall develop reasonable financial and performance benchmarks or milestones, (collectively “Milestones”) with respect to the European operations. The Employee shall be entitled to an annual bonus in accordance with the Milestones.

(c) Reimbursement of Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse the Employee for the Employee’s reasonable business expenses incurred in the performance of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement; provided , however , that such expenses are verified by written receipts or invoices if and to the extent required by the Board of Directors.

(d) Fringe Benefits . The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any medical plans and other similar benefits, now or hereafter available to employees of the Company, subject only to the Employee’s meeting the qualification requirements for such benefits. During the Term, the Employee shall be entitled to receive vacation in accordance with the written policy of the Company, as prescribed by the Board of Directors from time-to-time. In addition, the Employee shall continue to receive an automobile lease allowance of up to Five Hundred Fifty Dollars ($550.00) per month throughout the Term.

(e) Stock Options . The Employee will be entitled to participate in a stock option plan of the Company, as approved by the Board of Directors (the “Stock Option Plan”), subject only to the Employee’s meeting the qualification requirements for the Stock Option Plan. The number of options to be granted to the Employee pursuant to the Stock Option Plan, if any, and the purchase price for such options, shall be determined by the Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time.

6. Termination .

(a) This Agreement shall terminate and the Employee shall cease to be an employee of the Company upon occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) The mutual agreement of the Employee and the Company;


(ii) Death of the Employee;

(iii) The Employee’s employment being terminated for “cause”, For purposes of this Agreement, the term “cause” shall mean any one of the following acts:

(A) The Employee’s fraud, dishonesty or gross misfeasance, as determined by the Board of Directors;

(B) The Employee’s conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of a crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; or

(C) The Employee’s (1) unreasonable failure to perform his duties, as determined by the Board of Directors, or (2) substantial and material breach of, or default under, this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (as defined herein). The unreasonable failure of the Company, as determined by the Board of Directors, to meet reasonable sales and product development benchmarks, as may be agreed to from time to time by the Employee and the Board of Directions. In the case of any of the conditions set forth in this Section 6(a)(iii)(C), the Employee shall be given written notice of the intent of the Board of Directors to terminate the Employee’s employment under this paragraph and shall set forth in such notice the reasons for the Company’s intention to terminate pursuant to this paragraph, and provided that the Employee shall be permitted ninety (90) days from receipt of such written notice to cure any such breach or default to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board of Directors.

(iv) Disability of the Employee. For the purpose of this Agreement, the Employee shall be deemed to have become disabled when the Board of Directors, upon the advice of a qualified physician, shall have determined that the Employee has become physically or mentally incapable (excluding infrequent and temporary absences due to ordinary illness) of performing his duties under this Agreement. Before making any termination decision pursuant to this Section 6(a)(iv), the Board of Directors shall determine whether there is any reasonable accommodation (within the meaning of the Americans With Disabilities Act) which would enable the Employee to perform the essential functions of the Employee’s position under this Agreement despite the existence of such disability. If such a reasonable accommodation is possible, the Company shall make that accommodation and shall not terminate the Employee’s employment hereunder based on such disability;

(v) The cessation of the business of the Company.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated by the Employee, in which case the Employee shall cease to be an employee of the Company, upon (i) the Company’s breach of any of the terms and conditions required to be complied with by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) an unreasonable and material change in the Employee’s title, duties or responsibilities by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that prior to terminating this Agreement, the Company shall be given written notice of the intent of the Employee to terminate the Employee’s employment under this paragraph the Company shall be permitted ninety (90) days from receipt of such written notice to cure any such breach or default to the reasonable satisfaction of the Employee. Notwithstanding


any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement may not be terminated by the Employee pursuant to this Section 6(b) as a result of a reduction of the level of compensation paid or provided to the Employee pursuant to Section 5, so long as such reduction is applied to all other employees of the Company having similar seniority and/or responsibility.

(c) This Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time without “cause” (as defined in Section 6(a)) upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Employee. Upon any such termination of this Agreement, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall thereupon immediately terminate other than any obligations with respect to earned but unpaid compensation and bonus and unreimbursed expenses under Section 5, obligations with respect to Severance Payments (as defined in Section 7) and the obligations of the Company pursuant to Sections 14 and 15.

7. Payments upon Termination . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b) or 6(c), and subject to the Employee’s signing a general release of claims in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, the Employee shall be entitled to receive accrued benefits and twelve (12) months salary at the Employee’s then current rate of annual salary, together with continuation of health insurance benefits for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of termination (the “Severance Payment”). The Severance Payment shall be paid in equal bi-weekly installments over the relevant severance period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to pay the Employee a single lump sum payment, in which case, the Company shall be entitled to discount to its present value, the sum payable under this paragraph, on the basis of the applicable prime rate of interest as advertised in the Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition, on the date of termination of this Agreement. The Employee specifically agrees that, upon termination pursuant to Section 6(b) or 6(c), the Company will not have any obligation with respect to the unearned (future) compensation and bonus under Section 5 for the remaining Term, if any, under this Agreement.

8. Insurance on Employee . The Company shall be entitled to obtain and maintain, at the Company’s expense, key person life insurance on the life of the Employee, naming the Company as the beneficiary of such policy. The Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company and take all reasonable actions necessary to obtain such insurance, such as taking usual and customary physical examinations and providing true and accurate personal, health related information for any application at no cost to the Employee.

9. Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . The terms of the proprietary information and invention assignment agreement dated October 21, 2007 attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement”) are incorporated herein by reference and remain in full force and effect. If there is any conflict between the terms of the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

10. Assignment . This Agreement is personal to each of the Parties, and neither Party may assign nor delegate any of that Party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without first obtaining the written consent of the other Party, except that the Company may assign and delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a legal successor to the Company or an assignee whose management and ownership remains unchanged from that of the Company.


11. Notices . All notices required under this Agreement shall be given by personal delivery or by mailing, via certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Company or to the Employee and addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:   
  

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

Attn: President

To Employee:   
  

Louis J. Maione

850 Park Avenue, 10B

New York, New York 10075

If sent by mail, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date set forth on receipt of the registered or certified mail or upon the third day after mailing, whichever is earlier. Addresses may be changed only by giving written notice thereof, via registered or certified mail, to the other Party.

12. Expenses of Enforcement . In the event that any suit or legal proceeding is brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing Party in such suit or proceeding shall be entitled to receive all of such Party’s reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

13. Prior Agreement . The Parties agree that this Agreement amends and supersedes the terms of that certain employment agreement between the parties dated October  2, 2007 (the “2007 Agreement”). The Parties agree that this Agreement is entered into voluntarily, and the Employee waives and releases the Company and its officers, directors, shareholders, agents, and consultants from any and all claims, which the Employee had or now has in relation to the 2007 Agreement (including demand for the Severance Payment thereunder).

14. Registration Rights. The Company agrees that if the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any equity security (including a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms), the Company shall include in such registration statement, and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing underwriter, if any, of any such proposed offering to permit the offering in such registration statement of, the shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by the Employee, on the terms and conditions most favorably provided with respect to any of the other equity securities included in such registration statement. The provisions to this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

15. Loan Repayment. Within ninety (90) days, of the closing of $3,500,000 or more of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock offering, the Company shall pay in full the principal and all accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repayment due and payable pursuant to the Company’s Convertible Promissory Note 1 dated December 27, 2006 (the “Note”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Note, and all accrued interest, shall be paid by the Company upon the expiration or earlier termination for any reason, of this Agreement.


16. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law rules to the contrary.

(b) Should any provision of this Agreement be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted at law or in equity.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior conversations, proposals, negotiations, understandings, and agreements, whether written or oral concerning the subject matter hereof.

(d) This Agreement shall not be amended, altered, changed, modified, supplemented, or rescinded in any manner except by written agreement executed by both Parties expressly referring to this Agreement.

(e) Any one or more waivers of a breach of a covenant or condition by either Party shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same covenant or condition.

(f) The rights and obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Employee’s service to the Company in any capacity and shall be binding upon the Employee and the successors and assigns of the Company.

[Signature Page to Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Raju S.K. Chaganti

Name:   Raju S.K. Chaganti
Title:   Chairman
  EMPLOYEE
 

/s/ Louis J. Maione

  Louis J. Maione


EXHIBIT A

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND

INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND

INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of this 21 day of October, 2007, by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Louis J. Maione (the “Inventor”). The Company and the Inventor shall sometimes be referred to individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Inventor maintains a relationship with the Company in a capacity in which the Inventor has received or contributed, or may receive or contribute, to the Company’s proprietary or confidential information; and

WHEREAS, the Company develops and uses valuable technical and non-technical confidential and proprietary information which it may wish to commercialize and protect either by patents, trademarks, copyrights, or by keeping secret and confidential.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the execution by the Company of that certain employment agreement, by and between the Company and the Inventor, of even date herewith, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby acknowledged, the Company and Inventor, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment Relationship: Termination of Prior Agreement . The Inventor understands and acknowledges that this Agreement does not alter, amend or expand upon any rights the Inventor may have to continue in the employ of or the duration of such employment by the Company under any existing agreements, by and between the Company and the Inventor or under applicable law. Any employment relationship between the Company and the Inventor, whether commenced prior to or upon the date of this Agreement, shall be referred to herein as the “Relationship.”

2. Proprietary Information .

(a) Company Information . The Inventor agrees at all times during the term of the Relationship with the Company and thereafter, to hold in strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company to the extent necessary to perform the Inventor’s obligations to the Company under the Relationship, or to disclose to any person, firm, corporation or other entity without written authorization of the board of directors of the Company, any Proprietary Information (as defined herein) of the Company which the Inventor obtains or creates. The Inventor further agrees not to make copies of such Proprietary Information except as authorized by the Company. The Inventor understands that “Proprietary Information” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, suppliers, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom the Inventor called or with whom the Inventor became acquainted during the Relationship), prices and costs, markets, software, developments, inventions, laboratory notebooks, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, licenses, finances, budgets or other business information disclosed to the Inventor by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by


drawings or observation of parts or equipment or created by the Inventor during the period of the Relationship, whether or not during working hours. The Inventor understands that “Proprietary Information” includes, but is not limited to, information pertaining to any aspects of the Company’s business which is either information not known by actual or potential competitors of the Company or other third parties not under confidentiality obligations to the Company, or is otherwise proprietary information of the Company or its customers or suppliers, whether of a technical nature or otherwise. The Inventor further understands that “Proprietary Information” does not include any of the foregoing items, which have become publicly and widely known and made generally available through no wrongful act of the Inventor or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

(b) Prior Obligations . The Inventor represents that the Inventor’s performance of all terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company has not breached and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by the Inventor prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Relationship with the Company, and the Inventor will not disclose to the Company or use any inventions, confidential or non-public proprietary information or material belonging to any previous client, employer or any other party. The Inventor will not induce the Company to use any inventions, confidential or non-public proprietary information, or material belonging to any previous client, employer or any other party.

(c) Third Party Information . The Inventor recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Inventor agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out the Inventor’s work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

3. Inventions .

(a) Inventions Retained and Licensed . The Inventor has attached hereto, as Exhibit A, a list describing with particularity all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by the Inventor prior to the commencement of the Relationship (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), which belong solely to the Inventor or belong to the Inventor jointly with another, which relate in any way to any of the Company’s proposed businesses, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder; or, if no such list is attached, the Inventor represents that there are no such Prior Inventions. If, in the course of the Relationship with the Company, the Inventor incorporates into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by the Inventor or in which the Inventor has an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with the right to sublicense) to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, sell and otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.

(b) Assignment of Inventions . The Inventor agrees that the Inventor will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all of the Inventor’s right, title and interest throughout the world in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, know-how, improvements or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or


registrable under copyright or similar laws, which the Inventor may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time in which the Inventor is employed by the Company (collectively referred to as “Inventions”), except as provided in Section 3(e) below. The Inventor further acknowledges that all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, know-how, improvements or trade secrets which are made by the Inventor (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company are “works made for hire” (to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law) and are compensated by the Inventor’s salary, unless regulated otherwise by applicable law.

(c) Maintenance of Records . The Inventor agrees to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Inventions made by the Inventor (solely or jointly with others) during the term of the Relationship with the Company. The records may be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, flow charts, electronic data or recordings, laboratory notebooks, and any other format. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. The Inventor agrees not to remove such records from the Company’s place of business except as expressly permitted by Company policy which may, from time to time, be revised at the sole election of the Company for the purpose of furthering, the Company’s business. The Inventor agrees to return all such records (including any copies thereof) to the Company at the time of termination of the Relationship with the Company as provided for in Section 4.

(d) Patent and Copyright Rights . The Inventor agrees to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, trademarks, mass work rights, moral rights, or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments, recordations, and all other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for, obtain, maintain and transfer such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. The Inventor further agrees that the Inventor’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in the Inventor’s power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement until the expiration of the last such intellectual property right to expire in any country of the world. If the Company is unable because of the Inventor’s mental or physical incapacity or unavailability or for any other reason to secure the Inventor’s signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents, copyright, mask works or other registrations covering Inventions or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then the Inventor hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as the Inventor’s agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in the Inventor’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the application for, prosecution, issuance, maintenance or transfer of letters patent, copyright or other registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if originally executed by the Inventor. The Inventor hereby waives and irrevocably quitclaims to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which the Inventor now or hereafter have for infringement of any and all proprietary rights assigned to the Company.

(e) Exception to Assignments . The Inventor understands that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any inventions for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Company was used and


which was developed entirely on the Inventor’s own time, unless (a) the Inventions relate (i) directly to the business of the Company, or (ii) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the Inventions result from any work performed by the Inventor for the Company. The Inventor will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that the Inventor believes meet such provisions and are not otherwise disclosed on Exhibit A.

4. Returning Company Documents . The Inventor agrees that, at the time of termination of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company, the Inventor will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in the Inventor’s possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all Proprietary Information and any and all devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, laboratory notebooks, materials, flow charts, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any of the aforementioned items developed by the Inventor pursuant to the Relationship or otherwise belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. The Inventor further agrees that any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of the Relationship, the Inventor agrees to sign and deliver the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit B.

5. Notification to Other Parties .

(a) Employees . In the event that the Inventor leaves the employ of the Company, the Inventor hereby consents to notification by the Company to the Inventor’s new employer about the Inventor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Consultants . The Inventor hereby grants consent to notification by the Company to any other parties besides the Company with whom the Inventor maintains a consulting relationship, including parties with whom such relationship commences after the effective date of this Agreement, about the Inventor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

6. Solicitation of Employees, Consultants and Other Parties . The Inventor agrees that during the term of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company, and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, the Inventor shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or take away, hire or otherwise engage the services of such employees or consultants, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away, employees or consultants of the Company, either for the Inventor or for any other person or entity. Further, for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, the Inventor shall not solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company or licensee of the Company’s products, in each case, that are known to the Employee, with respect to any business, products or services that are competitive to the products or services offered by the Company or under development as of the date of termination of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company.

7. Noncompetition . During the term of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company and for twelve (12) months following the termination of the Inventor’s Relationship for any reason, whether with or without cause, the Inventor will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly work on any products or services that are competitive with products or services


(a) which were being commercially developed or exploited by the Company during the term of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company, and/or (b) on which the Inventor worked or about which the Inventor learned Proprietary Information during the term of the Inventor’s Relationship.

8. Representations and Covenants .

(a) Facilitation of Agreement . The Inventor agrees to execute promptly any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement upon the Company’s written request to do so.

(b) Conflicts . The Inventor represents that the Inventor’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement that the Inventor has entered into, or will enter into with any third party, including without limitation any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by the Inventor in confidence or in trust prior to commencement of the Inventor’s Relationship with the Company.

(c) Voluntary Execution . The Inventor certifies and acknowledges that the inventor has carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that the Inventor understands and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

9, General Provisions .

(a) Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to either the principles of conflict of laws or to the “draftsman” presumption.

(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between the Parties. No modification or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the Parties. Any subsequent change or changes in the Inventor’s duties, obligations, rights or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(c) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without such provision, and this Agreement shall be construed to the fullest extent possible so as to give effect to the intentions of the provision found to be unenforceable or invalid.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon the Inventor’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives, and the Inventor’s successors and assigns, and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

(e) Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Relationship and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

(f) Injunctive Relief . The Inventor acknowledges that should the Inventor violate the provisions of this Agreement, it will be difficult or impossible to determine the resulting damage to the Company. Therefore, in the event of the Inventor’s breach of the provisions of this


Agreement, in addition to any other remedies it may have, the Company shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this agreement without the necessity of proving actual damage.

(g) Attorneys’ Fees . The Inventor agrees that the Inventor will be liable for all costs or expenses, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, that the Company may incur in enforcing the provisions of this agreement, regardless of whether litigation is actually commenced to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. The Company’s right to costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees shall include any fees, costs or expenses incurred in the pursuit of any appeal and shall include any fees, costs or expenses incurred in defending any litigation or claim brought by the Inventor regarding the provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Consent to Jurisdiction . The Inventor hereby consents to the jurisdiction of the state or federal courts sitting in New Jersey over any litigation or claim brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement or to determine any rights under this Agreement. Any litigation or claim brought by the Inventor relating in any way to this Agreement may be brought only in a state or federal court located within New Jersey.

(i) ADVICE OF COUNSEL . THE INVENTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT THE INVENTOR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THE INVENTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF.

[Signature Page to Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.       INVENTOR
By:  

/s/ Raju S.K. Chaganti

     

/s/ Louis J. Maione

  Name:   Raju S.K. Chaganti       Louis J. Maione
  Title:   CHAIRMAN      


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

EXCLUDED UNDER SECTION 3

 

Title

   Date    Identifying Number
or Brief Description
     
     

         No inventions or improvements

         Additional Sheets Attached

Signature of Employee:                                                  

Print Name of Employee:                                               

Date:                                                                               


EXHIBIT B

TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, laboratory notebooks, flow charts, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or copies or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to Cancer Genetics, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together the “Company”).

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein), conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

I further agree that, in compliance with the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company or any of its employees, clients, consultants or licensees.

I further agree that for twelve (12) months from the date of this Certificate, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or take away, hire or otherwise engage the services of such employees or consultants, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away, hire or otherwise engage the services of employees or consultants of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity. Further, for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of this Certificate, I shall not solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company or licensee of the Company’s products, in each case, that are known to me, with respect to any business, products or services that are competitive to the products or services offered by the Company or under development as of the date of termination of my Relationship with the Company.

I further agree that for twelve (12) months from the date of this Certificate, I shall not, without the Company’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly work on any products or services that are competitive with products or services (a) which were being commercially developed or exploited by the Company during the term of my employment relationship with the Company, and/or (b) on which I worked or about which I learned Proprietary Information (as that terms is defined in that certain proprietary information agreement, by and between the Company and me, dated                          during my employment relationship with the Company.

 

Date:                             

 

    Louis J. Maione

Exhibit 10.11

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of this 10 th day of June, 2010, by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Louis J. Maione (the “Consultant”). The Company and the Consultant shall sometimes be referred to herein individually, as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties”.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of developing and marketing esoteric cancer tests;

WHEREAS, the Consultant is a former executive of the Company and is experienced in providing legal and business counsel in laboratory related operations;

WHEREAS, the Company believes that the Consultant’s skills are beneficial to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Consultant for (i) transition issues related to the Company’s probe operations and (ii) the pending claim related to the Massachusetts matter.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and the premises herein set forth, the Company and the Consultant hereby agree as follows:

1. Consulting Relationship . During the Term (as defined herein), the Consultant will provide consulting services (the “Services”) to the Company as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company may from time-to-time reasonably direct in accordance only with the two matters enumerated on Exhibit A appended hereto.

(a) Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, while the Consultant is not required hereunder to expend any specific number of hours in connection with his consultancy, the Consultant shall not be obligated to consult for more than One Hundred and Twenty-five hours (125) in the aggregate during the stated term, which includes travel time, portal to portal, approved by the Company in advance. Thereafter, should the threshold of 125 hours be met at any time during the term, and the parties wish to continue the arrangement contemplated by this agreement after the 125 hours have been expended, the Consultant shall be compensated at the rate of Four Hundred Dollars ($400.00) per hour, billable to the nearest tenth of an hour.

(b) The Consultant shall provide the Company with time records, including a reasonable explanation of the activity for which the Consultant expended the time, which shall be billed to the nearest tenth of an hour, within ten (10) business days of the close of each month.

2. Term . The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall begin on the date first set forth above and shall continue for one year unless the Consultant is terminated

 

1


pursuant to Section 5 below. Following the expiration of the Term, all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall automatically and immediately cease and terminate, except for its obligation to pay the Consultant compensation earned prior to the date of the termination and except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.

3. Obligations of the Consultant . The Consultant shall perform the Services faithfully and to the best of the Consultant’s ability. The Consultant shall devote the time necessary to perform the Services, as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided , however , that the Consultant shall be free to engage in outside activities that do not interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

4. Compensation . In consideration for the Services to be provided by the Consultant and other obligations, the Company agrees to provide compensation to the Consultant as follows:

(a) Cash Payments . During the Term, the Consultant shall receive $12,500 of compensation per calendar quarter payable on the last day of each calendar quarter. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Company, the Company’s maximum liability for all Services performed during the Term shall not exceed $50,000. The quarterly compensation of the Consultant shall be reviewed on a quarterly basis by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, taking into consideration, among other things, the status of the projects on which the Consultant has provided assistance, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse the Consultant for the Consultant’s reasonable business expenses, within twenty (20) days of submission to the Company, incurred in the performance of the Consultant’s duties under this Agreement; provided , however , that such expenses are verified by written receipts or invoices if and to the extent required by the Board of Directors. Expenses shall include, by way of example and not limitation, all travel expenses, including gas and tolls, food, lodging, and other transportation costs. Any air travel of over four (4) hours in duration, whether domestic or international, shall be at “business travel accommodations.”

(c) Fringe Benefits . The Consultant acknowledges and agrees that the Consultant will not be eligible for any Company employee benefits. To the extent the Consultant otherwise would be eligible for any Company employee benefits but for the express terms of this Agreement, the Consultant hereby expressly declines to participate in such Company employee benefits.

5. Termination . The Services shall be performed on an “at will” basis and this Agreement shall be terminable at any time by the Company or the Consultant, for any reason or for no reason, upon ten (10) days written notice. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to create or imply any obligation of the Company to continue this Agreement for any particular length of time or duration and the Consultant acknowledges that no one has made any representations or assurances to the Consultant regarding the length or duration of his/her employment with the Company.

 

2


6. Payments upon Termination . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 5, the Consultant shall be entitled to receive a prorata portion of unpaid compensation for the calendar quarter. Upon Termination, such payment shall be payable to Consultant ten (10) days after Termination.

7. Independent Contractor . The Consultant’s relationship with the Company will be that of an independent contractor and not that of an employee.

(a) Method of Provision of Services . The Consultant shall work from his residence or other place of business and shall not perform any services from the Company’s office location unless requested by the Chairman. The Consultant, while employed by the Company, executed a Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement”). The Consultant agrees the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement remains in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement.

(b) No Authority to Bind Company . The Consultant has no authority to enter into contracts that bind the Company or create obligations on the part of the Company without the prior written authorization of the Company.

(c) Withholding; Indemnification . The Consultant shall have full responsibility for applicable withholding taxes for all compensation paid to the Consultant, its partners, agents or its employees under this Agreement, and for compliance, with all applicable labor and employment requirements with respect to the Consultant’s self-employment, sole proprietorship or other form of business organization, and Consultant’s partners, agents and employees, including state worker’s compensation insurance coverage requirements and any Federal immigration visa requirements. The Consultant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Company harmless from any liability for, or assessment of, any claims or penalties with respect to such withholding taxes, labor or employment requirements, including any liability for, or assessment of, withholding taxes imposed on the Company by the relevant taxing authorities with respect to any compensation paid to the Consultant or the Consultant’s partners, agents or its employees.

8. Consulting or Other Services for Competitors . The Consultant represents and warrants that the Consultant does not presently perform or intend to perform, during the Term, consulting or other services for, or engage in or intend to engage in an employment relationship with, companies who businesses or proposed businesses in any way involve products or services which would be competitive with the Company’s products or services, or those products or services proposed or in development by the Company during the term of the Agreement (except for those companies, if any, listed on Exhibit C attached hereto). If, however, the Consultant decides to do so, the Consultant agrees that, in advance of accepting such work, the Consultant will promptly notify the Company in writing, specifying the organization with which the Consultant proposes to consult, provide services, or become employed by and to provide information sufficient to allow the Company to determine if such work would conflict with the terms of this Agreement,

 

3


including the terms of the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, the interests of the Company or further services which the Company might request of the Consultant. If the Company determines that such work conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to terminate this Agreement immediately.

9. Insurance on Consultant . The Company shall be entitled to obtain and maintain, at the Company’s expense, key person life insurance on the life of the Consultant, naming the Company as the beneficiary of such policy. The Consultant agrees to cooperate with the Company and take all reasonable actions necessary to obtain such insurance, such as taking the usual and customary physical examinations and providing true and accurate personal, health related information for any application at no cost to the Consultant.

10. Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . If there is any conflict between the terms of the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

11. Assignment . This Agreement is personal to each of the Parties, and neither Party may assign nor delegate any of that Party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without first obtaining the written consent of the other Party, except that the Company may assign and delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a legal successor to the Company or assignee whose management and ownership remains unchanged from that of the Company.

12. Notices . All notices required under this Agreement shall be given by personal delivery, facsimile, email or by mailing, via certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Company or to the Consultant as follows:

If to the Company to:

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Attn: Chairman

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, NJ 07675

Fax: (201) 263-1328

Email: chagantr@mskcc.org

If to the Consultant to:

Mr. Louis J. Maione

850 Park Avenue, 10B

New York, New York 10075

Email: louisjmaione3@gmail.com

If sent by mail, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date set forth on receipt of the registered or certified mail or upon the third day after mailing, whichever is earlier. Addresses may be changed only by giving written notice thereof, via registered or certified mail, to the other Party.

13. Expenses of Enforcement . In the event that any suit or legal proceeding is brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing Party in such suit or

 

4


proceeding shall be entitled to receive all of such Party’s reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

14. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law rules to the contrary.

(b) Should any provision of this Agreement be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted at law or in equity.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior conversations, proposals, negotiations, understandings, and agreements, whether written or oral concerning the subject matter hereof.

(d) This Agreement shall not be amended, altered, changed, modified, supplemented, or rescinded in any manner except by written agreement executed by both Parties expressly referring to this Agreement.

(e) Any one or more waivers of a breach of a covenant or condition by either Party shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same covenant or condition.

(f) The rights and obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Consultant’s service to the Company in any capacity and shall be binding upon the Consultant and the successors and assigns of the Company.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

    /s/ Raju S.K. Chaganti

      Name: Raju S.K. Chaganti
      Title: Chairman

 

CONSULTANT

/s/ Louis J. Maione

Louis J. Maione

 

6


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF CONSULTING SERVICES

Consultant will provide consulting services as follows:

 

   

Assistance and consultation with regard to the international distribution of probes, including interfacing with all distributors, Techno genetics/Bouty personnel, professionals on behalf of Cancer Genetics Italia, S.r.l., where required, by management of the Company.

 

   

Legal Consultancy regarding the pending DOJ claim related to the operations of the Company laboratory when located in Massachusetts, including interfacing with Company counsel, the Company’s indemnity carriers, and the Board of Directors.

 

7


EXHIBIT B

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND

INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

8


EXHIBIT C

LIST OF COMPANIES

EXCLUDED UNDER SECTION 8

         No conflicts

         Additional Sheets Attached

 

Signature of Consultant:  

/s/ Louis J. Maione

 

Print Name of Consultant:   Louis J. Maione

 

Date:   June 10, 2010

 

9

Exhibit 10.12

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, NJ 07675

June 10, 2010

Mr. Louis J. Maione

850 Park Avenue, 10B

New York, New York 10075

 

  Re: Termination of Employment

Dear Lou:

In connection with the termination of your employment by Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of June 10, 2010 (the “Termination Date”), you will be provided with the benefits described below in consideration for your execution of this agreement (this “Agreement”).

1. (a)  Benefits Continuation . If you would like to do so, you may make an election pursuant to the law known as COBRA, 29 U.S.C. Section 1161 et seq, to continue receiving the group health insurance which the Company currently offers to its employees. You will be solely responsible for the payment of any premiums associated with an election under COBRA.

(b) Payment to Closing . On the 11th day after execution of this Agreement without revocation (June 21, 2010, the “Closing Date”), the Company shall pay to you by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Seller a total sum of $120,000.00 (the “Settlement Amount”).

2. Employee Release . In exchange for the execution of this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and except as contemplated by this Section 2, you hereby fully, forever, irrevocably and unconditionall y release and discharge the Company, and any subsidiary or affiliated organization of the Company and their current or former officers, directors, stockholders, corporate affiliates, attorneys or employees (the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, charges, complaints, demands, actions, causes of action, suit, rights, debts, sums of money, (including the promissory note by and between the Company and you, dated December 27, 2006), costs, accounts, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, omissions, damages, obligations, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs), of every kind and nature, known or unknown, which you ever had or now have against the Released Parties, including, but not limited to, all claims arising out of your employment (including, but not limited to, your employment agreement with the Company dated October 21, 2009), all claims arising out of your separation from employment, all claims related to the note agreement between you and the Company issued in December 2006, all claims arising from any failure to re-employ you, all claims and damages relating to race, sex, national origin, handicap, religious, sexual orientation, benefits and age discrimination, all employment discrimination claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000 et. seq., the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 1001, et. seq., and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 12101 et. seq., and similar state or local

 

1


statutes, all wrongful discharge claims, common law tort, defamation, breach of contract and other common law claims and any claims under any other federal, state or local statutes not expressly referenced above. Excluded from the scope of this Agreement is (i) any claim or right by you under any policy or policies of directors and officers liability insurance maintained by the Company as in effect from time to time; and (ii) any right of or for indemnification pursuant to your guaranty of lease obligations of the Company as listed on Exhibit B.

3. Company Release . In exchange for your execution of this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby fully, forever irrevocably and unconditionally releases and discharges you from any and all claims, charges, complaints, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, debts, sums of money, costs, accounts, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, omissions, damages, obligations, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs), of every kind and nature, known or unknown, which the Company ever had or now have against you; provided , however , that the release will not discharge you from any matters which might arise from your employment relationship with the Company, to the extent that the same were the result of (i) fraud, (ii) a crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, or (iii) a violation of Federal, State or local statutes or administrative regulation, provided, however, that such violation would have an adverse impact on the Company as determined by a trier of fact in any trial or proceeding (“Excluded Matters”). As of date of this Agreement, the Company does not have any actual knowledge of an Excluded Matter.

4. Return of Property . By signing below, you agree that you will, on the Closing Date, immediately return to the Company, any documents (including electronic documents, disks and files) that you received and/or created as part of your employment with the Company and that remain in your possession, custody or control, and you further agree that you have not retained (yourself or through an agent) any copies thereof. You further agree that you will, on or before the Closing Date, return all tangible property of the Company that remains in your possession, custody or control; including but not limited to, the 2008 Acura RL, including keys and registration, Company sponsored credit cards and/or calling cards, keys, and any other Company property. You agree and understand that your compliance with the requirements of this Section 4 is an express condition to your entitlement to receive the benefits contemplated by Section 1 of this Agreement. Upon your delivery to the Company of an executed copy of this Agreement, the Company shall return to you any stamps which bear your signature. Any stamps which reference the Company, as well your signature, shall be destroyed by the Company.

5. Confidentiality . You shall keep the terms and conditions of this Agreement strictly confidential. You shall not disclose the terms of this Agreement to anyone, except your tax and/or legal advisors.

6. Nature of Agreement . You and the Company understand and agree that this Agreement is a termination and settlement agreement and does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of you, the Company, or any other person.

7. Amendment . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and may not be modified in any manner, except by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto. This agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective agents, assigns, estates, heirs, executors, successors and administrators. No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any occasion.

8. Validity . Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or invalid, the validity of the remaining parts, terms or

 

2


provisions shall not be affected thereby and such illegal and invalid part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

9. Nondisparagement . You and the Company agree to refrain from directly, or indirectly, making any disparaging remarks about the other party, it attorneys and employees. “Disparaging remarks” shall mean the publication of a matter that is untrue. In the event the Company is contacted to provide any employment reference for you, it shall advise the inquiring party of your job title, job description and dates of employment and that it is against the policy of the Company to provide any additional information.

10. Entire Agreement; Applicable Law; Remedies . This Agreement contains and constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to your termination benefits and settlement of claims against the Company and cancels all previous oral and written negotiations, agreements, commitments and writings in connection therewith. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey to the extent not preempted by federal law. In the event of a breach of any provision of this Agreement and General Release, either party may institute an action specifically to enforce any term or terms of this Agreement and General Release and/or seek any damages for breach.

11. Acknowledgments and Affirmations . You acknowledge and affirm that:

(a) All vacation pay was taken to date and a balance of zero vacation hours remain;

(b) You have not filed, caused to be filed, and you are not presently a party to any claim against any Released Party;

(c) You have been paid and/or have received all compensation, wages, bonuses, commissions, and/or benefits to which you are entitled;

(d) You have been granted any leave to which you were entitled under the Family and Medical Leave Act (or related state or local leave laws) and disability accommodation laws;

(e) You have no known workplace injuries or occupational diseases; and

(f) You have not been retaliated against for reporting any allegations of wrongdoing by Cancer Genetics, Inc. or its officers, including any allegations of corporate fraud.

12. Compliance With Agreement . You agree and understand that your compliance with the requirements of this Agreement is an express condition to your entitlement to receive the Settlement Amount. You agree and acknowledge that you would not receive the monies and/or benefits specified in Section 1 of this Agreement, except for your execution of this Agreement and General Release and the fulfillment of the promises contained herein.

13. Post Closing Deliverables . You agree that immediately upon closing and receipt of the Settlement Amount, you will mark as “paid in full” and return to the Company the original note agreement between you and the Company issued in December 2006.

14. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties successors and assigns.

 

3


15. Transfer of Securities . The Company hereby represents and warrants to you that all actions, if any, necessary to enable you to transfer the common stock and the option shares (after giving effect to the exercise of the options) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement have been taken and remain in full force and effect.

YOU ARE ADVISED THAT YOU HAVE HAD UP TO TWENTY-ONE (21) CALENDAR DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE.

YOU MAY REVOKE THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE FOR A PERIOD OF SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS FOLLOWING THE DAY YOU SIGN THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE. ANY REVOCATION WITHIN THIS PERIOD MUST BE SUBMITTED, IN WRITING, TO CANCER GENETICS, INC. TO THE ATTENTION OF RAJU S.K. CHAGANTI, CHAIRMAN AND STATE, “I HEREBY REVOKE MY ACCEPTANCE OF OUR AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE.” THE REVOCATION MUST BE PERSONALLY DELIVERED TO RAJU S.K. CHAGANTI, CHAIRMAN OR HIS DESIGNEE, OR MAILED TO RAJU S.K. CHAGANTI, CHAIRMAN AND POSTMARKED WITHIN SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS AFTER YOU SIGN THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE.

YOU AGREE THAT ANY MODIFICATIONS, MATERIAL OR OTHERWISE, MADE TO THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE, DO NOT RESTART OR AFFECT IN ANY MANNER THE ORIGINAL CONSIDERATION PERIOD.

YOU FREELY AND KNOWINGLY, AND AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION, ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE INTENDING TO WAIVE, SETTLE AND RELEASE ALL CLAIMS YOU HAVE OR MIGHT HAVE AGAINST THE RELEASED PARTIES.

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF YOUR OWN CHOOSING PRIOR TO EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT.

YOU AFFIRM THAT NO OTHER PROMISES OR AGREEMENTS OF ANY KIND HAVE BEEN MADE TO YOU BY ANY PERSON OR ENTITY TO CAUSE YOU TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT YOU FULLY UNDERSTAND THE MEANING AND INTENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. YOU REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU HAVE HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO FULLY DISCUSS AND REVIEW THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF YOUR OWN CHOOSING PRIOR TO EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT. YOU FURTHER REPRESENT THAT YOU HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND THE CONTENTS HEREIN, AND FREELY AND VOLUNTARILY ASSENT TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN.

(Signature Page to Follow)

 

4


If you are in agreement with the terms and conditions set forth above, please sign below.

 

  Very truly yours,
  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Raju S.K. Chaganti

  Name: Raju S.K. Chaganti
  Title:   Chairman

I hereby agree to the terms and conditions set forth above and I have chosen to execute this Agreement on the date below. I intend that this Agreement become a binding agreement between me and the Company.

 

/s/ Louis J. Maione

Louis J. Maione
Dated: June 10, 2010

 

5


EXHIBIT A

June 21, 2010

Mr. Raju S.K. Chaganti, Chairman

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, NJ 07675

 

  Re: Agreement and General Release

Dear Dr. Chaganti:

On June 10, 2010, I signed an Agreement and General Release between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and me. I was advised in writing by Cancer Genetics, Inc. to consult with an attorney of my choosing, prior to executing this Agreement and General Release.

More than seven (7) calendar days have elapsed since I executed the above-mentioned Agreement and General Release. I have not revoked my acceptance or execution of that Agreement and General Release and hereby reaffirm my acceptance of that Agreement and General Release up through the date of this letter.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Louis J. Maione

Louis J. Maione

 

6


EXHIBIT B

Lease Obligation of the Company – Guaranteed by Louis J. Maione

 

1. Lease for Office with Meadows Office, L.L.C. dated October 7, 2007.

 

2. Lease for lab equipment described below:

 

  a. HGF 110407-5 Microarray scanner bundle from Agilent Technologies

 

  b. HGF 110407-6 Office furniture and equipment

 

  c. HGF 050409-7 Cytology/Histology equipment from Leica

 

7


EXHIBIT C

June 10, 2010

Mr. Raju S.K. Chaganti, Chairman

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, NJ 07675

 

  Re: Resignation

Dear Dr. Chaganti:

Effective simultaneously with the Closing Date of the Agreement and General Release between Cancer Genetics, Inc. and me, I hereby resign as an officer and director or Cancer Genetics, Inc., and each of its subsidiaries.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Louis J. Maione

Louis J. Maione

 

8

Exhibit 10.13

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made this 1 st day of July, 2010, is entered into by Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 201 State Route 17, Rutherford, New Jersey, 07070 (the “Company”), and Edmund Cannon, with an address at 59 Granite Lane, Barnstable, Massachusetts, 02630 (the “Consultant”).

 

1. Consulting Services . The Company hereby retains the Consultant, and the Consultant hereby agrees, to provide to the Company consulting services in connection with the Company’s clinical lab business. In rendering consulting services hereunder, the Consultant shall act solely as an independent contractor, and this Agreement shall not be construed to create any employee-employer relationship between the Consultant and the Company.

 

2. Compensation . In consideration for the Consultant’s services, the Company hereby agrees to provide the Consultant with compensation at the rate of Two Thousand ($2,000) Dollars per calendar quarter for consulting on the Company’s behalf (“Consulting Fees”), effective as of the date first above executed.

In addition, the Company hereby agrees to provide the Consultant with One Hundred ($100) Dollars for each hour the Consultant spends consulting on the development of new business opportunities for the Company (“Business Development Fees”). The Consultant will invoice the Company in a means specified by the Company. The Consultant also agrees the Company must authorize the Consultant’s time in writing via email before Company will be obligated to pay Business Development Fees.

 

3. Freedom to Contract . The Consultant represents that he is not a party to any existing agreement which would prevent this entering into this Agreement.

 

4. Location . The Consultant shall perform consulting services under this Agreement at a location to be chosen by the Company, and acceptable to the Consultant.

 

5. Termination . This Agreement shall have a term of one (1) calendar year, or four quarters, from the date hereof, provided that the Consultant’s consultancy may be earlier terminated by either the Company or the Consultant for cause or upon the death or permanent disability of the Consultant.

 

6.

Proprietary Information . The Consultant hereby agrees to hold and maintain confidential and private in trust for the benefit of the Company all papers, plans, drawings, designs, devices, research data, machines or compositions, specifications, methods, processes, techniques,

 

1


  know-how, formulae, customer and supplier lists, personnel and financial data, plans, trade secrets, and all proprietary information to the extent designated as confidential (hereinafter, “Confidential Information”) belonging to the Company of which the Consultant may acquire knowledge in connection with the furnishing of consulting services to the Company under this Agreement.

 

7. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Consultant against all judgments, fines, settlement payments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, paid or incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, to which he be made a party or with which he may be threatened by reason of his having been a Consultant to the Company. No indemnification shall be made hereunder (a) with respect to payment and expenses incurred in relation to matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in such action, suit, or proceeding not to have acted in good faith and in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Company or (b) as otherwise prohibited by law. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of other rights to which the Consultant may otherwise be entitle and shall inure to the benefit of the executor or administrator of the Consultant.

 

8. Assignment . The rights and obligations of the Agreement are for personal services and may not be assigned or delegated by the Consultant.

 

9. Amendment and Waiver . Neither this agreement nor any term, covenant, condition, or other provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge, or termination is sought.

 

10. Government Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

 

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Company and the Consultant, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall not be affected by reference to any other document.

 

12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed delivered when given by registered or certified main addressed to the party to whom such notice is given at the address of such party hereinafter set forth or at such address as such party may provide to the other in writing from time to time.

 

If to the Company, to:    If to the Consultant, to:

 

2


Panna Sharma

201 State Route 17, 2 nd floor

Rutherford, NJ 07070

  

Edmund Cannon

59 Granite Lane

Barnstable, Massachusetts 02630

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by an officer duly authorized and the Consultant has hereunto set his hand and seal, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

COMPANY     CONSULTANT
By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

    By:  

/s/ Edmund Cannon

  Panna Sharma, CEO       Edmund Cannon
Date:   July 27-2010     Date:   July 30-2010

 

3

Exhibit 10.14

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made this 15 day of August, 2010, is entered into by Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 201 State Route 17, Rutherford, New Jersey, 07070 (the “Company”), and Andrew Pecora, with a principle place of business at 20 Prospect Avenue, Hackensack, New Jersey, 07601 (the “Consultant”).

 

1. Consulting Services . The Company hereby retains the Consultant, and the Consultant hereby agrees, to provide to the Company consulting and advisory services (“Services”) in connection with the following activities:

 

   

Strategic guidance and assistance on the development of the Company’s lab service business and lab service portfolio, including, but not limited to, the introduction to key clinical users;

 

   

Strategic guidance and facilitation with payers, insurers and third-party agencies on the reimbursement for common tests, lab-developed tests, and the Company’s portfolio of proprietary products, including microarrays; and

 

   

Facilitation of access to clinical advisory boards, peer review groups and ad-hoc clinical expert panels with the purpose of gaining feedback on the development of the Company’s products and service offerings in the field of advanced oncology testing and personalized medicine.

In rendering the Services hereunder, the Consultant shall act solely as an independent contractor and this Agreement shall not be construed to create any employee-employer relationship between the Consultant and the Company.

 

2. Compensation . In consideration for the Consultant’s Services, the Company hereby agrees to provide the Consultant with compensation at the rate of Five Thousand ($5,000) Dollars per month for consulting Services on the Company’s behalf, effective as of the date first above executed.

The Company shall also provide to the Consultant a total of 100,000 of the Company’s nonqualified options under its 2008 Stock Option Plan (“Options”). The Options shall have a strike price of five (5) dollars per share and become vested to the Consultant over the course of the term of the Agreement (Section 5) in accordance with Schedule A. The first installment of the Options shall vest on September 15, 2010, with 4,000 options vesting to the Consultant every month, except for the final installment vesting on August 15, 2012 in which the Consultant shall receive 8,000 Options.

 

1


3. Freedom to Contract . The Consultant represents that he is not a party to any existing agreement which would prevent him from entering into this Agreement.

 

4. Location . The Consultant shall perform consulting services under this Agreement at a location to be chosen by the Company, and acceptable to the Consultant.

 

5. Termination . This Agreement shall have a term of two (2) years from the date hereof, provided that the Consultant’s consultancy may be earlier terminated by either the Company or the Consultant for cause or upon the death or permanent disability of the Consultant.

 

6. Proprietary Information . The Consultant hereby agrees to hold and maintain confidential and private in trust for the benefit of the Company all papers, plans, drawings, designs, devices, research data, machines or compositions, specifications, methods, processes, techniques, know-how, formulae, customer and supplier lists, personnel and financial data, plans, trade secrets, and all proprietary information to the extent designated as confidential (hereinafter, “Confidential Information”) belonging to the Company of which the Consultant may acquire knowledge in connection with the furnishing of consulting services to the Company under this Agreement.

 

7. Technical Records . Immediately upon the Company’s request, the Consultant shall deliver to the Company all Confidential Information specified in Section 6 and all Confidential Information shall be, during and after the termination of the Agreement, and shall be deemed to be the property of the Company.

 

8. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Consultant against all judgments, fines, settlement payments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, paid or incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, to which he be made a party or with which he may be threatened by reason of his having been a Consultant to the Company. No indemnification shall be made hereunder (a) with respect to payment and expenses incurred in relation to matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in such action, suit, or proceeding not to have acted in good faith and in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Company or (b) as otherwise prohibited by law. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of other rights to which the Consultant may otherwise be entitle and shall inure to the benefit of the executor or administrator of the Consultant.

 

9. Assignment . The rights and obligations of the Agreement are for personal services and may not be assigned or delegated by the Consultant.

 

2


10. Amendment and Waiver . Neither this Agreement nor any term, covenant, condition, or other provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge, or termination is sought.

 

11. Government Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

 

12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Company and the Consultant, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall not be affected by reference to any other document.

 

13. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed delivered when given by registered or certified main addressed to the party to whom such notice is given at the address of such party hereinafter set forth or at such address as such party may provide to the other in writing from time to time.

 

If to the Company, to:    If to the Consultant, to:
Panna Sharma    Andrew Pecora, M.D.
201 State Route 17, 2 nd floor    20 Prospect Ave.
Rutherford, NJ 07070    Hackensack, NJ 07601

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by an officer duly authorized and the Consultant has hereunto set his hand and seal, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

COMPANY     CONSULTANT
By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

    By:  

/s/ Andrew Pecora

  Panna Sharma, CEO       Andrew Pecora, M.D.
Date:   Aug 15, 2010     Date:   8/15/10

 

3


Schedule A

Non-qualified options with a five (5) dollar strike price per share.

 

Vesting Date

   Amount
Vesting
Per
Installment
   Cumulative
Options
Vested

9/15/2010

   4,000        4,000
10/15/2010    4,000        8,000
11/15/2010    4,000      12,000
12/15/2010    4,000      16,000
1/15/2011    4,000      20,000
2/15/2011    4,000      24,000
3/15/2011    4,000      28,000
4/15/2011    4,000      32,000
5/15/2011    4,000      36,000
6/15/2011    4,000      40,000
7/15/2011    4,000      44,000
8/15/2011    4,000      48,000
9/15/2011    4,000      52,000
10/15/2011    4,000      56,000
11/15/2011    4,000      60,000
12/15/2011    4,000      64,000
1/15/2012    4,000      68,000
2/15/2012    4,000      72,000
3/15/2012    4,000      76,000
4/15/2012    4,000      80,000
5/15/2012    4,000      84,000
6/15/2012    4,000      88,000
7/15/2012    4,000      92,000
8/15/2012    8,000    100,000

Exhibit 10.15

LOGO

 

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made this 15 th day of September, 2010, is entered into by Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 201 State Route 17, Rutherford, New Jersey, 07070 (the “Company”), and R.S.K. Chaganti, Ph.D., with an address at 235 Pascack Road, Hillsdale, NJ 07642 (the “Consultant”).

 

1. Consulting Services . The Company hereby retains the Consultant, and the Consultant hereby agrees, to provide to the Company consulting and technical support services in connection with the Company’s technical and business affairs, including oversight of its clinical diagnostic laboratory. In rendering consulting services hereunder, the Consultant shall act solely as an independent contractor and this Agreement shall not be construed to create any employee-employer relationship between the Consultant and the Company.

 

2. Compensation . In consideration for the Consultant’s services, the Company hereby agrees to provide the Consultant with compensation at the rate of Five Thousand ($5,000) Dollars per month for consulting on the Company’s behalf, effective as of the date first above executed.

The Company will also provide to Consultant a total of 300,000 non-qualified options with a strike price of five (5) dollars per share beginning on October 1, 2010. As described in Exhibit B, the options will be distributed to the Consultant over the term of the Agreement with 25,000 options vesting to Consultant each quarter with the final distribution on July 1, 2013.

 

3. Freedom to Contract . The Consultant represents that he is not a party to any existing agreement which would prevent this entering into this Agreement.

 

4. Location . The Consultant shall perform consulting services under this Agreement at a location to be chosen by the Company, and acceptable to the Consultant.

 

5. Termination . This Agreement shall have a term of three (3) years from the date hereof, provided that the Consultant’s consultancy may be earlier terminated by either the Company or the Consultant for cause or upon the death or permanent disability of the Consultant.

 

6.

Proprietary Information . The Consultant hereby agrees to hold and maintain confidential and private in trust for the benefit of the Company all papers, plans, drawings, designs, devices, research data, machines or compositions, specifications, methods, processes, techniques,

 

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Tel: 201-528-9200    Fax: 201-528-9201

1


LOGO

 

  know-how, formulae, customer and supplier lists, personnel and financial data, plans, trade secrets, and all proprietary information to the extent designated as confidential (hereinafter, “Confidential Information”) belonging to the Company of which the Consultant may acquire knowledge in connection with the furnishing of consulting services to the Company under this Agreement.

 

7. Invention Rights .

 

  7.1. Subject to the Addendum to this Agreement (Exhibit A attached hereto which is part of the Agreement) the Consultant hereby agrees that any and all inventions, improvements, ideas, trademarks, and innovations, whether patentable or not, which he may invent discover, originate, make or conceive relating to the fields of cancer cytogenetics and molecular diagnostics for cancer during the course of rendering consulting services to the Company hereunder, or, either solely or jointly with others while providing services hereunder (“Inventions”), shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and shall be assigned by the Consultant to the Company or to the Company’s nominees. The Consultant and each such other person shall promptly and fully disclose each and all such discoveries, inventions, improvements, ideas, trademarks, or innovations to the Company or to the Company nominees.

 

  7.1.1. The Company shall pay to the Consultant a “bonus” of Fifty Thousand ($50,000) Dollars for any discovery or invention by the Company, which is accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”), on which Consultant either was the inventor or one of the inventors.

 

  7.1.2. Should the Company have an invention accepted by the PTO and a patent issued, the Consultant shall be given credit as “Inventor”, irrespective of ownership rights resting in the Company, and the Inventor shall be paid one (1%) percent of the net revenues from any licensed sales of a patented invention.

 

  7.2. The Consultant further agrees to execute at any time, upon the request and at the expense of the Company, for the benefit of the Company or the Company’s nominees, any and all applications, instruments, assignments, and other documents, which the Company shall deem necessary or desirable to protect its entire right, title, and interest in and to any Inventions.

 

  7.3.

The Consultant agrees, upon the request and at the expense of the Company or any person to whom the Company may have granted or grants rights, to execute any and all applications, assignments, instruments and papers, which the Company shall deem

 

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Tel: 201-528-9200    Fax: 201-528-9201

2


LOGO

 

  necessary or desirable for the protection or perfection of such rights, including the execution of new, provisional, continuing, and reissue patent applications, to make all rightful oaths, to testify in any proceeding in the Patent Office or in the courts, and generally and reasonably do everything lawfully possible to aid the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees to obtain, enjoy, and enforce proper patent or other protection in the United States and in foreign countries for the discoveries, inventions, improvement, ideas, trademarks, or innovations to the assigned under this Agreement. The Consultant hereby appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignment or other documents deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions. The obligations set forth in this Section 7.3 with respect to such Inventions shall run into perpetuity.

 

8. Technical Records . Immediately upon the Company’s request, the Consultant shall deliver to the Company all Confidential Information specified in Section 6.1 and all Confidential Information shall, during and after the termination of the Agreement, be and shall be deemed to be the property of the Company.

 

9. Noncompetition . During the term of this Agreement and for one year thereafter, the Consultant shall not directly or indirectly (a) engage in any business relating to the fields of cancer cytogenetics and molecular diagnostics for cancer as it applies to diagnostics and/or the development of fluorescence in situ hybridization nucleic acid probes based on genomic information, or cgh array CHIPs (“the Field”) that competes with the Company for his own account; (b) enter into the employ of any person engaged in any business related to the Field that competes with the Company or render any services to any person relating to the field that competes with the Company or render any services to any person for use in competing with the Company; (c) interfere with the business relationships (whether formed heretofore or hereafter) between the Company and its customers or suppliers; or (d) hire, solicit, or encourage any Company Employee to leave the employment of the Company. If at any time the foregoing provisions shall be deemed to be invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the state or place where they are to be performed, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to duration or place of performance, this Section shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to include only such time and such area as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement; the Company and Consultant expressly agree that this Section, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provisions had not been included herein. Notwithstanding the above this article 9 shall not apply to Consultant performing activities as an employee of MSKCC.

 

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Tel: 201-528-9200    Fax: 201-528-9201

3


LOGO

 

10. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Consultant against all judgments, fines, settlement payments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, paid or incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, to which he be made a party or with which he may be threatened by reason of his having been a Consultant to the Company. No indemnification shall be made hereunder (a) with respect to payment and expenses incurred in relation to matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in such action, suit, or proceeding not to have acted in good faith and in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Company or (b) as otherwise prohibited by law. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of other rights to which the Consultant may otherwise be entitle and shall inure to the benefit of the executor or administrator of the Consultant.

 

11. Assignment . The rights and obligations of the Agreement are for personal services and may not be assigned or delegated by the Consultant.

 

12. Amendment and Waiver . Neither this agreement nor any term, covenant, condition, or other provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge, or termination is sought.

 

13. Government Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

 

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Company and the Consultant, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall not be affected by reference to any other document.

 

15. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed delivered when given by registered or certified main addressed to the party to whom such notice is given at the address of such party hereinafter set forth or at such address as such party may provide to the other in writing from time to time.

 

If to the Company, to:    If to the Consultant, to:
Panna Sharma    R.S.K. Chaganti, Ph.D.
201 State Route 17, 2 nd floor    235 Pascack Road
Rutherford, NJ 07070    Hillsdale, NJ 07642

 

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Tel: 201-528-9200    Fax: 201-528-9201

4


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by an officer duly authorized and the Consultant has hereunto set his hand and seal, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

COMPANY       CONSULTANT
By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

    By:  

/s/ R.S.K. Chaganti

  Panna Sharma, CEO       R.S.K. Chaganti, Ph.D.
Date:   9/15-2010     Date:   9/15/10

 

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Tel: 201-528-9200    Fax: 201-528-9201

5


LOGO

 

Exhibit A

Addendum to

Consulting Agreement

Between

Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Company”)

and

R.S.K. Chaganti, Ph.D. (“Consultant”)

Company acknowledges that Consultant’s primary employment responsibility is to Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center and/or its affiliates, Sloan-Kettering Institute for Cancer Research and Memorial Hospital for Cancer and Allied Diseases (“MSKCC”) and that Consultant is bound by MSKCC policies including those related to consulting and extramural activities and that Consultant’s obligations under MSKCC policies take priority over any obligations that Consultant may have to Company by reason of this Agreement. The parties understand and agree that it is Consultant’s responsibility to ensure that Consultant’s services to Company do not employ proprietary information of MSKCC or make substantial use of MSKCC’s time or resources without the written agreement of MSKCC.

Additionally, the parties understand and agree that it is Consultant’s responsibility to ensure that the services provided by Consultant hereunder do not restrict or hinder the ability of Consultant to conduct current or foreseeable research assignments with MSKCC, or limit Consultant’s ability to publish work generated at or on the behalf of MSKCC, or infringe on Consultant’s obligations to MSKCC with respect to academic freedom.

Company will have no rights by reason of the Agreement in any document, material, invention, information, improvement, or other intellectual property whatsoever, whether or not publishable, patentable or copyrightable which is or was generated as a result of Consultant’s activities as an employee of MSKCC or using the resources or proprietary information of MSKCC.

Company further acknowledges that Consultant will serve as a consultant in the capacity of an individual, and not as an agent, employee or representative of MSKCC. The name of MSKCC or its affiliates may not be used in connection with Consultant’s services, other than in affiliation as his employer, without the written permission from MSKCC.

 

Company       Consultant
By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

    By:  

/s/ R.S.K. Chaganti

Date:   9/15, 2010     Date:   9/15, 2010

 

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Tel: 201-528-9200    Fax: 201-528-9201

6


LOGO

 

Exhibit B

Non-qualified options with a five (5) dollar strike price.

 

Distribution Date

   Amount Vesting Per Quarter      Cumulative Options Vested  

10/1/2010

     25,000         25,000   

1/1/2011

     25,000         50,000   

4/1/2011

     25,000         75,000   

7/1/2011

     25,000         100,000   

10/1/2011

     25,000         125,000   

1/1/2012

     25,000         150,000   

4/1/2012

     25,000         175,000   

7/1/2012

     25,000         200,000   

10/1/2012

     25,000         225,000   

1/1/2013

     25,000         250,000   

4/1/2013

     25,000         275,000   

7/1/2013

     25,000         300,000   

 

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North

Rutherford, NJ 07070

Tel: 201-528-9200    Fax: 201-528-9201

7

Exhibit 10.16

 

EXTREMELY CONFIDENTIAL    Page 2
   September 23, 2010

TIMELY AND CONFIDENTIAL

Dr. R.S.K Chaganti, Chairman

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Meadows Office Complex

201 Route 17 North, 2nd Floor

Rutherford, NJ 07070 USA

(201) 528-9200

Dear Dr. Chaganti,

I wanted to thank both you and your team for their time in Rutherford in August and the opportunity to get a more detailed overview of the latest developments at Cancer Genetics, Inc. Our discussions over the past several weeks have given the TSG team an appreciation of the clinical value and potential differentiation points of the latest DNA probes and microarrays being developed at CGI – in particular, the FHACT™ test for HPV-associated cancers, and MatBA™, CGI’s lymphoma microarray.

We believe TSG is uniquely positioned to support CGI with the actionable health economics models and strategic pricing and positioning guidance that will be needed to ensure a timely launch for the FHACT™ test this year, as well as the subsequent launch of the lymphoma chip, MatBA™. This letter can serve as a formal proposal between The Sharma Group, d/b/a TSG (“TSG”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Company”). It describes the project streams that TSG can perform to support the initial launch and marketing of these two tests by the Company.

The primary objectives of our proposed engagement – which is scheduled for a 3 month period ending around December 17 th , 2010 will be to:

 

   

highlight key trends, projected scenarios and value proposition for FHACT™ testing as a reflex test in the cervical cancer diagnostic workflow and for MatBA™ in lymphoma diagnostic workflows;

 

   

develop targeted health economic models for other HPV-associated cancers which may be diagnosed by FHACT™, as well as the specific lymphoma subtypes which may be diagnosed using CGI’s MatBA™ microarray

 

   

develop comprehensive health economic models to quantify the time and dollar savings expected from both tests in the U.S., with implications for potential partnerships, companion diagnostic use & test pricing

 

   

deliver two board-ready presentations and white papers on the health economic models for each specific disease indication

 

   

Identify and contact specific collaborators with strategic relevance to the above CGI diagnostic products

In order to provide timely and actionable insights in parallel with the Company’s timeline for new product launches, we suggest this process be broken into two distinct work modules, with regular on-site meetings and workshops to allow us to work closely with CGI’s core team in developing the health economic case as well as the associated deliverables. We have outlined our proposed process, timeline and suggested activities in detail on the following two pages.

 

 

TSG

Atlanta | Boston | New York,

Laura White – laura@tsg-partners.com


EXTREMELY CONFIDENTIAL    Page 3
   September 23, 2010

 

1. Suggested Timeline, Activities & Process;

Based on your team’s feedback to-date, we propose to focus our time specifically on the development of health economic models and supporting materials for the following CGI tests, with applications to the specific disease indications outlined below:

 

CGI TEST

  

DISEASE INDICATIONS

  

CGI TEST

  

DISEASE INDICATIONS

FHACT™ Probe for HPV-associated Cancers    Cervical cancer    MatBA™ Array    Chronic lymphocytic leukemia / small lymphocytic lymphoma
   Ovarian cancer       Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
   Anogenital cancer       Follicular lymphoma
   Oropharyngeal cancer       Marginal zone lymphoma
   Head & neck cancer       Mantle cell lymphoma
         Multiple myeloma

Our workplan below for this project has been grouped into two types of activities – those which we will complete for each disease indication (e.g., diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, HPV-associated anogenital cancer) and those which will occur on a per test basis.

For Each Disease Indication:

 

   

Identify relevant test inputs (samples) and outputs (potential prognostic or diagnostic readouts) via consultation with CGI team

 

   

Understand placement of test in clinical workflow for each disease indication and identify major unmet needs or gaps in diagnostic workflows today

 

   

Identify, select and validate relevant sources for epidemiological data, risk factors, and procedure/treatment costs

 

   

Create a first-pass health economic model from publically available data which captures:

 

   

Overall cost of disease and/or burden to system

 

   

Epidemiological statistics, including incidence rates

 

   

Cost of disease by stage, intervention or subtype

 

   

Implications of therapy selection, treatment failure, and/or misdiagnosis

 

   

Implications for patient stratification/companion diagnostic use

 

   

Validate initial model via informal conversation with clinical opinion leader(s)

For Each Test:

 

   

Work with CGI team to develop targeted content/presentations highlighting the specific value proposition of each test

 

   

Draft a 1300 word article or white paper for placement in trade publications (e.g., Genetic Engineering News ) or adaptation to press release, promotional literature, or building awareness among key opinion leaders

 

   

Review the competitive landscape and identify potential partners – including biopharma, diagnostic, and payer organizations – for collaboration, investment, or data leveraging

 

   

Develop targeted letters of introduction to select potential strategic partners or collaborators (~3-5 per test) focusing on CGI tests and health economic model

 

 

TSG

Atlanta | Boston | New York,

Laura White – laura@tsg-partners.com


EXTREMELY CONFIDENTIAL    Page 4
   September 23, 2010

 

We have outlined our expected timeline of activities for this project in the figure below.

Figure 1: Proposed Timeline & Workplan

LOGO

This work would be conducted both at TSG’s Atlanta, GA offices and through multiple on-site meetings and workshops with CGI personnel at the Company’s facility in Rutherford, NJ. TSG will work closely the CGI core team and other personnel during four weeks of on-site support throughout the duration of this project. In particular, we suggest regular on-site workshops with the company’s sales and R&D team, as well as outreach to CGI’s Clinical Advisory Board, in order to leverage key clinical insights and expertise and help validate and stress-test the health economic model.

 

2. TSG’s Sector Expertise Will Enable Rapid & Detailed Model Development:

TSG closely monitors key players, technologies and market trends in diagnostics, and has built a knowledge database for the molecular oncology sector. We see both women’s health and cancer-specific diagnostics as fast-growing fields whose future trajectory is being fueled by a convergence of global drivers. In particular, the current workflow for cervical cancer diagnosis presents significant opportunity for CGI’s FHACT™ test to become the standard of care in reflux testing, as a follow-on to positive Pap smear or other HPV testing (see Figure 2, on the following page).

In conjunction with our history of successful mandates for CGI over the past 18 months, TSG’s unique sector expertise will allow us to quickly engage with the CGI team, identify and prioritize action items and provide the rapid, actionable insights, materials and health economic data which will be critical to supporting FHACT™ test’s launch this fall and the upcoming launch of the MatBA array.

 

 

TSG

Atlanta | Boston | New York,

Laura White – laura@tsg-partners.com


EXTREMELY CONFIDENTIAL    Page 5
   September 23, 2010

 

Figure 2: FHACT™ Will Provide Unique Value To Cervical Cancer Diagnostic Workflows

LOGO

TSG has developed several detailed models in the past 18 months which will allow us to synthesize validated market and healthcare data with immediately actionable relevance to this mandate. Our recent mandates in cytogenetics and oncology have included analyses of the mix of diagnostic technologies in clinical use today, a review of oncology-focused disease management business models, bottoms-up analysis of next-generation cancer microarray companies, and competitive analysis of leading players and recent transactions and partnership activity in molecular oncology and adjacent categories.

 

3. Team Structure:

This engagement will be comprised of a cross functional team, with day to day management of the project from our Atlanta, GA office as well as on-site at CGI’s Rutherford, NJ facilities.

The team will be led by TSG senior analyst Laura White, with assistance from other key TSG associates as needed to provide support for other data needs as determined by the client and TSG team. We expect to be closely involved with the Company’s management, and other operating personnel throughout the course of the mandate.

 

 

TSG

Atlanta | Boston | New York,

Laura White – laura@tsg-partners.com


EXTREMELY CONFIDENTIAL    Page 6
   September 23, 2010

 

4. Compensation for TSG Work

As compensation for TSG’s services, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to TSG as follows:

 

1. Payment Amount & Structure – We propose a typical payment structure of 3 payments of the principal consulting fees. The principal consulting fees for this mandate would be a total value of $60,000 USD in a combination of cash ($45,000) and warrants ($15,000).

 

  a. Upfront payment – Upon contract acceptance and prior to project kickoff 1/2 of the total above, to be paid as $22,000 in cash and $7,500 in the form of warrants.

 

  b.

At 8 weeks – Upon successful receipt of deliverables outlined above, expected to be on or around November 15 th , CGI shall pay a milestone payment of 25% the total cash component above ($11,000 in cash).

 

  c.

Final payment – The remaining balances of the cash and warrants will be payable within 7 days of final acceptance of the deliverables; this will be $12,000 in cash and $7,500 in the form of warrants. We expect this to be on or around the week of December 17 th .

 

2. In advance of the final payment, TSG will also submit any and all expenses, which we do not expect to exceed $5,000 for the work as outlined in the prior sections. Reimbursement of TSG travel, communications and other out of pocket expenses for the project shall be governed by the T&E policies of the Company.

 

5. Indemnification

The Company agrees to indemnify and reimburse TSG and any controlling person, shareholder, affiliate, director, officer, employee or agent of TSG (collectively and individually, as the context requires, the “Agent”) against and for any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (“Loss”) to which Agent may become subject or which Agent may suffer or incur in connection with any matter arising out of this letter, except to the extent that any such Loss is finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (“Determined”) to have resulted solely from Agent’s knowing breach of this letter or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Agent in performing services which are the subject of this letter.

If, in connection with the services or matters that are the subject of this letter, Agent becomes involved in any capacity in any lawsuit, claim or other proceeding (“Action”) for which indemnity and reimbursement may be sought in accordance with this letter, the Company shall promptly reimburse Agent upon request for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Agent in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending such Action or exercising its rights to indemnification under this letter.

Agent agrees to notify the Company promptly of the assertion against it of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding related to the transactions and activities contemplated this letter. Agent’s failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any obligation or liability that it would otherwise have except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced by such failure.

The Company shall be entitled to participate in any Action and to assume the defense thereof; provided, however, that in the event that any such Action includes both Agent and the Company, and Agent reasonably concludes that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, or if the Company fails to assume the defense of

 

 

TSG

Atlanta | Boston | New York,

Laura White – laura@tsg-partners.com


EXTREMELY CONFIDENTIAL    Page 7
   September 23, 2010

 

the Action, in either case in a timely manner, then such Agent may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it in any such Action, and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel; and provided, further that the Company will not be required to pay the fees and disbursements of more than one separate counsel for all such Agents (and one separate local counsel). In any Action, the defense of which the Company assumes, the Agent will have the right to participate in such litigation and to retain its own counsel at such Agent’s own expense.

 

6. Sole Use by Company

All opinions and advice provided to the Company in connection with TSG’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company in connection with the matters described in this agreement, and accordingly such opinions or advice shall not be relied upon by any person or entity other than the Company. The Company and its management will not make any other use of any such opinions or advice.

 

7. Information / Confidentiality

All materials shared by the Company with TSG will be considered strictly confidential. In that respect, the Company will provide all the necessary documents to TSG for it to fully execute and complete the deliverables and outline, TSG adheres to the strictest confidentiality regulations in the advisory business, and no details of the mandate, strategy, or targets will be shared with non TSG personnel or advisors unless approved by the Company.

 

8. Miscellaneous

This letter may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by each of the parties hereto and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. This letter incorporates the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements should they exist with respect thereto and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, TSG, the Agents, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.

* * *

If the foregoing proposal correctly sets forth our agreement and meets with your approval, we will create a final version to be signed by both parties.

We look forward to working with you on this timely market assessment. If you should have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us.

Best regards,

Laura K. White

Senior Analyst, TSG

Office: +1-404-607-6954

E-Fax: +1-212-202-4546

E-Mail: laura@tsg-partners.com

 

 

TSG

Atlanta | Boston | New York,

Laura White – laura@tsg-partners.com


EXTREMELY CONFIDENTIAL    Page 8
   September 23, 2010

 

THIS SIGNATURE BLOCK BELOW GOVERNS:

THE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN CGI AND TSG FOR WORK RELATING TO THE HEALTH ECONOMIC & PRICING / POSITIONING MODELS TO SUPPORT THE PRODUCT LAUNCHES BY CGI

Approved & Agreed To By:

 

x   /s/ Laura White     x   /s/ R.S.K. Chaganti
Laura White,     Dr. R.S.K. Chaganti,
TSG     Cancer Genetics, Inc.
September 23 rd , 2010      September 23 rd , 2010

 

 

TSG

Atlanta | Boston | New York,

Laura White – laura@tsg-partners.com

Exhibit 10.21

 

LOGO   

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

  

Credit Agreement

 

 

 

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of April 29, 2008 (“Effective Date”) is between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Bank”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Borrower”).

BACKGROUND

The Borrower has asked that the Bank provide it with a $1,500,000.00 revolving line of credit for general business purposes. The Bank is agreeable to meeting the Borrower’s request, provided that the Borrower agrees to the terms of this Agreement. The Revolving Note, this Agreement, and all “Security Documents” described in Exhibit A may collectively be referred to as the “Documents.”

In consideration of the promises contained in this Agreement, the Borrower and the Bank agree as follows:

 

1. LINE OF CREDIT

 

1.1 Line of Credit Amount. During the Line Availability Period defined below, the Bank agrees to provide a revolving line of credit (the “Line”) to the Borrower. Outstanding amounts under the Line will not, at any one time, exceed ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($1,500,000.00).

 

1.2 Line Availability Period. The “Line Availability Period” will mean the period of time from the Effective Date or the date on which all conditions precedent described in this Agreement have been met, whichever is earlier, through and including the earlier of October 31, 2009 (the “Line Expiration Date”).

 

1.3 Advances. The Borrower’s obligation to repay advances made under the Line will be evidenced by a single promissory note (the “Revolving Note”) dated as of the Effective Date and in form and content acceptable to the Bank. Reference is made to the Revolving Note for interest rate and repayment terms.

 

2. EXPENSES

 

2.1 Intentionally Omitted.

 

2.2 Documentation Expense. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank for its reasonable expenses relating to the preparation of the Documents and any possible future amendments to the Documents, which reimbursement may include, but shall not be limited to, reimbursement of reasonable attorneys’ fees, including the allocated costs of the Bank’s in-house counsel. Despite such reimbursement the Borrower acknowledges that the Bank’s counsel is engaged solely to represent the Bank and does not represent the Borrower.

 

2.3 Collection Expenses. In the event the Borrower fails to pay the Bank any amounts due under this Agreement or under the Documents, the Borrower will pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Bank.


3. DISBURSEMENTS AND PAYMENTS

 

3.1 Requests for Advances. Any Line advance permitted under this Agreement must be requested by telephone or in a writing delivered to the Bank (or transmitted via facsimile) by any person reasonably believed by the Bank to be an authorized officer of the Borrower. The Bank will not consider any such request if there is an event which is, or with notice or the lapse of time would be, an event of default under this Agreement. Proceeds will be deposited into the Borrower’s account at the Bank or disbursed in such other manner as the parties agree.

 

3.2 Payments. All principal, interest and fees due under the Documents shall be paid in immediately available funds as contracted in this Agreement and no later than the payment due date set forth in the statement mailed to the Borrower by the Bank. Should a payment come due on a day other than a day on which the Bank is open for substantially all of its business (a “Banking Day”, except as otherwise provided), then the payment shall be made no later than the next Banking Day.

 

4. SECURITY

All amounts due under this Agreement and the Documents will be secured as provided in Exhibit A. The Borrower also hereby grants the Bank a security interest (independent of the Bank’s right of set-off) in its deposit accounts at the Bank, if any, and in any other debt obligations of the Bank to the Borrower.

 

5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement, or the delivery of all Documents in furtherance thereof, this Agreement and the Revolving Note shall only become effective upon the timely satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) The Borrower must deliver to the Bank the documents described in Exhibit A, properly executed and in form and content acceptable to the Bank, prior to the Bank’s initial advance or disbursement under this Agreement and such documents shall have been filed of record and recorded as necessary or appropriate with such verification of filing and priority as may be required by the Bank.

 

(b) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Bank for all expenses and fees, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, incurred by the Bank in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Documents.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Bank to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower, to the best of its knowledge and upon due inquiry, makes the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit B. Each request for an advance under this Agreement constitutes a reaffirmation of these representations and warranties.

 

7. COVENANTS

During the Line Availability Period, and thereafter until all amounts due under the Documents are paid in full, unless the Bank shall otherwise agree in writing, the Borrower agrees to:

 

2


7.1 Financial Information

 

(a) Annual Financial Statements . Provide the Bank within 120 days of the Borrower’s fiscal year end, beginning with fiscal year end 2008, the Borrower’s annual audited financial statements, including but not limited to balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows.

 

(b) Notices . Provide the Bank prompt written notice of (1) any event which has or might after the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an event of default under the Documents, or (2) any event that would cause the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement to be untrue.

 

(c) Additional Information . Provide the Bank with such other information as it may reasonably request, and permit the Bank to visit and inspect its properties and examine its books and records.

 

7.2 Other Covenants

 

(a) Nature of Business . Refrain from engaging in any line of business materially different from that presently engaged in by the Borrower.

 

(b) Books and Records . Maintain adequate books and records consistent with sound business practices.

 

(c) Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with all laws applicable to its business and the ownership of its property.

 

(d) Preservation of Rights . Maintain and preserve all rights, privileges, charters and franchises it now has, excluding sale of assets in the ordinary course of business and the loss of a management contract with independent physicians.

These covenants were negotiated by the Bank and Borrower based on information provided to the Bank by the Borrower. A breach of a covenant is an indication that the risk of the transaction has increased. As consideration for any waiver or modification of these covenants, the Bank may require: additional collateral, guaranties or other credit support; higher fees or interest rates; and possible modifications to the Documents and the monitoring of the Agreement. The waiver or modification of any covenant that has been violated by the Borrower will be made in the sole discretion of the Bank. These options do not limit the Bank’s right to exercise its rights under Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

8.1 Default

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events of default, or at any time afterward unless the default has been cured, the Bank may declare the Line to be terminated and in its discretion accelerate and declare the unpaid principal, accrued interest and all other amounts payable under the Revolving Note to be immediately due and payable, except as may be stated below:

 

(a) Default by the Borrower in the payment when due of any principal or interest due under the Revolving Note and continuance for twenty (20) days.

 

3


(b) Default by the Borrower in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, and continuance for more than twenty (20) days.

 

(c) Default by the Borrower in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement contained in the Documents, or any of them, excluding this Agreement, after giving effect to any applicable grace period.

 

(d) Default by the Borrower in an amount exceeding $50,000.00 in any agreement with the Bank or any other lender that relates to indebtedness or contingent liabilities which would allow the maturity of such indebtedness to be accelerated.

 

(e) Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower to the Bank in this Agreement, or in any financial statement or report submitted to the Bank by or on behalf of the Borrower or by or on behalf of the Personal Guarantor (defined below) before or after the Effective Date is untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

(f) Any litigation or governmental proceeding against the Borrower seeking an amount that would have a material adverse effect on the Borrower or the Borrower’s operations and which is not insured or subject to indemnity by a solvent third party either 1) results in a judgment equal to or in excess of that amount against the Borrower or 2) remains unresolved on the 270th day following its filing.

 

(g) A garnishment, levy or writ of attachment, or any local, state, or federal notice of tax lien or levy is served upon the Bank for the attachment of property of the Borrower in the Bank’s possession or indebtedness owed to the Borrower by the Bank.

 

(h) John Pappajohn, or any other person who personally guaranties indebtedness of the Borrower, (the “Personal Guarantor”) dies. If the Bank exercises its right to declare the Line to be terminated upon the death of the Personal Guarantor, and/or in its discretion accelerates and declares the unpaid principal, accrued interest and all other amounts payable under the Revolving Note due and payable, such amounts shall be paid to the Bank by Borrower within ninety (90) days of the date that the Bank exercises its right to terminate and/or accelerate the Revolving Note.

 

(i) The Personal Guarantor becomes insolvent or is the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

(j) The Personal Guarantor is in default with respect to any liabilities or indebtedness owed to the Bank which would permit the Bank to accelerate his indebtedness or the personal line of credit supporting the Personal Guarantor’s Personal Guaranty matures by its terms without extension, renewal, replacement, or refinancing.

 

8.2 Immediate Default

 

(a) On the Line Expiration Date, the Line shall immediately terminate and the unpaid principal, accrued interest and all other amounts under the Revolving Note and the Documents will become immediately due and payable without notice or demand.

 

(b)

If, with or without the Borrower’s consent, a custodian, trustee or receiver is appointed for any of the Borrower’s properties, or if a petition is filed by or against the Borrower under the United States Bankruptcy Code, then the Line shall immediately terminate and the unpaid principal,

 

4


  accrued interest and all other amounts payable under the Revolving Note and the Documents will become immediately due and payable without notice or demand.

 

9. LIMITATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF LIABILITY.

The Bank shall not be liable or responsible to the Borrower, the Personal Guarantor, or any third party, in connection with its conduct or performance under this Agreement, or any of the Documents, except for acts of gross negligence or willful misconduct, and the Borrower shall indemnify the Bank and hold the Bank harmless against all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, costs, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities of any kind, including tort, penalties and interest, whether made by the Borrower, the Personal Guarantor or any third party, in connection with any act of the Bank, directly or indirectly, in connection with this Agreement, or the Documents, except for acts of gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank.

These provisions and conditions shall survive the payment of all obligations to the Bank.

 

10. ARBITRATION.

Except for “Core Proceedings” under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Bank and the Borrower agree to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them, whether in tort, contract or otherwise (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents) arising out of or relating to in any way (i) this Agreement, the Revolving Note, any loan documents executed in conjunction with this Agreement or the Revolving Note, their negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination; or (ii) requests for additional credit. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in Des Moines, Iowa; (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code); and (iii) be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).

This arbitration requirement does not limit the right of either party to (i) foreclose against collateral; (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before, during or after the pendency or any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of either party to submit any dispute to arbitration, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section.

Any arbitration proceeding will be before a single arbitrator selected according to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney who has practiced in the area of commercial law for a minimum of ten years. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication.

In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted and will be governed by the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. All discovery must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing

 

5


date and within 180 days of the commencement of arbitration proceedings. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

The arbitrator shall award costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the Revolving Note.

This Section shall survive the payment of all obligations to the Bank.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a) 360 Day Year . All interest and fees due under this Agreement will be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360 day year.

 

(b) GAAP . Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all financial information provided to the Bank and all calculations for compliance with financial covenants will be made using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“GAAP”).

 

(c) No Waiver: Cumulative Remedies . No failure or delay by the Bank in exercising any rights under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of those rights. The remedies provided for in the Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

(d) Amendments or Modifications . Any amendment or modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Bank and Borrower. Any waiver of any provision in this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Bank.

 

(e) Binding Effect: Assignment . This Agreement and the Documents are binding on the successors and assigns of the Borrower and Bank. The Borrower may not assign its rights under this Agreement and the Documents without the Bank’s prior written consent. The Bank may sell participations in or assign this Agreement and the Documents and exchange financial information about the Borrower with actual or potential participants or assignees.

 

(f) Iowa Law . This Agreement and the Documents will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Iowa. Any action to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the Documents or arising from the actions of any party in connection therewith, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Iowa or in the Iowa District Court in Polk County, Iowa, except such action as may be necessary by the Bank to protect, preserve and realize its security interest in collateral located in another jurisdiction.

 

(g) Severability of Provisions . If any part of this Agreement or the Documents are unenforceable, the rest of this Agreement or the Documents may still be enforced.

 

(h) Integration . This Agreement and the Documents describe the entire understanding and agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements between the Bank and the Borrower relating to each credit facility subject to this Agreement, whether verbal or in writing.

 

(i) Copies . The Borrower acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Agreement and all related documents referenced therein and executed by the Borrower in connection with the Agreement and the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Bank under the Agreement.

 

6


14. INTEGRATION . This Agreement represents the entire understanding of the Bank and Borrower with respect to the Collateral and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements between the parties relating to the Collateral.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement was executed the day and year first above written.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Louis J. Maione

Title:  

President

 

7


EXHIBIT A

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL ADVANCE

Note

The Revolving Note

Security Documents

Personal Guaranty of John Pappajohn . The unconditional Personal Guaranty of John Pappajohn. Pursuant to the Guaranty, the Guarantor guarantees repayment of the Revolving Note and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof.

Consent to Credit Agreement and Ratification of Guaranty of John Pappajohn . An agreement with John Pappajohn whereby he (i) agrees that the Bank may reduce his personal line of credit with the Bank that is evidenced by a promissory note, dated August 1, 2007, in the principal amount of $14,000,000 (and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof) for purposes of supporting the Personal Guaranty of John Pappajohn. and (ii) permits the Bank, in the event that it makes demand under such Personal Guaranty, to make an advance under such personal line of credit for purposes of satisfying his obligations under such Personal Guaranty.

Security Agreement of Borrower . The Security Agreement signed by the Borrower, granting the Bank a security interest in all of the Borrower’s assets, including, without limitation, accounts, inventory, equipment and general intangibles described in that Agreement, together with one or more UCC-1 Financing Statements sufficient to perfect the security interest granted to the Bank in each jurisdiction where such property is located and/or the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is organized.

Authorization

Corporate Certificate of Authority . A certificate of the Borrower’s corporate secretary as to the incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Borrower signing the Documents and containing a copy of resolutions of the Borrower’s board of directors authorizing execution of the Documents and performance in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

Organization

Articles of Incorporation And By-Laws . A certified copy of the Borrower’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and any amendments, if applicable.

Certificate of Good Standing . A copy of the Borrower’s Certificate of Good Standing, recently certified by the Delaware Secretary of State.

 

8


EXHIBIT B

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Organizational Status . The Borrower is a corporation duly formed and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Chief Executive Office . The Borrower’s chief executive office is located at 228 River Vale Road, River Vale, NJ 07675.

Authorization . This Agreement, and the execution and delivery of the Documents required hereunder, is within the Borrower’s powers, has been duly authorized and does not conflict with any of its organizational documents or any other agreement by which the Borrower is bound, and has been signed by all persons authorized and required to do so under its organizational documents.

Litigation . There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending or threatened against the Borrower which could have a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s financial condition or business, except those disclosed in Exhibit C attached hereto.

Taxes . The Borrower has paid when due all federal, state and local taxes.

No Default. Except as otherwise disclosed to the Bank prior to the date hereof, there is no event which is, or with notice or the lapse of time would be, an event of default under this Agreement.

ERISA. The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with ERISA and has received no notice to the contrary from the PBGC or other governmental entity.

Environmental Matters . (1) The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all health and environmental laws applicable to the Borrower and its operations and knows of no conditions or circumstances that could interfere with such compliance in the future; (2) the Borrower has obtained all environmental permits and approvals required by law for the operation of its business; and (3) the Borrower has not identified any “recognized environmental conditions”, as that term is defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials in its standards for environmental due diligence, which could subject the Borrower to enforcement action if brought to the attention of appropriate governmental authorities.

 

9


EXHIBIT C

PENDING AND/OR THREATENED LITIGATION

The Borrower brought suit against Kreatech Biotechnology B.V. (“Kreatech”) in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on or about February, 2007 for fraud, breach of contract, unfair competition and injunctive relief resulting from Kreatech’s refusal to abide by its obligations under certain agreements between the Borrower and Kreatech. Kreatech subsequently counterclaimed for unjust enrichment, unfair business practices and abuse of process.

The case was recently transferred to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Prior to the transfer, however, both parties filed partial Motions to Dismiss which, as a result of the transfer, are presently pending before the Southern District. A status and scheduling conference has been scheduled by the Court for May 9, 2008. However, the parties are actively discussing the possibility of an out-of-court settlement prior to the May 9 th conference.

 

10

Exhibit 10.22

 

LOGO    Wells Fargo Bank, National Association    Security Agreement

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   Cancer Genetics, Inc.
666 Walnut Street, P.O. Box 837   228 River Vale Road
Des Moines, Iowa 50304-0837   River Vale, NJ 07675
(the “Bank”)   (the “Borrower”)

April 29, 2008

1. SECURITY INTEREST AND COLLATERAL. To secure payment of the Obligations (as defined below), the Borrower hereby enters into this Security Agreement (the “Agreement”) and grants to the Bank a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in the Collateral (defined below).

“Obligations” means every present and future debt, liability, and obligation which the Borrower may owe to the Bank, whether direct or indirect, due or unmatured, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, or joint, several or joint and several, and whether it arises with or without documents, such as deposit account overdrafts and charges, and including all extensions, renewals, amendments or replacements of such debt, liability, or obligation.

“Collateral” shall mean all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the following:

(a) All goods and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all machinery, fixtures, vehicles, and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory, now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above;

(c) All contract rights and general intangibles now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, trademarks, servicemarks, trade styles, trade names, patents, patent applications, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, computer programs, computer discs, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(d) All accounts and each and every right of Borrower to the payment of money, whether such right to payment now exists or hereafter arises, whether such accounts or other rights to payment arise out of a sale, lease or other disposition of goods or other property by Borrower, out of a rendering of services by Borrower, out of a loan by Borrower, out of the overpayment of taxes or other liabilities of Borrower, or otherwise arise under any contract or agreement whether such right to payment is or is not already earned by performance, and howsoever such


right to payment may be evidenced, together with all other rights and interests (including all liens and security interests) which Borrower may at any time have by law or agreement against any account debtor or other obligor obligated to make any such payment or against any of the property of such account debtor or other obligor; all including but not limited to all present and future debt instruments, chattel papers including tangible and electronic chattel paper, accounts including account receivables, and health-care-insurance receivables, contract rights, deposit accounts, letter of credit rights, loans and obligations receivable, tax refunds, unearned insurance premiums, rebates, and instruments and negotiable documents.

(d) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, securities, investment property, letters of credit, certificates of deposit, instruments and chattel paper now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing;

(e) All copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, now owned or hereafter acquired; all trade secret rights, including all rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals, license rights and agreements and confidential information, now owned or hereafter acquired; all mask work or similar rights, now owned or hereafter acquired; all claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing; and

(f) All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof.

The Collateral shall also include, as applicable, all (i) products of the Collateral; (ii) substitutions and replacements for the Collateral; (iii) proceeds from the sale or disposition of the Collateral, including insurance proceeds and any rights of subrogation resulting from the damage or destruction of the Collateral; and (iv) for Collateral that is tangible, all additions, increases, improvements, accessories, attachments, parts, equipment and repairs now or in the future attached to or used in connection with such Collateral, and any warehouse receipts, bills of lading or other documents of title now or in the future evidencing the Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral.

2. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS. Borrower represents, warrants and agrees that:

(a) Borrower is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware whose chief executive office is located at 228 River Vale Road, River Vale, NJ 07675, and that this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary corporate action.

(b) The Collateral will be primarily used for business purposes.

(c) Borrower has and will have title to each item of Collateral free and clear of all security interests and other encumbrances, except:

(i) the Security Interest;

(ii) liens for taxes not delinquent or which the Borrower is contesting in good faith;

 

2


(iii) liens securing purchase money indebtedness to the extent consented to in writing in advance by the Bank; and

(iv) those liens of record against the Collateral as of the date of the Agreement.

The Borrower will defend the Collateral against the claims of all persons except the Bank. Borrower will not dispose of any interest in the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Bank, except that, until the occurrence of an Event of Default and the revocation by the Bank of Borrower’s right to do so, Borrower may sell Inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(d) Borrower will execute and deliver to the Bank financing statements and any other documents that the Bank may require to perfect its Security Interest in the Collateral, and will not permit any tangible Collateral to be located in any state and/or county in which a financing statement perfecting such Collateral is required to be but has not been filed. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Bank at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (a) indicate the Collateral (i) as all assets of the Borrower or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State or such jurisdiction, or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (b) provide any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State, or such other jurisdiction, for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including (i) whether the Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to the Borrower and, (ii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or indicating Collateral as as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of real property to which the Collateral relates. The Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to the Bank promptly upon the Bank’s request. The Borrower also ratifies its authorization for the Bank to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any like initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

(e) Each Account and each document is (or will be when arising or issued) the valid and legally enforceable obligation, subject to no defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than those arising in the ordinary course of business) of the obligor shown by the Borrower’s records to be obligated to pay such Account. Borrower will not agree to the material modification or cancellation of any such right to payment without the Bank’s prior written consent, and will not subordinate any such Account or right to payment to any other claim.

(f) Borrower will at all times:

(i) keep all tangible Collateral in good working order and condition, normal depreciation excepted;

(ii) promptly pay all taxes and other governmental charges levied or assessed upon Collateral;

(iii) permit the Bank to examine or inspect any Collateral, wherever located, and to examine, inspect and copy Borrower’s books and records pertaining to the Collateral and Borrower’s business, and to request verifications from account obligors of amounts owed to Borrower;

 

3


(iv) keep accurate and complete records regarding the Collateral and Borrower’s business and financial condition and provide the Bank such periodic reports of condition as the Bank may reasonably request;

(v) promptly notify the Bank of any loss of or material damage to any Collateral or of any adverse change known to Borrower regarding the prospect of payment on any Account;

(vi) upon Bank’s request, promptly deliver to the Bank any instrument, document or chattel paper constituting Collateral, duly endorsed or assigned by Borrower;

(vii) keep all tangible Collateral insured against loss and damage, including risks of fire (including extended coverage), theft, collision (in case of Collateral consisting of motor vehicles) and such other risks in such amounts as the Bank may reasonably request, with any loss payable to the Bank to the extent of its interest and with the commitment of the insurer to notify the Bank before cancellation;

(viii) pay when due or reimburse the Bank on demand for all costs of collection of the Obligations and all other out-of-pocket expenses (including in each case all reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by the Bank in connection with this Agreement and the Obligations, including expenses incurred in any litigation or bankruptcy proceedings;

(ix) prevent the Collateral from being used or kept in violation of all applicable law;

(x) obtain a waiver or consent from the owner and any mortgagee of any real property where the Collateral may be located that provides that the Security Interest will at all times be senior to any such interest or lien.

(g) If Borrower breaches any covenant or warranty in this Agreement, and the breach or failure continues for a period of ten calendar days after the Bank gives written notice (or, in the case of the agreement contained in clause (vii) of Section 2(f), immediately upon the occurrence of such failure, without notice or lapse of time), the Bank may in its discretion perform or observe such agreements in the Borrower’s or the Bank’s name, and may take any other actions which the Bank deems necessary to cure or correct such failure. Borrower shall reimburse the Bank on demand for all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Bank in performing or observing such agreements. If the Borrower fails to reimburse the Bank upon demand, the Bank may cause such amounts to be advanced or added to any of the Obligations secured hereunder, which will bear interest at the highest rate provided under the note designated for this purpose by the Bank at the time of the advance.

(h) Borrower irrevocably appoints the Bank or its delegate as attorney-in-fact of Borrower with the right (but not the duty) to execute, deliver, endorse or file, in the name and on behalf of Borrower, any instruments, documents, financing statements, applications for insurance or other agreements required of Borrower under Section 2 at any time following an Event of Default. Following an Event of Default, the Bank may in its discretion enforce any rights of the Borrower under any contract of insurance, and in the Borrower’s or the Bank’s name, execute and deliver proofs of claim, receive payment of proceeds, endorse checks and other instruments representing payment of such proceeds, and adjust, litigate, compromise or release any claim against the issuer of any such policy.

 

4


3. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following occurrences shall constitute an event of default under this Agreement (each an “Event of Default”):

(a) the Borrower fails to make any payment of principal or interest due under any of the Obligations or the Borrower is otherwise in default with respect to any of the Obligations, and any applicable grace period stated therein, if any, has lapsed and the indebtedness has been accelerated and is fully due and payable; or

(b) the Borrower fails to observe or perform any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, after giving effect to any applicable grace period, if any; or

(c) any representation or warranty by the Borrower set forth in this Agreement or made to the Bank in any financial statements or reports submitted to the Bank by or on behalf of Borrower is materially false or misleading.

4. REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, the Bank may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies:

(a) declare all unmatured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, without presentment or other notice or demand;

(b) exercise all rights available upon default to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code. The Bank may require Borrower to make the Collateral available to the Bank at a place to be designated by the Bank which is reasonably convenient to both parties, and if notice to Borrower of any intended disposition of Collateral or any other intended action is required by law in a particular instance, such notice shall be deemed commercially reasonable if given in the manner specified in this Agreement at least 10 calendar days prior to the date of any public sale or disposition or the date after which any private sale may occur;

(c) exercise any or all other rights available to the Bank by law or agreement against the Collateral, the Borrower or any other person or property.

The Bank shall not be obligated to preserve any rights Borrower may have against prior parties, to liquidate or realize on the Collateral at all or in any particular manner or order, or apply any cash proceeds of Collateral in any particular order.

5. OTHER PERSONAL PROPERTY. Unless at the time the Bank takes possession of any tangible Collateral, or at any time within seven days thereafter, the Borrower gives the Bank written notice of the existence of property belonging to the Borrower that does not constitute Collateral, but which is located or found upon or within such Collateral, together with a description of such property, the Bank shall not be responsible or liable to the Borrower with respect to such property unless it has actual knowledge of its existence and location upon or in such Collateral.

6. LOCK BOX, COLLATERAL ACCOUNT. Upon the Bank’s request following an Event of Default, the Borrower will direct each obligor on an account to make payments to a special lock box under the control of the Bank. Borrower authorizes and directs the Bank to deposit into a special collateral account to be established and maintained with the Bank all checks, drafts and cash payments, received in said lock box. All deposits to this collateral account shall constitute Collateral and shall not constitute payment of any Obligation. At its

 

5


option, the Bank may, at any time, apply collected funds on deposit in the collateral account to the payment of the Obligations in such order of application as the Bank may determine, or permit the Borrower to withdraw all or part of the balance of the collateral account. If a collateral account is established, Borrower agrees that it will promptly deliver to the Bank for deposit into the collateral account all payments on Accounts. All such payments shall be delivered to the Bank in the form received (except for Borrower’s endorsement where necessary). Until deposited, all payments on Accounts received by Borrower shall be held in trust by the Borrower as the property of the Bank, and shall not be commingled with any funds or property of the Borrower.

7. COLLECTION RIGHTS OF THE BANK. In addition to its rights under Sections 4 and 6, the Bank may, at any time following an Event of Default, notify any account obligor or any other person obligated to pay any amount due with respect to an Account to make payment directly to the Bank. Upon the Bank’s request, Borrower will notify such account obligors and other obligors in writing and will state on all invoices to such account obligors or other obligors that the amount due is payable directly to the Bank. At any time after the Bank or Borrower gives such notice to an account obligor or other obligor, the Bank may, in its discretion, and in its own name or in Borrower’s name, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of, or securing, any such chattel paper, account, or other right to payment, or grant any extension to, make any compromise or settlement with or otherwise agree to waive or change the obligations (including collateral obligations) of any such account obligor or other obligor.

8. AMENDMENTS. This Agreement can be waived, amended or terminated and the Security Interest released, only in an express writing signed by the Bank. A waiver signed by the Bank shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given.

9. NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. Delay or failure to act shall not preclude the exercise or enforcement of any of the Bank’s rights or remedies. All rights of the Bank shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently, at the Bank’s option, and the exercise of any one such right or remedy shall neither be a condition to nor bar the exercise or enforcement of any other.

10. NOTICES. All notices to be given to Borrower shall be deemed sufficiently given if delivered or mailed to the Borrower at the above address or at the most recent address shown on the Bank’s records.

11. BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and the Bank and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns and shall take effect when signed by Borrower and delivered to the Bank. A photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any financing statement signed by the Borrower shall have the same force and effect as the original.

12. APPLICABLE LAW; SEVERABILITY. Except to the extent otherwise required by law, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Bank’s main office is located. If any provision or application of this Agreement is unenforceable in any respect, such unenforceability shall not affect other provisions of this Agreement.

13. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the creation and payment of the Obligations.

 

6


(i) Counterparts; Telefax Signature . This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, which, when executed by all parties, shall constitute one and the same Agreement. The parties hereto may accept this Agreement by sending an executed copy of the signature page by telefax to the other and by forwarding on the same date to the other the originally executed signature page.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERNS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER. BY SIGNING BELOW THE BORROWER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED COPIES OF THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS.

 

Address for notices to Bank:   Address for notices to Borrower:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   Cancer Genetics Inc.
666 Walnut Street, P.O. Box 837   228 River Vale Road
Des Moines, Iowa 50304-0837   River Vale, NJ 07675
Attention: Rebecca Gibson, Vice President  
  With a copy to:
  John Pappajohn
  c/o Equity Dynamics
  2116 Financial Center
  666 Walnut Street
  Des Moines, Iowa 50309

 

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION     CANCER GENETICS, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Rebecca Gibson

    By:  

/s/ Louis J. Maione

    Rebecca Gibson, Vice President     Its:  

President

 

7

Exhibit 10.23

FIRST ADDENDUM

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This First Addendum to Credit Agreement (“First Addendum”) is made this 7th day of July, 2008, between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS:

 

A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008 (the “Credit Agreement”). Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are currently evidenced by a $ 1,500,000.00 revolving line of credit note, dated April 29, 2008 (“Existing Revolving Note”).

 

B. As of July 7, 2008, there is owed on the Existing Revolving Note the principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) plus accrued, unpaid interest.

 

C. The Borrower has requested that the Bank increase the Line to Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000.00).

 

D. The Bank and the Borrower wish to amend the Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of this First Addendum.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein it is agreed:

 

1. All terms not otherwise defined in this First Addendum shall have the meaning given to such term in the Credit Agreement, as amended. The recital paragraphs are hereby incorporated as though fully set forth in this First Addendum.

 

2. Notwithstanding the execution of the Credit Agreement or any addendum thereto, or the delivery of all documents in furtherance thereof, the obligation of the Bank to make any advance on the Line and this First Addendum becoming effective shall be subject to the timely satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  a) No event of default or event which will mature into an event of default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

  b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Documents shall be true and correct as of the date of any advance on the Line.

 

  c) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank copies, duly certified as of the date of this First Addendum by the Borrower’s secretary of (i) the resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors authorizing the execution and delivery of this First Addendum and the Documents required by this First Addendum, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary Borrower action, and (iii) all approvals or consents required, if any, with respect to the Documents.

 

  d) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate of its secretary certifying the name(s) of the person(s) authorized to sign this First Addendum and the Documents, and all other documents and certificates of the Borrower to be delivered hereunder, together with the true signatures of such person(s).

 

1


  e) The Borrower shall have delivered the Documents and the agreements listed below, each of which shall be in a form and content satisfactory to the Bank, executed by the parties specified therein, and all other documents, certificates, opinions and statements requested by the Bank:

 

  i. This First Addendum.

 

  ii. The revolving note attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (“New Revolving Note”) which shall evidence the Borrower’s obligation to repay advances made under the Line (as defined below). Upon this First Addendum becoming effective, the New Revolving Note will replace, but not be deemed to satisfy, the Existing Revolving Note.

 

  f) The Bank shall have received from John Pappajohn the (i) Consent to First Addendum to Credit Agreement and Ratification of Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit “B” (“Pappajohn Consent”) and (ii) the guaranty attached to the Pappajohn Consent as Exhibit “A” (“Pappajohn Guaranty”).

 

  g) The Bank shall have received a letter, in the form attached as Exhibit “C” (the “Guarantor’s Letter”), from the Facility Guarantor (as that term is defined in such letter).

 

  h) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Bank for all expenses incurred by it in connection with this First Addendum, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees.

 

3. Section 1.1 (Line of Credit Amount) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and the following new Section 1.1 is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

  1.1 Line of Credit Amount. During the Line Availability Period defined below, the Bank agrees to provide a revolving line of credit (the “Line”) to the Borrower. Outstanding amounts under the Line will not, at any one time, exceed THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($3,500,000.00).

 

4. The Borrower does hereby release and forever discharge Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo & Company, and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Borrower now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands arose prior to the date of this First Addendum.

 

5. Except as modified by this First Addendum, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. This First Addendum may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, which, when executed by all parties, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7. The Credit Agreement, as amended, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among such parties with respect to the subject matters thereof.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE

 

2


READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS, WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN, OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Addendum as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/ Rebecca Gibson

  Rebecca Gibson, Vice President
BORROWER:
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Louis J. Maione

Its:  

Pres & CEO

 

3


LOGO  

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

   Revolving Note
 
$3,500,000.00      July 7, 2008

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Bank”), at its principal office or such other address as the Bank or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($3,500,000.00), or the amount shown on the Bank’s records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing on the unpaid balance at the annual interest rate defined below. Absent manifest error the Bank’s records will be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This Revolving Note is issued pursuant to a Credit Agreement of even date herewith between the Bank and the Borrower (the “Agreement”). The Agreement, and any amendments or substitutions thereto, contain additional terms and conditions including default and acceleration provisions. The terms of the Agreement are incorporated into this Revolving Note by reference. Capitalized terms not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

INTEREST RATE

Interest Rate. The principal balance outstanding under this Revolving Note will bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time. “Prime Rate” means at any time the rate of interest most recently announced within Bank at its principal office in Des Moines, Iowa as its Prime Rate, with the understanding that the Prime Rate is one of Bank’s base rates and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto, and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publication or publications as Bank may designate. Each change in rate of interest hereunder shall become effective on the date each Prime Rate change is announced within Bank.

REPAYMENT TERMS

Interest. Interest will be payable on the last day of each month, beginning July 30, 2008.

Principal. Principal, and any unpaid interest, will be payable in a single payment due on October 31, 2009.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Bank in the event this Revolving Note is not duly paid. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and dishonor of this Revolving Note are expressly waived. This Revolving Note will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Iowa.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/    Louis J. Maione        

Its:  

Pres & CEO

Exhibit 10.24

SECOND ADDENDUM

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Second Addendum to Credit Agreement (“Second Addendum”) is made this 30 th day of March, 2009, between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS:

 

A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008 (the “Credit Agreement”), as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are currently evidenced by a $3,500,000.00 revolving line of credit note, dated July 7, 2008 (“Existing Revolving Note”).

 

B. As of March 30, 2009, there is owed on the Existing Revolving Note the principal amount of Three Million Four Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($3,425,000) plus accrued, unpaid interest.

 

C. The Borrower has requested that the Bank increase the Line to Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000.00).

 

D. The Bank and the Borrower wish to amend the Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Second Addendum.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein it is agreed:

 

1. All terms not otherwise defined in this Second Addendum shall have the meaning given to such term in the Credit Agreement, as amended. The recital paragraphs are hereby incorporated as though fully set forth in this Second Addendum.

 

2. Notwithstanding the execution of the Credit Agreement or any addendum thereto, or the delivery of all documents in furtherance thereof, the obligation of the Bank to make any advance on the Line and this Second Addendum becoming effective shall be subject to the timely satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  a) No event of default or event which will mature into an event of default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

  b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Documents shall be true and correct as of the date of any advance on the Line.

 

  c) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank copies, duly certified as of the date of this Second Addendum by the Borrower’s secretary of (i) the resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors authorizing the execution and delivery of this Second Addendum and the Documents required by this Second Addendum, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary Borrower action, and (iii) all approvals or consents required, if any, with respect to the Documents.

 

  d) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate of its secretary certifying the name(s) of the person(s) authorized to sign this Second Addendum and the Documents, and all other documents and certificates of the Borrower to be delivered hereunder, together with the true signatures of such person(s).

 

1


  e) The Borrower shall have delivered the Documents and the agreements listed below, each of which shall be in a form and content satisfactory to the Bank, executed by the parties specified therein, and all other documents, certificates, opinions and statements requested by the Bank:

 

  i. This Second Addendum.

 

  ii. The revolving note attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (“New Revolving Note”) which shall evidence the Borrower’s obligation to repay advances made under the Line (as defined below). Upon this Second Addendum becoming effective, the New Revolving Note will replace, but not be deemed to satisfy, the Existing Revolving Note.

 

  f) The Bank shall have received from John Pappajohn the (i) Consent to Second Addendum to Credit Agreement and Ratification of Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit “B” (“Pappajohn Consent”) and (ii) the guaranty attached to the Pappajohn Consent as Exhibit “A” (“Pappajohn Guaranty”).

 

  g) The Bank shall have received a letter, in the form attached as Exhibit “C” (the “Guarantor’s Letter”), from the Facility Guarantor (as that term is defined in such letter).

 

  h) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Bank for all expenses incurred by it in connection with this Second Addendum, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees.

 

3. Section 1.1 (Line of Credit Amount) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and the following new Section 1.1 is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

  1.1 Line of Credit Amount. During the Line Availability Period defined below, the Bank agrees to provide a revolving line of credit (the “Line”) to the Borrower. Outstanding amounts under the Line will not, at any one time, exceed FOUR MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($4,500,000.00).

 

4. The Borrower does hereby release and forever discharge Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo & Company, and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Borrower now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands arose prior to the date of this Second Addendum.

 

5. Except as modified by this Second Addendum, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. This Second Addendum may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, which, when executed by all parties, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7. The Credit Agreement, as amended, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among such parties with respect to the subject matters thereof.

 

2


IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS, WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN, OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Addendum as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/    Rebecca Gibson        

  Rebecca Gibson, Vice President
BORROWER:
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/    Louis J. Maione        

Its:  

President

 

3


Exhibit A

 

LOGO   

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

   Revolving Note

 

 

$4,500,000.00    March 30, 2009

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Bank”), at its principal office or such other address as the Bank or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of FOUR MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($4,500,000.00), or the amount shown on the Bank’s records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing on the unpaid balance at the annual interest rate defined below. Absent manifest error the Bank’s records will be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This Revolving Note is issued pursuant to a Credit Agreement of even date herewith between the Bank and the Borrower (the “Agreement”). The Agreement, and any amendments or substitutions thereto, contain additional terms and conditions including default and acceleration provisions. The terms of the Agreement are incorporated into this Revolving Note by reference. Capitalized terms not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

INTEREST RATE

Interest Rate . The principal balance outstanding under this Revolving Note will bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time. “Prime Rate” means at any time the rate of interest most recently announced within Bank at its principal office in Des Moines, Iowa as its Prime Rate, with the understanding that the Prime Rate is one of Bank’s base rates and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto, and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publication or publications as Bank may designate. Each change in rate of interest hereunder shall become effective on the date each Prime Rate change is announced within Bank.

REPAYMENT TERMS

Interest . Interest will be payable on the last day of each month, beginning April 30, 2009.

Principal . Principal, and any unpaid interest, will be payable in a single payment due on October 31, 2009.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS . The Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Bank in the event this Revolving Note is not duly paid. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and dishonor of this Revolving Note are expressly waived. This Revolving Note will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Iowa.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:    
Its:  

 


Exhibit B

CONSENT TO SECOND ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

and

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY

THIS CONSENT TO SECOND ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT and RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY (“Consent and Ratification”) is made by John Pappajohn (“Personal Guarantor”) and delivered to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) effective as of March 30, 2009.

RECITALS:

 

A. Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”) and the Bank entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2008, as amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which the Bank has made the Line available to the Borrower. The Borrower has requested that the Bank increase the Line, as evidenced by a promissory note, dated March 30, 2009, in the original principal amount of Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000.00) (“New Revolving Note”). In conjunction with the New Revolving Note, the Borrower and Bank entered into a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2009 (the “Second Addendum”).

 

B. At the Borrower’s request, the Personal Guarantor has agreed to (i) unconditionally guaranty the repayment of the New Revolving Note pursuant to a written guaranty, dated March 30, 2009, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “Guaranty”) and (ii) authorizes the Bank to make, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, an advance under the Personal Guarantor’s personal line of credit at the Bank and use the proceeds of such advance to reduce the Borrower’s obligations under the New Revolving Note.

 

C. The Bank has agreed to increase the Line in accordance with the terms of the Second Addendum, provided that all of the conditions precedent set out in the Second Addendum are satisfied in full, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery to the Bank of (i) the Guaranty and (ii) this Consent and Ratification by the Personal Guarantor.

NOW THEREFORE, the Personal Guarantor agrees:

 

1. The Recital Paragraphs are incorporated in this Consent and Ratification as though fully set forth herein. The Personal Guarantor has been provided with a copy of the New Revolving Note and Second Addendum and acknowledges receipt of the same.

 

2. The Personal Guarantor hereby consents to the Second Addendum and the New Revolving Note.

 

3. The Personal Guarantor hereby ratifies the Guaranty and acknowledges that the Guaranty is in full force and effect with respect to the obligations secured by the Guaranty, including all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancing thereof, which may be owed by the Borrower to the Bank now or in the future.

 

4.

The Personal Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that his personal line of credit with the Bank that is evidenced by a promissory note, dated March 30, 2009, as amended and/or modified, in the principal amount of $8,000,000 (and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof) (“Personal Guarantor Line of Credit”) will be reduced by Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000.00) to effect the Personal Guarantor’s support of the New Revolving Note and all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof. The Personal Guarantor further agrees that upon (i) a default by the Borrower under the terms of the Credit Agreement and/or


  the New Revolving Note or (ii) the maturity date of the New Revolving Note, the Bank is hereby authorized to make an advance under the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit and apply the proceeds of such advance to the New Revolving Note.

The Guarantor further agrees that in the event the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit is not renewed or extended upon its expiration or is otherwise terminated, the Guarantor shall provide to the Bank a standby letter of credit, or some other form of collateral that would be acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion in support of the obligations owed by the Borrower under the New Revolving Note, issued by a banking institution acceptable to the Bank in an amount not less than Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000.00), naming the Bank as the beneficiary thereunder.

 

5. Except for “Core Proceedings” under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Bank and the Personal Guarantor agree to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them, whether in tort, contract or otherwise (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents) arising out of or relating to in any way the Guaranty, this Consent and Ratification, the Credit Agreement, the New Revolving Note and/or other documents and agreements executed in conjunction therewith and their negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in Des Moines, Iowa; (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code); and (iii) be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).

This arbitration requirement does not limit the right of either party to (i) foreclose against collateral; (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before, during or after the pendency or any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of either party to submit any dispute to arbitration, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section.

Any arbitration proceeding will be before a single arbitrator selected according to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney who has practiced in the area of commercial law for a minimum of ten years. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication.

In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted and will be governed by the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. All discovery must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date and within 180 days of the commencement of arbitration proceedings. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

The arbitrator shall award costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the New Revolving Note.

 

2


This Section shall survive the payment of all obligations to the Bank.

 

6. This Consent and Ratification shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Personal Guarantor and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

7. This Consent and Ratification shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Iowa applicable to contracts performed entirely within the State. Any action to enforce the provisions of this Consent and Ratification or arising from the actions of any party in connection therewith, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Iowa or in the Iowa District Court in Polk County, Iowa, except such action as may be necessary by the Bank to protect, preserve and realize its security interest in collateral located in another jurisdiction.

 

8. The Guarantor does hereby release and forever discharge the Bank, Wells Fargo & Company and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Guarantor now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands (a) are related in any manner whatsoever to the transactions which are the subject of this Consent and Ratification and (b) arose prior to the date of this Consent and Ratification.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent and Ratification was executed effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

John Pappajohn

 

3


Exhibit C

 

LOGO   

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

  

 

Personal Guaranty

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

666 Walnut Street, PO Box 837

Des Moines, Iowa 50304-0837

(the “Bank”)

  

Cancer Genetics, Inc.

228 River Vale Road

River Vale, NJ 07675

(the “Borrower”)

Dated: March 30, 2009

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, and to induce the Bank in its sole discretion to make loans or extend other accommodations to or for the account of the Borrower, the undersigned gives this Personal Guaranty (the “Guaranty”), and absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Bank the full and prompt payment of each and every debt, liability or obligation of the Borrower to the Bank relating to or arising out of the Credit Agreement dated to be effective April 29, 2008, as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008, and a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2009, together with any deposit account related overdrafts of the Borrower (All such obligations, including but not limited to every promissory note, instrument, or other agreement given by the Borrower evidencing any such obligations, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of same, to collectively be referred to as the “Indebtedness”.)

This Guaranty is an absolute, unconditional and continuing guaranty of payment of the Indebtedness and shall continue to be binding upon the undersigned, whether or not all Indebtedness is paid in full, until this Guaranty is revoked prospectively in writing as to future transactions. Such revocation shall not be effective until actually received in writing by the Bank and then shall not be effective as to Indebtedness existing or committed to at the time of revocation, and shall not be effective as to renewals, extensions, or refinancings of existing Indebtedness, whether such Indebtedness, is renewed before or after receipt of such notice of revocation. The death or incompetence of the undersigned shall not revoke this Guaranty until written notice of such death or incompetence is actually received by the Bank, and then only prospectively as to future transactions as set forth above.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty shall be limited to a principal amount of $4,500,000.00, plus accrued interest on the full amount of the Indebtedness and all attorneys’ fees, collection costs and enforcement expenses incurred by the Bank in collecting on and enforcing its rights under the Indebtedness and incurred in connection with the protection, defense or enforcement of this Guaranty in any litigation or bankruptcy proceedings. The Indebtedness may be created and continued in any amount, whether or not in excess of such principal amount, without reducing or impairing the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty. Any payment made by the undersigned under this Guaranty shall be effective to reduce or discharge the undersigned’s liability only if accompanied by a written transmittal document, received by the Bank and advising it that such payment is made under this Guaranty for such purpose.

The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees with Bank that:

1. No act or event need occur to establish the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty, and no act or event, except full payment and discharge of all Indebtedness, shall exonerate and discharge the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty.

 

1


2. If the undersigned dies or becomes insolvent (however defined) then the Bank may declare immediately due and payable the obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty, and the undersigned shall immediately pay to the Bank the full amount of all Indebtedness, whether due and payable or unmatured. If the undersigned voluntarily commences or there is commenced involuntarily against the undersigned a case under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty shall immediately be due and payable without the necessity of demand or notice.

3. The undersigned will not exercise or enforce any right of contribution, reimbursement, recourse or subrogation available to the undersigned against the Borrower or any person liable for payment of the Indebtedness, or as to any collateral securing the Indebtedness, unless and until all of the Indebtedness shall have first been fully paid and discharged.

4. The Bank may in its discretion enter into transactions resulting in the creation or continuance of Indebtedness, without notice to or the consent or approval of the undersigned, regardless of whether or not any existing relationship between the Borrower and the undersigned has been revoked and regardless of whether this Guaranty has been revoked.

5. The liability of the undersigned shall not be reduced or impaired by any of the following acts or events (which the Bank, after advance notification to the Undersigned, is expressly authorized to do, omit or suffer from time to time, both before and after revocation of this Guaranty, without the consent or approval of the undersigned): (a) any acceptance of collateral security, guarantors, accommodation parties or sureties for any or all of the Indebtedness; (b) any one or more extensions or renewals of Indebtedness (whether or not for a period longer than the original period) or any modification of the interest rate, maturity or other contractual terms applicable to all or part of the Indebtedness; (c) any waiver or indulgence granted to Borrower, any delay or lack of diligence in the enforcement of the Indebtedness, or any failure to institute proceedings, file a claim, give any required notices or otherwise protect any of the Indebtedness; (d) any full or partial release of, settlement with, or agreement not to sue, Borrower or any other guarantor or other person liable with respect to any of the Indebtedness; (e) any discharge of any evidence of Indebtedness or the acceptance of any instrument renewing or refinancing the Indebtedness; (f) any failure to obtain collateral security (including rights of setoff) for the Indebtedness, or to assure its proper or sufficient creation, perfection, or priority, or to protect, insure, or enforce any collateral security; or any modification, substitution, discharge, impairment, or loss of such collateral security; (g) any foreclosure or enforcement of any collateral security by the Bank or any other creditor of the Borrower with a security interest in the collateral security; (h) any assignment or transfer of any Indebtedness or documentation evidencing the Indebtedness; (i) any order of application of any payments or credits upon the Indebtedness from the Borrower, the undersigned, or any other person; and (j) any election by the Bank under §1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

6. The undersigned waives any and all defenses, claims and discharges of Borrower, or any other obligor, pertaining to the Indebtedness, except the defense of discharge by payment in full. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the undersigned will not assert, plead or enforce against the Bank any defense of waiver, release, discharge in bankruptcy, statute of limitations, res judicata, statute of frauds, anti-deficiency statute, misrepresentation or fraud, incapacity, minority, usury, illegality or unenforceability which may be available to Borrower or

 

2


any other party liable for payment of any of the Indebtedness, or any setoff available against the Bank to Borrower or any such other person, whether or not on account of a related transaction. The undersigned shall be liable for any deficiency remaining after foreclosure of any mortgage, deed of trust or security interest securing the Indebtedness, whether or not the liability of the Borrower or any other obligor for such deficiency is discharged pursuant to statute or judicial decision.

7. The Bank may in its sole discretion demand that the undersigned discharge its obligations under this Guaranty at any time, whether at the time of the scheduled or accelerated maturity of the Indebtedness or at any earlier or later time, and regardless of whether there has been a default with respect to the Indebtedness. The Bank shall not be required to first resort for payment of the Indebtedness to the Borrower or to any other person or their properties, or to first enforce, realize upon, or exhaust any collateral security given to secure the Indebtedness before enforcing this Guaranty. The undersigned waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor or nonpayment, and protest of any instrument evidencing part or all of the Indebtedness.

8. If any payment applied by the Bank to the Indebtedness is later set aside, recovered, rescinded or required to be returned for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Borrower or any other obligor), the Indebtedness to which such payment was applied shall for the purposes of this Guaranty be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such application, and this Guaranty shall be enforceable as to such Indebtedness as fully as if such application had never been made.

9. The liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty is in addition to and cumulative with all other liabilities of the undersigned to the Bank as a guarantor or otherwise, without limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

10. This Guaranty shall be enforceable regardless of the failure of other persons to sign other guaranties of the Indebtedness. This Guaranty shall be effective upon delivery to the Bank, without further act, condition or acceptance by the Bank, shall be binding upon the undersigned and the heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned for the benefit of the Bank and its participants, successors and assigns. Any invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or application shall not affect other lawful provisions and applications of this Guaranty, which is severable. This Guaranty may not be waived, modified, amended, terminated, released or otherwise changed except by a writing signed by both the undersigned and the Bank. This Guaranty is issued in and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa.

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

The undersigned hereby waives the right to a trial by jury in any action relating to this Guaranty

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Guaranty has been duly executed on the above date by the undersigned. Undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of this agreement.

 

 

John Pappajohn

2116 Financial Center

666 Walnut Street

Des Moines, IA 50309-3923

 

3

Exhibit 10.25

THIRD ADDENDUM

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Third Addendum to Credit Agreement (“Third Addendum”) is made this 2nd day of July, 2009, between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS:

 

A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008 (the “Credit Agreement”), as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008, and a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2009. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are currently evidenced by a $4,500,000.00 revolving line of credit note, dated March 30, 2009 (“Existing Revolving Note”).

 

B. As of July 2, 2009, there is owed on the Existing Revolving Note the principal amount of Four Million Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($4,275,000) plus accrued, unpaid interest.

 

C. The Borrower has requested that the Bank increase the Line to Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000.00).

 

D. The Bank and the Borrower wish to amend the Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Third Addendum.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein it is agreed:

 

1. All terms not otherwise defined in this Third Addendum shall have the meaning given to such term in the Credit Agreement, as amended. The recital paragraphs are hereby incorporated as though fully set forth in this Third Addendum.

 

2. Notwithstanding the execution of the Credit Agreement or any addendum thereto, or the delivery of all documents in furtherance thereof, the obligation of the Bank to make any advance on the Line and this Third Addendum becoming effective shall be subject to the timely satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  a) No event of default or event which will mature into an event of default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

  b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Documents shall be true and correct as of the date of any advance on the Line.

 

  c) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank copies, duly certified as of the date of this Third Addendum by the Borrower’s secretary of (i) the resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors authorizing the execution and delivery of this Third Addendum and the Documents required by this Third Addendum, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary Borrower action, and (iii) all approvals or consents required, if any, with respect to the Documents.

 

  d) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate of its secretary certifying the name(s) of the person(s) authorized to sign this Third Addendum and the Documents, and all other documents and certificates of the Borrower to be delivered hereunder, together with the true signatures of such person(s).

 

1


  e) The Borrower shall have delivered the Documents and the agreements listed below, each of which shall be in a form and content satisfactory to the Bank, executed by the parties specified therein, and all other documents, certificates, opinions and statements requested by the Bank:

 

  i. This Third Addendum.

 

  ii. The revolving note attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (“New Revolving Note”) which shall evidence the Borrower’s obligation to repay advances made under the Line. Upon this Third Addendum becoming effective, the New Revolving Note will replace, but not be deemed to satisfy, the Existing Revolving Note.

 

  f) The Bank shall have received from John Pappajohn the (i) Consent to Third Addendum to Credit Agreement and Ratification of Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit “B” (“Pappajohn Consent”) and (ii) the guaranty attached to the Pappajohn Consent as Exhibit “A” (“Pappajohn Guaranty”).

 

  g) The Bank shall have received a letter, in the form attached as Exhibit “C” (the “Guarantor’s Letter”), from the Facility Guarantor (as that term is defined in such letter).

 

  h) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Bank for all expenses incurred by it in connection with this Third Addendum, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees.

 

3. Section 1.1 (Line of Credit Amount) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and the following new Section 1.1 is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

  1.1 Line of Credit Amount. During the Line Availability Period defined below, the Bank agrees to provide a revolving line of credit (the “Line”) to the Borrower. Outstanding amounts under the Line will not, at any one time, exceed FIVE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($5,500,000.00).

 

4. The Borrower does hereby release and forever discharge Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo & Company, and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Borrower now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands arose prior to the date of this Third Addendum.

 

5. Except as modified by this Third Addendum, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. This Third Addendum may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, which, when executed by all parties, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7. The Credit Agreement, as amended, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among such parties with respect to the subject matters thereof.

 

2


IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS, WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN, OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Addendum as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/    Rebecca Gibson

  Rebecca Gibson, Vice President
BORROWER:
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/    Louis J. Maione        

Its:  

Pres

 

3


Exhibit A

 

LOGO   

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

   Personal Guaranty

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association    Cancer Genetics, Inc.
666 Walnut Street, PO Box 837    Meadows Office Complex
Des Moines, Iowa 50304-0837    201 Route 17 FL 2
(the “Bank”)    Rutherford, NJ 07070
   (the “Borrower”)

Dated: July 2, 2009

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, and to induce the Bank in its sole discretion to make loans or extend other accommodations to or for the account of the Borrower, the undersigned gives this Personal Guaranty (the “Guaranty”), and absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Bank the full and prompt payment of each and every debt, liability or obligation of the Borrower to the Bank relating to or arising out of the Credit Agreement dated to be effective April 29, 2008, as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008, a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2009, and a Third Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 2, 2009, together with any deposit account related overdrafts of the Borrower. (All such obligations, including but not limited to every promissory note, instrument, or other agreement given by the Borrower evidencing any such obligations, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of same, to collectively be referred to as the “Indebtedness”.)

This Guaranty is an absolute , unconditional and continuing guaranty of payment of the Indebtedness and shall continue to be binding upon the undersigned, whether or not all Indebtedness is paid in full, until this Guaranty is revoked prospectively in writing as to future transactions. Such revocation shall not be effective until actually received in writing by the Bank and then shall not be effective as to Indebtedness existing or committed to at the time of revocation, and shall not be effective as to renewals, extensions, or refinancings of existing Indebtedness, whether such Indebtedness is renewed before or after receipt of such notice of revocation. The death or incompetence of the undersigned shall not revoke this Guaranty until written notice of such death or incompetence is actually received by the Bank, and then only prospectively as to future transactions as set forth above.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty shall be limited to a principal amount of $5,500,000.00, plus accrued interest on the full amount of the Indebtedness and all attorneys’ fees, collection costs and enforcement expenses incurred by the Bank in collecting on and enforcing its rights under the Indebtedness and incurred in connection with the protection, defense or enforcement of this Guaranty in any litigation or bankruptcy proceedings. The Indebtedness may be created and continued in any amount, whether or not in excess of such principal amount, without reducing or impairing the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty. Any payment made by the undersigned under this Guaranty shall be effective to reduce or discharge the undersigned’s liability only if accompanied by a written transmittal document, receive by the Bank and advising it that such payment is made under this Guaranty for such purpose.

The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees with Bank that:

1. No act or event need occur to establish the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty, and no act or event, except full payment and discharge of all Indebtedness, shall exonerate and discharge the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty.

 

1


2. If the undersigned dies or becomes insolvent (however defined) then the Bank may declare immediately due and payable the obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty, and the undersigned shall immediately pay to the Bank the full amount of all Indebtedness, whether due and payable or unmatured. If the undersigned voluntarily commences or there is commenced involuntarily against the undersigned a case under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty shall immediately be due and payable without the necessity of demand or notice.

3. The undersigned will not exercise or enforce any right of contribution, reimbursement, recourse or subrogation available to the undersigned against the Borrower or any person liable for payment of the Indebtedness, or as to any collateral securing the Indebtedness, unless and until all of the Indebtedness shall have first been fully paid and discharged.

4. The Bank may in its discretion enter into transactions resulting in the creation or continuance of Indebtedness, without notice to or the consent or approval of the undersigned, regardless of whether or not any existing relationship between the Borrower and the undersigned has been revoked and regardless of whether this Guaranty has been revoked.

5. The liability of the undersigned shall not be reduced or impaired by any of the following acts or events (which the Bank, after advance notification to the Undersigned, is expressly authorized to do, omit or suffer from time to time, both before and after revocation of this Guaranty, without the consent or approval of the undersigned); (a) any acceptance of collateral security, guarantors, accommodation parties or sureties for any or all of the Indebtedness; (b) any one or more extensions or renewals of Indebtedness (whether or not for a period longer than the original period) or any modification of the interest rate, maturity or other contractual terms applicable to all or part of the Indebtedness; (c) any waiver or indulgence granted to Borrower, any delay or lack of diligence in the enforcement of the Indebtedness, or any failure to institute proceedings, file a claim, give any required notices or otherwise protect any of the Indebtedness; (d) any full or partial release of, settlement with, or agreement not to sue, Borrower or any other guarantor or other person liable with respect to any of the Indebtedness; (e) any discharge of any evidence of Indebtedness or the acceptance of any instrument renewing or refinancing the Indebtedness; (f) any failure to obtain collateral security (including rights of setoff) for the Indebtedness, or to assure its proper or sufficient creation, perfection, or priority, or to protect, insure, or enforce any collateral security; or any modification, substitution, discharge, impairment, or loss of such collateral security; (g) any foreclosure or enforcement of any collateral security by the Bank or any other creditor of the Borrower with a security interest in the collateral security; (h) any assignment or transfer of any Indebtedness or documentation evidencing the Indebtedness; (i) any order of application of any payments or credits upon the Indebtedness from the Borrower, the undersigned, or any other person; and (j) any election by the Bank under §1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

6. The undersigned waives any and all defenses, claims and discharges of Borrower, or any other obligor, pertaining to the Indebtedness, except the defense of discharge by payment in full. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the undersigned will not assert, plead or enforce against the Bank any defense of waiver, release, discharge in bankruptcy, statue of limitations, res judicata, statute of frauds, anti-deficiency statute, misrepresentation or fraud, incapacity, minority, usury, illegality or unenforceability which may be available to Borrower or

 

2


any other party liable for payment of any of the Indebtedness, or any setoff available against the Bank to Borrower or any such other person, whether or not on account of a related transaction. The undersigned shall be liable for any deficiency remaining after foreclosure of any mortgage, deed of trust, or security interest securing the Indebtedness, whether or not the liability of the Borrower or any other obligor for such deficiency is discharged pursuant to statute or judicial decision.

7. The Bank may in its sole discretion demand that the undersigned discharge its obligations under this Guaranty at any time, whether at the time of the scheduled or accelerated maturity of the Indebtedness or at any earlier or later time, and regardless of whether there has been a default with respect to the Indebtedness. The Bank shall not be required to first resort for payment of the Indebtedness to the Borrower or to any other person or their properties, or to first enforce, realize upon, or exhaust any collateral security given to secure the Indebtedness before enforcing this Guaranty. The undersigned waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor or nonpayment, and protest of any instrument evidencing part or all of the Indebtedness.

8. If any payment applied by the Bank to the Indebtedness is later set aside, recovered, rescinded or required to be returned for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Borrower or any other obligor), the Indebtedness to which such payment was applied shall for the purposes of this Guaranty be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such application, and this Guaranty shall be enforceable as to such Indebtedness as fully as if such application had never been made.

9. The liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty is in addition to and cumulative with all other liabilities of the undersigned to the Bank as a guarantor or otherwise, without limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

10. This Guaranty shall be enforceable regardless of the failure of other persons to sign other guaranties of the Indebtedness. This Guaranty shall be effective upon delivery to the Bank, without further act, condition or acceptance by the Bank, shall be binding upon the undersigned and the heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned for the benefit of the Bank and its participants, successors and assigns. Any invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or application shall not affect other lawful provisions and applications of this Guaranty which is severable. This Guaranty may not be waived, modified, amended, terminated, released or otherwise changed except by a writing signed by both the undersigned and the Bank. This Guaranty is issued in and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa.

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

The undersigned hereby waives the right to a trial by jury in any action relating to this Guaranty

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Guaranty has been duly executed on the above date by the undersigned. Undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of this agreement.

 

 

John Pappajohn
2116 Financial Center
666 Walnut Street
Des Moines, IA 50309-3923

 

3


Exhibit B

CONSENT TO THIRD ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

and

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY

THIS CONSENT TO THIRD ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT and RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY (“Consent and Ratification”) is made by John Pappajohn (“Personal Guarantor”) and delivered to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) effective as of July 2, 2009.

RECITALS:

 

A. Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”) and the Bank entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2008, as amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which the Bank has made the Line Available to the Borrower. The Borrower has requested that the Bank increase the Line, as evidenced by a promissory note, dated July 2, 2009, in the original principal amount of Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000.00) (“New Revolving Note”). In conjunction with the New Revolving Note, the Borrower and Bank entered into a Third Addendum to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2009 (the “Third Addendum”).

 

B. At the Borrower’s request, the Personal Guarantor has agreed to (i) unconditionally guaranty the repayment of the New Revolving Note pursuant to a written guaranty, dated July 2, 2009, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “Guaranty”) and (ii) authorizes the Bank to make, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and advance under the Personal Guarantor’s personal line of credit at the Bank and use the proceeds of such advance to reduce the Borrower’s obligations under the New Revolving Note.

 

C. The Bank has agreed to increase the Line in accordance with the terms of the Third Addendum, provided that all of the conditions precedent set out in the Third Addendum are satisfied in full, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery to the Bank of (i) the Guaranty and (ii) this Consent and Ratification by the Personal Guarantor.

NOW THEREFORE, the Personal Guarantor agrees:

 

1. The Recital Paragraphs are incorporated in this Consent and Ratification as though fully sent forth herein. The Personal Guarantor has been provided with a copy of the New Revolving Note and Third Addendum and acknowledges receipt of the same.

 

2. The Personal Guarantor hereby consents to the Third Addendum and the New Revolving Note.

 

3. The Personal Guarantor hereby ratifies the Guaranty and acknowledges that the Guaranty is in full force and effect with respect to the obligations secured by the Guaranty, including all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof, which may me owed by the Borrower to the Bank now or in the future.

 

4. The Personal Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that his personal line of credit with the Bank that is evidenced by a promissory note, dated March 30, 2009, as amended and/or modified, in the principal amount of $8,000,000 (and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof) (“Personal Guarantor Line of Credit”) will be reduced by Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000.00) to effect the Personal Guarantor’s support of the New Revolving Note and all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof. The Personal Guarantor further agrees that upon (i) a default by the Borrower under the terms of the Credit Agreement and/or


the New Revolving Note or (ii) the maturity date of the New Revolving Note, the Bank is hereby authorized to make an advance under the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit and apply the proceeds of such advance to the New Revolving Note.

The Guarantor further agrees that in the event the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit is not renewed or extended upon its expiration or is otherwise terminated, the Guarantor shall provide to the Bank a standby letter of credit, or some other form of collateral that would be acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion in support of the obligations owed by the Borrower under the New Revolving Note, issued by a banking institution acceptable to the Bank in an amount not less than Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000.00), naming the Bank as the beneficiary thereunder.

 

5. Except for “Core Proceedings” under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Bank and the Personal Guarantor agree to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them, whether in tort, contract or otherwise (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents) arising out of or relating to in any way the Guaranty, this Consent and Ratification, the Credit Agreement, the New Revolving Note and/or other documents and agreements executed in conjunction therewith and their negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in Des Moines, Iowa; (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code); and (iii) be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).

This arbitration requirement does not limit the right of either party to (i) to foreclosure against collateral; (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before, during or after the pendency or any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of either party to submit any dispute to arbitration, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section.

Any arbitration proceeding will be before a single arbitrator selected according to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney who has practiced in the area of commercial law for a minimum of ten years. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication.

In any arbitration proceeding discovery will be permitted and will be governed by the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. All discovery must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date and within 180 days of the commencement of arbitration proceedings. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

The arbitrator shall award costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the New Revolving Note.

 

2


This Section shall survive the payment of all obligations to the Bank.

 

6. This Consent and Ratification shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Personal Guarantor and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

7. This Consent and Ratification shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Iowa applicable to contracts performed entirely within the State. Any action to enforce the provisions of this Consent and Ratification or arising from the actions of any party in connection therewith, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Iowa or in the Iowa District Court in Polk County, Iowa, except such action as may be necessary by the Bank to protect, preserve and realize its security interest in collateral located in another jurisdiction.

 

8. The Guarantor does hereby release and forever discharge the Bank, Wells Fargo & Company and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Guarantor now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands (a) are related in any manner whatsoever to the transactions which are the subject of this Consent and Ratification and (b) arose prior to the date of this Consent and Ratification.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent and Ratification was executed effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

John Pappajohn

 

3


Exhibit C

 

LOGO

  

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

   Revolving Note

 

 

 

$5,500,000.00    July 2, 2009

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Bank”), at its principal office or such other address as the Bank or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of FIVE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($5,500,000.00), or the amount shown on the Bank’s records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing on the unpaid balance at the annual interest rate defined below. Absent manifest error the Bank’s records will be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This Revolving Note is issued pursuant to a Credit Agreement of even date herewith between the Bank and the Borrower (the “Agreement”). The Agreement, and any amendments or substitutions thereto, contain additional terms and conditions including default and acceleration provisions. The terms or the Agreement are incorporated into this Revolving Note by reference. Capitalized terms not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

INTEREST RATE

Interest Rate . The principal balance outstanding under this Revolving Note will bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time. “Prime Rate” means at any time the rate of interest most recently announced within Bank at its principal office in Des Moines, Iowa as its Prime Rate, with the understanding that the Prime Rate is one of Bank’s base rates and serves as the basis upon which effective rates or interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto, and its evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publication or publications as Bank may designate. Each change in rate of interest hereunder shall become effective on the date each Prime Rate change is announced within Bank.

REPAYMENT TERMS

Interest . Interest will be payable on the last day of each month, beginning July 31, 2009.

Principal . Principal, and any unpaid interest, will be payable in a single payment due on October 31, 2009.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS . The Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Bank in the event this Revolving Note is not duly paid. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and dishonor of this Revolving Note are expressly waived. This Revolving Note will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Iowa.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Exhibit 10.26

FOURTH ADDENDUM

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Fourth Addendum to Credit Agreement (“Fourth Addendum”) is made this 21st day of October, 2009, between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS:

 

A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008 (the “Credit Agreement”), as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008; a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2009; and a Third Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 2, 2009. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are currently evidenced by a $5,500,000.00 revolving line of credit note, dated July 2, 2009 (“Existing Revolving Note”).

 

B. As of October 21, 2009, there is owed on the Existing Revolving Note the principal amount of Five Million Four Hundred Seventeen Thousand Dollars ($5,417,000) plus accrued, unpaid interest.

 

C. The Borrower has requested that the Bank increase the Line to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00).

 

D. The Borrower has requested that the Bank extend the Line Availability Period to July 31, 2010.

 

E. The Bank and the Borrower wish to amend the Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Fourth Addendum.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein it is agreed:

 

1. All terms not otherwise defined in this Fourth Addendum shall have the meaning given to such term in the Credit Agreement, as amended. The recital paragraphs are hereby incorporated as though fully set forth in this Fourth Addendum.

 

2. Notwithstanding the execution of the Credit Agreement or any addendum thereto, or the delivery of all documents in furtherance thereof, the obligation of the Bank to make any advance on the Line and this Fourth Addendum becoming effective shall be subject to the timely satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  a) No event of default or event which will mature into an event of default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

  b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Documents shall be true and correct as of the date of any advance on the Line.

 

  c) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank copies, duly certified as of the date of this Fourth Addendum by the Borrower’s secretary of (i) the resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors authorizing the execution and delivery of this Fourth Addendum and the Documents required by this Fourth Addendum, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary Borrower action, and (iii) all approvals or consents required, if any, with respect to the Documents.

 

  d)

The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate of its secretary certifying the name(s) of the person(s) authorized to sign this Fourth Addendum and the Documents, and all other

 

1


  documents and certificates of the Borrower to be delivered hereunder, together with the true signatures of such person(s).

 

  e) The Borrower shall have delivered the Documents and the agreements listed below, each of which shall be in a form and content satisfactory to the Bank, executed by the parties specified therein, and all other documents, certificates, opinions and statements requested by the Bank:

 

  i. This Fourth Addendum.

 

  ii. The revolving note attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (“New Revolving Note”) which shall evidence the Borrower’s obligation to repay advances made under the Line. Upon this Fourth Addendum becoming effective, the New Revolving Note will replace, but not be deemed to satisfy, the Existing Revolving Note.

 

  f) The Bank shall have received from John Pappajohn the (i) Consent to Fourth Addendum to Credit Agreement and Ratification of Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit “B” (“Pappajohn Consent”) and (ii) the guaranty attached to the Pappajohn Consent as Exhibit “A” (“Pappajohn Guaranty”).

 

  g) The Bank shall have received a letter, in the form attached as Exhibit “C” (the “Guarantor’s Letter”), from the Facility Guarantor (as that term is defined in such letter).

 

  h) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Bank for all expenses incurred by it in connection with this Fourth Addendum, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees.

 

3. Section 1.1 (Line of Credit Amount) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and the following new Section 1.1 is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

  1.1 Line of Credit Amount. During the Line Availability Period defined below, the Bank agrees to provide a revolving line of credit (the “Line”) to the Borrower. Outstanding amounts under the Line will not, at any one time, exceed SIX MILLION DOLLARS AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($6,000,000.00).

 

4. Section 1.2 (Line Availability Period) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and the following new Section 1.2 is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

  1.2 Line Availability Period. The “Line Availability Period” will mean the period of time from the Effective Date or the date on which all conditions precedent described in this Agreement have been met, whichever is earlier, through and including the earlier of July 31, 2010 (the “Line Expiration Date”).

 

5. The Borrower does hereby release and forever discharge Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo & Company, and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Borrower now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands arose prior to the date of this Fourth Addendum.

 

6. Except as modified by this Fourth Addendum, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2


7. This Fourth Addendum may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, which, when executed by all parties, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

8. The Credit Agreement, as amended, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among such parties with respect to the subject matters thereof.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS, WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN, OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Addendum as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:  
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Rebecca Gibson

  Rebecca Gibson, Vice President
BORROWER:  
CANCER GENETICS, INC.  
By:  

/s/ Louis J. Maione

Its:  

General Counsel

  [illegible]

 

3


Exhibit A

 

LOGO   

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

 

 

Revolving Note

 

$6,000,000.00      October 21, 2009

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Cancer Genetics, Inc. (the “Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Bank”), at its principal office or such other address as the Bank or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of SIX MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($6,000,000.00), or the amount shown on the Bank’s records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing on the unpaid balance at the annual interest rate defined below. Absent manifest error the Bank’s records will be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This Revolving Note is issued pursuant to a Credit Agreement of even date herewith between the Bank and the Borrower (the “Agreement”). The Agreement, and any amendments or substitutions thereto, contain additional terms and condition including default and acceleration provisions. The terms of the Agreement are incorporated into this Revolving Note by reference. Capitalized terms not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

INTEREST RATE

Interest Rate. The principal balance outstanding under this Revolving Note will bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time. “Prime Rate” means at any time the rate of interest most recently announced within Bank at its principal office in Des Moines, Iowa as its Prime Rate, with the understanding that the Prime Rate is one of Bank’s base rates and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto, and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publication or publications as Bank may designate. Each change in rate of interest hereunder shall become effective on the date each Prime Rate change is announced within Bank.

REPAYMENT TERMS

Interest. Interest will be payable on the last day of each month, beginning October 31, 2009.

Principal. Principal, and any unpaid interest, will be payable in a single payment due on July 31, 2010.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorney’s fees and legal expenses incurred by the Bank in the event this Revolving Note is not duly paid. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and dishonor of this Revolving Note are expressly waived. This Revolving Note will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Iowa.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 


Exhibit B

CONSENT TO FOURTH ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

and

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY

THIS CONSENT TO FOURTH ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT and RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY (“Consent and Ratification”) is made by John Pappajohn (“Personal Guarantor”) and delivered to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) effective as of October 21, 2009.

RECITALS:

 

A. Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”) and the Bank entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2008, as amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which the Bank has made the Line available to the Borrower. The Borrower has requested that the Bank increase the Line, as evidenced by a promissory note, dated October 21, 2009, in the original principal amount of Six Million Dollars ($6,000.000.00) (“New Revolving Note”). In conjunction with the New Revolving Note, the Borrower and Bank entered into a Fourth Addendum to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2009 (the “Fourth Addendum”).

 

B. At the Borrower’s request, the Personal Guarantor has agreed to (i) unconditionally guaranty the repayment of the New Revolving Note pursuant to a written guaranty, dated October 21, 2009, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “Guaranty”) and (ii) authorizes the Bank to make, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, an advance under the Personal Guarantor’s personal line of credit at the Bank and use the proceeds of such advance to reduce the Borrower’s obligations under the New Revolving Note.

 

C. The Bank has agreed to increase the Line in accordance with the terms of the Fourth Addendum, provided that all of the conditions precedent set out in the Fourth Addendum are satisfied in full, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery to the Bank of (i) the Guaranty and (ii) this Consent and Ratification by the Personal Guarantor.

NOW THEREFORE, the Personal Guarantor agrees:

 

1. The Recital Paragraphs are incorporated in this Consent and Ratification as though fully set forth herein. The Personal Guarantor has been provided with a copy of the New Revolving Note and Fourth Addendum acknowledges receipt of the same.

 

2. The Personal Guarantor hereby consents to the Fourth Addendum and the New Revolving Note.

 

3. The Personal Guarantor hereby ratifies the Guaranty and acknowledges that the Guaranty is in full force and effect with respect to the obligations secured by the Guaranty, including all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof, which may be owed by the Borrower to the Bank now or in the future.

 

4.

The Personal Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that this personal line of credit with the Bank that is evidenced by a promissory note, dated March 30, 2009, as amended and/or modified, in the principal amount of $8,000,000 (and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof) (“Personal Guarantor Line of Credit”) will be reduced by Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) to effect the Personal Guarantor’s support of the New Revolving Note and all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof. The Personal Guarantor further agrees extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof. The Personal Guarantor further agrees that upon (i) a default by the Borrower under the terms of the Credit Agreement and/or the New


  Revolving Note or (ii) the maturity date of the New Revolving Note, the Bank is hereby authorized to make an advanced under the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit and apply the proceeds of such advances to the New Revolving Note.

The Guarantor further agrees the in the event the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit is not renewed or extended upon its expiration or is otherwise terminated, the Guarantor shall provide to the Bank a standby letter of credit, or some other form of collateral that would be acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion in support of the obligations owed by the Borrower under the New Revolving Note, issued by a banking institution acceptable to the Bank in an amount not less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00), naming the Bank as the beneficiary thereunder.

 

5. Except for “Core Proceedings” under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Bank and the Personal Guarantor agree to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them, whether in tort, contract or otherwise (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents) arising out of or relating to in any way the Guaranty, this Consent and Ratification, the Credit Agreement, the New Revolving Note and/or other documents and agreements executed in conjunction therewith and their negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in Des Moines, Iowa (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code): and (iii) be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).

This Arbitration requirement does not limit the right of either party to (i) foreclose against collateral , (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before, during or after the pendency or any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of either party to submit any dispute to arbitration, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section.

Any arbitration proceeding will be before a single arbitrator selected according to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney who has practiced in the area of commercial as for a minimum of ten years. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will gave effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide ( by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion ) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication.

In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted and will be governed by the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. All discovery must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date and within 180 days of the commencement of arbitration proceedings. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

The arbitrator shall award costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the New Revolving Note.

 

2


This Section shall survive the payment of all obligations to the Bank.

 

6. This Consent and Ratification shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Personal Guarantor and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

7. This Consent and Ratification shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Iowa applicable to contracts performed entirely within the State. Any action to enforce the provisions of this Consent and Ratification or arising from the actions of any party in connection therewith, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Iowa or in the Iowa District Court in Polk County, Iowa, except such action as may be necessary by the Bank to protect, preserve and realize its security interest in collateral located in another jurisdiction.

 

8. The Guarantor does hereby release and forever discharge the Bank, Wells Fargo & Company and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of actions, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Guarantor now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands (a) are related in any manner whatsoever to the transactions which are the subject of this Consent and Ratification and (b) arose prior to the date of this Consent and Ratification.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent and Ratification was executed effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

John Pappajohn

 

3


Exhibit C

 

LOGO   

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

 

 

Personal Guaranty

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association    Cancer Genetics, Inc.
666 Walnut Street, PO Box 837    Meadow Office Complex
Des Moines, Iowa 50304-0837    201 Route 17 FL 2
(the “Bank”)    Rutherford, NJ 07070
   (the “Borrower”)

Dated: October 21, 2009

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, and to induce the Bank in its sole discretion to make loans or extend other accommodations to or for the account of the Borrower, the undersigned gives this Personal Guaranty (the “Guaranty”), and absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Bank the full and promt payment of each and every debt , liability or obligation of the Borrower to the Bank relating to or arising out of the Credit Agreement dated to be effective April 29, 2008, as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008, a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2009, a Third Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 2, 2009, and a Fourth Addendum to Credit Agreement dated October 21, 2009, together with any deposit account related overdrafts of the Borrower. (All such obligations, including but not limited to every promissory note, instrument, or other agreement given by the Borrower evidencing any such obligations, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of same, to collectively be referred to as the “Indebtedness”).

This Guaranty is an absolute, unconditional and continuing guaranty of payment of the Indebtedness and shall continue to be binding upon the undersigned, whether or not all Indebtedness is paid in full, until this Guaranty is revoked prospectively in writing as to future transactions. Such revocation shall not be effective until actually received in writing by the Bank and then shall not be effective as to Indebtedness existing or committed to at the time of revocation, and shall not be effective as to renewals, extensions or refinancings of existing Indebttedness, whether such indebtedness is renewed before or after receipt of suchnotice of revocation. The death or incompetence of the undersigned shall not revoke this Guaranty until written notice of such death or incompetence is actually received by the Bank, and then only prospectively as to future transactions as set forth above.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty shall be limited to a principal amount of $6,000,000.00, plus accrued interest on the full amount of the Indebtedness and all attorneys’ fees, collection costs and enforcement expenses incurred by the Bank in collecting on and enforcing its rights under the Indebtedness and incurred in connection with the protection, defense or enforcement of this Guaranty in any litigation or bankruptcy proceedings. The Indebtedness may be created and continued in any amount, whether or not in excess of such principal amount, without reducing or impairing the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty. Any payment made by the undersigned under this Guaranty shall be effective to reduce or discharge the undersigned’s liability only if accompanied by a written transmittal document, received by the Bank and advising it that such payment is made under this Guaranty for such purpose.

The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees with Bank that:

1. No act or event need occur to establish the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty, and no act or event, except full payment and discharge of all Indebtedness, shall exonerate and discharge the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty.

 

1


2. If the undersigned dies or becomes insolvent (however defined) then the Bank may declare immediately due and payable the obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty and the undersigned shall immediately pay to the Bank the full amount of all Indebtedness, whether due and payable or unmatured. If the undersigned voluntarily commences or there is commenced involuntarily against the undersigned a case under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty shall immediately be due and payable without the necessity of demand or notice.

3. The undersigned will not exercise or enforce any right of contribution, reimbursement, recourse or subrogation available to the undersigned against the Borrower or any person liable for payment of the Indebtedness, or as to any collateral securing the Indebtedness, unless and until all of the Indebtedness shall have first been fully paid and discharged.

4. The Bank may in its discretion enter into transactions resulting in the creation or continuance of Indebtedness, without notice to or the consent or approval of the undersigned, regardless of whether or not any existing relationship between the Borrower and the undersigned has been revoked and regardless of whether this Guaranty has been revoked.

5. The liability of the undersigned shall not be reduced or impaired by any of the following acts or events (which the Banks, after advance notification to the Undersigned, is expressly authorized to do, omit or suffer from time to time, both before and after revocation of this Guaranty, without the consent or approval of the undersigned). (a) any acceptance of collateral security, guarantors, accommodation parties or sureties for any or all of the Indebtedness; (b) any one or more extensions or renewals of Indebtedness (whether or not for a period longer than the original period) or any modification of the interest rate, maturity or other contractual terms applicable to all or part of the Indebtedness; (c) any waiver or indulgence granted to Borrower, any delay or lack of diligence in the enforcement of the Indebtedness, or any failure to institute proceedings, file a claim, give any required notices or otherwise protect any of the Indebtedness; (d) any full or partial release of, settlement with, or agreement not to sue, Borrower or any other guarantor or other person liable with respect to any of the Indebtedness; (e) any discharge of any evidence of Indebtedness or the acceptance of any instrument renewing or refinancing the Indebtedness; (f) any failure to obtain collateral security (including rights of setoff) for the Indebtedness, or to assure its proper or sufficient creation, perfection, or priority, or to protect, insure, or enforce any collateral security; or any modification, substitution, discharge, impairment, or loss of such collateral security; (g) any foreclosure or enforcement of any collateral security by the Bank or any other creditor of the Borrower with a security interest in the collateral security; (h) any assignment or transfer of any Indebtedness or documentation evidencing the Indebtedness; (i) any order of application of any payments or credits upon the Indebtedness from the Borrower, the undersigned, or any other person; and (j) any election by the Bank under §1111(b)(2) of the United State Bankruptcy Code.

6. The undersigned waives any and all defenses, claims and discharges of Borrower, or any other obligor, pertaining to the Indebtedness, except the defense of discharge by payment in full. Without limiting the generally of the preceding sentence, the undersigned will not assert, plead or enforce against the Bank any defense of waiver, release, discharge in bankruptcy, statute of limitations, res judicata, statute of frauds, anti-deficiency statute, misrepresentation or fraud, incapacity, minority, usury, illegality or unenforceability which may be available to Borrower or

 

2


any other party liable for payment of any of the Indebtedness, or any setoff available against the Bank to Borrower or any such other person, whether or not on account of a related transaction. The undersigned shall be liable for any deficiency remaining after foreclosure of any mortgage, deed of trust or security interest securing the Indebtedness, whether or not the liability of the Borrower or any other obligor for such deficiency is discharged pursuant to statute or judicial decision.

7. The Bank may in its sole discretion demand that the undersigned discharge its obligations under this Guaranty at any time, whether at the time of the scheduled or accelerated maturity of the Indebtedness or at any earlier or later time, and regardless of whether there has been a default with respect to the Indebtedness. The Bank shall not be required to first resort for payment of the Indebtedness to the Borrower or to any other person or their properties, or to first enforce, realize upon, or exhaust any collateral security given to secure the Indebtedness before enforcing this Guaranty. The undersigned waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor or nonpayment, and protest of any instrument evidencing part or all of the Indebtedness.

8. If any payment applied by the Bank to the Indebtedness is later set aside, recovered, rescinded or required to be returned for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Borrower or any other obligor), the Indebtedness to which such payment was applied shall for the purposes of this Guaranty be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such application, and this Guaranty shall be enforceable as to such Indebtedness as full as if such application had never been made.

9. The liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty is in addition to and cumulative with all other liabilities of the undersigned to the Bank as a guarantor or otherwise, without limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

10. This Guaranty shall be enforceable regardless of the failure of other persons to sign other guaranties of the Indebtedness. This Guaranty shall be effective upon delivery to the Bank, without further act, condition or acceptance by the Bank, shall be binding upon the undersigned and the heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned for the benefit of the Bank and its participants, successors and assigns. Any invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or application shall not affect other lawful provisions and applications of this Guaranty, which is severable. This Guaranty may not be waived, modified, amended, terminated, released or otherwise changed except by a writing signed by both the undersigned and the Bank. This Guaranty is issued in and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa.

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

The undersigned hereby waives the right to a trial by jury in any action relating to this Guaranty.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Guaranty has been duly executed on the above date by the undersigned. Undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of this agreement.

 

 

John Pappajohn

2116 Financial Center

666 Walnut Street

Des Moines, IA 50309-3923

 

3

Exhibit 10.27

FIFTH ADDENDUM

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Fifth Addendum to Credit Agreement (“Fifth Addendum”) is made this 29th day of July, 2010, between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS:

 

A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008 (the “Credit Agreement”), as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008; a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2009; a Third Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 2, 2009; and a Fourth Addendum to Credit Agreement dated October 21, 2009. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are currently evidenced by a $6,000,000,00 revolving line of credit note, dated October 21, 2009 (“Revolving Note”).

 

B. As of July 29, 2010, there is owed on the Revolving Note the principal amount of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) plus accrued, unpaid interest.

 

C. The Borrower has requested that the Bank extend the Line Availability Period to July 31, 2011.

 

D. The Bank and the Borrower wish to amend the Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Fifth Addendum.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein it is agreed:

 

1. All terms not otherwise defined in this Fifth Addendum shall have the meaning given to such term in the Credit Agreement, as amended. The recital paragraphs are hereby incorporated as though fully set forth in this Fifth Addendum.

 

2. Notwithstanding the execution of the Credit Agreement or any addendum thereto, or the delivery of all documents in furtherance thereof, the obligation of the Bank to make any advance on the Line and this Fifth Addendum becoming effective shall be subject to the timely satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  a) No event of default or event which will mature into an event of default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

  b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Documents shall be true and correct as of the date of any advance on the Line.

 

  c) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank copies, duly certified as of the date of this Fifth Addendum by the Borrower’s secretary of (i) the resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors authorizing the execution and delivery of this Fifth Addendum and the Documents required by this Fifth Addendum, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary Borrower action, and (iii) all approvals or consents required, if any, with respect to the Documents.

 

  d) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate of its secretary certifying the name(s) of the person(s) authorized to sign this Fifth Addendum and the Documents, and all other documents and certificates of the Borrower to be delivered hereunder, together with the true signatures of such person(s).

 

1


  e) The Borrower shall have delivered the Documents and the agreements listed below, each of which shall be in a form and content satisfactory to the Bank, executed by the parties specified therein, and all other documents, certificates, opinions and statements requested by the Bank:

 

  i. This Fifth Addendum.

 

  ii. The Modification Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “A”.

 

  f) The Bank shall have received from John Pappajohn the Consent to Fifth Addendum to Credit Agreement and Ratification of Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit “B” (“Pappajohn Consent”).

 

  g) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Bank for all expenses incurred by it in connection with this Fifth Addendum, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees.

 

3. Section 1.2 (Line Availability Period) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and the following new Section 1.2 is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

  1.2 Line Availability Period. The “Line Availability Period” will mean the period of time from the Effective Date or the date on which all conditions precedent described in this Agreement have been met, whichever is earlier, through and including the earlier of July 31, 2011 (the “Line Expiration Date”).

 

4. The Borrower does hereby release and forever discharge Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo & Company, and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Borrower now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands arose prior to the date of this Fifth Addendum.

 

5. Except as modified by this Fifth Addendum, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. This Fifth Addendum may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, which, when executed by all parties, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7. The Credit Agreement, as amended, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among such parties with respect to the subject matters thereof.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU M AY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES

 

2


THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS, WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN, OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fifth Addendum as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/ Rebecca Gibson

  Rebecca Gibson, Vice President
BORROWER:
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/    Panna L. Sharma        

  Panna Sharma, President & CEO

 

3


Exhibit “A”

Modification Agreement (Commercial)

 

 
Loan number  

 

 
 

Modification Agreement dated

 

 

  ,

by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, (“Bank”), modifying a note dated October 21, 2009, in the original principal amount of $6,000,000.00 (“Note”).

The principal balance outstanding as of the date of this Modification Agreement is $6,000,000.00.

 

1. The parties hereby agree to modify the Note as follows:

EXTENSION OF MATURITY. Upon payment of accrued interest herewith of $0.00.

The maturity date of the Note is hereby extended to July 31, 2011, at which time the entire balance of unpaid principal and interest shall be due and payable in full. Prior to such date, Borrower shall pay interest pursuant to the terms of the Note.

 

2. Except as stated above, all other terms of the Note and all related documents including but not limited to contracts, security agreements, or mortgages shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING THE AGREEMENT(S) ACCOMPANYING THIS NOTICE. THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT(S) SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THE WRITTEN CONTRACT(S) MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT(S) ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COPY OF THIS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT.

 

Bank: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association     Borrower: Cancer Genetics, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Rebecca Gibson

    By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

  Rebecca Gibson, Vice President       Panna Sharma, President & CEO


Exhibit “B”

CONSENT TO FIFTH ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

and

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY

THIS CONSENT TO FIFTH ADDENDUM TO CREDIT AGREEMENT and RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY (“Consent and Ratification”) is made by John Pappajohn (“Personal Guarantor”) and delivered to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) effective as of                      .

RECITALS:

 

A. Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”) and the Bank entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2008, as amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which the Bank has made the Line available to the Borrower. The Borrower has requested that the Bank extend the Line Availability Period to July 31, 2011. In conjunction with this request, the Borrower and Bank entered into a Fifth Addendum to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2010 (the “Fifth Addendum”).

 

B. At the Borrower’s request, the Personal Guarantor has (i) unconditionally guarantied the repayment of the Revolving Note pursuant to a written guaranty, dated October 21, 2009 (the “Guaranty”) and (ii) authorized the Bank to make, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, an advance under the Personal Guarantor’s personal line of credit at the Bank and use the proceeds of such advance to reduce the Borrower’s obligations under the Revolving Note.

 

C. The Bank has agreed to modifications in accordance with the terms of the Fifth Addendum and the Modification Agreement to the Note, provided that all of the conditions precedent set out in the Fifth Addendum are satisfied in full, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery to the Bank of this Consent and Ratification by the Personal Guarantor.

NOW THEREFORE, the Personal Guarantor agrees:

 

1. The Recital Paragraphs are incorporated in this Consent and Ratification as though fully set forth herein. The Personal Guarantor has been provided with a copy of the Fifth Addendum, including the Modification Agreement to the Note and acknowledges receipt of the same.

 

2. The Personal Guarantor hereby consents to the Fifth Addendum and the Modification Agreement.

 

3. The Personal Guarantor hereby ratifies the Guaranty and acknowledges that the Guaranty is in full force and effect with respect to the obligations secured by the Guaranty, including all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof, which may be owed by the Borrower to the Bank now or in the future.

 

4. The Personal Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that his personal line of credit with the Bank that is evidenced by a promissory note, dated July 29, 2010, as amended and/or modified in the principal amount of $10,000,000 (and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof) (“Personal Guarantor Line of Credit”) will be reduced by Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) to effect the Personal Guarantor’s support of the Revolving Note and all extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof. The Personal Guarantor further agrees that upon (i) a default by the Borrower under the terms of the Credit Agreement and/or the Revolving Note or (ii) the maturity date of the Revolving Note, the Bank is hereby authorized to make an advance under the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit and apply the proceeds of such advance to the Revolving Note.


The Guarantor further agrees that in the event the Personal Guarantor Line of Credit is not renewed or extended upon its expiration or is otherwise terminated, the Guarantor shall provide to the Bank a standby letter of credit, or some other form of collateral that would be acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion in support of the obligations owed by the Borrower under the Revolving Note, issued by a banking institution acceptable to the Bank in an amount not less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00), naming the Bank as the beneficiary thereunder.

 

5. Except for “Core Proceedings” under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Bank and the Personal Guarantor agree to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them, whether in tort, contract or otherwise (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents) arising out of or relating to in any way the Guaranty, this Consent and Ratification, the Credit Agreement, the Revolving Note and/or other documents and agreements executed in conjunction therewith and their negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in Des Moines, Iowa; (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code); and (iii) be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).

This arbitration requirement does not limit the right of either party to (i) foreclose against collateral; (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before, during or after the pendency or any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of either party to submit any dispute to arbitration, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section.

Any arbitration proceeding will be before a single arbitrator selected according to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney who has practiced in the area of commercial law for a minimum of ten years. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication.

In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted and will be governed by the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. All discovery must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date and within 180 days of the commencement of arbitration proceedings. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

The arbitrator shall award costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the Revolving Note.

This Section shall survive the payment of all obligations to the Bank.

 

6. This Consent and Ratification shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Personal Guarantor and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

2


7. This Consent and Ratification shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Iowa applicable to contracts performed entirely within the State. Any action to enforce the provisions of this Consent and Ratification or arising from the actions of any party in connection therewith, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Iowa or in the Iowa District Court in Polk County, Iowa, except such action as may be necessary by the Bank to protect, preserve and realize its security interest in collateral located in another jurisdiction.

 

8. The Guarantor does hereby release and forever discharge the Bank, Wells Fargo & Company and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of actions, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Guarantor now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands (a) are related in any manner whatsoever to the transactions which are the subject of this Consent and Ratification and (b) arose prior to the date of this Consent and Ratification.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent and Ratification was executed effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

     

John Pappajohn

 

3

Exhibit 10.28

Execution Copy

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Credit Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into between DAM Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (the “Lender”), and Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as of March 23, 2011.

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Lender provide to it credit in the principal amount of up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000); and

WHEREAS, the Lender is willing to provide such credit to the Company on the terms and conditions hereof;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Loan and Note . The Company may, from time to time, prior to a Maturity Event, request credit advances from the Lender by delivering written notice to the Lender of such request, and provided that there does not exist at the time of such request an Event of Default, upon its receipt of such a request, the Lender shall advance to the Company the requested amount of credit, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount advanced to the Company by the Lender shall not exceed the sum of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000). Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Lender a Promissory Note in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Note”), to evidence the terms and conditions of the Company’s repayment of, and other obligations with respect to, the credit advanced by Lender (the “Loan”) to the Company hereunder and thereunder. No amount of principal advanced pursuant to the Loan shall be eligible, upon its repayment, for the making of any further advances hereunder.

2. Warrant . As additional consideration for extending the credit and making the Loan set forth in this Agreement, on or about the date hereof, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Lender the Stock Purchase Warrant (the “Warrant”) in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

3. Security Agreement . To secure the repayment of the Loan and the performance of the Company’s obligations under the Note, upon execution of this Agreement, the Company and the Lender shall execute and deliver to each other the General Business Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

4. Collateral Assignment of Patents and Trademarks . To further secure the repayment of the Loan and the performance of the Company’s obligations under the Note, upon execution of this Agreement, the Company and the Lender shall execute the Patent and Trademark Collateral Assignment and Security Agreement (the “IP Collateral Assignment”) in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, and the Lender shall be entitled to file evidence of the IP Collateral Assignment in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”).


5. Intercreditor Agreement . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company and the Lender shall enter into the Intercreditor Agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, and the Company shall cause John Pappajohn to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement.

6. Registration Rights Agreement . In connection with the delivery to the Lender of the Warrant, the Company and the Lender shall execute and deliver to each other the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Lender’s Registration Rights Agreement”) in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

7. Joinder to Stockholders’ Agreement . In the event that the Warrant (or any portion thereof) is exercised and shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company are issued pursuant thereto (the “Lender’s Warrant Shares”), the Lender and the Company shall execute and deliver to each other a Joinder Agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) in substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, pursuant to which the Lender shall become a party to the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, by and among the Company and the individuals or entities listed on Schedule I, Schedule II and Schedule III thereto (as may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Stockholders’ Agreement”).

8. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meanings:

“1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Bank Loan” means the loan from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., pursuant to an agreement dated April 29, 2008, as amended from time to time, in the total amount of $6,000,000.

“Event of Default” means (i) any material breach by the Company of a warranty or representation contained in this Agreement or any material default by the Company in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, or (ii) the occurrence of any event that would constitute a material breach by the Company of any representation or warranty, or a material default by the Company in the performance of any of its obligation under, the Note or any of the other Transaction Documents; provided, however, that if the Company has a right to cure such breach or default as provided in the agreement with respect to which such breach or default arises, then the Lender shall have first been given any notice as provided for in such agreement and the Company shall have failed to take action within the time period set forth therein to cure or remedy such breach or default.

“Investors’ Rights Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, by and among the Company and the individuals or entities listed on Schedule I and Schedule II thereto, as amended.

 

-2-


“Lender’s Warrant Shares” means the shares of Common Stock delivered, or deliverable, upon the due exercise of the Warrant.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company.

“Maturity Event” means the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the expiration of one year and one-hundred eighty-three days from the date of this Agreement, (ii) the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities in which the Company receives gross proceeds in the amount of $10,000,000 or more, or (iii) the consummation of a transaction in which the Company is either merged with a reporting company (a “Public Company”) under the 1934 Act, or a Public Company acquires all or substantially all of the outstanding securities of the Company in exchange for the issuance of securities of the Public Company, and in connection therewith, in either event as the case may be, the survivor of such merger or the Public Company receives gross proceeds from the sale of such survivor’s securities or the Public Company’s securities in the amount of $10,000,000 or more.

“Patents” shall have the meaning set forth in the IP Collateral Assignment.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

“Trademarks” shall have the meaning set forth in the IP Collateral Assignment.

“Transaction Documents” means the Note, the Warrant, the Security Agreement, the IP Collateral Assignment, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Lender’s Registration Rights Agreement and the Joinder Agreement.

9. Loan Maturity and Penalty Interest . The entire outstanding balance of the Note shall become due and payable upon the occurrence of a Maturity Event or upon the occurrence of certain other events, all as more specifically provided for in the Note. The Note shall provide that if a Maturity Event fails to occur on or before certain dates, the per annum rate at which the outstanding balance of the Note accrues interest shall be increased.

10. Company Warranties and Representations . The Company hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender:

10.1. Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own its properties. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or its leasing of property makes such qualification or licensing necessary, unless the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-3-


10.2. Authorization . The Company has full power and authority with respect to, and has taken all requisite action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for (i) the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, (ii) the authorization of the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and (iii) the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance) and delivery of the Lender’s Warrant Shares deliverable upon due exercise of the Warrant. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability, relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally.

10.3. Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital of the Company consists, immediately prior to the date of this Agreement of, (a) 32,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 6,345,402 shares are issued and outstanding; and (b) two classes of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”), consisting of 588,000 shares designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 587,691.31 shares are issued and outstanding and 2,000,000 shares designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 1,821,600 shares are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of pre-emptive rights and were issued in full compliance with applicable law and any rights of third parties. No Person is entitled to pre-emptive or similar statutory or contractual rights with respect to any securities of the Company.

(b) The Company has reserved 1,257,378 shares of Common Stock, in the aggregate, for issuance pursuant to its Stock Option Plan (the “Stock Plan”). Of such reserved shares of Common Stock, no shares have been issued and, immediately prior to the date hereof, options to purchase 2,488,600 shares have been granted under the Stock Plan and are currently outstanding. Immediately prior to the date hereof, there were issued and outstanding unexercised warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, 3,568,662 shares of Common Stock. Except as otherwise set forth in this subsection (b) and as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, there are no unexercised and outstanding warrants, options, convertible securities or other rights, agreements or arrangements of any character under which the Company is or may be obligated to issue any equity securities of any kind. Other than the Transaction Documents, the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, there are no voting agreements, buy-sell agreements, option or right of first purchase agreements or other agreements of any kind among the Company and any of its security holders relating to the securities of the Company. Other than the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Lender’s Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has not granted any Person the right to require the Company to register any of its securities under the 1933 Act, whether on a demand basis or in connection with the registration of securities of the Company for its own account or for the account of any other Person.

10.4 Corporate Governance Documents . The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) filed with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on April 9, 2010, remains in full force and affect and

 

-4-


has not been amended since the date of that filing. The Stockholders’ Agreement and the Investors’ Rights Agreement, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Lender prior to the date are true and complete copies of such agreements, which agreements remain in full force and effect.

10.5. Valid Issuance . The Warrant has been duly and validly authorized and, upon the due exercise of the Warrant, the Lender’s Warrant Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and shall be free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances and restrictions, except for restrictions on transfer set forth in the Transaction Documents or imposed by applicable securities laws. The Company has reserved a sufficient number of shares of its authorized and un-issued Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants.

10.6. Consents . The execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents do not, and in the event of the due exercise of the Warrant, the issuance of the Lender’s Warrant Shares, will not, require any consent of, action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Person, governmental body, agency, or official other than filings that have been made pursuant to applicable state securities laws and post-sale filings pursuant to applicable state and federal securities laws which the Company undertakes to file within the applicable time periods.

10.7. No Conflict, Breach, Violation or Default . The execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the issuance and delivery of the Lender’s Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Warrant will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under (i) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Stockholders’ Agreement or the Investors’ Rights Agreement, each as in effect on the date hereof or thereof, or (ii)(a) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or properties, or (b) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of its assets or properties is subject.

10.8. Title to Properties . Except for the security interests of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. to secure the Bank Loan and the security interests contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Company has good and marketable title to all properties and assets owned by it, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or currently planned to be made thereof by the Company. The IP Collateral Assignment covers all of the Company’s Patents and Trademarks.

10.9. Litigation . There are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company or any of its or their properties; and to the Company’s knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated.

11. Lender’s Representations and Warranties The Lender hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Company:

11.1. Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Lender is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the

 

-5-


state of Wisconsin and has all requisite company power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own its properties.

11.2. Authorization . The Lender has full power and authority with respect to, and has taken all requisite action on the part of the Lender, its manager and members necessary for (i) the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and (ii) the authorization of the performance of all obligations of the Lender hereunder or thereunder. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Lender, enforceable against the Lender in accordance with their respective terms (to the extent the Lender is a party thereto), subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability, relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally.

11.3. Consents . The execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Lender of its obligations under, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents do not and will not, require any consent of, action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Person, governmental body, agency, or official.

11.4. No Conflict, Breach, Violation or Default . The execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Lender of its obligations under, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under (i) the Lender’s Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, both as in effect on the date hereof, or (ii)(a) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Lender or any of its assets or properties, or (b) any agreement or instrument to which the Lender is a party or by which the Lender is bound or to which any of its assets or properties is subject.

12. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to the Note, or pursuant to any of the other Transaction Documents that either incorporate the notice provisions hereof by reference or that fail to contain provisions for the manner of giving notice thereunder, shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth beneath their signature hereto, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section.

13. Lender’s Legal Fees . The Company shall reimburse the Lender up to $25,000 for the reasonable legal fees and costs of the Lender’s legal counsel in connection with the preparation and review of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated therein. The Company shall make such reimbursement within 10 days of the Lender’s delivery to the Company of a copy of any invoice from Lender’s counsel to Lender with respect to such legal fees and costs.

 

-6-


14. Costs of Enforcement . In the event of a dispute arising out of this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents (unless such Transaction Document specifically provides otherwise), the party that substantially prevails on the merits of any action brought with regard to such dispute shall be entitled to recover its actual and reasonable attorneys fees and costs in connection with such dispute, including fees and costs incurred prior to commencement of an action. The court or other adjudicating body before which the claim is determined shall make the determination of which party substantially prevailed on the merits of the action.

15. Amendments and Waiver . Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Lender and the Company. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

17. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin without regard to conflicts of law principles.

19. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the respective representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that the Company may not assign this Agreement without the consent of the Lender except in connection with an assignment by operation of law pursuant to a merger that constitutes a Maturity Event.

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

  Name:   Panna Sharma
  Title:   President & CEO
 

Address:

201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor

Rutherford, New Jersey 07070

  Attention: Panna Sharma
  Facsimile:   201-528-9201
  E-mail:   psharma@cancergenetics.com

 

LENDER
DAM HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Matthew Bluhm

  Name:   Matthew Bluhm
  Title:   President
  Address:
 

1418 N. Lakeshore Drive, Suite 29

Chicago, IL 60610

  Attention:   Matthew Bluhm
  Facsimile:   (267) 695-6771
  E-mail:   mbluhm@rockwelltrust.com

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


EXHIBIT B

WARRANT

See attached.


THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR (2) RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSFER.

Void after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, on [                    ].

Warrant to Purchase [            ] Shares of Common Stock.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

Warrant No. [        ]

This is to Certify That, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [            ] (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from CANCER GENETICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), [            ] fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, no par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at a price of $[        ] per share at any time or from time to time during the period from the date hereof to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, on [                    ]. The number of shares of Common Stock to be received upon the exercise of this Warrant and the price to be paid for each share of Common Stock may be adjusted from time to time as hereinafter set forth. The exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions. The shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such exercise, and as adjusted from time to time, are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Warrant Shares” and the exercise price of a share of Common Stock in effect at any time and as adjusted from time to time is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Exercise Price”.

 

  (a) EXERCISE OF WARRANT .

 

  (1)

This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or from time to time on or after the date hereof and until 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on [            ]; provided, however, that if either such day is a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized by law to close, then on the next succeeding day which shall not be such a day. This Warrant may be exercised by presentation and surrender hereof to the Company at its principal office, or at the office of


  its stock transfer agent if any, with the Purchase Form annexed hereto duly executed and accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares specified in such form. As soon as practicable after each such exercise of the warrants, but not later than fourteen (14) days from the date of such exercise, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificate for the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, registered in the name of the Holder or its designee. If this Warrant should be exercised in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Warrant for cancellation, execute and deliver a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder thereof to purchase the balance of the Warrant Shares purchasable thereunder. Upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant at its office, or by the stock transfer agent of the Company at its office, in proper form for exercise, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company shall then be closed or that certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be physically delivered to the Holder.

 

  (2) In lieu of delivering the Exercise Price in cash or check the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of the Warrant or portion thereof being exercised (“Net Issue Exercise”). If the Holder wishes to elect the Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall notify the Company of its election in writing at the time it delivers to the Company the Purchase Form. In the event the Holder shall elect Net Issue Exercise, the Holder shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Warrant, or portion thereof being exercised, and (b) the current market value, as defined in paragraph (c), of one share of Common Stock minus the Exercise Price, divided by (c) the current market value, as defined below, of one share of Common Stock.

 

  (b) RESERVATION OF SHARES . The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and/or delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be required for issuance and delivery upon exercise of the Warrants.

 

  (c) FRACTIONAL SHARES . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value of a share, determined as follows:

 

  (1)

If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange or listed for trading on the NASDAQ system, the current market value shall be the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on such exchange or system on

 

-2-


  the last business day prior to the date of exercise of this Warrant or if no such sale is made on such day, the average closing bid and asked prices for such day on such exchange or system; or

 

  (2) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges, the current market value shall be the mean of the last reported bid and asked prices reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on the last business day prior to the date of the exercise of this Warrant; or

 

  (3) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the current market value shall be an amount, not less than the book value thereof as at the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Company ending prior to the date of the exercise of the Warrant, determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (d) EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR LOSS OF WARRANT . This Warrant is exchangeable, without expense, at the option of the Holder, upon presentation and surrender hereof to the Company or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, for other warrants of different denominations entitling the holder thereof to purchase in the aggregate the same number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its principal office or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, with the Assignment Form annexed hereto duly executed and funds sufficient to pay any transfer tax, the Company shall, without charge, execute and deliver a new Warrant in the name of the assignee named in such instrument of assignment and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other warrants which carry the same rights upon presentation hereof at the principal office of the Company or at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued and signed by the Holder hereof. The term “Warrant” as used herein includes any Warrants into which this Warrant may be divided or exchanged. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Warrant executed and delivered shall constitute an additional contractual obligation on the part of the Company, whether or not this Warrant so lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

  (e) RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER . The Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder in the Company, either at law or equity, and the rights of the Holder are limited to those expressed in the Warrant and are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

 

-3-


  (f) ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS . The Exercise Price in effect at any time and the number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as follows:

 

  (1) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased (as in the case of (iii), above) or decreased (as in the case of (i) or (ii), above). Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

  (2) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a price (the “Subscription Price”) (or having a conversion price per share) less than the Exercise Price on such record date, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal such lower price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such rights or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants; and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered (or securities convertible into Common Stock are not delivered) after the expiration of such rights or warrants, the Exercise Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made upon the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) actually delivered.

 

  (3)

In case the Company shall hereafter distribute to the holders of its Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness or assets (excluding cash dividends or distributions and dividends or distributions referred to in Subsection (1) above) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Subsection (2) above), the Company shall reserve and the holder of this warrant shall thereafter, upon exercise hereof, be entitled to receive with respect to each share of Common Stock purchased hereunder, without any change in, or payment in addition to Exercise Price, the amount of any property or other securities which would have been distributed to such holder had such holder been a holder of one share of

 

-4-


  Common Stock on the record date of such distribution (or, if no record date was established by the Company, the date such distribution was paid).

 

  (4) In case the Company shall issue shares of its Common Stock excluding shares issued (i) in any of the transactions described in Subsection (1) above, (ii) upon exercise of options granted to the Company’s employees under a plan or plans adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and approved by its shareholders, if such shares would otherwise be included in this Subsection (4), (iii) upon exercise of this Warrant, (iv) upon conversion of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its Common Stock, excluding securities issued in transactions described in Subsections (2) and (3) above, outstanding as of the date issued hereof, and (v) to shareholders of any corporation which merges into the Company in proportion to their stock holdings of such corporation immediately prior to such merger, upon such merger, or issued in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting, but only if no adjustment is required pursuant to any other specific subsection of this Section (f) (without regard to Subsection (8) below) with respect to the transaction giving rise to such rights for a consideration per share (the “Offering Price”) less than the Exercise Price, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted immediately thereafter so that it shall equal such Offering Price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

 

  (5) In case the Company shall issue any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its Common Stock, excluding securities issued in transactions described in Subsections (2) and (3) above, for a consideration per share of Common Stock (the “Conversion Price”) initially deliverable upon conversion or exchange of such securities, determined as provided in Subsection (7) below, less than the Exercise Price, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted immediately thereafter so that it shall equal such Conversion Price. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

 

  (6) Whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Subsections (1) or (2) above, the number of Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying the number of Shares initially issuable upon exercise of this Warrant by the Exercise Price in effect on the date hereof and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

 

  (7) For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received pursuant to Subsections (4) and (5) above, the following shall apply:

 

  (A)

in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any commissions, discounts

 

-5-


  or other expenses incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

 

  (B) in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof), whose determination shall be conclusive; and

 

  (C) in the case of the issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, the aggregate consideration received therefore shall be deemed to be the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of such securities plus the additional minimum consideration, if any, to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof, the consideration in each case to be determined in the same manner as provided in clauses (A) and (B) of this Subsection (7).

 

  (8) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least five cents ($0.05) in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Subsection (8) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment required to be made hereunder. All calculations under this Section (f) shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. Anything in this Section (f) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled, but shall not be required, to make such changes in the Exercise Price, in addition to those required by this Section (f), as it shall determine, in its sole discretion, to be advisable in order that any dividend or distribution in shares of Common Stock, or any subdivision, reclassification or combination of Common Stock, hereafter made by the Company shall not result in any Federal income tax liability to the holders of Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock (including Warrants).

 

  (9) Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly but no later than 30 days after any request for such an adjustment by the Holder, cause a notice setting forth the adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number of Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant, and, if requested, information describing the transactions giving rise to such adjustments, to be mailed to the Holder at his last address appearing in the Warrant Register, and shall cause a certified copy thereof to be mailed to its transfer agent, if any. The Company may retain a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Board of Directors (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company)

 

-6-


  to make any computation required by this Section (f), and a certificate signed by such firm shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

 

  (10) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Subsection (1) above, the Holder of this Warrant thereafter shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Company, other than Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock contained in Subsections (1) to (8), inclusive above.

 

  (11) Irrespective of any adjustments in the Exercise Price or the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, Warrants theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind of shares as are stated in the similar Warrants initially issuable pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (g) OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE . Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted as required by the provisions of the foregoing Section, the Company shall forthwith file in the custody of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary at its principal office and with its stock transfer agent, if any, an officer’s certificate showing the adjusted Exercise Price determined as herein provided, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, including a statement of the number of additional shares of Common Stock, if any, and such other facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such adjustment. Each such officer’s certificate shall be made available at all reasonable times for inspection by the Holder or any holder of a Warrant executed and delivered pursuant to Section (a) and the Company shall, forthwith after each such adjustment, mail a copy by certified mail of such certificate to the Holder or any such holder.

 

  (h)

NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDERS . So long as this Warrant shall be outstanding, (i) if the Company shall pay any dividend or make any distribution upon the Common Stock or (ii) if the Company shall offer to the holders of Common Stock for subscription or purchase by them any share of any class or any other rights or (iii) if any capital reorganization of the Company, reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation, sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another corporation, or voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company shall be effected, then in any such case, the Company shall cause to be mailed by certified mail to the Holder, at least fifteen days prior to the date specified in (x) or (y) below, as the case may be, a notice containing a brief description of the proposed action and stating the date on which (x) a record is to be taken for the purpose of

 

-7-


  such dividend, distribution or rights, or (y) such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the date, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of Common Stock or other securities shall receive cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

 

  (i) RECLASSIFICATION, REORGANIZATION OR MERGER . In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, or in case of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with a subsidiary in which merger the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) or in case of any sale, lease or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety, the Company shall, as a condition precedent to such transaction, cause effective provisions to be made so that the Holder shall have the right thereafter by exercising this Warrant at any time prior to the expiration of the Warrant, to purchase the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reclassification, capital reorganization and other change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which might have been purchased upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance. Any such provision shall include provision for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Warrant. The foregoing provisions of this Section (i) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, capital reorganizations and changes of shares of Common Stock and to successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances. In the event that in connection with any such capital reorganization or reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, additional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in exchange, conversion, substitution or payment, in whole or in part, for a security of the Company other than Common Stock, any such issue shall be treated as an issue of Common Stock covered by the provisions of Subsection (1) of Section (f) hereof.

 

  (j) REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 . The Company’s agreements with respect to Warrants or Warrant Shares in such Registration Rights Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of the exercise and surrender of this Warrant.

 

  (k)

RESTRICTIVE LEGEND . Each Warrant Share, when issued, shall include a legend in substantially the following form: THESE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL A (1) REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE

 

-8-


  STATE SECURITIES LAW HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR (2) RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSFER.

 

-9-


  (l) The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

Dated: [                    ]

 

      CANCER GENETICS, INC.

Attest:

         

[                                 ]

    By:  

[                             ]

Name:

 

[                             ]

      Name:   [                        ]

Title:

 

[                             ]

      Title:   [                        ]

 

-10-


PURCHASE FORM

Dated             20    

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the within Warrant to the extent of purchasing                     shares of Common Stock and hereby makes payment of                     in payment of the actual exercise price thereof.

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF STOCK

Name                                

(Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address                                

Signature                                 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                     hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name                                

(Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address                                

the right to purchase Common Stock represented by this Warrant to the extent of                     shares as to which such right is exercisable and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                     Attorney, to transfer the same on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date             , 20    

Signature                    


EXHIBIT D

IP COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT

See attached.


PATENT AND TRADEMARK COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT AND

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Patent and Trademark Collateral Assignment and Security Agreement, dated as of [                                  ], between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its address at Meadows Office Complex, 201 Route 17, North Rutherford, NJ 07070 (the “Assignor”), and DAM Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company with its address at 1418 N. Lakeshore Drive, Suite 29, Chicago, IL 60610 (the “Assignee”).

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to Assignee extending credit to the Assignor under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of a date on or about the date hereof (the “Credit Agreement”) that the Assignor execute and deliver to Assignee a patent and trademark collateral assignment agreement in substantially the form hereof;

WHEREAS, the Assignor has executed and delivered to Assignee, a General Business Security Agreement, dated as of a date on or about the date hereof (the “Security Agreement”), pursuant to which the Assignor has granted to Assignee, a security interest in all of the Assignor’s personal property and fixture assets, including without limitation the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule A attached hereto, and all the trademarks and trademark registration applications listed on Schedule B attached hereto, all to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement); and

WHEREAS, this Patent and Trademark Agreement is supplemental to the provisions contained in the Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings provided therefore in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement. In addition, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section or elsewhere in this Patent and Trademark Agreement referred to below:

1.1 “Existing Credit Agreements” means (i) the Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008, between the Assignor and the Prior Secured Party, as amended, (ii) the related Revolving Note, as amended, (iii) the Security Agreement, dated April 29, 2008, between the Assignor and the Prior Secured Party, as amended, (iv) the Collateral Patent Assignment, dated as of July 8, 2008, between the Assignor and the Prior Secured Party, and (v) such other documents ancillary to the foregoing documents.

1.2 “Patent and Trademark Agreement” means this Patent and Trademark Collateral Assignment and Security Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time.

1.3 “Patent Collateral” means all of the Assignor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Patents, and all other Patent Rights, and all additions, improvements and


accessions to, all substitutions for and replacements of, and all products and Proceeds (including insurance proceeds) of any and all of the foregoing, and all books and records and technical information and data describing or used in connection with any and all such rights, interests, assets or property.

1.4 “Patent Rights” means any and all past, present or future rights in, to and associated with the Patents throughout the world, whether arising under federal law, state law, common law, foreign law, or otherwise, including, but not limited to, the following: All such rights arising out of or associated with the Patents; the right (but not the obligation) to register claims under any federal, state or foreign patent law or regulation; the right (but not the obligation) to sue or bring opposition or bring cancellation proceedings in the name of the Assignor or Assignee for any and all past, present and future infringements of or any other damages or injury to the Patents or the Patent Rights, and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with any such past, present or future infringement, damage or injury.

1.5 “Patents” means all patents and patent applications, whether United States or foreign, that are owned by the Assignor or in which the Assignor has any right, title or interest, now or in the future, including but not limited to:

(a) the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule A attached hereto (as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time);

(b) all letters patent of the United States or any other country, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country;

(c) all re-issues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof;

(d) the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use, practice and/or sell or offer for sale (or license or otherwise transfer or dispose of) the inventions disclosed or claimed therein; and

(e) the right (but not the obligation) to make and prosecute applications for such patents.

1.6 “Prior Secured Party” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

1.7 “Proceeds” means any consideration received from the sale, exchange, license, lease or other disposition or transfer of any right, interest, asset or property which constitutes all or any part of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral, any value received as a consequence of the ownership, possession, use or practice of any Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral, and any payment received from any insurer or other person or entity as a result of the destruction or the loss, theft or other involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any right, interest, asset or property which constitutes all or any part of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral.

 

-2-


1.8 “PTO” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

1.9 “Trademark Collateral” means all of the Assignor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Trademarks.

1.10 “Trademark Rights” means any and all past, present or future rights in, to and associated with the Trademarks throughout the world, whether arising under federal law, state law, common law, foreign law, or otherwise, including, but not limited to, the following: all such rights arising out of or associated with the Trademarks; the right (but not the obligation) to register the Trademarks under any federal, state or foreign trademark law or regulations; the right (but not the obligation) to sue or bring opposition or cancellation proceedings in the name of the Assignor or Assignee for any and all past, present and future infringements of or any other damages or injury to the Trademarks or the Trademark Rights, and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with any such past, present or future infringement, damage or injury.

1.11 “Trademarks” means all registered trademarks and applications for the registration of trademarks, whether in the United States or any foreign country, that are owned by the Assignor or in which the Assignor has any right, title or interest, now or in the future, including but not limited to the trademark registrations and applications to register trademarks listed on Schedule B attached hereto (as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time), and the right (but not the obligation) to prosecute applications to register such trademarks.

2. Grant of Security Interest. To secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, the Assignor hereby grants, assigns, transfers and conveys to Assignee, by way of collateral security, all of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral. The security interest in the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral provided to the Assignee herein is junior in priority, operation and effect, in all respects, to the first priority security interest of the Prior Secured Party under the Existing Credit Agreements.

3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Assignor represents, warrants and covenants that:

(a) to the best of the Assignor’s knowledge, Schedule A attached hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all the Patents, rights to Patents and Patent applications now owned, licensed, controlled or used by the Assignor;

(b) to the best of the Assignor’s knowledge, Schedule B attached hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all the Trademarks, rights to Trademarks and Trademark applications now owned, licensed, controlled or used by the Assignor;

(c) to the best of the Assignor’s knowledge, the issued Patents and registered Trademarks are subsisting and have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no litigation or proceeding pending concerning the validity or enforceability of the issued Patents and registered Trademarks;

 

-3-


(d) to the best of the Assignor’s knowledge, each of the issued Patents and each of the registered Trademarks is valid and enforceable;

(e) to the best of the Assignor’s knowledge, there is no infringement by others of the issued Patents or Patent Rights or of the registered Trademarks;

(f) to the best of the Assignor’s knowledge, no claim has been made that the use of any of the Patents or Trademarks does or may violate the rights of any third person, and there is no infringement by the Assignor of the patent or trademark rights of others;

(g) the Assignor is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire and unencumbered right, title and interest in and to each of the Patents (other than ownership and other rights reserved by third party owners with respect to Patents which the Assignor is licensed to practice or use), and each of the Trademarks, free and clear of any liens, charges, encumbrances and adverse claims, including without limitation pledges, assignments, licenses, shop rights and covenants by the Assignor not to sue third persons, other than those liens, charges, encumbrances and adverse claims granted under or existing in connection with the Existing Credit Agreements, the Security Agreement and this Patent and Trademark Agreement;

(h) the Assignor has the unqualified right to enter into this Patent and Trademark Agreement and, subject to the performance of its obligations and covenants set forth in the Existing Credit Agreements, Assignor has the unqualified right to perform the terms of this Patent and Trademark Agreement and will comply with the covenants herein contained;

(i) this Patent and Trademark Agreement, together with the Security Agreement, will create in favor of Assignee, a valid and perfected security interest in the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral upon making the filings referred to in clause (j) of this Section 3; and

(j) except for the filing of financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code and the filing of this Patent and Trademark Agreement with the PTO, no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental or regulatory authority, agency or office is required either (i) for the grant by the Assignor or the effectiveness of the security interest and assignment granted hereby or for the execution, delivery and performance of this Patent and Trademark Agreement by the Assignor, or (ii) for the perfection of or the exercise by Assignee of any of its rights and remedies hereunder.

4. No Transfer or Inconsistent Agreements. Except to the extent of Assignor’s actions required to be taken in connection with the consummation of, or the performance of its covenants and obligations under, the Existing Credit Agreements, without Assignee’s prior written consent, the Assignor will not (a) mortgage, pledge, assign, encumber, grant a security interest in, transfer, license or alienate any of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral, or (b) enter into any agreement (for example, a license agreement) that is inconsistent with the Assignor’s obligations under this Patent and Trademark Agreement or the Security Agreement.

 

-4-


5. After-Acquired Patents, Etc.

5.1 After-Acquired Patents. If, before the Obligations shall have been finally paid and satisfied in full, the Assignor shall obtain any right, title or interest in or to any other or new Patents, Patent applications or patentable inventions, or become entitled to the benefit of any Patent application or Patent or any reissue, division, continuation, renewal, extension, or continuation-in-part of any of the Patent Collateral or any improvement on any of the Patent Collateral, the provisions of this Patent and Trademark Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and the Assignor shall promptly give to Assignee notice thereof in writing and execute and deliver to Assignee such documents or instruments as Assignee may reasonably request further to transfer title thereto to Assignee.

5.2 Amendment to Schedule. The Assignor authorizes Assignee to modify this Patent and Trademark Agreement, without the necessity of the Assignor’s further approval or signature, by amending Schedule A or B attached hereto to include any future or other Patents, Patent Rights, Trademarks or Trademark Rights under Sections 2 or 5 hereof.

6. Patent/Trademark Prosecution.

6.1 Assignor Responsible. The Assignor shall assume full and complete responsibility for the prosecution, grant, enforcement or any other necessary or desirable actions in connection with the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral, and shall hold Assignee harmless from any and all costs, damages, liabilities and expenses which may be incurred by Assignee in connection with Assignee’s title to any of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral or any other action or failure to act in connection with this Patent and Trademark Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. In respect of such responsibility, the Assignor shall retain patent counsel reasonably acceptable to Assignee.

6.2 Assignor’s Duties, Etc. The Assignor shall have the duty, through patent counsel reasonably acceptable to Assignee, to prosecute diligently any patent applications with respect to the Patents and applications to register the Trademarks pending as of the date of this Patent and Trademark Agreement or thereafter, to make application for unpatented but reasonably patentable inventions and to preserve and maintain all rights in the Patents, including without limitation the payment when due of all maintenance fees and other fees, taxes and other expenses which shall be incurred or which shall accrue with respect to any of the Patents. Any expenses incurred in connection with such applications and actions shall be borne by the Assignor. The Assignor shall not abandon any filed or pending patent application, trademark registration application, or patent, or trademark without the consent of Assignee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Assignee hereby appoints the Assignor as its agent for all matters referred to in the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 and agrees to execute any documents necessary to confirm such appointment. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Assignee may terminate such agency by providing written notice of termination to the Assignor.

6.3 Assignor’s Enforcement Rights. The Assignor shall have the right, with the consent of Assignee which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to bring suit or other action in

 

-5-


the Assignor’s own name to enforce the Patents, Trademarks and the Patent Rights and Trademark Rights. Assignee shall be required to join in such suit or action as may be necessary to assure the Assignor’s ability to bring and maintain any such suit or action in any proper forum so long as Assignee is completely satisfied that such joinder will not subject Assignee to any risk of liability. The Assignor shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse and indemnify Assignee for all damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred by Assignee pursuant to this Section 6.

6.4 Protection of Patents, Etc. In general, the Assignor shall take any and all such actions (including but not limited to institution and maintenance of suits, proceedings or actions) as may be necessary or appropriate to properly maintain, protect, preserve, care for and enforce the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral. The Assignor shall not take or fail to take any action, nor permit any action to be taken or not taken by others under its control, which would negatively affect the validity, grant or enforcement of any of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral.

6.5 Notification by Assignor. Promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, the Assignor will notify Assignee in writing of the institution of, or any final adverse determination in, any proceeding in the PTO or any similar office or agency of the United States or any foreign country, or any court, regarding the validity of any of the Patents or Trademarks or the Assignor’s rights, title or interests in and to any of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral, and of any event which does or reasonably could materially adversely affect the value of any of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral, the ability of the Assignor or Assignee to dispose of any of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral or the rights and remedies of Assignee in relation thereto (including but not limited to the levy of any legal process against any of the Patent Collateral or Trademark Collateral).

7. License Back to Assignor. Unless and until there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default and the Assignee has notified the Assignor that the license granted hereunder is terminated, Assignee hereby grants to the Assignor the sole and exclusive, nontransferable, royalty-free, worldwide right and license (i) under the Patents to make, have made for it, use, sell, offer for sale and otherwise practice the inventions disclosed and claimed in the Patents for the Assignor’s own benefit and account and for none other and (ii) to use the Trademarks for the Assignor’s own benefit and account and for none other; provided, however, that the foregoing right and license shall be no greater in scope than, and limited by, the rights assigned to Assignee, by the Assignor hereby. The Assignor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, encumber or sublicense its interest in the license granted to the Assignor in this Section 7 without the prior written consent of Assignee. Any such sublicenses granted on or after the date hereof shall be terminable by Assignee upon termination of the Assignor’s license hereunder.

8. Remedies. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then at the discretion of Assignee, and upon notice by Assignee to the Assignor: (a) the Assignor’s license with respect to the Patents as set forth in Section 7 hereof shall terminate; (b) the Assignor shall immediately cease and desist from the practice, manufacture, use and sale of the inventions claimed, disclosed or covered by the Patents; and (c) Assignee shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies given it by this Patent and Trademark Agreement, the Credit

 

-6-


Agreement, the Security Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, those allowed by law and the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Delaware and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Assignee may immediately, without demand of performance and without other notice (except as set forth next below) or demand whatsoever to the Assignor, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and without advertisement, sell or license at public or private sale or otherwise realize upon the whole or from time to time any art of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral or any interest which the Assignor may have therein, and after deducting from the proceeds of sale or other disposition of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral all expenses (including all reasonable expenses for broker’s fees and legal services), shall apply the residue of such proceeds toward the payment of the Obligations as set forth in the Security Agreement. Notice of any sale, license or other disposition of any of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral shall be given to the Assignor at least fifteen (15) days before the time that any intended public sale or other disposition of such Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral is to be made or after which any private sale or other disposition of such Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral may be made, which the Assignor hereby agrees shall be reasonable notice of such public or private sale or other disposition. At any such sale or other disposition, Assignee may, to the extent permitted under applicable law, purchase or license the whole or any part of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral or interests therein sold, licensed or otherwise disposed of.

9. Collateral Protection. If the Assignor shall fail to do any act that it has covenanted to do hereunder, or if any representation or warranty of the Assignor shall be breached, Assignee, in its own name or that of the Assignor (in the sole discretion of Assignee), may (but shall not be obligated to) do such act or remedy such breach (or cause such act to be done or such breach to be remedied), and the Assignor agrees promptly to reimburse Assignee for any cost or expense incurred by Assignee in so doing.

10. Power of Attorney. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Assignor does hereby make, constitute and appoint Assignee (and any officer or agent of Assignee as Assignee may select in its exclusive discretion) as the Assignor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with the power to endorse the Assignor’s name on all applications, documents, papers and instruments necessary for Assignee to use any of the Patent or Trademark Collateral, to practice, make, use or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed in any of the Patent or Trademark Collateral, to grant or issue any exclusive or nonexclusive license of any of the Patent or Trademark Collateral to any third person, or necessary for Assignee to assign, pledge, convey or otherwise transfer title in or dispose of the Patent or Trademark Collateral or any part thereof or interest therein to any third person, and, in general, to execute and deliver any instruments or documents and do all other acts which the Assignor is obligated to execute and do hereunder. The Assignor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof, and releases the Assignee from any claims, liabilities, causes of action or demands arising out of or in connection with any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Assignee under this power of attorney (except for Assignee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct). This power of attorney shall be irrevocable for the duration of this Patent and Trademark Agreement.

 

-7-


11. Further Assurances. The Assignor shall, at any time and from time to time, and at its expense, make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, and file and record as necessary or appropriate with governmental or regulatory authorities, agencies or offices, such agreements, assignments, documents and instruments, and do such other and further acts and things (including, without limitation, obtaining consents of third parties), as Assignee may request or as may be necessary or appropriate in order to implement and effect fully the intentions, purposes and provisions of this Patent and Trademark Agreement, or to assure and confirm to Assignee the grant, perfection and priority of Assignee’s security interest in any of the Patent or Trademark Collateral.

12. Termination. At such time as all of the Obligations have been finally paid and satisfied in full, this Patent and Trademark Agreement shall terminate and Assignee shall, upon the written request and at the expense of the Assignor, execute and deliver to the Assignor all deeds, assignments and other instruments as may be necessary or proper to reassign and reconvey to and re-vest in the Assignor the entire right, title and interest to the Patent and Trademark Collateral previously ranted, assigned, transferred and conveyed to Assignee by the Assignor pursuant to this Patent and Trademark Agreement, as fully as if this Patent and Trademark Agreement had not been made, subject to any disposition of all or any part thereof which may have been made by Assignee pursuant hereto or the Security Agreement.

13. Course of Dealing. No course of dealing among the Assignor and Assignee, nor any failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of Assignee, any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Security Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

14. Expenses. Any and all fees, costs and expenses, of whatever kind or nature, including the reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by Assignee in connection with the preparation of this Patent and Trademark Agreement and all other documents relating hereto, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or the enforcement hereof, the filing or recording of any documents (including all taxes in connection therewith) in public offices, the payment or discharge of any taxes, counsel fees, maintenance fees, encumbrances or otherwise protecting, maintaining or preserving any of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral, or in defending or prosecuting any actions or proceedings arising out of or related to any of the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral, shall be borne and paid by the Assignor.

15. Overdue Amounts. Until paid, all amounts due and payable by the Assignor hereunder shall be a debt secured by the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral and other Collateral and shall bear, whether before or after judgment, interest at the rate of interest on the amount of overdue monetary Obligations.

16. NO ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, ASSIGNEE ASSUMES NO ANY LIABILITIES OF THE ASIGNOR WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS REGARDING THE ASSIGNOR’S OWNERSHIP OR PURPORTED OWNERSHIP OF OR RIGHTS OR PURPORTED RIGHTS ARISING FROM,

 

-8-


ANY OF THE PATENT COLLATERAL OR TRADEMARK COLLATERAL OR ANY PRACTICE, USE, LICENSE OR SUBLICENSE THEREOF, OR ANY PRACTICE, MANUFACTURE, USE OR SALE OF ANY OF THE INVENTIONS DISCLOSED OR CLAIMED THEREIN, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF ANY PAST, CURRENT OR FUTURE EVENT, CIRCUMSTANCE, ACT OR OMISSION OR OTHERWISE. ALL OF SUCH LIABILITIES SHALL BE EXCLUSIVELY BORNE BY THE ASSIGNOR, AND THE ASSIGNOR SHALL INDEMNIFY ASSIGNEE FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES, DAMAGES AND CLAIMS, INCLUDING LEGAL FEES, INCURRED BY ASSIGNEE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH LIABILITIES.

17. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. All of Assignee’s rights and remedies with respect to the Patent and Trademark Collateral, whether established hereby or by the Security Agreement or by any other agreements or by law, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. This Patent and Trademark Agreement is supplemental to the Security Agreement, and nothing contained herein shall in any way derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Assignee contained therein. Nothing contained in this Patent and Trademark Agreement shall be deemed to extend the time of attachment or perfection of or otherwise impair the security interest in any of the Patent and Trademark Collateral granted to Assignee under the Security Agreement.

18. Notices. All notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant to this Patent and Trademark Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in the manner and to the addresses set forth in the Credit Agreement.

19. Amendment and Waiver. This Patent and Trademark Agreement is subject to modification only by a writing signed by Assignee and the Assignor, except as provided in Section 5.2 hereof. Assignee shall not be deemed to have waived any right hereunder unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by Assignee. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any future occasion.

20. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Patent and Trademark Agreement is intended to take effect as a sealed instrument and shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware. The Assignor agrees that any suit for the enforcement of this Patent and Trademark Agreement may be brought in the courts of the State of Delaware or any federal court sitting therein and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court and to service of process in any such suit being made upon the Assignor by mail at the address specified in Section 18 hereof. The Assignor hereby waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit or any such court or that such suit is brought in an inconvenient court.

21. Waiver of Jury Trial. The Assignor waives its right to a jury trial with respect to any action or claim arising out of any dispute in connection with this Patent and Trademark Agreement, any rights or obligations hereunder or the performance of any such rights or obligations. Except as prohibited by law, the Assignor waives any right which it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages.

 

-9-


The Assignor (a) certifies that neither Assignee nor any representative, agent or attorney of Assignee has represented, expressly or otherwise, that Assignee would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers, and (b) acknowledges that, in entering into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Assignee is a party, Assignee is relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained in this Section 21.

22. Miscellaneous. The headings of each section of this Patent and Trademark Agreement are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions thereof. This Patent and Trademark Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon the Assignor and its respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Assignee and its assigns. In the event of any irreconcilable conflict between the provisions of this Patent and Trademark Agreement and the Credit Agreement, or between this Patent and Trademark Agreement and the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Credit Agreement or the Security Agreement, as the case may be, shall control. If any term of this Patent and Trademark Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity of all other terms hereof shall in no way be affected thereby, and this Patent and Trademark Agreement shall be construed and be enforceable as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable term had not been included herein. The Assignor acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Patent and Trademark Agreement.

23. Subordination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Assignee acknowledges and agrees that (i) Assignor has granted to the Prior Secured Party a security interest in, and certain rights with respect to, the Patent Collateral and the Trademark Collateral, as more fully set forth in the Existing Credit Agreements, prior to the granting to Assignee of the security interest in, and rights with respect to, the Patent Collateral and the Trademark Collateral herein, (ii) the security interest and rights of the Prior Secured Party remain in effect and perfected, (iii) the security interest and rights of Assignee herein shall be junior in priority, operation and effect, in all respects, to the security interest and rights of the Prior Secured Party, and (iv) this Patent and Trademark Agreement shall be subject in all respects to the Inter-Creditor Agreement to be entered into among Assignor, Assignee and John Pappajohn of even date herewith.

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Patent Collateral Assignment and Security Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

 

 
  DAM HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

 

Signature Page to Patent and Trademark Collateral Assignment and Security Agreement


CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF    New Jersey    )
         ) ss
COUNTY OF    Bergen       )

Before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the county aforesaid, on this 24 th day of March 2011, personally appeared Panna Sharma to me known personally, and who, being by me duly sworn, deposes and says that he is the President of Cancer Genetics, and that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors and said President acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.

 

 

Notary Public  
My commission expires:  

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF  

 

  )
      ) ss
COUNTY OF   

 

   )

Before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the county aforesaid, on this     day of                    , personally appeared                    to me known personally, and who, being by me duly sworn, deposes and says that she/he is the                     of                      , and that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors and said                    acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.

 

 

Notary Public
My commission expires:  

 


CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF  

 

  )
      ) ss
COUNTY OF   

 

   )

Before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the county aforesaid, on this      day of                     , personally appeared                      to me known personally, and who, being by me duly sworn, deposes and says that she/he is the                      of                     , and that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors and said                      acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.

 

 

Notary Public  
My commission expires:  

 

CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF Illinois   )
  ) ss
COUNTY OF Cook   )

Before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the county aforesaid, on this 23 rd day of March 2011, personally appeared Matthew Bluhm to me known personally, and who, being by me duly sworn, deposes and says that she/he is the PRESIDENT of DAM Holdings, and that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors and said PRESIDENT acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.

 

  

 

Notary Public

My commission expires:

  


Schedule A

Patents Issued in PTO

 

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

  

Title

2,447,320      
7,585,964    09/08/2009    Methods of Analyzing Chromosomal Translocations using Fluorescence in Situ Hybridization (FISH)

Patents Pending in PTO

 

Application No.

  

Filing Date

  

Title

11/932,422    10/31/2007    Panel for the Detection and Differentiation of Renal Cortical Neoplasms
11/100,135    04/05/2005    Methods of analyzing chromosomal translocations using fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH)
11/685,105    03/12/2007    Methods of Analyzing Chromosomal Translocations using Fluorescence in Situ Hybridization (FISH)

Provisional Patent Filings

 

Application No.

  

Filing Date

  

Title

62/546,762    05/15/2009    Panel for the Detection and Classification of HPV Associated Carcinoma Cells
62/597,324    05/22/2009    Methods and Structures Employing Chemically Labeled Polynucleotide Probes and Chips

PCT Filings

 

Application No.

  

Filing Date

  

Title

PCT/US2008/08200    10/31/2008    Panel for the Detection and Differentiation of Renal Cortical Neoplasms
PCT/US02/15492    05/14/2002    Methods of Analyzing Chromosomal Translocations Using Fluorescence in Situ Hybridization (FISH)


Schedule B

Trademarks Registered in PTO

 

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

  

Mark

  

Goods/Services Description

3,384,754    02/19/2008    CERVIXCYTE    Genetic probe, namely, preparations for detecting abnormalities for medical purposes.

 

Trademark Registration Applications Pending in PTO

 

Application Serial No.

  

Filing Date

  

Mark

  

Goods/Services Description

77/963,546    03/19/2010    FHACT    Medical diagnostic reagents and assays for testing for cancer


EXHIBIT G

JOINDER AGREEMENT

See attached.


Joinder to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement

DAM Holdings, LLC (the “ Investor ”) is executing and delivering this joinder (this “Joinder”) to the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, by and among Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individuals or entities listed on Schedule I, Schedule II and Schedule III thereto (as may be amended or modified from time to time, the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”). To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

On March 23, 2011, the Company issued to the Investor a warrant (the “ Warrant ”) to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

By executing and delivering to the Company this Joinder, the Investor hereby agrees, in connection with the Investor’s exercise of the Warrant, to become a party to, to be bound by and to comply with, all of the terms, including benefits and restrictions, of the Stockholders’ Agreement as a “Stockholder” thereunder, in the same manner as if the Investor were an original signatory to the Stockholder Agreement.

Accordingly, the Investor has executed and delivered this Joinder as of                                                   .

 

DAM HOLDINGS, LLC
By:    

Name:

Title:

 

Exhibit 10.29

INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENT

CANCER GENETICS, INC.

This inter-creditor agreement (this “Agreement”) is made this 23rd day of March, 2011 between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), John Pappajohn (“Pappajohn”) and DAM Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“DAM”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) are parties to that certain credit agreement, dated April 29, 2008 (such agreement, together with the ancillary documents thereto governing the extension of credit from the Bank to the Borrower, including the revolving note and the documents governing Pappajohn’s guarantee of the repayment of the indebtedness issued thereunder, all as amended or supplemented from time to time, are collectively referred to herein as the “Existing Credit Agreements”), establishing a Six Million Dollar ($6,000,000) revolving credit facility;

WHEREAS, to secure the repayment of the Borrower’s indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreements and the performance of the Borrower’s other obligations thereunder, the Borrower granted to the Bank a security interest in, and certain rights with respect to, substantially all of the Borrower’s assets, as more fully set forth in the Existing Credit Agreements (the “Bank Security Interests”);

WHEREAS, Pappajohn guaranties the repayment of the indebtedness of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreements on the terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Credit Agreements;

WHEREAS, the Bank granted Pappajohn certain subrogation rights with respect to the rights of the Bank under the Existing Credit Agreements, including with respect to


the Bank Security Interests, to the extent that Pappajohn pays in full the Borrower’s indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreements pursuant to his guarantee thereof;

WHEREAS, the Borrower wishes to obtain from DAM, and DAM has agreed to provide to the Borrower, additional financing in an amount up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) pursuant to a line of credit on the terms and conditions set forth in a credit agreement, promissory note and related documents to be entered into on or about the date hereof between the Borrower and DAM (such agreements are collectively referred to herein as the “DAM Credit Agreements”);

WHEREAS, to secure the repayment of the Borrower’s indebtedness under the DAM Credit Agreements and the performance of the Borrower’s other obligations thereunder, the Borrower has agreed to provide to DAM a security interest in, and certain rights with respect to, substantially all of the Borrower’s assets (the “DAM Security Interests”), as more fully set forth in the DAM Credit Agreements, which interest and rights shall be junior in priority, operation and effect, in all respects, to the Bank Security Interests; and

WHEREAS, it is the desire of Pappajohn, DAM and the Company to execute this Agreement for the purpose of defining their respective rights under the Existing Credit Agreements and the DAM Credit Agreements, including with respect to the Borrower’s assets.

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Subordinate Rights under the DAM Credit Agreements . The parties hereto acknowledge that substantially all of the Borrower’s assets are subject to the first priority Bank Security Interests under the Existing Credit Agreements, and the parties hereto agree that the DAM Security Interests shall be junior in priority, operation and effect, in all respects, to the Bank Security Interests, notwithstanding (i) anything to the

 

-2-


contrary contained in any agreement (including the Existing Credit Agreements or DAM Credit Agreements) or filing to which any DAM may now or hereafter be a party, and regardless of the time, order or method of grant, attachment, recording or perfection of any financing statements or other security interests, assignments, pledges, deeds, mortgages and other liens, charges or encumbrances or any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing, (ii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code or any applicable law or any other circumstance whatsoever and (iii) the fact that any such Bank Security Interests are (x) subordinated to any other lien securing any obligation of any other person other than DAM or (y) otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed. DAM shall not object to or contest, or support any other person in contesting or objecting to, in any proceeding, the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Bank Security Interests. DAM shall not take, or cause to be taken, any action the purpose of which is to make the DAM Security Interests pari passu with or senior to the Bank Security Interests. Notwithstanding any failure by the Bank to perfect the Bank Security Interests or any avoidance, invalidation or subordination by any third party or court of competent jurisdiction of the Bank Security Interests, the priority and rights as between the Bank and DAM with respect to the assets of the Company shall be as set forth herein.

2. Promise to pay; Initial Public Offering or Reverse Merger . The Borrower promises to pay the full amount due under of the Existing Credit Agreements and under the DAM Credit Agreements with the proceeds of (i) an initial public offering of the Borrower’s equity securities (an “IPO”) or (ii) a reverse merger or reverse triangular merger, whereby the Borrower mergers with a public shell company or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof and shares of the public shell company are subsequently issued in a private placement to finance the Borrower’s operations (a “Reverse Merger”). In the event that the proceeds of the IPO or the Reverse Merger are insufficient to allow repayment of the full $9,000,000 of debt under the Existing Credit Agreements and the DAM Credit Agreements (or such lesser amount that is then outstanding under such agreements), the parties hereto agree that the debt outstanding under the DAM Credit Agreements will be repaid first and the outstanding indebtedness under the Existing

 

-3-


Credit Agreement will not be repaid until the entire outstanding balance under the DAM Credit Agreements is repaid in full.

3. Actions with respect to the Bank . In the event that the Bank attempts to prevent the payment of the outstanding indebtedness under the DAM Credit Agreements prior to payment of the outstanding indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreements, as provided for in Section 2 hereof, or in the event the Bank commences any action to recover from DAM the amount of any such payment under the DAM Credit Agreements made by the Borrower, then Pappajohn shall cause the Bank to immediately cease any course of action to prevent or recover such payment and shall hold DAM harmless from any loss it may suffer, including attorney’s fees and costs, as a result of any action by the Bank to prevent or recover such payment. In the event that other measures fail to cause the Bank to cease its course of action against DAM, Pappajohn shall pay to the Bank the outstanding balance under the Existing Credit Agreements pursuant to his guarantee thereof or otherwise acquire from the Bank all rights of the Bank under the Existing Credit Agreements (including the Bank Security Interests).

4. Legal fees, costs, and expenses . The Borrower agrees that it is ultimately responsible for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Pappajohn or DAM with respect to the enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreements and the DAM Credit Agreements, as any such provisions apply to either of them, and all fees and other charges incurred by Pappajohn and DAM related to any of the foregoing. All such fees for which the Borrower is responsible will be paid to Pappajohn and DAM promptly upon their respective demand for such payment.

5. Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect even if the underlying Existing Credit Agreements or the DAM Credit Agreements, or other documents executed between the Borrower and the Bank or the Borrower and DAM, are extended, modified, or changed in any way. It is the intent of the parties hereto that if additional financing is obtained by the Borrower pursuant to essentially the

 

-4-


same terms as the Existing Credit Agreements or the DAM Credit Agreements, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

This Agreement may be modified only by written agreement of each party hereto and cannot be assigned without the express written permission of the other parties hereto.

Words and phrases contained in this agreement shall be construed as singular or plural in number and in the masculine, feminine or neutered gender according to the context in which such words and phrases appear.

This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Delaware.

If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be inoperative, the validity and effect of other provisions shall not be affected thereby.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts which when executed by all parties hereto shall constitute one and the same agreement.

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, integrates all terms and conditions mentioned and are incidental to this Agreement and supersedes all prior negotiations and writings and any other previous understanding regarding the parity between the parties to this Agreement.

(signature page to follow)

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has executed, or caused to be executed by a duly authorized individual, this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

/s/ John Pappajohn

John Pappajohn, Guarantor
DAM Holdings, LLC
By:  

/s/ Matthew Bluhm

Name:   Matthew Bluhm
Title:   President
Cancer Genetics, Inc., Borrower
By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

Name:   Panna Sharma
Title:   President & CEO

Signature Page to Inter-Creditor Agreement

Exhibit 10.30

Execution Copy

GENERAL BUSINESS SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 23rd day of March, 2011, by and between Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), in favor of DAM Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“Lender”).

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested Lender to extend Borrower a loan in the principal amount of up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) (the “Loan”) as evidenced by a Promissory Note of even date herewith in the principal amount of the Loan executed by Borrower and delivered to Lender (the “Note”); and

WHEREAS, in order to more fully secure Borrower’s obligations under the Note, Lender has requested Borrower to execute this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Construction and Definition of Terms. All terms used in this Agreement without definition that are defined by the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings assigned to them by the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Agreement, unless and to the extent varied by this Agreement. All accounting terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them as determined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The use of any gender or the neuter shall also refer to the other gender or the neuter and the use of the plural shall also refer to the singular, and vice versa. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1.1 “Agreement” means this General Business Security Agreement and all amendments, modifications, and supplements hereto.

1.2 “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended from time to time.

1.3 “Business Premises” means Borrower’s chief executive office located at 201 Route 17 North, 2 nd Floor, Rutherford, New Jersey, 07070.

1.4 “Closing” means the date this Agreement is executed.

1.5 “Collateral” means the following:

All of Borrower’s personal property wherever located, both now owned and hereafter acquired, including, but not limited to, all equipment, fixtures, inventory, goods,


documents, general intangibles, accounts, deposit accounts (unless a security interest would render a nontaxable account taxable), contract rights (including, but not limited to, all of Borrower’s rights in franchise agreements, license agreements and market development agreements), chattel paper, patents, trademarks and copyrights (and the good will associated with and registrations and licensing of them), instruments, letter of credit rights and investment property, and all additions and accessions to, all spare and repair parts, special tools, equipment and replacements for, software used in, all returned or repossessed goods the sale of which gave rise to, and all accessions, additions, amendments, modifications, replacements, and substitutions to, of or for the foregoing, and all proceeds, supporting obligations and products of the foregoing.

1.6 “Event of Default” shall mean any of the events described in Section 5 of this Agreement.

1.7 “Existing Credit Agreements” means (i) the Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008, between Borrower and the Prior Secured Party, as amended, (ii) the related Revolving Note, as amended, (iii) the Security Agreement, dated April 29, 2008, between Borrower and the Prior Secured Party, as amended, (iv) the Collateral Patent Assignment, dated as of July 8, 2008, between Borrower and the Prior Secured Party, and (v) such other documents ancillary to the foregoing documents.

1.8 “Hazardous Materials” means (a) any “hazardous waste” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder; (b) any “hazardous substance” as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder; (c) any substance the presence of which on any property now or hereafter owned, operated, or acquired by Borrower is prohibited by any Law similar to those set forth in this definition; and (d) any other substance that by Law requires special handling in its collection, storage, treatment, or disposal.

1.9 “Hazardous Materials Contamination” means the contamination (whether presently existing or occurring after the date of this Agreement) by Hazardous Materials on any property owned, operated, or controlled by Borrower or for which Borrower has responsibility, including, without limitation, improvements, facilities, soil, ground water, air or other elements on, or of, any property now or hereafter owned, operated, or acquired by Borrower, and any other contamination by Hazardous Materials for which Borrower is, or is claimed to be, responsible.

1.10 “Indebtedness” shall include all items that would properly be included in the liability section of a balance sheet or in a footnote to a financial statement in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and shall also include all contingent liabilities.

1.11 “Lien” shall mean any statutory or common law consensual or non-consensual mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, right of setoff, claim, or charge of any kind, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention

 

-2-


transaction, any lease transaction in the nature thereof, and any secured transaction under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction.

1.12 “Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, dated of even date herewith, between Borrower and Lender, the Note, and any and all other agreements, contracts, promissory notes, security agreements, assignments, subordination agreements, pledge or hypothecation agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, leases, guaranties, instruments, letters of credit, letter-of-credit agreements, and documents now and hereafter existing between Lender and Borrower, executed and/or delivered in connection with the Loan or otherwise or guaranteeing, securing, or in any other manner relating to any of the Obligations, together with any other instrument or document executed by Borrower, Lender, or any other person in connection with the Loan.

1.13 “Obligations” shall include the full and punctual observance and performance of all present and future duties, covenants, and responsibilities due to Lender by Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, and all present and future obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender for the payment of money under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents (extending to all principal amounts, interest, late charges, fees, and all other charges and sums, as well as all costs and expenses payable by Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents).

1.14 “Obligor” shall mean individually and collectively, Borrower and each endorser, guarantor, and surety of the Obligations; any person who is primarily or secondarily liable for the repayment of the Obligations, or any portion thereof; and any person who has granted security for the repayment of any of the Obligations.

1.15 “Permitted Liens” shall mean (a) Liens of Lender, (b) Liens for taxes not delinquent or for taxes being diligently contested in good faith by Borrower by appropriate proceedings, subject to the conditions set forth in Subsection 4.2, (c) mechanic’s, workman’s, materialman’s, landlord’s, carrier’s and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to obligations that are not due or that are being diligently contested in good faith by Borrower by appropriate proceedings, provided such Liens did not arise in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit and do not, in Lender’s discretion, in the aggregate materially detract from the value of Borrower’s assets or materially impair the use thereof, (d) Liens specifically consented to by Lender in writing, and (e) Liens in favor of the Prior Secured Party as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreements.

1.16 “Prior Secured Party” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

2. Security.

2.1 Security Interest . As security for the payment and performance of all of the Obligations, whether or not any instrument or agreement relating to any Obligation specifically refers to this Agreement or the security interest created hereunder, Borrower hereby assigns, pledges, and grants to Lender a continuing security interest in the Collateral. Lender’s security interest shall

 

-3-


continually exist until all Obligations have been paid in full. Lender’s security interest in the Collateral is junior in priority, operation and effect, in all respects, to the first priority security interest of the Prior Secured Party under the Existing Credit Agreements.

2.2 Covenants and Representations Concerning Collateral . With respect to all of the Collateral, Borrower covenants, warrants, and represents that:

(a) No financing statement covering any of the Collateral is on file in any public office or land or financing records except for financing statements in favor of Lender or the Prior Secured Party, and Borrower is the legal and beneficial owner of all of the Collateral, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

(b) The security interest granted Lender hereunder shall constitute a second priority Lien upon the Collateral (subject in all respects to the first priority lien of the Prior Secured Party). Borrower shall not, and Lender does not authorize Borrower to, sell, lease, license, or assign any interest in the Collateral nor, without Lender’s prior written consent, permit any other Lien to be created or remain thereon except for Permitted Liens.

(c) Borrower will maintain the Collateral in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and will use, operate, and maintain the Collateral in compliance with all laws, regulations, and ordinances and in compliance with all applicable insurance requirements and regulations. Borrower will promptly notify Lender in writing of any litigation involving or affecting the Collateral that Borrower knows or has reason to believe is pending or threatened. Borrower will promptly pay when due all taxes and all transportation, storage, warehousing, and other such charges and fees affecting or arising out of or relating to the Collateral and shall defend the Collateral, at Borrower’s expense, against all claims and demands of any persons claiming any interest in the Collateral adverse to Borrower or Lender.

(d) At all reasonable times, after giving reasonable advance notice to Borrower, Lender and its agents and designees may enter the Business Premises and any other premises of Borrower and inspect the Collateral and all books and records of Borrower (in whatever form), and Borrower shall pay the reasonable costs of such inspections.

(e) Borrower will maintain comprehensive casualty insurance on the Collateral against such risks, in such amounts, with such loss deductible amounts and with such companies as may be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, and each such policy shall contain a clause or endorsement satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion naming Lender as loss payee and a clause or endorsement satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion that such policy may not be cancelled or altered and Lender may not be removed as loss payee without at least thirty days prior written notice to Lender. In all events, the amounts of such insurance coverages shall conform to prudent business practices and shall be in such minimum amounts that Borrower will not be deemed a co-insurer under applicable insurance laws, regulations, policies, or practices. Borrower hereby assigns to Lender and grants to Lender a security interest in any and all proceeds of such policies. Borrower hereby authorizes and directs each insurance company to pay all such proceeds directly and solely to Lender and not to Borrower and Lender

 

-4-


jointly. After deduction from any such proceeds of all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Lender in the collection and handling of such proceeds, the net proceeds shall be applied as follows. If no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such net proceeds may be applied, at Borrower’s option, either toward replacing or restoring the Collateral, in a manner and on terms satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, or as a credit against such of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as Lender shall determine in Lender’s sole discretion. In the event that Borrower may and does elect to replace or restore as aforesaid, then such net proceeds shall be deposited in a segregated account at a financial institution designated by Lender subject to the sole order of Lender and shall be disbursed therefrom by Lender in such manner and at such times as Lender deems appropriate to complete such replacement or restoration; provided, however, that if an Event of Default shall occur at any time before or after replacement or restoration has commenced, then thereupon Lender shall have the option to apply all remaining net proceeds either toward replacing or restoring the Collateral, in a manner and on terms satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, or as a credit against such of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as Lender shall determine in Lender’s reasonable discretion. If an Event of Default shall have occurred prior to such deposit of the net proceeds, then Lender may, in its sole discretion, apply such net proceeds either toward replacing or restoring the Collateral, in a manner and on terms satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion, or as a credit against such of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as Lender shall determine in Lender’s reasonable discretion.

(f) All books and records pertaining to the Collateral are located at the Business Premises and Borrower will not change the location of such books and records without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(g) Borrower shall do, make, execute and deliver all such additional and further acts, things, deeds, assurances, instruments, and documents as Lender may request to vest in and assure to Lender its rights hereunder or in any of the Collateral, including, without limitation, placing legends on Collateral or on books and records pertaining to Collateral stating that Lender has a security interest therein.

(h) Borrower shall cooperate with Lender to obtain and keep in effect one or more control agreements in deposit account, electronic chattel paper, investment property, and letter-of-credit rights Collateral.

(i) Borrower authorizes Lender to file financing statements covering the Collateral and all personal property of Borrower and containing such legends as Lender shall deem necessary or desirable to protect Lender’s interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to pay all taxes, fees, and costs (including attorneys’ fees) paid or incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation, filing, or recordation thereof.

(j) Whenever required by Lender, Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender, with all endorsements and/or assignments required by Lender, all instruments, chattel paper, guaranties, and the like received by Borrower constituting, evidencing, or relating to any of the Collateral or proceeds of any of the Collateral.

 

-5-


(k) Borrower shall not file any amendments, correction statements, or termination statements concerning the Collateral without the prior written consent of Lender.

(1) If any Collateral arises out of a contract with the United States Government or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, Borrower shall immediately notify Lender and shall execute and deliver to Lender any writing required by Lender in order that all money due or to become due under such contracts shall be assigned to Lender and proper notice of the assignment given under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act (31 United States Code ‘ 3727; 41 United States Code ‘ 15).

2.3 Collateral Collections . After an Event of Default shall have occurred, subject to the first priority rights of the Prior Secured Party under the Existing Credit Agreements, Lender shall have the right at any and all times to enforce Borrower’s rights against account borrowers and other parties obligated on Collateral, including, but not limited to, the right to: (a) notify and/or require Borrower to notify any or all account borrowers and other parties obligated on Collateral to make payments directly to Lender or in care of a post office lock box under the sole control of Lender established at Borrower’s expense subject to Lender’s customary arrangements and charges therefor, and to take any or all action with respect to Collateral as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, the right to demand, collect, sue for, and receive any money or property at any time due, payable, or receivable on account thereof, compromise and settle with any person liable thereon, and extend the time of payment or otherwise change the terms thereof, without incurring liability or responsibility to Borrower; (b) require Borrower to segregate and hold in trust for Lender and, on the day of Borrower’s receipt thereof, transmit to Lender in the exact form received by Borrower (except for such assignments and endorsements as may be required by Lender), all cash, checks, drafts, money orders, and other items of payment constituting Collateral or proceeds of Collateral; and/or (c) establish and maintain at a financial institution designated by Lender a “Repayment Account” that shall be under the exclusive control of and subject to the sole order of Lender and that shall be subject to the imposition of such customary charges as are imposed from time to time upon such accounts by the financial institution at which such account is maintained, for the deposit of cash, checks, drafts, money orders, and other items of payments constituting Collateral or proceeds of Collateral from which Lender may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, withdraw all or any part. Lender’s collection and enforcement of Collateral against account borrowers and other persons obligated thereon shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable if Lender exercises the care and follows the procedures that a commercially reasonable lender generally applies to the collection of obligations owed to it. All cash and non- cash proceeds of the Collateral may be applied by Lender upon Lender’s actual receipt of cash proceeds against such of the Obligations, matured or unmatured, as Lender shall determine in Lender’s sole discretion.

2.4 Care of Collateral . Borrower shall have all risk of loss of the Collateral. Lender shall have no liability or duty, either before or after the occurrence of an Event of Default, on account of loss of or damage to, to collect or enforce any of its rights against, the Collateral, to collect any income accruing on the Collateral, or to preserve rights against account borrowers or

 

-6-


other parties with prior interests in the Collateral. Borrower is responsible for responding to notices concerning the Collateral, voting the Collateral, and exercising rights and options, calls and conversions of the Collateral. Lender’s sole responsibility is to take such action as is reasonably requested by Borrower in writing; however, Lender is not responsible to take any action that, in Lender’s sole judgment, would affect the value of the Collateral as security for the Obligations adversely. While Lender is not required to take certain actions, if action is needed, in Lender’s sole discretion, to preserve and maintain the Collateral, Borrower authorizes Lender to take such actions, but Lender is not obligated to do so.

2.5 Authorization and Power-of-Attorney . Borrower authorizes Lender to request other secured parties of Borrower to provide accountings, confirmations of Collateral, and confirmations of statements of account concerning Borrower. Borrower hereby designates and appoints Lender and its designees as attorney-in-fact of Borrower (which appointment is coupled with an interest), irrevocably and with power of substitution, with authority to endorse Borrower’s name on requests to other secured parties of Borrower for accountings, confirmations of collateral, and confirmations of statements of account.

3. Representations and Warranties . To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

3.1 State of Incorporation and Legal Name . Borrower’s state of incorporation and exact legal name are set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

3.2 Good Standing . Borrower is a corporation duly organized, legally existing, and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation, has the power to own its property and to carry on its business and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned by it therein or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary, unless the failure to so qualify or be in good standing in such jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company.

3.3 Authority . Borrower has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to make the borrowings hereunder, to execute and deliver all documents and instruments required hereunder, and to incur and perform the obligations provided for herein, all of which have been duly authorized by all necessary and proper corporate and other action, and no consent or approval of any person, including, without limitation, stockholders of Borrower and any public authority or regulatory body, that has not been obtained is required as a condition to the validity or enforceability hereof or thereof.

3.4 Binding Agreements . This Agreement has been duly and properly executed by Borrower, constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of Borrower, and is fully enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject only to laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and application of general principles of equity.

 

-7-


3.5 Financial Condition . The financial statements of Borrower heretofore delivered to Lender are true and complete, fairly present the financial condition of Borrower as of such dates and the results of its operations for the period then ended, and were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis for prior periods. There is no Indebtedness of Borrower as of the date of such statements that is not reflected therein, and no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition has occurred since the date of such statements.

3.6 Title to Properties . Borrower has good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets (including the Collateral), and all of the properties and assets of Borrower are free and clear of Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

3.7 Place of Business . Borrower’s principal place of business and chief executive office is located at the Business Premises and Borrower has such other business locations as disclosed to Lender prior to the date of this Agreement.

3.8 Financial Information . All financial statements, schedules, reports, and other information supplied to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower heretofore and hereafter are and will be true and complete.

3.9 Presence of Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Materials Contamination . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge and belief, and except as permitted by applicable laws, no Hazardous Materials are located on any real property owned, operated, or controlled by Borrower or for which Borrower is responsible and for which remedial or corrective action would be required under applicable laws. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge and belief, and except as permitted by applicable laws, no property owned, operated, or controlled by Borrower has ever been used as a manufacturing, storage, or dump site for Hazardous Materials.

3.10 Perfection and Priority of Collateral . Lender has or upon proper recording of any financing statement, execution of any control agreement, or delivery of Collateral to Lender’s possession, will have and will continue to have as security for the Obligations, a valid and perfected Lien on and security interest in all Collateral, free of all other Liens, claims, and rights of third parties whatsoever, except Permitted Liens.

3.11 Commercial Purpose . The Loan is not a “consumer transaction” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code and none of the Collateral was or will be purchased or held primarily for personal family or household purposes.

3.12 Survival; Updates of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties contained in or made in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive the Closing and any advance made thereunder.

4. Borrower’s Covenants. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, until (a) all Obligations have been paid in full, (b) there exists no commitment by Lender that could

 

-8-


give rise to any Obligations, and (c) all appropriate termination statements have been filed terminating the security interest granted Lender hereunder, Borrower will:

4.1 Taxes . Pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges upon Borrower, its income, and properties, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto unless and to the extent only that the same are being diligently contested by Borrower in good faith in the normal course of business by appropriate proceedings.

4.2 Corporate Existence, Continuation of Business, and Compliance with Laws . Maintain its corporate existence in good standing; continue its business operations as now being conducted; and comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, ordinances, regulations, and orders unless and to the extent only that the validity or applicability thereof is being diligently contested by Borrower in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, however, that (a) Lender shall have been given reasonable prior written notice of intention to contest, (b) such noncompliance will not, in Lender’s sole discretion, materially impair any of the Collateral or Lender’s rights or remedies with respect thereto or the prospect for full and punctual payment of all of the Obligations, (c) Borrower at all times effectively stays or prevents any official or judicial sale of or action or filing against any of the Collateral by reason of such noncompliance, and (d) Borrower establishes reasonable reserves for any liabilities or expenses that may arise out of such noncompliance and contest.

4.3 Books and Records. Keep and maintain proper and current books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and permit access by Lender to, reproduction by Lender of, and copying by Lender from, such books and records during normal business hours after reasonable advance notice to Borrower. All reasonable costs and expenses of such inspections and examinations shall be paid by Borrower.

4.4 Maintenance of Properties . Maintain all properties and improvements necessary to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and cause replacements and repairs to be made when necessary for the proper conduct of its business.

4.5 Patents, Franchises, etc . Maintain, preserve, and protect all licenses, patents, franchises, trademarks ,and trade names of Borrower or licensed by Borrower that are necessary to the conduct of the business of Borrower as now conducted, free of any conflict with the rights of any other person.

4.6 Insurance . Maintain with duly licensed insurers and in amounts satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion such insurance on Borrower’s tangible personal property against such risks and with such loss deductible amounts as may be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion. Borrower shall deliver to Lender from time to time, and periodically if Lender shall so require, evidence satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion that all insurance and endorsements required pursuant to this Agreement and the Loan Documents are in effect.

 

-9-


4.7 Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments . Promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged, and delivered, to Lender from time to time such supplements hereto and such other instruments and documents as may be requested by Lender to protect and preserve the Collateral, Lender’s security interest therein, perfection of Lender’s security interest, and/or Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder.

4.8 Financial Information . Deliver to Lender promptly upon Lender’s request, and periodically if Lender shall so require, such written statements, schedules, or reports in such form, containing such information, and accompanied by such documents as may be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion from time to time concerning the Collateral, Borrower’s financial condition or business operations, or any other matter or matters, including, without limitation, copies of federal, state, and local tax returns of Borrower, and permit Lender, its agents and designees, to discuss Borrower’s financial condition and business operations with Borrower’s officers and employees.

4.9 Notice of Event of Default . Immediately notify Lender in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any event or existing condition that, with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time, could constitute an Event of Default or that might materially and adversely affect the financial conditions or operations of Borrower and the facts with respect thereto.

4.10 Hazardous Materials; Contamination. Borrower agrees to (a) give notice to Lender immediately upon Borrower’s acquiring knowledge of the presence of any Hazardous Materials (other than those stored in compliance with applicable laws and are in Borrower’s possession in the ordinary course of business) on any property owned or controlled by Borrower or for which Borrower is responsible or of any Hazardous Materials Contamination with a full description thereof for which remedial or corrective action is required; (b) promptly take action to comply with any laws requiring the removal, treatment, or disposal of Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Materials Contamination and provide Lender with satisfactory evidence of such action, which action must be in all respects sufficient to avoid any penalty, assessment, or notice of non-compliance with any required remedial or corrective action on the part of any governmental authority; (c) provide Lender, within 30 days after a demand by Lender, with a bond, letter-of-credit, or similar financial assurance evidencing to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction that the necessary funds are available to pay the cost of removing, treating, and disposing of Hazardous Materials described in item (b) or Hazardous Materials Contamination and discharging any Lien that may be established as a result thereof on any property owned or controlled by Borrower or for which Borrower is responsible; and (d) defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Lender and its employees, trustees, successors, and assigns from any and all claims that may now or in the future (whether before or after the termination of this Agreement) be asserted as a result of the presence of any Hazardous Materials on any property owned or controlled by Borrower for which Borrower is responsible for any Hazardous Materials Contamination.

 

-10-


4.11 Liens . Not directly or indirectly create, incur, assume, or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien upon any of Borrower’s properties or assets, now or hereafter owned by Borrower, other than Permitted Liens.

5. Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

5.1 Failure to Pay . The failure of Borrower to pay any of the Obligations as and when due and payable (whether by acceleration, declaration, extension, or otherwise).

5.2 Covenants and Agreements . The failure of Borrower to perform, observe, or comply with any of the covenants of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in any material way.

5.3 Information, Representations and Warranties . If any representation or warranty made herein or if any information contained in any financial statement, application, schedule, report, or any other document given by Borrower in connection with the Obligations, with the Collateral, or with any of the Loan Documents is not in all material respects true and accurate or if Borrower omitted to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make such information not misleading.

5.4 Default under Loan Documents . The occurrence of an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.

5.5 Default on Other Obligations . The occurrence of any default under any other borrowing if the result of such default would permit the acceleration of the maturity of any note, loan, or other agreement between Borrower and any person other than Lender.

5.6 Insolvency . Borrower shall be or become insolvent (as defined in Section 101 of the United States Bankruptcy Code) or unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing to such insolvency or to such inability to pay its debts as they become due.

5.7 Involuntary Bankruptcy . There shall be filed against Borrower an involuntary petition or other pleading seeking the entry of a decree or order for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state insolvency or similar laws ordering: (a) the liquidation of Borrower or (b) a reorganization of Borrower or the business and affairs of Borrower or (c) the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, or similar official for Borrower of the property of Borrower and the failure to have such petition or other pleading denied or dismissed within 45 calendar days from the date of filing.

5.8 Voluntary Bankruptcy . The commencement by Borrower of a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or any federal or state insolvency or similar laws or the consent by Borrower to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, or similar official for Borrower of any of the property of Borrower or

 

-11-


the making by Borrower of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by Borrower generally to pay its debts as the debts become due.

5.9 Judgments, Awards . The entry of any judgment, order, award, or decree against Borrower and a determination by Lender, in good faith but in its reasonable discretion, that the same, when aggregated with all other judgments, orders, awards, and decrees outstanding against Borrower could have a material adverse effect on the prospect for Lender to fully and punctually realize the full benefits conferred on Lender by this Agreement.

5.10 Injunction . The injunction or restraint of Borrower in any manner from conducting its business in whole or in part and a determination by Lender, in good faith but in its reasonable discretion, that the same could have a material adverse effect on the prospect for Lender to fully and punctually realize the full benefits conferred on Lender by this Agreement.

5.11 Attachment by Creditors . Any assets of Borrower shall be attached, levied upon, seized or repossessed, or come into the possession of a trustee, receiver or other custodian and a determination by Lender, in good faith but in its reasonable discretion, that the same could have a material adverse effect on the prospect for Lender to fully and punctually realize the full benefits conferred on Lender by this Agreement.

5.12 Dissolution, Merger, Consolidation, Reorganization . The voluntary or involuntary dissolution, merger, consolidation, winding up, or reorganization of Borrower or the occurrence of any action preparatory thereto.

6. Rights and Remedies.

6.1 Rights and Remedies of Lender . Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, subject to the first priority rights of the Prior Secured Party under the Existing Credit Agreements, Lender may, without notice or demand, exercise in any jurisdiction in which enforcement of this Agreement is sought, the following rights and remedies, in addition to the rights and remedies available to Lender under the Loan Documents, the rights and remedies of a Lender under the Uniform Commercial Code, and all other rights and remedies available to Lender under applicable law, all such rights and remedies being cumulative and enforceable alternatively, successively, or concurrently:

(a) Declare all Obligations to be immediately due and payable and the same shall thereupon become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand for payment, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

(b) Institute any proceeding or proceedings to enforce the Obligations and any Liens of Lender.

(c) Take possession of the Collateral, and for that purpose, so far as Borrower may give authority therefor, enter upon any premises on which the Collateral or any part thereof may be situated and remove the same therefrom without any liability for suit, action,

 

-12-


or other proceeding, Borrower HEREBY WAIVING ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO PRIOR NOTICE AND TO JUDICIAL HEARING WITH RESPECT TO REPOSSESSION OF COLLATERAL, and require Borrower, at Borrower’s expense, to assemble and deliver the Collateral to such place or places as Lender may designate.

(d) Operate, manage, and control the Collateral (including use of the Collateral and any other property or assets of Borrower in order to continue or complete performance of Borrower’s obligations under any contracts of Borrower), or permit the Collateral or any portion thereof to remain idle or store the same, and collect all rents and revenues therefrom and sell or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Collateral upon such terms and under such conditions as Lender, in its sole discretion, may determine, and purchase or acquire any of the Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, all to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(e) Enforce Borrower’s rights against any account debtor and other obligors.

6.2 Power of Attorney . Effective upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby designates and appoints Lender and its designees as attorney-in-fact of Borrower, irrevocably and with power of substitution, with authority to endorse Borrower’s name on any notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders, instruments, or other evidences of payment or proceeds of the Collateral that may come into Lender’s possession; to execute proofs of claim and loss; to adjust and compromise any claims under insurance policies; and to perform all other acts necessary and advisable, in Lender’s sole discretion, to carry out and enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. All acts of said attorney or designee are hereby ratified and approved by Borrower and said attorney or designee shall not be liable for any acts of commission or omission nor for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable so long as any of the Obligations remain unpaid or unperformed or there exists any commitment by Lender that could give rise to any Obligations.

6.3 Notice of Disposition of Collateral and Disclaimer of Warranties . It is mutually agreed that commercial reasonableness and good faith require Lender to give Borrower no more than ten (10) days prior written notice of the time and place of any public disposition of Collateral or of the time after which any private disposition or any other intended disposition is to be made. It is mutually agreed that it is commercially reasonable for Lender to disclaim all warranties that arise with respect to the disposition of the Collateral.

6.4 Costs and Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay to Lender on demand the amount of all expenses paid or incurred by Lender in consulting with counsel concerning any of its rights hereunder, under the other Loan Documents, or under applicable law, all expenses, including attorneys’ fees and court costs paid or incurred by Lender in exercising or enforcing any of its rights hereunder, under the Loan Documents, or under applicable law, together with interest on all such amounts at the highest rate and calculated in the manner provided in the Note (the “Enforcement Costs”). All such Enforcement Costs shall be deemed to be included in the Obligations and secured by the security interest granted Lender hereunder. The provisions of this

 

-13-


Subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement and Lender’s security interest hereunder and the payment of all Obligations.

7. Miscellaneous

7.1 Performance for Borrower . Borrower agrees and hereby authorizes that Lender may, in Lender’s sole discretion, but Lender shall not be obligated to, whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred, advance funds on behalf of Borrower, without prior notice to Borrower, in order to insure Borrower’s compliance with any covenant, warranty, representation, or agreement of Borrower made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, to continue or complete, or cause to be continued or completed, performance of Borrower’s obligations under any contracts of Borrower, to cover overdrafts in any checking or other accounts of Borrower or to preserve or protect any right or interest of Lender in the Collateral or under or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the payment of any insurance premiums or taxes and the satisfaction or discharge of any judgment or any Lien upon the Collateral or other property or assets of Borrower; provided, however, that the making of any such advance by Lender shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of any Event of Default with respect to which such advance is made nor relieve Borrower of any such Event of Default. Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand all such advances made by Lender with interest thereon at the highest rate and calculated in the manner provided in the Note. All such advances shall be deemed to be included in the Obligations and secured by the security interest granted Lender hereunder; provided, however, that the provisions of this Subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement and Lender’s security interest hereunder and the payment of all other Obligations.

7.2 Expenses . Whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Borrower agrees to pay to Lender on demand the amount of all expenses paid or incurred by Lender (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) in connection with the preparation of all written commitments of Lender antedating this Agreement, this Agreement and the Loan Documents and all documents and instruments referred to herein and all expenses paid or incurred by Lender in connection with the filing or recordation of all financing statements and instruments as may be required by Lender at the time of, or subsequent to, the execution of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all documentary stamps, recordation and transfer taxes, and other costs and taxes incident to recordation of any document or instrument in connection herewith. Borrower shall pay Lender $25.00 for each response to Borrower’s request for an accounting or confirmation of a list of Collateral or statement of account exceeding one request per six month period. Borrower agrees to save harmless and indemnify Lender from and against any liability resulting from the failure to pay any required documentary stamps, recordation and transfer taxes, recording costs, or any other expenses incurred by Lender in connection with this Agreement. The provisions of this Subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement and Lender’s security interest hereunder and the payment of all other Obligations.

7.3 Applications of Payments and Collateral . Except as may be otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, all Collateral and proceeds of Collateral coming into Lender’s possession and all payments made by any Obligor may be applied by Lender to any of

 

-14-


the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as Lender shall determine in its sole but reasonable discretion. Lender may defer the application of non-cash proceeds of Collateral, including, but not limited to, non-cash proceeds collected under Section 2.3, to the Obligations until cash proceeds are actually received by Lender.

7.4 Waivers by Borrower . Borrower hereby waives, to the extent the same may be waived under applicable law: (a) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (b) all claims, causes of action, and rights of Borrower against Lender on account of actions taken or not taken by Lender in the exercise of Lender’s rights or remedies hereunder, under the other Loan Documents, or under applicable law; (c) all claims of Borrower for failure of Lender to comply with any requirement of applicable law relating to enforcement of Lender’s rights or remedies hereunder, under the other Loan Documents, or under applicable law; (d) all rights of redemption of Borrower with respect to the Collateral; (e) in the event Lender seeks to repossess any or all of the Collateral by judicial proceedings, any bond(s) or demand(s) for possession that otherwise may be necessary or required; (f) presentment, demand for payment, protest and notice of non-payment and all exemptions; (g) any and all other notices or demands that by applicable law must be given to or made upon Borrower by Lender; (h) settlement, compromise, or release of the obligations of any person primarily or secondarily liable upon any of the Obligations; (i) all rights of Borrower to demand that Lender release account borrowers from further obligation to Lender; and (j) substitution, impairment, exchange, or release of any Collateral for any of the Obligations. Borrower agrees that Lender may exercise any or all of its rights and/or remedies hereunder, under the other Loan Documents, and under applicable law without resorting to and without regard to any Collateral or sources of liability with respect to any of the Obligations. Upon termination of this Agreement and Lender’ security interest hereunder and payment of all Obligations, within sixty days following Borrower’s request to Lender, Lender shall release control of any security interest in the Collateral perfected by control and Lender shall send Borrower a statement terminating any financing statement filed against the Collateral.

7.5 Waivers by Lender . Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in exercising any right, power, or remedy hereunder, under any of the Loan Documents or under applicable law shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or remedy.

7.6 Lender’s Setoff . Lender shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it, following an Event of Default, to set off against any Obligations due Lender, any debt owing to Borrower by Lender, including, without limitation, any funds of Borrower held by Lender. Borrower hereby confirms Lender’s right to a lien in any cash or other property in its possession and to setoff, and nothing in this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed a waiver or prohibition of Lender’s right to a lien in any cash or other property in its possession or to setoff.

7.7 Modifications . No modifications or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, and no consent by Lender to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then

 

-15-


such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand upon Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar, or other circumstances.

7.8 Notices . Any notice, request, or other communication in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and, if sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received by the party to whom directed, or, if sent by mail but not registered or certified, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, provided that any such notice or communication shall be addressed to a party hereto as provided below (or at such other address as such party shall specify in writing to the other parties hereto):

 

  (a) If to Borrower, at 201 Route 17 North, 2nd Floor, Rutherford, New Jersey 07070, Attention: Panna Sharma;

 

  (b) If to Lender, at 1418 N. Lakeshore Drive, Suite 29, Chicago, IL 60610, Attention: Matthew Bluhm.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, all notices and demands for payment from Lender actually received in writing by Borrower shall be considered to be effective upon receipt thereof by Borrower regardless of the procedure or method utilized to accomplish such delivery thereof to Borrower.

7.9 Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . The performance and construction of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware. Borrower agrees that any suit, action, or proceeding instituted against Borrower with respect to any of the Obligations, the Collateral, this Agreement, or any of the Loan Documents may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of Indiana. By its execution of this Agreement, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any objection and any right of immunity on the ground of venue, the convenience of the forum or the jurisdiction of such courts or from the execution of judgments resulting therefrom. Borrower hereby irrevocably accepts and submits to the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts in any such suit, action, or proceeding.

7.10 Survival; Successors and Assigns . All covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties made herein and in the other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof, shall survive Closing, and shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations have been paid in full, there exists no commitment by Lender that could give rise to any Obligations, and all appropriate termination statements have been filed terminating the security interest granted Lender hereunder. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party. In the event that Lender assigns the Note, this Agreement, and/or its security interest in the Collateral, Lender shall give written notice to Borrower of any such assignment. All covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties by or on behalf of Borrower that are contained in this Agreement and the Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit

 

-16-


of Lender, its successors and assigns. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

7.11 Severability . If any term, provision, or condition, or any part thereof, of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents shall for any reason be found or held invalid or unenforceable by any court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder of such term, provision, or condition nor any other term, provision, or condition, and this Agreement and the Loan Documents shall survive and be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable term, provision, or condition had not been contained therein.

7.12 Merger and Integration . This Agreement and the attached Schedules (if any) contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered and the transactions contemplated hereby, and no other agreement, statement, or promise made by any party hereto, or by any employee, officer, agent, or attorney of any party hereto, which is not contained herein shall be valid or binding.

7.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. LENDER AND BORROWER HEREBY JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE AND/OR TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, ANY COLLATERAL SECURING THE OBLIGATIONS, OR ANY TRANSACTION ARISING THEREFROM OR CONNECTED THERETO. LENDER AND BORROWER EACH REPRESENTS TO THE OTHER THAT THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY, AND VOLUNTARILY GIVEN.

7.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

7.15 Headings . The headings and sub-headings contained in the titling of this Agreement are intended to be used for convenience only and shall not be used or deemed to limit or diminish any of the provisions of this Agreement.

7.16 Recitals . The Recitals hereto are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement.

7.17 Subordination . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Lender acknowledges and agrees that (i) Borrower has granted to the Prior Secured Party a security interest in, and certain rights with respect to, the Collateral, as more fully set forth in the Existing Credit Agreements, prior to the granting to Lender of the security interest in, and rights with respect to, the Collateral herein, (ii) the security interest and rights of the Prior Secured Party remain in effect and perfected, (iii) the security interest and rights of Lender herein shall be junior in priority, operation and effect, in all respects, to the security interest and rights of the

 

-17-


Prior Secured Party, and (iv) this Agreement shall be subject in all respects to the Inter-Creditor Agreement to be entered into among Borrower, Lender and John Pappajohn of even date herewith.

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

      BORROWER
  Cancer Genetics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Panna Sharma

  Panna Sharma, President & CEO
  LENDER
  DAM Holdings, LLC
By:  

/s/ Matthew Bluhm

  Matthew Bluhm, President

 

Signature Page to General Business Security Agreement

Exhibit 10.31

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$3,000,000

  March 23, 2011

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Cancer Genetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to the order of DAM Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company, or its assigns (“Lender”), c/o Matthew Bluhm at 1418 North Lake Shore Drive, Suite 29, Chicago, IL 60610, the amount of the loan funded by Lender from time to time, up to the principal amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) (the “Loan”), as set forth in that certain Credit Agreement between Lender and Borrower dated as of March 23,2011 (the “Credit Agreement”), together with interest on such portions thereof as shall from time to time remain unpaid (the “principal balance”) at the rate of three percent (3%) per annum, commencing on the date hereof, and until paid in full.

Borrower shall pay all interest accrued on the principal amounts of the Loan borrowed hereunder on the 29th day of each month (other than in the month of February, in which case the interest due date shall be February 26th) while any amounts borrowed hereunder remain outstanding, and shall pay all accrued interest and the outstanding principal of all amounts borrowed hereunder immediately upon the occurrence of a Maturity Event, as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

If a Maturity Event fails to occur on or before January 1, 2012, the outstanding balance due under this Note shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate of 10% per annum, compounded monthly, and in the event that a Maturity Event fails to occur on or before April 1, 2012, the outstanding balance due under this Note shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate of 15% per annum, compounded monthly. After a Maturity Event or an Event of Default (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement), interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance of this Note at the rate of 18% per annum.

Any amount of principal or interest due under this Note may be pre-paid at any time without penalty.

Interest shall be computed on the principal balance on a daily rate basis of 1/365 of the annual rate. All payments shall be applied first to interest on the principal balance at the rate herein specified and then to principal.

This Note is given pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, and any notice required hereunder may be given in the manner that notices are given as provided for in the Credit Agreement.

At the option of the holder of this Note, the unpaid principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest shall become immediately due and payable, without notice or demand, upon the occurrence at any time of (l) the failure of Borrower to pay any amount of principal or interest when the same becomes due under this Note, provided Borrower has received written notice of such default and has failed to cure the same within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice, (2)


the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors by Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for all or substantially all of the property of Borrower, or the filing by Borrower of a petition in bankruptcy or other similar proceeding under law for relief of debtors, (3) the filing against Borrower of a petition in bankruptcy or other similar proceeding under law for relief of debtors, provided that such petition is not vacated or discharged within ninety (90) days after the filing thereof, (4) the dissolution of Borrower, or (5) the occurrence of any Event of Default, as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

Waiver of any default of any kind in the performance of Borrower’ obligations under this Note shall not constitute a waiver of any other default of Borrower’s obligations under this Note.

Without affecting the liability of any maker or any endorser or surety, Lender may, without notice, renew or extend the time of payment, accept partial payments or agree not to sue any party liable to it. Presentment, protest, demand, and notice of dishonor are waived.

If this Note is not paid when due, whether at maturity or by acceleration, Borrower and all endorsers, sureties and guarantors agree to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses incurred by Lender on account of such collection, whether or not suit is commenced.

This Note shall be governed by and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

This Note is secured by a certain General Business Security Agreement between Borrower and Lender and by an assignment for collateral purposes of Borrower’s patents, patent rights and trademarks pursuant to a Patent and Trademark Collateral Assignment and Security Agreement between Borrower and Lender.

BORROWER:

Cancer Genetics, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:            /s/ Panna Sharma                    

Name:     Panna Sharm

Its:           President & CEO

Exhibit 10.32

SIXTH ADDENDUM

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Sixth Addendum to Credit Agreement (“Sixth Addendum”) is made this 6th day of June, 2011, between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Bank”) and Cancer Genetics, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS:

 

A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2008 (the “Credit Agreement”), as amended by a First Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 7, 2008; a Second Addendum to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2009; a Third Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 2, 2009; a Fourth Addendum to Credit Agreement dated October 21, 2009, and a Fifth Addendum to Credit Agreement dated July 29, 2010. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are currently evidenced by a $6,000,000.00 revolving line of credit note, dated October 21, 2009 (“Existing Revolving Note”), as amended.

 

B. As of June 6, 2011, there is owed on the Existing Revolving Note the principal amount of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) plus accrued, unpaid interest.

 

C. The Borrower has requested that the Bank extend the Line Availability Period to July 31, 2012.

 

D. The Bank and the Borrower wish to amend the Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Sixth Addendum.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein it is agreed:

 

1. All terms not otherwise defined in this Sixth Addendum shall have the meaning given to such term in the Credit Agreement, as amended. The recital paragraphs are hereby incorporated as though fully set forth in this Sixth Addendum.

 

2. Notwithstanding the execution of the Credit Agreement or any addendum thereto, or the delivery of all documents in furtherance thereof, the obligation of the Bank to make any advance on the Line and this Sixth Addendum becoming effective shall be subject to the timely satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  a) No event of default or event which will mature into an event of default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

  b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Documents shall be true and correct as of the date of any advance on the Line.

 

  c) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank copies, duly certified as of the date of this Sixth Addendum by the Borrower’s secretary of (i) the resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors authorizing the execution and delivery of this Sixth Addendum and the Documents required by this Sixth Addendum, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary Borrower action, and (iii) all approvals or consents required, if any, with respect to the Documents.

 

1


  d) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate of its secretary certifying the name(s) of the person(s) authorized to sign this Sixth Addendum and the Documents, and all other documents and certificates of the Borrower to be delivered hereunder, together with the true signatures of such person(s).

 

  e) The Borrower shall have delivered the Documents and the agreements listed below, each of which shall be in a form and content satisfactory to the Bank, executed by the parties specified therein, and all other documents, certificates, opinions and statements requested by the Bank:

 

  i. This Sixth Addendum; and

 

  ii. The revolving note attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (“New Revolving Note”) which shall evidence the Borrower’s obligation to repay advances made under the Line. Upon this Sixth Addendum becoming effective, the New Revolving Note will replace, but not be deemed to satisfy, the Existing Revolving Note.

 

  f) The Bank shall have received from John Pappajohn the (i) Consent to Sixth Addendum to Credit Agreement and Ratification of Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit “B,” and (ii) the guaranty attached to the Pappajohn Consent as Exhibit “1” (“Pappajohn Guaranty”).

 

  g) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Bank for all expenses incurred by it in connection with this Sixth Addendum, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees.

 

3. Section 1.2 (Line Availability Period) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and the following new Section 1.2 is substituted in lieu thereof:

1.2 Line Availability Period. The “Line Availability Period” will mean the period of time from the Effective Date or the date on which all conditions precedent described in this Agreement have been met, whichever is earlier, through and including the earlier of July 31, 2012 (the “Line Expiration Date”).

 

4. The Borrower does hereby release and forever discharge Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo & Company, and their respective affiliates and their officers, directors, attorneys, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all causes of action, suits, claims and demands of every kind and character, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect without limit, including any action in law or equity, which the Borrower now has or may ever have had against them, if the circumstances giving rise to such causes of action, suits, claims and demands arose prior to the date of this Sixth Addendum.

 

5. Except as modified by this Sixth Addendum, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. This Sixth Addendum may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, which, when executed by all parties, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7. The Credit Agreement, as amended, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among such parties with respect to the subject matters thereof.

 

2


IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS (EXCEPT CONSUMER LOANS OR OTHER EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS) NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS, WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN, OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sixth Addendum as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/ Rebecca Gibson

  Rebecca Gibson, Vice President
BORROWER:
CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/    Panna L. Sharma        

  Panna Sharma, President & CEO

 

3


LOGO  

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

     

Revolving Line of

Credit Note

  

 

 

 

$6,000,000.00

      Des Moines, Iowa
      June 6, 2011

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, CANCER GENETICS, INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”), at its office at 666 Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa, or at such other place as the holder hereof may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of SIX MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($6,000,000.00) or so much thereof as may be advanced and be outstanding, with interest thereon, to be computed on each advance from the date of its disbursement as set forth herein.

DEFINITIONS:

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth after each, and any other term defined in this Note shall have the meaning set forth at the place defined:

(a) “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in Iowa are authorized or required by law to close and further, includes only those days on which dealings in U.S. dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.

(b) “Daily One Month LIBOR” means for any day, the rate of interest equal to LIBOR then in effect for delivery for a one (1) month period.

(c) “Fixed Rate Term” means a period commencing on a Business Day and continuing for one (1) month, as designated by Borrower, during which all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR; provided however, that no Fixed Rate Term may be selected for a principal amount less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); and provided further, that no Fixed Rate Term shall extend beyond the scheduled maturity date hereof. If any Fixed Rate Term would end on a day which is not a Business Day, then such Fixed Rate Term shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.

(d) “LIBOR” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole 1/8 of 1%) and determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

  LIBOR =  

Base LIBOR

  
    100% - LIBOR Reserve Percentage   

(i) “Base LIBOR” means the rate per annum for United States dollar deposits quoted by Bank (A) for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference to LIBOR, as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate, with the understanding that such rate is quoted by Bank for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference thereto, on the first day of a Fixed Rate Term for delivery of funds on said date for a period of time approximately equal to the number of days in such Fixed Rate Term and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applies, or (B) for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference to the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate, as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate in effect from time to time for delivery of funds for One (1) month in amounts approximately equal to the principal amount of such loans. Borrower understands and agrees that Bank may base its quotation of the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate upon such offers or other market indicators of the Inter-Bank Market as Bank in its discretion deems appropriate including, but not limited to, the rate offered for U.S. dollar deposits on the London Inter-Bank Market.

(ii) “LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means the reserve percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as

 

1


defined in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended), adjusted by Bank for expected changes in such reserve percentage during the applicable term of this Note.

INTEREST:

(a) Interest . The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) either (i) at a fluctuating rate per annum determined by Bank to be one and three quarters percent (1.75%) above the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate in effect from time to time, or (ii) at a fixed rate per annum determined by Bank to be one and three quarters percent (1.75%) above LIBOR in effect on the first day of the applicable Fixed Rate Term. When interest is determined in relation to the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate, each change in the interest rate shall become effective each Business Day that the Bank determines that the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate has changed. Bank is hereby authorized to note the date, principal amount and interest rate applicable thereto and any payments made thereon on Bank’s books and records (either manually or by electronic entry) and/or on any schedule attached to this Note, which notations shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information noted.

(b) Selection of Interest Rate Options . At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR for a Fixed Rate Term, it may be continued by Borrower at the end of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto so that all or a portion thereof bears interest determined in relation to the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate or to LIBOR for a new Fixed Rate Terms designated by Borrower. At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate, Borrower may at any time convert all or a portion thereof so that it bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR for a Fixed Rate Term designated by Borrower. At such time as Borrower requests an advance hereunder or wishes to select an interest rate determined in relation to the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate or a Fixed Rate Term for all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance hereof, and at the each of each Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall give Bank notice specifying: (i) the interest rate option selected by Borrower; (ii) the principal amount subject thereto; and (iii) for each LIBOR selection for a Fixed Rate Term, the length of the applicable Fixed Rate term. Any such notice may be given by telephone (or such other electronic method as Bank may permit) so long as, with respect to each LIBOR selection for a Fixed Rate Term, (A) if requested by Bank, Borrower provides to Bank written confirmation thereof not later than three (3) Business Days after such notice is given, and (B) such notice is given to Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. on the first day of the Fixed Rate Term, or at a later time during any Business Day if Bank, at its sole option but without obligation to do so, accepts Borrower’s notice and quotes a fixed rate to Borrower. If Borrower does not immediately accept a fixed rate when quoted by Bank, the quoted rate shall expire and any subsequent LIBOR request from Borrower shall be subject to a redetermination by Bank of the applicable fixed rate. If no specific designation of interest is made at the time any advance is requested hereunder or at the end of any Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall be deemed to have made a Daily One Month LIBOR Rate interest selection for such advance or the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applied

(c) Taxes and Regulatory Costs . Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand, in addition to any other amounts due or to become due hereunder, any and all (i) withholdings, interest equalization taxes, stamp taxes or other taxes (except income and franchise taxes) imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR, and (ii) future, supplemental, emergency or other changes in the LIBOR Reserve Percentage, assessment rates imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or similar requirements or costs imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority or resulting from compliance by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR to the extent they are not included in the calculation of LIBOR. In determining which of the foregoing are attributable to any LIBOR option available to Borrower hereunder, any reasonable allocation made by Bank among its operations shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower.

(d) Payment of Interest . Interest accrued on this Note shall be payable on the last day of each month, beginning June 30, 2011.

(e) Default Interest . From and after the maturity date of this Note, or such earlier date as all principal owing hereunder becomes due and payable by acceleration or otherwise, the outstanding principal

 

2


balance of this Note shall bear interest until paid in full at an increased rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) equal to four percent (4%) above the rate of interest from time to time applicable to this Note.

BORROWING AND REPAYMENT:

(a) Borrowing and Repayment . Borrower may from time to time during the term of this Note borrow, partially or wholly repay his outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions of this Note and of any document executed in connection with or governing this Note; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under this Note shall not at any time exceed the principal amount stated above. The unpaid principal balance of this obligation at any time shall be the total amounts advanced hereunder by the holder hereof less the amount of principal payments made hereon by or for the Borrower, which balance may be endorsed hereon from time to time by the holder. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable in full on July 31, 2012 .

(b) Application of Payments . Each payment made on this Note shall be credited first, to any fees and expenses incurred by the Bank, second to interest then due and third, to the outstanding principal balance hereof. All payment credited to principal shall be applied first, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate, if any, and second, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR, with such payments applied to the oldest Fixed Rate Term first.

PREPAYMENT:

(a) Daily One Month LIBOR Rate . Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate at any time, in any amount and without penalty.

(b) LIBOR . Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR at any time an in the minimum amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); provided however, that if the outstanding principal balance of such portion of this Note is less than said amount, the minimum prepayment amount shall be the entire outstanding principal balance thereof. In consideration of Bank providing this prepayment option to Borrower, or if any such portion of this Note shall become due and payable at any time prior to the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto by acceleration or otherwise, Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand a fee which is the sum of the discounted monthly differences for each month from the month of prepayment through the month in which such Fixed Rate Term matures, calculated as follows for each such month:

 

  (i) Determine the amount of interest which would have accrued each month on the amount prepaid at the interest rate applicable to such amount had it remained outstanding until the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto.

 

  (ii) Subtract from the amount determined in (i) above the amount of interest which would have accrued for the same month on the amount prepaid for the remaining term of such Fixed Rate Term at LIBOR in effect on the date of prepayment for new loans made for such term and in a principal amount equal to the amount prepaid.

 

  (iii) If the result obtained in (ii) for any month is greater than zero, discount that difference by LIBOR used in (ii) above.

The Borrower acknowledges that prepayment of such amount may result in Bank incurring additional costs, expenses and/or liabilities, and that it is difficult to ascertain the full extent of such costs, expenses and/or liabilities. The Borrower, therefore, agrees to pay the above-described prepayment fee and agrees that said amount represents a reasonable estimate of the prepayment costs, expenses and/or liabilities of Bank. If Borrower fails to pay any prepayment fee when due, the amount of such prepayment fee shall thereafter

 

3


bear interest until paid at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2.00%) above the Daily One Month LIBOR Rate in effect from time to time (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed).

EVENTS OF DEFAULT:

This Note is made pursuant to and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated April 29, 2008, as amended from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”). Any default in the payment or performance of any obligation under this Note, or any defined event of default under the Credit Agreement, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note.

MISCELLANEOUS:

(a) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the holder of this Note, at the holder’s option, may declare all sums of principal and interest outstanding hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, notice of nonperformance, notice of protest, protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower, and the obligation, if any, of the holder to extend any further credit hereunder shall immediately cease and terminate. The Borrower shall pay to the holder immediately upon demand the full amount of all payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (to include outside counsel fees and all allocated costs of the holder’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by the holder in connection with the enforcement of the holder’s rights and/or the collection of any amounts which become due to the holder under this Note, and the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to this Note, including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to any Borrower or any other person or entity.

(b) Obligations Joint and Several . Should more than one person or entity sign this Note as a Borrower, the obligations of each such Borrower shall be joint and several.

(c) Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa.

(d) Acknowledgment . Borrower acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Note signed by Borrower.

IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE SIGNING. THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BECAUSE ONLY THOSE TERMS IN WRITING ARE ENFORCEABLE. NO OTHER TERMS OR ORAL PROMISES NOT CONTAINED IN THIS WRITTEN CONTRACT MAY BE LEGALLY ENFORCED. YOU MAY CHANGE THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ONLY BY ANOTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT. THIS NOTICE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY OTHER CREDIT AGREEMENTS NOW IN EFFECT BETWEEN YOU AND THIS LENDER.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.

 

CANCER GENETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/    Panna L. Sharma        

  Panna Sharma, President & CEO

 

4


WELLS FARGO    CORPORATE RESOLUTION: BORROWING

TO: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”)

RESOLVED: That this corporation, Cancer Genetics, Inc. , proposes to obtain credit from time to time, or has obtained credit, from Bank.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers (use titles only):

President & Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer

of this corporation be and they are hereby authorized and empowered for and on behalf of and in the name of this corporation and as its corporate act and deed:

(a) To borrow money from Bank and to assume any liabilities of any other person or entity to Bank, in such form and on such terms and conditions as shall be agreed upon by those authorized above and Bank, and to sign and deliver to Bank such promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness for money borrowed or advanced and/or for indebtedness assumed as Bank shall require; such promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness may provide that advances be requested by telephone communication and by any officer, employee or agent of this corporation so long as the advances are deposited into any deposit account of this corporation with Bank; this corporation shall be bound to Bank by, and Bank may rely upon, any communication or act, including telephone communications, purporting to be done by any officer, employee or agent of this corporation provided that Bank believes, in good faith, that the same is done by such person.

(b) To contract for the issuance by Bank of letters of credit, to discount with Bank notes, acceptances and evidences of indebtedness payable to or due this corporation, to endorse the same and execute such contracts and instruments for repayment thereof to Bank as Bank shall require, and to enter into any swap, derivative, foreign exchange, hedge or other similar transaction or arrangement with or through Bank.

(c) To mortgage, encumber, pledge, convey, grant, assign or otherwise transfer all or any part of this corporation’s real or personal property for the purpose of securing the payment of any of the promissory notes, contracts, instruments and other evidences of indebtedness authorized hereby, and to execute and deliver to Bank such deeds of trust, mortgages, pledge agreements, security agreements and/or other related documents as Bank shall require.

(d) To perform all acts and to execute and deliver all documents described above and all other contracts and instruments which Bank deems necessary or convenient to accomplish the purposes of this resolution and/or to perfect or continue the rights, remedies and security interests to be given to Bank pursuant hereto, including without limitation, any modifications, renewals and/or extensions of any of this corporation’s obligations to Bank, however evidenced.

Loans made pursuant to a special resolution and loans made by offices of Bank other than the office to which this resolution is delivered shall be in addition to foregoing limitation.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the authority hereby conferred is in addition to that conferred by any other resolution heretofore or hereafter delivered by this corporation to Bank and shall continue in full force and effect until Bank shall have received notice in writing, certified by the Secretary of this corporation, of the revocation hereof by a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of this corporation. Any such revocation shall be effective only as to credit which is extended or committed by Bank, or actions which are taken by this corporation pursuant to the resolutions contained herein, subsequent to Bank’s receipt of such notice. The authority hereby conferred shall be deemed retroactive, and any and all acts authorized herein which were performed prior to the passage of this resolution are hereby approved and ratified.

SEE FOLLOWING PAGE FOR CERTIFICATION

 

Page 1


WELLS FARGO    CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY

TO: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”)

The undersigned, Robert Camp , Secretary of Cancer Genetics, Inc. , a corporation created and existing under the laws of Delaware , hereby certifies to Bank that: (a) the following named persons are duly elected officers of this corporation and presently hold the titles specified below; (b) said officers are authorized to act on behalf of this Corporation in transactions with Bank; and (c) the signature opposite each officer’s name is his or her true signature:

 

TITLE    NAME   SIGNATURE
President & Chief Executive Officer    Panna Sharma  

/s/ Panna L. Sharma

Secretary    Robert Camp  

/s/ Robert Camp

Chief Financial Officer    Elizabeth Czerepak  

/s/ Elizabeth Czerepak

The undersigned further certifies that if any of the above-named officers change, or if, at any time, any of said officers are no longer authorized to act on behalf of this corporation in transactions with Bank, this corporation shall immediately provide to Bank a new Certificate of Incumbency. Bank is hereby authorized to rely on this Certificate of Incumbency until a new Certificate of Incumbency certified by the Secretary of this corporation is received by Bank.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and if required by Bank affixed the corporate seal of said corporation, as of June 21, 2011.

 

/s/    Robert Camp        

Robert Camp , Secretary

(SEAL)

 

Page 1


CERTIFICATION

I, Robert Camp , Secretary of Cancer Genetics, Inc. , a corporation created and existing under the laws of Delaware , do hereby certify and declare that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the resolutions duly passed and adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation, by written consent of all Directors of said corporation or at a meeting of said Board duly and regularly called, noticed and held on February 8, 2011, at which meeting a quorum of the Board of Directors was present and voted in favor of said resolutions; that said resolutions are now in full force and effect; that there is no provision in the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of said corporation, or any shareholder agreement, limiting the power of the Board of Directors of said corporation to pass the foregoing resolutions and that such resolutions are in conformity with the provisions of such Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws; and that no approval by the shareholders of, or of the outstanding shares of, said corporation is required with respect to the matters which are the subject of the foregoing resolutions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and if required by Bank affixed the corporate seal of said corporation, as of June 21, 2011.

 

/s/    Robert Camp        

Robert Camp , Secretary

(SEAL)

 

Page 2

Exhibit 10.35

AFFILIATION AGREEMENT

This Affiliation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of November 7, 2011,. (the “Effective Date”) by and between Cancer Genetics. Inc. a Delaware corporation (“CGI”). and Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, a Minnesota nonprofit corporation (“Mayo”) (each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”).

RECITALS

A. CGI is a corporation that focuses on offering products and services that enable cancer diagnostics as well as treatments that are tailored to the specific genetic profile of the patient.

B. Mayo is a health care system engaged in providing a variety of oncology medicine, including clinical medicine, research, laboratory and related services.

C. CGI and Mayo desire to form an affiliation to establish a multi-year cooperative relationship encompassing biomarker discovery and commercialization utilizing the power of next-generation sequencing and genomic data analysis to individualize the practice of medicine in oncology.

D. The Parties now desire to enter into a formal affiliation on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Affiliation”).

NOW. THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and promises. the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The terms defined in this Article shall have the meanings given to them in this Article for purposes of this Agreement. Certain other capitalized terms in this Agreement may be defined elsewhere in this Agreement. All defined terms in this Agreement include the singular and the plural as the context indicates.

1.1 “Affiliation” means the relationship between CGI and Mayo, as evidenced in this Agreement, to jointly conduct research and develop products and services focused on the individualized practice of medicine in oncology.

1.2 “Board of Governors” or “Board” means the Board of Governors of the Company.

1.3 “Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation for the Company. in a form mutually agreed upon by CGI and Mayo.

1.4 “Closing” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

- 1 -


1.5 “Closing Date” means the date on which the Affiliation shall become effective as defined in Section 5.1.

1.6 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. as amended from time to time. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code shall be deemed to include any future corresponding provision of the Code.

1.7 “Company” means the Delaware limited liability company formed by CGI and Mayo to implement the goals of the Affiliation.

1.8 “Governor” or “Board member” means each natural person serving on the Board as provided in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

1.9 “Initial Governors’” means the initial Board of Governors as set forth in Section 2.2.

1.10 “IRS” means Internal Revenue Service.

1.11 “Members” means all Members as described in the Limited Liability Company Agreement, which as of the Effective Date of this Agreement are CGI and Mayo.

1.12 “Limited Liability Company Agreement” means the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company in substantially the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 2.2(b) and to be effective as of the Closing Date, as amended and restated.

1.13 “Membership Interest” means the interest in the Company consisting of each Member’s financial rights and/or governance rights.

ARTICLE II

AFFILIATION SCOPE AND STRUCTURE

2.1 Scope of Agreement . The Parties enter into this Agreement to make specific arrangements with respect to the Company relating to (a) formation, operations, ownership, governance and management: and (b) other matters as mutually agreed upon.

2.2 Formation of the Company . Following the execution of this Agreement, the Parties shall cause a Certificate of Formation to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State in order to form the “Company. The Certificate of Formation shall name the six members of the initial Board of Governors, three of which shall be appointed by Mayo and three of which shall be appointed by CGI (the “Initial Governors”). The Parties shall cause the Initial Governors to adopt the Limited Liability Company Agreement. The term of the Initial Governors shall expire on a date mutually agreed upon by the Parties, but in no event later than the Closing Date.

2.3 Governance and Management of the Company . Upon the expiration of the term of the Initial Governors, the Board of Governors shall consist of six (6) members, as set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement. CGI and Mayo will have equal representation on the Board of Governors. Governance and management of the Company shall be in accordance with

 

- 2 -


the Certificate of Formation, the Limited Liability Company Agreement, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto.

2.4 Scientific Review Committee . The Parties shall cause the Initial Governors to establish a Scientific Review Committee (“SRC”) to advise the Board of Governors on activities and suggest strategies approved by the Board of Governors to support, change, or otherwise alter interactions, personnel or resource commitments from a scientific perspective. CGI and Mayo will have equal representation on the SRC, which will consist of six (6) members. The SRC shall meet at least twice a year, and each meeting shall be conducted in a timely manner. At each meeting, SRC shall discuss and evaluate the Goals and Objectives of the Company (as defined below), and determine whether any revisions arc necessary, for presentation to the Board of Governors for review and approval. Promptly following each meeting, the SRC shall report its findings to the Board of Governors.

2.5 Members of the Company . As of the effective date of this Agreement, CGI and Mayo are the only Members of the Company and as such have the rights and responsibilities afforded to Members pursuant to the Certificate of Formation, the Limited Liability Company Agreement and applicable law. The Members will annually review the governance structure of the Company related to powers of the Members, the Board of Governors and the duties, if any, delegated to any committees, including the Scientific Review Committee.

ARTICLE III

COMPANY GOALS: MEMBER CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1 Goals and Objectives . The Parties will mutually agree in writing upon the goals and objectives of the Affiliation (the “Goals and Objectives”), which may be updated from time to time by the SRC as provided in Section 2.4 above and to the extent approved by the Board of Governors. The Parties agree that they shall negotiate, execute and deliver such other agreements, documents, and instruments and take such other action as reasonably may be required in order to effectively accomplish the Goals and Objectives.

3.2 Initial Capital Contributions . In exchange for Membership Interests in the Company. CGI and Mayo will make the initial capital contributions described in this Section 3.2.

(a) CGI . CGI’s initial capital contribution (the “CGI Contribution”) will be Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) to be delivered in three annual installments of $2,000,000 each. The first installment shall be delivered on the Closing Date (the “CGI First Installment”). The second and third installments shall be delivered on the first and second anniversary of the Closing Date, or such later date agreed upon by the Members. Delivery of the second and third installments will be conditioned on the Company meeting mutually agreed upon operational milestones and project completion goals (“Milestones”), which the parties may modify upon mutual agreement.

(b) Mayo . Mayo’s initial capital contribution (the “Mayo Contribution”) shall consist of such cash, staff, services, hardware/software resources, and laboratory space and instrumentation that the Parties mutually agree are required for the Company’s operations, as further described on Schedule 3.2(b). The Parties agree to engage in a

 

- 3 -


mutually agreed upon appraisal process to ensure that the fair market value of the Mayo Contribution is equal to the CGI Contribution. Mayo’s obligation to continue providing the Mayo Contribution following the first and second anniversary of the Closing Date will be conditioned on the Company meeting the applicable Milestones. Mayo will not be required to contribute cash but will have the option to do so in lieu of some or all of its in-kind contribution as set forth in Section 3.2(b).

(c) Membership Interests . In consideration of the initial capital contributions described above, the Company will issue each Mayo and CGI Membership Interests reflecting a fifty percent (50%) ownership interest in the Company on the Closing Date. as further described on Schedule 3.2(c).

3.3 Additional Capital Contributions . If the Board determines that the Company requires additional capital following the Closing Date, the Members may be requested, but not required, to provide additional capital contributions in exchange for additional Membership Interests in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement. The timing, amount and terms of such additional capital contributions shall be determined by the Board. If a Member determines not to make any capital contribution within the time specified, the Board shall give prompt notice of such decision to the other Member(s). who shall have the right to make such capital contribution and the Membership Interests of such contributing Member(s)* shall be adjusted accordingly. The fair market value of such additional contributions and the correlating additional Membership Interests shall be determined pursuant to an appraisal process determined by the Board of Governors. The issuance of all Membership Interests shall be subject to the requirements of the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

3.4 Additional Investors . The Parties agree and acknowledge that in order to accomplish the Goals and Objectives, it may be necessary in the future to allow additional investors to participate in the Company’s venture. Accordingly, following the second anniversary of the Closing Date and if approved by a majority vote of the Board of Governors, each party shall have the right to request that the Board of Governors issue Membership Interests to a qualified additional investor. The terms and conditions of the issuance of Membership Interests to such additional investor shall be subject to the approval of the Board and the requirements of the Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Parties agree that they shall execute and deliver such documents that the additional investor requires as a condition to making a contribution to the Company so long as the purpose of such documents is aligned with the Goals and Objectives.

3.5 Continuation of Statements of Work . The Parties acknowledge that, as of the Closing Date, the Parties and the Company will execute a license agreement regarding the Company’s use and disclosure of intellectual property during the Affiliation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3.5 (the “Joint Development Intellectual Property Agreement”). If there are any Statements of Work (as defined in the Joint Development Intellectual Property Agreement) in process or proposed that cannot be adequately funded by the Mayo Contribution and the CGI Contribution, the Board of Governors may vote to allow either or both Members, in such Member(s)’ discretion to provide additional contributions to facilitate the continuation of efforts under such Statements of Work.

 

- 4 -


3.6 Services Agreements . In addition to and separate from the Members’ capital contributions, each Party may provide mutually agreed upon ongoing services and/or staff pursuant to the terms of mutually agreed upon Services Agreements between each Party and the Company (each, a “Services Agreement”).

3.7 Liaisons . Each Party will designate a liaison (a “Liaison”) to develop and coordinate the specific services, activities and programs of the Company and to be generally responsible for day-to-day program and project management. On a frequency to be determined by the Board of Governors, the Liaisons will jointly review the Company’s programs and activities to ensure that such programs and activities remain aligned with the Company’s goals stated in Section 3.1 above.

3.8 CGI Stock Grant .

(a) Issuance of CGI Stock . CGI shall issue to Mayo 100,000 shares of common stock of CGI (“CGI Stock”) on or before November 14, 2011. without any additional consideration (such stock valued at the market price established by CGI’s Board of Directors at the end of third quarter 2011). As a condition precedent to receiving the CGI Stock. Mayo shall execute a lock-up agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3.8(a) . Further. Mayo hereby agrees that, for a period of three (3) years following the date of issuance of the CGI Stock to Mayo. Mayo will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, transfer, agree to offer, sell or transfer, solicit offers to purchase, hypothecate, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, the CGI Stock or any portion thereof. Any proposed or attempted sale, transfer, hypothecation, pledge or disposition in violation of this Section 3.8(a) shall be deemed null and void except as otherwise agreed to in writing by CGI.

(b) CGI Option . The parties acknowledge that CGI has agreed to issue the CGI Stock to Mayo, subject to certain forfeiture restrictions, with the anticipation that the Company achieves the Milestones and each party makes its full contribution pursuant to Section 3.2. 34,000 shares shall be fully vested to Mayo as of the date of such grant. If the Company fails to meet the first set of Milestones for year 1-year 2 (as agreed upon by the parties pursuant to Section 3.2(a)), then, unless such forfeiture restriction is waived in writing by CGI in whole or in part. 66,000 shares shall be forfeited on the sixtieth day following the failure to meet the first set of Milestones for Year1-Year2. Assuming the first set of Milestones are met. if the Company fails to meet the second set of Milestones for year 2-year 3 (as agreed upon by the parties pursuant to Section 3.2(a)), then, unless such forfeiture restriction is waived in writing by CGI in whole or in part. 33,000 shares shall be forfeited on the sixtieth day following the failure to meet the second set of Milestones for Year 2-Year 3. Thereafter, the stock shall be fully vested to Mayo.

3.9 Exclusivity . During the term of the Affiliation, neither CGI nor Mayo shall enter into any other formal corporate joint venture covering the work as specifically defined in the Statements of Work (as defined in the Joint Development Intellectual Property Agreement) without first obtaining the prior written consent of the other party.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.1 Representations of CGI . As an inducement to Mayo to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement. CGI makes the following representations and warranties to Mayo:

(a) Organization . CGI is a Delaware corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the Stale of Delaware and has all necessary corporate power to own its property and carry on its business as presently owned and operated.

(b) Authority . CGI has taken all corporate and other action required to authorize its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by CGI and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of CGI, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms. No consent, approval or authorization of any other person or entity is required in connection with CGI’s execution and delivery of this Agreement or CGI’s performance of its obligations hereunder.

(c) No Breach or Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by CGI nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will:

(i) Violate the articles of incorporation or bylaws of CGI:

(ii) Result in a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement, commitment, contract, note, loan, credit agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which CGI is a party or by which CGI or any of its assets may be bound: or

(iii) Violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to CGI.

(d) Disclosures . None of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement by CGI, or made in any certificate or memorandum furnished or to be furnished by CGI or on its behalf, contains or will contain any untrue statement of material fact. The representations and warranties of CGI contained in this Section 4.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement, or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement, shall not be affected or deemed waived by reason of the fact that the other Party or its representatives knew or should have known that any such representation or warranty is or might be inaccurate in any respect.

4.2 Representations of Mayo . As an inducement to CGI to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, Mayo makes the following representations and warranties to CGI:

 

- 6 -


(a) Organization . Mayo is a nonprofit corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and has all necessary corporate power to own its property and carry on its business as presently owned and operated.

(b) Authority . Mayo has taken all corporate and other action required to authorize its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Mayo and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Mayo, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms. No consent, approval or authorization of any other person or entity is required in connection with Mayo’s execution and delivery of this Agreement or Mayo’s performance of its obligations hereunder

(c) No Breach or Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Mayo nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will:

(i) Violate the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Mayo;

(ii) Result in a default (or give rise to any right of termination. cancellation or acceleration) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement, commitment, contract, note. loan, credit agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which Mayo is a party or by which Mayo or any of its assets may be bound; or

(iii) Violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Mayo.

(d) Disclosures . None of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement by Mayo, or made in any certificate or memorandum furnished or to be furnished by Mayo or on its behalf, contains or will contain any untrue statement of material fact. The representations and warranties of Mayo contained in this Section 4.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, shall not be affected or deemed waived by reason of the fact that any of the other Parties or their respective representatives knew or should have known that any such representation or warranty is or might be inaccurate in any respect.

ARTICLE V

CLOSING AND CLOSlNG CONDITIONS

5.1 Closing and Closing Date . The closing of the Affiliation (the “Closing”) shall take place on August 1, 2012 or on such earlier date as the Parties mutually agree (the day of Closing to be referred to as the “Closing Date”).

5.2 Conditions Precedent . All of the agreements and obligations of CGI and Mayo under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction, prior to the Closing Dale, of the following conditions precedent:

 

- 7 -


(a) No court or governmental or regulatory agency shall have enacted or issued any judgment injunction, statute, rule, regulation or other order, nor shall any action. Suit, proceeding or investigation before any court or governmental or regulatory authority be pending, which prohibits or would prohibit, or which seeks to prevent, in whole or in part, the consummation of the Affiliation;

(b) All required governmental, regulatory and other third party approvals or consents shall have been obtained without conditions unacceptable to any Party:

(c) The representations and warranties of the Parties set forth in Article IV shall be true and correct and shall be deemed to have been repeated and affirmed as amended as necessary to make the same true and correct as of the Closing Dale. Furthermore, each such amendment shall be acceptable to the other Party:

(d) Each Party shall have performed and complied with all of the agreements. covenants and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with by such Party on or prior to the Closing Date: and

(e) Each Party shall have delivered to the other Party its Closing Documents, as described in Section 5.3. in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Party and its respective legal counsel.

5.3 Delivery of Documents . On or before November 14, 2011, CGI shall execute and deliver to Mayo a stock certificate pursuant to Section 3.7 for 100.000 shares of CGI stock. On the Closing Date, the Parties shall execute and deliver the following documents:

(a) CGI shall execute and deliver to Mayo or the Company, as appropriate, the following:

(i) A good standing certificate for CGI from the Delaware Secretary of State dated within thirty days of the Closing Date:

(ii) A certificate of the President and CEO of CGI stating that each of the representations and warranties of CGI set forth in this Agreement is true and correct, or if not then true and correct, amending such representations and warranties so as to make the same true and correct, as of the Closing Date;

(iii) The Joint Development Intellectual Property Agreement, executed by CGI;

(iv) The CGI First Installment:

(v) The Limited Liability Company Agreement, executed by CGI;

(vi) Services Agreement, if any. between the Company and CGI for the services to be provided by CGI as described in Section 3.6. executed by CGI: and

 

- 8 -


(vii) All other documents, instruments and agreements as Mayo (or its legal counsel) may reasonably request to consummate the Affiliation.

(b) Mayo shall execute and deliver to CGI or the Company, as appropriate, the following:

(i) A good standing certificate for Mayo from the Minnesota Secretary of State dated within thirty days of the Closing Date;

(ii) A certificate of an officer of Mayo stating that each of the representations and warranties of Mayo set forth in this Agreement is true and correct, or if not then true and correct, amending such representations and warranties so as to make the same true and correct, as of the Closing Date;

(iii) The Joint Development Intellectual Property Agreement, executed by Mayo;

(iv) The Mayo Contribution, as well as all associated agreements pursuant to which Mayo will provide the Mayo Contribution to the Company;

(v) The Limited Liability Company Agreement, executed by Mayo:

(vi) Services Agreement, if any. between the Company and Mayo for the services to be provided by Mayo as described in Section 3.6. executed by Mayo; and

(vii) All other documents, instruments and agreements as CGI (or its legal counsel) may reasonably request to consummate the Affiliation.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

6.1 Termination . This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of last signature below, and may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned at any time under any of the following circumstances:

(a) by mutual written consent of the Parties; or

(b) by the non-breaching Party in the event of any material breach of any representation or warranty or non-fulfillment of any covenant or agreement of the breaching Party contained in this Agreement, if the breaching Party fails to cure such breach within 90 days, or such longer period as may be reasonably required if the nature of the breach requires such longer period to effect a cure, after receipt of written notice from the non-breaching Party specifying the precise nature of such breach.

6.2 No Obligations Post-Termination . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if this Agreement is terminated as provided in this Article VI. this Agreement shall become null and void and there shall be no liability or further obligation hereunder on the part of

 

- 9 -


the Parties, their respective members, officers, directors, agents, trustees or custodians, unless any such termination results from a material breach of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Resolution of Disputes . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be subject to the following resolution procedures:

(a) An officer of each Party will meet and negotiate in a good-faith effort to mutually agree on a resolution of the dispute.

(b) If the Parties do not resolve the dispute(s) through the above-referenced negotiations within 30 days of the initial meeting of the officers, such dispute(s) shall be referred in writing to a mediator, mutually agreed to by the Parties. Each Party will act in good faith to identify a mediator within 10 days of being able to refer the dispute to a mediator. Each Party shall be responsible for their own mediation-related costs and will equally share the cost of the mediator. The mediation shall occur within 30 days of the mediator receiving the dispute.

(c) If the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute through mediation, either Party is free to pursue its legal and equitable remedies.

(d) All dispute resolution procedures described in this Section 7 shall take place in the State of Minnesota.

This Section 7.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VI.

7.2 Confidentiality . Except as permitted or directed by a Party in writing or as required by law, no Party shall divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone or use in any way (other than in a manner supportive of the Affiliation) any confidential or proprietary knowledge or information of another Party or of the Parties’ affiliated activities which such Party acquires or becomes acquainted with as a result of the Affiliation created through this Agreement. The Parties agree that any information or knowledge relating to any non-public aspect of the business of the other Party or of the Parties’ affiliated activities, including any strategic planning or business development information, any financial information or any provider, payor or patient information shall be treated as confidential, and the Parties further agree that such confidential information regarding their respective businesses constitutes proprietary trade secrets. The Parties acknowledge that the above described knowledge or information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of a Party and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by such Party, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the benefit of the Affiliation would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to such Party. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information which is now public information or which subsequently becomes generally publicly known, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement by a Party. Confidential information shall be returned by a Party upon the written request of the other Party, except as

 

- 10 -


needed to perform this Agreement or to comply with applicable law. This Section 7.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VI.

7.3 Press Releases and Announcements . No Party hereto shall issue any press release (or make any other public announcement) related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without prior written approval of the other Party hereto, except as may be necessary, in the opinion of counsel to the Party seeking to make disclosure, to comply with the requirements of this Agreement or applicable law. If any such press release or public announcement is so required, the Party making such disclosure shall consult with the other Party prior to making such disclosure, and the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts, acting in good faith, to agree upon a text for such disclosure which is satisfactory to both Parties. CGI shall not use the names or trademarks of Mayo in any advertising, publicity, endorsement or otherwise without Mayo’s prior written consent and Mayo shall not use the names or trademarks of CGI in any advertising, publicity, endorsement or otherwise, without CGI’s prior written consent. Company shall not use the names or trademarks of the parties or any of a party’s affiliated entities in any advertising, publicity, endorsement, or otherwise unless such Party has provided prior written consent for the particular use contemplated. With regards to use of Mayo’s name, all requests for approval pursuant to this Section must be submitted to the Mayo Clinic Public Affairs Business Relations Group, at the following E-mail address: publicaffairsbr@mayo.edu at least 5 business days prior to the date on which a response is needed. The terms of this section survive the termination, expiration, non-renewal, or rescission of this Agreement.

7.4 Notices . Any notice to be given to either Party shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when mailed certified or registered mail return receipt requested, to the following addresses:

 

If to CGI:

   Cancer Genetics. Inc.
   Meadows Office Complex
   201 Route 17 North
   2nd Floor
   Rutherford NJ 07070
   Attention: Panna Sharma, President

With Copy to:

   Steven N. Beck, Esq.
   Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
   Suite 4000
   200 South Sixth Street
   Minneapolis, MN 55402

If to Mayo:

   Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research
   200 First St. SW, Rochester, MN 55905
   Attention: Director, Mayo Clinic Ventures

With Copy to:

   Mayo Clinic Legal Department
   200 First Street SW
   Rochester, MN 55906
   Attention: General Counsel

 

- 11 -


7.5 Amendment . The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be amended, restated or terminated only by the unanimous written agreement of the Members, except as may be otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.

7.6 Governing Law . This Agreement (except for the Limited Liability Company Agreement) shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

7.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

7.8 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, benefits, duties or obligations provided herein may be assigned by either Party or by operation of law without the prior written consent of the other Party.

7.9 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

7.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents referenced herein, contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the matters herein referenced and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, between the Parties with respect to such matters, but shall not affect or supersede any other current agreements between the Parties.

7.11 Waiver . No consent to or waiver (whether expressed or implied) by either Party to any breach or default by the other Party in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Party of the same or any other obligations of such Party hereunder. The failure to act by one Party or to declare the other Party in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver of such Party’s rights hereunder.

7.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of all other provisions and of the same provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

7.13 Cooperation . Each Party agrees to cooperate with the other Party to comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and codes applicable to this Agreement. Each Party shall use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary or desirable to consummate and make effective the transactions this Agreement contemplates.

7.14 Costs . Each Party agrees to pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, consummation and implementation of

 

- 12 -


this Agreement and any other documents related to the proposed Affiliation, including but not limited to the fees and disbursements of its own attorneys, accountants or other consultants.

7.15 Third-Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the Parties and the Company, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities of any nature whatsoever.

7.16 Survival . All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and any, certificates (including closing certificates), instruments, schedules, exhibits or other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with this Agreement will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. The signature page follows.]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CGI and Mayo have caused this Agreement to he executed as of the Effective Date.

 

CANCER GENETICS. INC.
Name   Panna Sharma
Title   President & CEO
Signature    /s/ Panna Sharma

 

MAYO FOUNDATION FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH
Name   Steven P. VanNurden
Title   Assistant Treasurer
Signature    /s/ Steven P. VanNurden

 

- 14 -


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

Exhibit 2.2(b) — Limited Liability Company Agreement

Exhibit 3.5 — Joint Development Intellectual Property Agreement

Exhibit 3.8(a) — Lock-up Agreement

Schedule 3.2(b) — Mayo Contribution

Schedule 3.2(c) — Membership Interests

 

- 15 -


Exhibit 2.2(b)

Limited Liability Company Agreement

[attached]

 

- 16 -


Exhibit 3.5

Joint Development Intellectual Property Agreement

[ attached]

 

- 17 -


Exhibit 3.8(a)

Lock-up Agreement

[attached]

 

- 18 -


Schedule 3.2(b)

Mayo Contribution

The Mayo Contribution will likely consist of the following :

 

   

Laboratory space and instrumentation reasonably appropriate to achieve the Goals and Objectives pursuant to a mutually agreed upon agreement between the Company and Mayo, such agreement to be consistent with all relevant Mayo policies (the “Mayo Agreement”)

 

   

Office space for Company staff (initially, 3 or 4 offices) pursuant to the terms of the Mayo Agreement

 

   

Access to data management infrastructure, support services and hardware/software resources pursuant to the terms of the Mayo Agreement

 

   

Bioinformatics resources for data analysis and interpretation pursuant to the terms of the Mayo Agreement

 

   

Up to forty percent (40%) of time from leading clinical and pathology members involved in the validation and design of Company’s projects pursuant to the terms of the Mayo Agreement

 

   

Clinical samples, accessed through appropriate IRBs with fully annotated clinical data

 

   

Biomarker Discovery Program leadership consistent of at a minimum, a Program Director, Project Manager and Support Staff

 

   

Center for Individualized Medicine Oversight

 

   

Joint Venture Liaison

 

- 19 -


Schedule 3.2(c)

Membership Interests

 

Members

   Units Owned      Percentage  

Cancer Genetics. Inc.

     1.000         50

Mayo Foundation

     1.000         50
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     2.000         100

 

- 20 -

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Cancer Genetics, Inc.

Cancer Genetics Italia

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Cancer Genetics, Inc. and subsidiary of our report dated December 30, 2011, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
Des Moines, Iowa
December 30, 2011